| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- Indicates the topic of an event or data, which is used to distinguish different types of events or data. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
BroadcastErrCode { EC_ALREADY_SUBSCRIBED = EC_SUCCESS + 1 } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| EC_ALREADY_SUBSCRIBED | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
osWaitForever 0xFFFFFFFFU - |
-Indicates that the RTOS waits forever unless an event flag is received. - |
-
osNoWait 0x0U - |
-- | -
osFlagsWaitAny 0x00000000U - |
-Indicates that the RTOS waits until any event flag is triggered. - |
-
osFlagsWaitAll 0x00000001U - |
-Indicates that the system waits until all event flags are triggered. - |
-
osFlagsNoClear 0x00000002U - |
-- | -
osFlagsError 0x80000000U - |
-- | -
osFlagsErrorUnknown 0xFFFFFFFFU - |
-- | -
osFlagsErrorTimeout 0xFFFFFFFEU - |
-- | -
osFlagsErrorResource 0xFFFFFFFDU - |
-- | -
osFlagsErrorParameter 0xFFFFFFFCU - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
osThreadFunc_t) (void *argument) - |
-- - | -
osTimerFunc_t) (void *argument) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
osKernelInitialize (void) - |
-- - | -
osKernelGetInfo (osVersion_t *version, char *id_buf, uint32_t id_size) - |
-- - | -
osKernelGetState (void) - |
-- - | -
osKernelStart (void) - |
-- - | -
osKernelLock (void) - |
-- - | -
osKernelUnlock (void) - |
-- - | -
osKernelRestoreLock (int32_t lock) - |
-- - | -
osKernelGetTickFreq (void) - |
-- - | -
osKernelGetSysTimerCount (void) - |
-- - | -
osKernelGetSysTimerFreq (void) - |
-- - | -
osThreadNew (osThreadFunc_t func, void *argument, const osThreadAttr_t *attr) - |
-- - | -
osThreadGetName (osThreadId_t thread_id) - |
-- - | -
osThreadGetId (void) - |
-- - | -
osThreadGetState (osThreadId_t thread_id) - |
-- - | -
osThreadGetStackSize (osThreadId_t thread_id) - |
-- - | -
osThreadGetStackSpace (osThreadId_t thread_id) - |
-
- Obtains the size of the available stack space for a thread based on the stack watermark. - |
-
osThreadSetPriority (osThreadId_t thread_id, osPriority_t priority) - |
-- - | -
osThreadGetPriority (osThreadId_t thread_id) - |
-- - | -
osThreadYield (void) - |
-- - | -
osThreadSuspend (osThreadId_t thread_id) - |
-- - | -
osThreadResume (osThreadId_t thread_id) - |
-- - | -
osThreadTerminate (osThreadId_t thread_id) - |
-- - | -
osThreadGetCount (void) - |
-- - | -
osDelay (uint32_t ticks) - |
-- - | -
osDelayUntil (uint64_t ticks) - |
-- - | -
osTimerNew (osTimerFunc_t func, osTimerType_t type, void *argument, const osTimerAttr_t *attr) - |
-- - | -
osTimerStart (osTimerId_t timer_id, uint32_t ticks) - |
-- - | -
osTimerStop (osTimerId_t timer_id) - |
-- - | -
osTimerIsRunning (osTimerId_t timer_id) - |
-- - | -
osTimerDelete (osTimerId_t timer_id) - |
-- - | -
osEventFlagsNew (const osEventFlagsAttr_t *attr) - |
-- - | -
osEventFlagsSet (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id, uint32_t flags) - |
-- - | -
osEventFlagsClear (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id, uint32_t flags) - |
-- - | -
osEventFlagsGet (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id) - |
-- - | -
osEventFlagsWait (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id, uint32_t flags, uint32_t options, uint32_t timeout) - |
-- - | -
osEventFlagsDelete (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id) - |
-- - | -
osMutexNew (const osMutexAttr_t *attr) - |
-- - | -
osMutexAcquire (osMutexId_t mutex_id, uint32_t timeout) - |
-- - | -
osMutexRelease (osMutexId_t mutex_id) - |
-- - | -
osMutexGetOwner (osMutexId_t mutex_id) - |
-- - | -
osMutexDelete (osMutexId_t mutex_id) - |
-- - | -
osSemaphoreNew (uint32_t max_count, uint32_t initial_count, const osSemaphoreAttr_t *attr) - |
-- - | -
osSemaphoreAcquire (osSemaphoreId_t semaphore_id, uint32_t timeout) - |
-- - | -
osSemaphoreRelease (osSemaphoreId_t semaphore_id) - |
-- - | -
osSemaphoreGetCount (osSemaphoreId_t semaphore_id) - |
-
- Obtains the number of available tokens of a semaphore object. - |
-
osSemaphoreDelete (osSemaphoreId_t semaphore_id) - |
-- - | -
osMessageQueueNew (uint32_t msg_count, uint32_t msg_size, const osMessageQueueAttr_t *attr) - |
-- - | -
osMessageQueuePut (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id, const void *msg_ptr, uint8_t msg_prio, uint32_t timeout) - |
-- - | -
osMessageQueueGet (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id, void *msg_ptr, uint8_t *msg_prio, uint32_t timeout) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Obtains the maximum number of messages that can be placed in a message queue. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the maximum size of messages that can be placed in a message queue. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- Obtains the number of available slots for messages in a message queue. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| osTimerAlignIgnore | -- | -
| osTimerAlignAllow | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| osTimerRousesIgnore | -- | -
| osTimerRousesAllow | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| osKernelInactive | -- | -
| osKernelReady | -- | -
| osKernelRunning | -- | -
| osKernelLocked | -- | -
| osKernelSuspended | -- | -
| osKernelError | -- | -
| osKernelReserved | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| osOK | -- | -
| osError | -- | -
| osErrorTimeout | -- | -
| osErrorResource | -- | -
| osErrorParameter | -- | -
| osErrorNoMemory | -- | -
| osErrorISR | -Service interruption - |
-
| osStatusReserved | -Reserved. It is used to prevent the compiler from optimizing enumerations. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| osThreadInactive | -- | -
| osThreadReady | -- | -
| osThreadRunning | -- | -
| osThreadBlocked | -- | -
| osThreadTerminated | -- | -
| osThreadError | -- | -
| osThreadReserved | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| osTimerOnce | -- | -
| osTimerPeriodic | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ticks | -Indicates the number of ticks to wait for. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ticks | -Indicates the number of ticks converted from the absolute time. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ef_id | -Indicates the event flags ID, which is obtained using osEventFlagsNew. | -
| flags | -Indicates the event flags to clear. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ef_id | -Indicates the event flags ID, which is obtained using osEventFlagsNew. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ef_id | -Indicates the event flags ID, which is obtained using osEventFlagsNew. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the event flags attributes. This parameter is not used. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ef_id | -Indicates the event flags ID, which is obtained using osEventFlagsNew. | -
| flags | -Indicates the event flags to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ef_id | -Indicates the event flags ID, which is obtained using osEventFlagsNew. | -
| flags | -Indicates the event flags to trigger. | -
| options | -Indicates the configuration of the event flags to trigger. | -
| timeout | -Indicates the timeout duration. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| version | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer for storing the version. | -
| id_buf | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer for storing the kernel ID. | -
| id_size | -Indicates the size of the buffer for storing the kernel ID. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| locks | -Indicates the lock state to restore to. The value 1 indicates the locked state, and 0 indicates the unlocked state. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| osMessageQueueId_t | -Indicates the message queue ID, which is obtained using osMessageQueueNew. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| osMessageQueueId_t | -Indicates the message queue ID, which is obtained using osMessageQueueNew. | -
| msg_ptr | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer for storing the message to be retrieved from the message queue. | -
| msg_prio | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer for storing the priority of the message to be retrieved from the message queue. This parameter can be left empty. | -
| timeout | -Indicates the timeout duration. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| osMessageQueueId_t | -Indicates the message queue ID, which is obtained using osMessageQueueNew. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| osMessageQueueId_t | -Indicates the message queue ID, which is obtained using osMessageQueueNew. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| osMessageQueueId_t | -Indicates the message queue ID, which is obtained using osMessageQueueNew. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| osMessageQueueId_t | -Indicates the message queue ID, which is obtained using osMessageQueueNew. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| msg_count | -Indicates the number of messages in the message queue. | -
| msg_size | -Indicates the size of messages in the message queue. | -
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the message queue attributes. This parameter is not used. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| osMessageQueueId_t | -Indicates the message queue ID, which is obtained using osMessageQueueNew. | -
| msg_ptr | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer for storing the message to be placed in the message queue. | -
| msg_prio | -Indicates the priority of the message to be placed in the message queue. | -
| timeout | -Indicates the timeout duration. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| mutex_id | -Indicates the mutex ID, which is obtained using osMutexNew. | -
| timeout | -Indicates the timeout duration. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| mutex_id | -Indicates the mutex ID, which is obtained using osMutexNew. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| mutex_id | -Indicates the mutex ID, which is obtained using osMutexNew. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the mutex attributes. This parameter is not used. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| mutex_id | -Indicates the mutex ID, which is obtained using osMutexNew. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| semaphore_id | -Indicates the semaphore ID, which is obtained using osSemaphoreNew. | -
| timeout | -Indicates the timeout duration. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| semaphore_id | -Indicates the semaphore ID, which is obtained using osSemaphoreNew. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| semaphore_id | -Indicates the semaphore ID, which is obtained using osSemaphoreNew. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| max_count | -Indicates the maximum number of available tokens that can be applied for. | -
| initial_count | -Indicates the initial number of available tokens. | -
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the semaphore attributes. This parameter is not used. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| semaphore_id | -Indicates the semaphore ID, which is obtained using osSemaphoreNew. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| thread_id | -Indicates the thread ID, which is obtained using osThreadNew or osThreadGetId. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| thread_id | -Indicates the thread ID, which is obtained using osThreadNew or osThreadGetId. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| thread_id | -Indicates the thread ID, which is obtained using osThreadNew or osThreadGetId. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| thread_id | -Indicates the thread ID, which is obtained using osThreadNew or osThreadGetId. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| thread_id | -Indicates the thread ID, which is obtained using osThreadNew or osThreadGetId. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry of the thread callback function. | -
| argument | -Indicates the pointer to the argument passed to the thread. | -
| attr | -Indicates the thread attributes. If this parameter is left unspecified, the default value 0 is used. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| thread_id | -Indicates the thread ID, which is obtained using osThreadNew or osThreadGetId. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| thread_id | -Indicates the thread ID, which is obtained using osThreadNew or osThreadGetId. | -
| priority | -Indicates the new priority. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| thread_id | -Indicates the thread ID, which is obtained using osThreadNew or osThreadGetId. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| thread_id | -Indicates the thread ID, which is obtained using osThreadNew or osThreadGetId. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| timer_id | -Indicates the timer ID, which is obtained using osTimerNew. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| timer_id | -Indicates the timer ID, which is obtained using osTimerNew. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry of the timer callback function. | -
| type | -Indicates the timer type. | -
| argument | -Indicates the pointer to the argument used in timer callback. | -
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the timer attributes. This parameter is not used. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| timer_id | -Indicates the timer ID, which is obtained using osTimerNew. | -
| ticks | -Indicates the number of ticks since the timer starts running. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| timer_id | -Indicates the timer ID, which is obtained using osTimerNew. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -const Identity * - |
-
Notify )(Consumer *consumer, const Topic *topic, const Request *origin) - |
-
- Defines how the consumer will process the events or data of a released topic. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| current | -Indicates the pointer to the current consumer. | -
| other | -Indicates the pointer to the target consumer to compare. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| consumer | -Indicates this pointer of the consumer. | -
| topic | -Indicates the pointer to the topic to be processed. | -
| origin | -Indicates the pointer to the data to be processed. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
OnInitialize )(Feature *feature, Service *parent, Identity identity) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| feature | -Indicates the pointer to the feature. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| feature | -Indicates the pointer to the feature. | -
| parent | -Indicates the pointer to the Service to which the feature belongs. | -
| identity | -Indicates the identity of a feature dispatched by the system. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| feature | -Indicates the pointer to the feature. | -
| request | -Indicates the request message. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| feature | -Indicates the pointer to the feature. | -
| identity | -Indicates the Identity of the feature to be stopped. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
onPublishSuccess )(int publishId) - |
-- | -
onPublishFail )(int publishId, PublishFailReason reason) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
onSessionOpened )(int sessionId) - |
-- - | -
onSessionClosed )(int sessionId) - |
-- - | -
onBytesReceived )(int sessionId, const void *data, unsigned int dataLen) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
QueryInterface )(IUnknown *iUnknown, int version, void **target) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Defines the kernel adaptation layer (KAL), which provides compatible interfaces across different types of OpenHarmony devices. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
KalTimerType { KAL_TIMER_ONCE = 0, KAL_TIMER_PERIODIC = 1 } - |
-- | -
KalErrCode { KAL_OK = 0, KAL_ERR_PARA = 1, KAL_ERR_INNER = 2, KAL_ERR_TIMER_STATE = 0x100 } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
KalThreadGetInfo (unsigned int threadId, ThreadInfo *info) - |
-- - | -
KalDelayUs (unsigned int us) - |
-- - | -
KalTimerCreate (KalTimerProc func, KalTimerType type, void *arg, unsigned int ticks) - |
-- - | -
KalTimerStart (KalTimerId timerId) - |
-- - | -
KalTimerChange (KalTimerId timerId, unsigned int ticks) - |
-- - | -
KalTimerStop (KalTimerId timerId) - |
-- - | -
KalTimerDelete (KalTimerId timerId) - |
-- - | -
KalTimerIsRunning (KalTimerId timerId) - |
-- - | -
KalTickToMs (unsigned int ticks) - |
-- - | -
KalMsToTick (unsigned int millisec) - |
-- - | -
KalGetMemInfo (MemInfo *pmemInfo) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the number of microseconds to delay. The actual delay precision is one tick. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer for storing the obtained thread information. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the ID of the timer whose duration is to change, which is the value returned by KalTimerCreate. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the ID of the timer to delete, which is the value returned by KalTimerCreate. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the ID of the timer to check, which is the value returned by KalTimerCreate. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the ID of the timer to start, which is the value returned by KalTimerCreate. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the ID of the timer to stop, which is the value returned by KalTimerCreate. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Provides functions for obtaining, setting, and deleting a key-value pair. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UtilsGetValue (const char *key, char *value, unsigned int len) - |
-
- Obtains the value matching a specified key from the file system or cache. - |
-
UtilsSetValue (const char *key, const char *value) - |
-
- Adds or updates the value matching a specified key in the file system or cache. - |
-
UtilsDeleteValue (const char *key) - |
-
- Deletes the value matching a specified key from the file system or cache. - |
-
ClearKVCache (void) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key whose value is to be deleted. It allows only lowercase letters, digits, underscores (_), and dots (.). Its length cannot exceed 32 bytes (including the end-of-text character in the string). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key to be indexed. It allows only lowercase letters, digits, underscores (_), and dots (.). Its length cannot exceed 32 bytes (including the end-of-text character in the string). | -
| value | -Indicates the buffer for storing the value that matches the key. This is an output parameter. | -
| len | -Indicates the size of the value space in the buffer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key whose value is to be added or updated. It allows only lowercase letters, digits, underscores (_), and dots (.). Its length cannot exceed 32 bytes (including the end-of-text character in the string). | -
| value | -Indicates the value to be added or updated. Its length cannot exceed 128 bytes (including the end-of-text character in the string). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Provides the entries for initializing and starting services and features. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
CORE_INIT(func) LAYER_INITCALL_DEF(func, core, "core") - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a core phase by the priority 2. - |
-
CORE_INIT_PRI(func, priority) LAYER_INITCALL(func, core, "core", priority) - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a core phase by the specified priority. - |
-
SYS_SERVICE_INIT(func) LAYER_INITCALL_DEF(func, sys_service, "sys.service") - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a core system service by the priority 2. - |
-
SYS_SERVICE_INIT_PRI(func, priority) LAYER_INITCALL(func, sys_service, "sys.service", priority) - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a core system service by the specified priority. - |
-
SYS_FEATURE_INIT(func) LAYER_INITCALL_DEF(func, sys_feature, "sys.feature") - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a core system feature by the priority 2. - |
-
SYS_FEATURE_INIT_PRI(func, priority) LAYER_INITCALL(func, sys_feature, "sys.feature", priority) - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a core system feature by the specified priority. - |
-
SYS_RUN(func) LAYER_INITCALL_DEF(func, run, "run") - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a system running phase by the priority 2. - |
-
SYS_RUN_PRI(func, priority) LAYER_INITCALL(func, run, "run", priority) - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a system running phase by the specified priority. - |
-
SYSEX_SERVICE_INIT(func) LAYER_INITCALL_DEF(func, app_service, "app.service") - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a system service by the priority 2. - |
-
SYSEX_SERVICE_INIT_PRI(func, priority) LAYER_INITCALL(func, app_service, "app.service", priority) - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a system service by the specified priority. - |
-
SYSEX_FEATURE_INIT(func) LAYER_INITCALL_DEF(func, app_feature, "app.feature") - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a system feature by the priority 2. - |
-
SYSEX_FEATURE_INIT_PRI(func, priority) LAYER_INITCALL(func, app_feature, "app.feature", priority) - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a system feature by the specified priority. - |
-
APP_SERVICE_INIT(func) LAYER_INITCALL_DEF(func, app_service, "app.service") - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting an application-layer service by the priority 2. - |
-
APP_SERVICE_INIT_PRI(func, priority) LAYER_INITCALL(func, app_service, "app.service", priority) - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting an application-layer service by the specified priority. - |
-
APP_FEATURE_INIT(func) LAYER_INITCALL_DEF(func, app_feature, "app.feature") - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting an application-layer feature by the priority 2. - |
-
APP_FEATURE_INIT_PRI(func, priority) LAYER_INITCALL(func, app_feature, "app.feature", priority) - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting an application-layer feature by the specified priority. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting an application-layer feature. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting an application-layer feature. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| priority | -Indicates the calling priority when starting the application-layer feature. The value range is [0, 5), and the calling sequence is 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting an application-layer service. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting an application-layer service. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| priority | -Indicates the calling priority when starting the application-layer service phase. The value range is [0,5), and the calling sequence is 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting a core phase. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting a core phase. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| priority | -Indicates the calling priority when starting the core phase. The value range is [0,5), and the calling sequence is 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting a core system service. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting a core system feature. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| priority | -Indicates the calling priority when starting the core system feature phase. The value range is [0, 5), and the calling sequence is 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting a system running phase. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting a system running phase. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| priority | -Indicates the calling priority when starting the system startup phase. The value range is [0, 5), and the calling sequence is 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting a core system service. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting a core system service. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| priority | -Indicates the calling priority when starting the core system service in the startup phase. The value range is [0,5), and the calling sequence is 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting a system feature. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting a system feature. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| priority | -Indicates the calling priority when starting the system feature phase. The value range is [0,5), and the calling sequence is 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting a system service. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting a system service. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| priority | -Indicates the calling priority when starting the system service phase. The value range is [0,5), and the calling sequence is 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetParameter (const char *key, const char *def, char *value, unsigned int len) - |
-- - | -
SetParameter (const char *key, const char *value) - |
-- - | -
GetProductType (void) - |
-- - | -
GetManufacture (void) - |
-- - | -
GetBrand (void) - |
-- - | -
GetMarketName (void) - |
-- - | -
GetProductSeries (void) - |
-- - | -
GetProductModel (void) - |
-- - | -
GetSoftwareModel (void) - |
-- - | -
GetHardwareModel (void) - |
-- - | -
GetHardwareProfile (void) - |
-- - | -
GetSerial (void) - |
-- - | -
GetOsName (void) - |
-- - | -
GetDisplayVersion (void) - |
-- - | -
GetBootloaderVersion (void) - |
-- - | -
GetSecurityPatchTag (void) - |
-- - | -
GetAbiList (void) - |
-
- Obtains the list of application binary interfaces (ABIs) supported on this device. - |
-
GetSdkApiLevel (void) - |
-
- Obtains the SDK API level that matches the current system software. - |
-
GetFirstApiLevel (void) - |
-- - | -
GetIncrementalVersion (void) - |
-- - | -
GetVersionId (void) - |
-- - | -
GetBuildType (void) - |
-- - | -
GetBuildUser (void) - |
-- - | -
GetBuildHost (void) - |
-- - | -
GetBuildTime (void) - |
-- - | -
GetBuildRootHash (void) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key for the system parameter to query. The value can contain lowercase letters, digits, underscores (_), and dots (.). Its length cannot exceed 32 bytes (including the end-of-text character in the string). | -
| def | -Indicates the default value to return when no query result is found. This parameter is specified by the caller. | -
| value | -Indicates the data buffer that stores the query result. This parameter is applied for and released by the caller and can be used as an output parameter. | -
| len | -Indicates the length of the data in the buffer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key for the parameter to set or update. The value can contain lowercase letters, digits, underscores (_), and dots (.). Its length cannot exceed 32 bytes (including the end-of-text character in the string). | -
| value | -Indicates the system parameter value. Its length cannot exceed 128 bytes (including the end-of-text character in the string). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
LpcInit (void) - |
-- - | -
LpcSetType (LpcType type) - |
-- - | -
RebootDevice (RebootCause cause) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| NO_SLEEP | -- | -
| LIGHT_SLEEP | -- | -
| DEEP_SLEEP | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| type | -Indicates the low power consumption mode to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| cause | -Indicates the reboot cause. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Publish )(IUnknown *iUnknown, const Topic *topic, uint8 *data, int16 len) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Provides common objects and functions for Samgr and external modules. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Provides the base class and default implementation for external functions of system capabilities. - |
-
| - | -Provides message communication APIs that help you to implement asynchronous functions of IUnknown. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Defines the simplified vector class, which is extended by four elements. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Defines the IUnknown class. - |
-
| - | -Defines the IUnknown implementation class. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GET_OFFSIZE(T, member) (long)((char *)&(((T *)(0))->member)) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
DEFAULT_VERSION 0x20 - |
-Defines the default IUnknown version. You can customize the version. - |
-
| - | -Defines the macro for inheriting the IUnknown interface. - |
-
| - | -Defines the macro for inheriting the classes that implement the IUnknown interface. - |
-
| - | -Defines the default marco for initializing the IUnknown interface. - |
-
IUNKNOWN_ENTRY_BEGIN(version) - |
-Defines the macro for initializing the classes that implement the IUnknown interface. - |
-
| - | -IUnknown Defines the end macro for initializing the IUnknown implementation object. - |
-
GET_IUNKNOWN(T) (IUnknown *)(&((T).iUnknown)) - |
-Obtains the pointer of the IUnknown interface object from the subclass object T (generic macro) of the IUnknown implementation class. - |
-
| - | -Starts a bootstrap service, which is used by samgr and implemented by system service developers. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the macro used to inherit the members from the service class. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -typedef struct SimpleVector -Defines the simplified vector class, which is extended by four elements. - |
-
| - | -typedef struct IUnknownEntry -Defines the IUnknown implementation class. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -typedef enum BootMessage -Enumerates the IDs of the message to be processed for starting the bootstrap service. - |
-
| - | -typedef struct SamgrLite - - |
-
| - | -typedef enum TaskType - - |
-
| - | -typedef enum SpecifyTag - - |
-
| - | -typedef enum TaskPriority - - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
BootMessage { BOOT_SYS_COMPLETED, BOOT_APP_COMPLETED, BOOT_REG_SERVICE, BOOTSTRAP_BUTT } - |
-Enumerates the IDs of the message to be processed for starting the bootstrap service. - |
-
TaskType { SHARED_TASK = 0, SINGLE_TASK = 1, SPECIFIED_TASK = 2, NO_TASK = 0xFF } - |
-- | -
SpecifyTag { LEVEL_HIGH = 0, LEVEL_MIDDLE = 1, LEVEL_LOW = 2, LEVEL_CUSTOM_BEGIN } - |
-- | -
TaskPriority { PRI_LOW = 9, PRI_BELOW_NORMAL = 16, PRI_NORMAL = 24, PRI_ABOVE_NORMAL = 32, PRI_BUTT = 39 } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
VECTOR_Make (VECTOR_Key key, VECTOR_Compare compare) - |
-- - | -
VECTOR_Clear (Vector *vector) - |
-- - | -
VECTOR_Add (Vector *vector, void *element) - |
-- - | -
VECTOR_Size (Vector *vector) - |
-
- Obtains the number of elements in the vector, including elements that have been set to NULL. - |
-
VECTOR_Num (Vector *vector) - |
-
- Obtains the number of valid elements in the vector, excluding elements that have been set to NULL. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
VECTOR_Swap (Vector *vector, int16 index, void *element) - |
-
- Swaps the element at a specified position in a vector with another element. - |
-
VECTOR_Find (Vector *vector, const void *element) - |
-- - | -
VECTOR_FindByKey (Vector *vector, const void *key) - |
-- - | -
IUNKNOWN_AddRef (IUnknown *iUnknown) - |
-
- Increments the reference count in this IUnknown interface. - |
-
IUNKNOWN_QueryInterface (IUnknown *iUnknown, int ver, void **target) - |
-
- Queries the IUnknown interfaces of a specified version (downcasting). - |
-
IUNKNOWN_Release (IUnknown *iUnknown) - |
-
- Releases a reference to an IUnknown interface that is no longer used. - |
-
SAMGR_SendRequest (const Identity *identity, const Request *request, Handler handler) - |
-
- Sends a request to a service or feature of a specified identity. - |
-
SAMGR_SendSharedRequest (const Identity *identity, const Request *request, uint32 *token, Handler handler) - |
-
- Sends a request to multiple services or features to save memory. - |
-
SAMGR_SendSharedDirectRequest (const Identity *id, const Request *req, const Response *resp, uint32 **ref, Handler handler) - |
-
- Sends a request and response of a caller to the feature thread. The handler is directly called to process the request and response without using the message processing functions. (Customized function for the broadcast service) - |
-
SAMGR_SendResponse (const Request *request, const Response *response) - |
-- - | -
SAMGR_SendResponseByIdentity (const Identity *id, const Request *request, const Response *response) - |
-
- Sends a response to a specified service or feature after processing the original request. (Customized function for bootstrap) - |
-
SAMGR_GetInstance (void) - |
-- - | -
SAMGR_Bootstrap (void) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| Indicates | -the T type. | -
| member | -Indicates the name of the T member variable. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| LEVEL_HIGH | -- | -
| LEVEL_MIDDLE | -- | -
| LEVEL_LOW | -- | -
| LEVEL_CUSTOM_BEGIN | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| PRI_LOW | -- | -
| PRI_BELOW_NORMAL | -- | -
| PRI_NORMAL | -- | -
| PRI_ABOVE_NORMAL | -Higher than the normal priority: [32, 39). The communication service is available. - |
-
| PRI_BUTT | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| SHARED_TASK | -- | -
| SINGLE_TASK | -- | -
| SPECIFIED_TASK | -- | -
| NO_TASK | -No task for the service. Generally, this situation does not occur. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| iUnknown | -Indicates the pointer to the IUnknown interface. | -
| version | -Indicates the version of the IUnknown interface object to be converted. | -
| target | -Indicates the IUnknown subclass type required by the caller. This is an output parameter. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| iUnknown | -Indicates the pointer to the IUnknown interface object. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| request | -Indicates the pointer to the original request. | -
| response | -Indicates the pointer to the response content. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the pointer to the ID of a service or feature. The response is sent to the thread of the service or feature for processing. | -
| request | -Indicates the pointer to the original request. | -
| response | -Indicates the pointer to the response content. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| vector | -Indicates the this pointer to the vector. | -
| element | -Indicates the element to add. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| vector | -Indicates the this pointer to the vector. | -
| index | -Indicates the subscript to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| vector | -Indicates the pointer to the vector to clear. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| vector | -Indicates the this pointer to the vector. | -
| element | -Indicates the element to be checked. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| vector | -Indicates the this pointer to the vector. | -
| key | -Indicates the pointer to the key value of the element to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| vector | -Indicates the this pointer to the vector. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| vector | -Indicates the this pointer to the vector. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| vector | -Indicates the this pointer to the vector. | -
| index | -Indicates the position of the element to be swapped. | -
| element | -Indicates the pointer to the new element. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
RegisterService )(Service *service) - |
-- - | -
UnregisterService )(const char *name) - |
-Service *(* - - |
-
RegisterFeature )(const char *serviceName, Feature *feature) - |
-- - | -
UnregisterFeature )(const char *serviceName, const char *featureName) - |
-Feature *(* - - |
-
RegisterDefaultFeatureApi )(const char *service, IUnknown *publicApi) - |
-- - | -
UnregisterDefaultFeatureApi )(const char *service) - |
-IUnknown *(* - - |
-
RegisterFeatureApi )(const char *service, const char *feature, IUnknown *publicApi) - |
-- - | -
UnregisterFeatureApi )(const char *service, const char *feature) - |
-IUnknown *(* - - |
-
GetDefaultFeatureApi )(const char *service) - |
-IUnknown *(* - - |
-
GetFeatureApi )(const char *serviceName, const char *feature) - |
-IUnknown *(* - - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| service | -Indicates the name of the service to which the default feature belongs. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| service | -Indicates the name of the service to which the feature belongs. | -
| feature | -Indicates the name of the feature whose API will be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| service | -Indicates the name of the service whose default feature's API will be registered. | -
| publicApi | -Indicates the API to be registered. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| feature | -Indicates the feature to be registered. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| service | -Indicates the name of the service whose API will be registered. | -
| feature | -Indicates the name of the feature whose API will be registered. | -
| publicApi | -Indicates the API to be registered. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| service | -Indicates the service to be registered. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| service | -Indicates the name of the service whose default feature's API will be unregistered. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| serviceName | -Indicates the name of the service whose feature will be unregistered. | -
| featureName | -Indicates the name of the feature to be unregistered. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| service | -Indicates the name of the service whose API will be unregistered. | -
| feature | -Indicates the name of the feature whose API will be unregistered. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| name | -Indicates the name of the service to be unregistered. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
Initialize )(Service *service, Identity identity) - |
-- - | -
MessageHandle )(Service *service, Request *request) - |
-- - | -
GetTaskConfig )(Service *service) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| service | -Indicates the pointer to the service. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| service | -Indicates the pointer to the service. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| service | -Indicates the pointer to the service. | -
| identity | -Indicates the ID allocated by the system to the service. For details, see Identity. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| service | -Indicates the pointer to the service. | -
| request | -Indicates the pointer to the request data. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -typedef struct PublishInfo -Defines service provisioning information sent to a discovering device. - |
-
| - | -typedef enum DeviceTypeEnum - - |
-
| - | -typedef struct IPublishCallback -Defines the callbacks for successful and failed service publishing. - |
-
| - | -typedef struct CommonDeviceInfo - - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
ExchanageMedium { AUTO = 0, BLE = 1, COAP = 2, USB = 3 } - |
-Enumerates media, such as Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, and USB, used for publishing services. - |
-
ExchangeFre { LOW = 0, MID = 1, HIGH = 2, SUPER_HIGH = 3 } - |
-Enumerates frequencies for publishing services. This enumeration is involved only in Bluetooth and is not supported currently. - |
-
DiscoverMode { DISCOVER_MODE_PASSIVE = 0x55, DISCOVER_MODE_ACTIVE = 0xAA } - |
-Enumerates the modes in which services are published. The publishing service supports the passive mode. Lite devices support the passive mode only. - |
-
PublishFailReason { PUBLISH_FAIL_REASON_NOT_SUPPORT_MEDIUM = 1, PUBLISH_FAIL_REASON_PARAMETER_INVALID = 2, PUBLISH_FAIL_REASON_UNKNOWN = 0xFF } - |
-- | -
DataBitMap { HICALL_CAPABILITY_BITMAP = 0, PROFILE_CAPABILITY_BITMAP = 1, HOMEVISIONPIC_CAPABILITY_BITMAP = 2, CASTPLUS_CAPABILITY_BITMAP, AA_CAPABILITY_BITMAP, DVKIT_CAPABILITY_BITMAP, DDMP_CAPABILITY_BITMAP } - |
-- | -
DeviceTypeEnum { UNKOWN = 0x00, PHONE = 0x0E, PAD = 0x11, TV = 0x9C, PC = 0x0C, AUDIO = 0x0A, CAR = 0x83, L0 = 0xF1, L1 = 0xF2 } - |
-- | -
CommonDeviceKey { COMM_DEVICE_KEY_DEVID = 0, COMM_DEVICE_KEY_DEVTYPE = 1, COMM_DEVICE_KEY_DEVNAME = 2, COMM_DEVICE_KEY_MAX } - |
-Enumerates device information, such as its ID, type, and name. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
PublishService (const char *moduleName, const struct PublishInfo *info, const struct IPublishCallback *cb) - |
-- - | -
UnPublishService (const char *moduleName, int publishId) - |
-- - | -
SetCommonDeviceInfo (const struct CommonDeviceInfo *devInfo, unsigned int num) - |
-
- Sets common device information, such as its ID, type, and name. - |
-
CreateSessionServer (const char *mouduleName, const char *sessionName, struct ISessionListener *listener) - |
-
- Creates a session server based on a module name and session name. - |
-
RemoveSessionServer (const char *mouduleName, const char *sessionName) - |
-
- Removes a session server based on a module name and session name. - |
-
SendBytes (int sessionId, const void *data, unsigned int len) - |
-- - | -
GetMySessionName (int sessionId, char *sessionName, unsigned int len) - |
-
- Obtains the session name registered by the local device based on the session ID. - |
-
GetPeerSessionName (int sessionId, char *sessionName, unsigned int len) - |
-
- Obtains the session name registered by the peer device based on the session ID. - |
-
GetPeerDeviceId (int sessionId, char *devId, unsigned int len) - |
-- - | -
CloseSession (int sessionId) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| COMM_DEVICE_KEY_DEVID | -- | -
| COMM_DEVICE_KEY_DEVTYPE | -- | -
| COMM_DEVICE_KEY_DEVNAME | -- | -
| COMM_DEVICE_KEY_MAX | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| UNKOWN | -- | -
| PHONE | -- | -
| PAD | -- | -
| TV | -- | -
| PC | -- | -
| AUDIO | -- | -
| CAR | -- | -
| L0 | -- | -
| L1 | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| DISCOVER_MODE_PASSIVE | -- | -
| DISCOVER_MODE_ACTIVE | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| AUTO | -- | -
| BLE | -- | -
| COAP | -- | -
| USB | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| LOW | -- | -
| MID | -- | -
| HIGH | -- | -
| SUPER_HIGH | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| PUBLISH_FAIL_REASON_NOT_SUPPORT_MEDIUM | -- | -
| PUBLISH_FAIL_REASON_PARAMETER_INVALID | -- | -
| PUBLISH_FAIL_REASON_UNKNOWN | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sessionId | -Indicates the session ID. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| moduleName | -Indicates the pointer to the module name, which can be used to check whether the session server is in this module. The value cannot be empty and can contain a maximum of 64 characters. | -
| sessionName | -Indicates the pointer to the session name, which is the unique ID of the session server. The value cannot be empty and can contain a maximum of 64 characters. | -
| listener | -Indicates the pointer to the session callback structure, which cannot be empty. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sessionId | -Indicates the session ID. | -
| sessionName | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer for storing the session name. | -
| len | -Indicates the length of the buffer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sessionId | -Indicates the session ID. | -
| devId | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer for storing the device ID. | -
| len | -Indicates the length of the buffer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sessionId | -Indicates the session ID. | -
| sessionName | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer for storing the session name. | -
| len | -Indicates the length of the buffer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| moduleName | -Indicates the pointer to the module name of the upper-layer service. The value contains a maximum of 63 bytes. | -
| info | -Indicates the pointer to the service to publish. For details, see PublishInfo. | -
| cb | -Indicates the pointer to the callback for service publishing. For details, see IPublishCallback. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| moduleName | -Indicates the pointer to the name of the registered module, which can be used to check whether the session server is in this module. The value cannot be empty and can contain a maximum of 64 characters. | -
| sessionName | -Indicates the pointer to the session name. The value cannot be empty and can contain a maximum of 64 characters. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devInfo | -Indicates the pointer to the device information array. | -
| 2 | -num Indicates the number of elements in the device information array. If the value is inconsistent with the length of the device information array, the program breaks down. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sessionId | -Indicates the session ID. | -
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the data received. | -
| dataLen | -Indicates the length of the data received. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sessionId | -Indicates the session ID. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sessionId | -Indicates the session ID. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
Subscribe )(IUnknown *iUnknown, const Topic *topic, Consumer *consumer) - |
-- - | -
ModifyConsumer )(IUnknown *iUnknown, const Topic *topic, Consumer *old, Consumer *current) - |
-Consumer *(* - - |
-
Unsubscribe )(IUnknown *iUnknown, const Topic *topic, const Consumer *consumer) - |
-Consumer *(* - - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| iUnknown | -Indicates external interface of the pub/sub feature. | -
| topic | -Indicates the topic to be subscribed to. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| iUnknown | -Indicates the pointer to the external interface of the pub/sub feature. | -
| topic | -Indicates the pointer to the topic whose consumer will be modified. | -
| old | -Indicates the pointer to the original consumer of the topic. | -
| current | -Indicates the pointer to the new consumer of the topic. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| iUnknown | -Indicates external interface of the pub/sub feature. | -
| topic | -Indicates the topic to be subscribed to. | -
| consumer | -Indicates the consumer who subscribes to the topic. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| iUnknown | -Indicates external interface of the pub/sub feature. This parameter is used to obtain subscription relationships. | -
| topic | -Indicates the pointer to the topic to unsubscribe from. | -
| consumer | -Indicates the pointer to the consumer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
eventStru [3] - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the number of data items that can be stored in the KV store cache. - |
-
MAX_KV_SUM 50 - |
-Indicates the number of data items that can be stored for each application. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Performs operations on a file, including to open, close, write, read, and delete a file. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Defines the offset position used by UtilsFileSeek in a file to start offsetting from the file header. - |
-
| - | -Defines the offset position used by UtilsFileSeek in a file to start offsetting from the current read and write position. - |
-
| - | -Defines the offset position used by UtilsFileSeek in a file to start offsetting from the end of the file. - |
-
O_RDONLY_FS 00 - |
-Defines a flag used byUtilsFileOpen to open a file in read-only mode. - |
-
O_WRONLY_FS 01 - |
-Defines a flag used by UtilsFileOpen to open a file in write-only mode. - |
-
O_RDWR_FS 02 - |
-Defines a flag used by UtilsFileOpen to open a file in read-and-write mode. - |
-
O_CREAT_FS 0100 - |
-Defines a flag used by UtilsFileOpen to create a file when the file to open does not exist. - |
-
O_EXCL_FS 0200 - |
-Defines a flag used by UtilsFileOpen to check whether the file to open exists when O_CREAT_FS is already set. - |
-
O_TRUNC_FS 01000 - |
-Defines a flag used by UtilsFileOpen to clear the file content if the file exists and can be opened in write mode. - |
-
O_APPEND_FS 02000 - |
-Defines a flag used by UtilsFileOpen to start reading or writing from the end of a file. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UtilsFileOpen (const char *path, int oflag, int mode) - |
-- - | -
UtilsFileClose (int fd) - |
-- - | -
UtilsFileRead (int fd, char *buf, unsigned int len) - |
-
- Reads a specified length of data from a file with the specified file descriptor and writes the data into the buffer. - |
-
UtilsFileWrite (int fd, const char *buf, unsigned int len) - |
-
- Writes a specified length of data into a file with the specified file descriptor. - |
-
UtilsFileDelete (const char *path) - |
-- - | -
UtilsFileStat (const char *path, unsigned int *fileSize) - |
-- - | -
UtilsFileSeek (int fd, int offset, unsigned int whence) - |
-- - | -
UtilsFileCopy (const char *src, const char *dest) - |
-- - | -
UtilsFileMove (const char *src, const char *dest) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the file descriptor of the file to close. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| src | -Indicates the source file to copy. | -
| dest | -Indicates the target file. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the file to delete. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| src | -Indicates the source file. | -
| dest | -Indicates the target file. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the file to open or create. | -
| oflag | -Indicates the mode of opening a file. The following modes are supported. These modes can be used together, with each of them identified by "or". | -
| mode | -Used for function compatibility. This parameter does not take effect in any scenario. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -For details, see O_RDONLY_FS. - |
-
| - | -For details, see O_WRONLY_FS. - |
-
| - | -For details, see O_RDWR_FS. - |
-
| - | -For details, see O_CREAT_FS. - |
-
| - | -For details, see O_EXCL_FS. - |
-
| - | -For details, see O_TRUNC_FS. - |
-
| - | -For details, see O_APPEND_FS. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the file descriptor of the file to read. | -
| buf | -Indicates the buffer that stores the read data. This is an output parameter. | -
| len | -Indicates the length of the data to read. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the file name. | -
| fileSize | -Indicates the file size. This is an output parameter. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the file descriptor of the file where to write the data. | -
| buf | -Indicates the data to write. | -
| len | -Indicates the length of the data to write. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OnWifiConnectionChanged )(int state, WifiLinkedInfo *info) - |
-- | -
OnWifiScanStateChanged )(int state, int size) - |
-- | -
OnHotspotStateChanged )(int state) - |
-- | -
OnHotspotStaJoin )(StationInfo *info) - |
-- | -
OnHotspotStaLeave )(StationInfo *info) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
addr: 24 - |
-- | -
id: 7 - |
-- | -
dir: 1 - |
-- | -
size: 24 - |
-- | -
reserve: 8 - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
RdstartCallback )(unsigned int len, unsigned char *admaTable) - |
-- | -
RdoverCallback )(void) - |
-- | -
RderrCallback )(void) - |
-- | -
WrstartCallback )(unsigned int len, unsigned char *admaTable) - |
-- | -
WroverCallback )(void) - |
-- | -
ProcessmsgCallback )(unsigned int msg) - |
-- | -
SoftRstCallback )(void) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
cpol: 1 - |
-- | -
cpha: 1 - |
-- | -
framMode: 2 - |
-- | -
dataWidth: 4 - |
-- | -
endian: 1 - |
-- | -
pad: 23 - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
isSlave: 1 - |
-- | -
pad: 31 - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Defines a module-level return value to indicate a successful operation. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_FAILURE (-1) - |
-Defines a module-level return value to indicate an operation failure. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_UART_INVALID_PARAMETER 0x80001000 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_UART_INVALID_SUSPEND 0x80001001 - |
-Defines a UART error code to indicate an invalid pause operation. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_UART_INVALID_PARITY 0x80001002 - |
-Defines a UART error code to indicate an invalid parity check. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_UART_INVALID_DATA_BITS 0x80001003 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_UART_INVALID_STOP_BITS 0x80001004 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_UART_INVALID_BAUD 0x80001005 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_UART_INVALID_COM_PORT 0x80001006 - |
-Defines a UART error code to indicate an invalid port number. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_UART_NOT_SUPPORT_DMA 0x80001007 - |
-Defines a UART error code to indicate a non-support for DMA. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_UART_NOT_BLOCK_MODE 0x80001008 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_GPIO_INVALID_PARAMETER 0x80001040 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_GPIO_REPEAT_INIT 0x80001041 - |
-Defines a GPIO error code to indicate repeated initialization. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_GPIO_NOT_INIT 0x80001042 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_GPIO_NOT_SUPPORT 0x80001043 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_NOT_INIT 0x800010C0 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_INVALID_PARAM 0x800010C1 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate an invalid parameter. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_INVALID_PARAM_BEYOND_ADDR 0x800010C2 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that the address is out of range. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_INVALID_PARAM_SIZE_ZERO 0x800010C3 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that the parameter size is 0 - |
-
| - | -Defines a flash error code to indicate that the erase size is not aligned. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_INVALID_PARAM_IOCTRL_DATA_NULL 0x800010C5 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that the data of the I/O controller is empty. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_INVALID_PARAM_DATA_NULL 0x800010C6 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_INVALID_PARAM_PAD1 0x800010C7 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that pad1 is incorrect. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_INVALID_PARAM_PAD2 0x800010C8 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that pad2 is incorrect. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_INVALID_PARAM_PAD3 0x800010C9 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that pad3 is incorrect. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_INVALID_PARAM_PAD4 0x800010CA - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that pad4 is incorrect. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_TIME_OUT_WAIT_READY 0x800010CB - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate a timeout on waiting for ready. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_QUAD_MODE_READ_REG1 0x800010CC - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that an error occurs when reading register 1. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_QUAD_MODE_READ_REG2 0x800010CD - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that an error occurs when reading register 2. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_QUAD_MODE_COMPARE_REG 0x800010CE - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that an error occurs when comparing registers. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_NO_MATCH_FLASH 0x800010CF - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_WRITE_ENABLE 0x800010D0 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate a failure in enabling write. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_NO_MATCH_ERASE_SIZE 0x800010D1 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate a mismatch in the size of data to erase. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_MAX_SPI_OP 0x800010D2 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate the maximum value of the SPI operation. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_NOT_SUPPORT_IOCTRL_ID 0x800010D3 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate an unsupported IO controller ID.. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_INVALID_CHIP_ID 0x800010D4 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_RE_INIT 0x800010D5 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate repeated initialization. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_WRITE_NOT_SUPPORT_ERASE 0x800010D6 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate a non-support for data erasure. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_WRITE_COMPARE_WRONG 0x800010D7 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that an error occurs when comparing the data written. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_WAIT_CFG_START_TIME_OUT 0x800010D8 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate a timeout on waiting for a configuration to start. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_PATITION_INIT_FAIL 0x800010D9 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate a partition initialization failure. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_INITILIZATION 0x800010DA - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_ERASE_NOT_4K_ALIGN 0x800010DB - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that the size of data to erase is not a multiple of 4K bytes. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_PROTECT_NOT_SUPPORT 0x800010DC - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_PROTECT_NOT_INIT 0x800010DD - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_PROTECT_RE_INIT 0x800010DE - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate repeated initialization. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_PROTECT_NOT_FIND_CHIP 0x800010DF - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that no chip is found. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_CRYPTO_INVALID_PARAM 0x800010F0 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate an invalid parameter. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_CRYPTO_BEYOND_ADDR_SIZE 0x800010F1 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that the address is out of range. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_CRYPTO_MALLOC_FAIL 0x800001F2 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate a failure in applying for memory. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_CRYPTO_DATA_ENCRYPT_ERR 0x800001F3 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_CRYPTO_DATA_DECRYPT_ERR 0x800001F4 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_CRYPTO_KEY_EMPTY_ERR 0x800001F5 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_CRYPTO_MEMCPY_FAIL 0x800001F6 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_CRYPTO_NOT_SUPPORT 0x800001F7 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate a non-support for encryption. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_CRYPTO_PREPARE_ERR 0x800001F8 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate an incorrect parameter during encryption. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_CRYPTO_KEY_INVALID_ERR 0x800001F9 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_CRYPTO_KEY_SAVE_ERR 0x800001FA - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate a failure in saving the key. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_CRYPTO_KERNEL_ADDR_ERR 0x800001FB - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate an incorrect kernel address.. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_I2C_NOT_INIT 0x80001180 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_I2C_INVALID_PARAMETER 0x80001181 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_I2C_TIMEOUT_START 0x80001182 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_I2C_TIMEOUT_WAIT 0x80001183 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_I2C_TIMEOUT_STOP 0x80001184 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_I2C_TIMEOUT_RCV_BYTE 0x80001185 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_I2C_TIMEOUT_RCV_BYTE_PROC 0x80001186 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_I2C_WAIT_SEM_FAIL 0x80001187 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_I2C_START_ACK_ERR 0x80001188 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_I2C_WAIT_ACK_ERR 0x80001189 - |
-Defines an I2C error code to indicate a failure in waiting for a response. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_SPI_NOT_INIT 0x800011C0 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_SPI_REINIT 0x800011C1 - |
-Defines an SPI error code to indicate repeated initialization. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_SPI_PARAMETER_WRONG 0x800011C2 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_SPI_BUSY 0x800011C3 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_SPI_WRITE_TIMEOUT 0x800011C4 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_SPI_READ_TIMEOUT 0x800011C5 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_SPI_NOT_SUPPORT_DMA 0x800011C6 - |
-Defines an SPI error code to indicate a non-support for DMA. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_SDIO_INVALID_PARAMETER 0x80001280 - |
-Defines an SDIO error code to indicate an invalid parameter. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_ADC_PARAMETER_WRONG 0x80001300 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_ADC_INVALID_CHANNEL_ID 0x80001301 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_ADC_TIMEOUT 0x80001302 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_ADC_NOT_INIT 0x80001303 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_PWM_NO_INIT 0x80001340 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_PWM_INITILIZATION_ALREADY 0x80001341 - |
-Defines a PWM error code to indicate an initialization error. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_PWM_INVALID_PARAMETER 0x80001342 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_DMA_INVALID_PARA 0x80001380 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_DMA_NOT_INIT 0x80001381 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_DMA_BUSY 0x80001382 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_DMA_TRANSFER_FAIL 0x80001383 - |
-Defines a DMA error code to indicate a transmission failure. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_DMA_TRANSFER_TIMEOUT 0x80001384 - |
-Defines a DMA error code to indicate a transmission timeout. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_DMA_GET_NOTE_FAIL 0x80001385 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_DMA_LLI_NOT_CREATE 0x80001386 - |
-Defines a DMA error code to indicate that the LLI is not created. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_DMA_CH_IRQ_ENABLE_FAIL 0x80001387 - |
-Defines a DMA error code to indicate a failure in enabling channel interrupt. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_I2S_INVALID_PARAMETER 0x80001400 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_I2S_WRITE_TIMEOUT 0x80001401 - |
-- | -
| - | -Defines an AT error code to indicate repeated function registration. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_AT_INVALID_PARAMETER 0x80003281 - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the number of extended registers on an SDIO device. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GpioIsrCallbackFunc) (char *arg) - |
-- - | -
I2CResetFunc) (void) - |
-
- Indicates the callback invoked when a device exception occurs. - |
-
I2cPrepareFunc) (void) - |
-- - | -
I2cRestoreFunc) (void) - |
-- - | -
TickIdleKalCallback) (void) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Indicates the callback invoked upon a message event on the host. - |
-
| - | -
- Indicates the SPI callback, which is used in SpiRegisterUsrFunc. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
AdcRead (WifiIotAdcChannelIndex channel, unsigned short *data, WifiIotAdcEquModelSel equModel, WifiIotAdcCurBais curBais, unsigned short rstCnt) - |
-
- Reads a piece of sampled data from a specified ADC channel based on the input parameters. - |
-
AtRegisterCmd (const AtCmdTbl *cmdTbl, unsigned short cmdNum) - |
-- - | -
AtSysCmdRegister (void) - |
-- - | -
AtPrintf (const char *fmt,...) - |
-- - | -
AtInit (void) - |
-- - | -
AtCheckUartBusy (unsigned char enable) - |
-
- Sets whether to check the UART busy status during low-power voting. - |
-
FlashRead (const unsigned int flashOffset, const unsigned int size, unsigned char *ramData) - |
-- - | -
FlashWrite (const unsigned int flashOffset, unsigned int size, const unsigned char *ramData, unsigned char doErase) - |
-- - | -
FlashErase (const unsigned int flashOffset, const unsigned int size) - |
-- - | -
FlashInit (void) - |
-- - | -
FlashDeinit (void) - |
-- - | -
FlashIoctl (unsigned short cmd, char *data) - |
-- - | -
GpioInit (void) - |
-- - | -
GpioDeinit (void) - |
-- - | -
GpioSetDir (WifiIotGpioIdx id, WifiIotGpioDir dir) - |
-- - | -
GpioGetDir (WifiIotGpioIdx id, WifiIotGpioDir *dir) - |
-- - | -
GpioSetOutputVal (WifiIotGpioIdx id, WifiIotGpioValue val) - |
-- - | -
GpioGetOutputVal (WifiIotGpioIdx id, WifiIotGpioValue *val) - |
-- - | -
GpioGetInputVal (WifiIotGpioIdx id, WifiIotGpioValue *val) - |
-- - | -
GpioRegisterIsrFunc (WifiIotGpioIdx id, WifiIotGpioIntType intType, WifiIotGpioIntPolarity intPolarity, GpioIsrCallbackFunc func, char *arg) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GpioSetIsrMask (WifiIotGpioIdx id, unsigned char mask) - |
-- - | -
GpioSetIsrMode (WifiIotGpioIdx id, WifiIotGpioIntType intType, WifiIotGpioIntPolarity intPolarity) - |
-- - | -
IoSetPull (WifiIotIoName id, WifiIotIoPull val) - |
-- - | -
IoSetFunc (WifiIotIoName id, unsigned char val) - |
-- - | -
IoGetPull (WifiIotIoName id, WifiIotIoPull *val) - |
-- - | -
IoGetFunc (WifiIotIoName id, unsigned char *val) - |
-- - | -
IOGetDriverStrength (WifiIotIoName id, WifiIotIoDriverStrength *val) - |
-- - | -
IOSetDriverStrength (WifiIotIoName id, WifiIotIoDriverStrength val) - |
-- - | -
I2cInit (WifiIotI2cIdx id, unsigned int baudrate) - |
-- - | -
I2cDeinit (WifiIotI2cIdx id) - |
-- - | -
I2cWrite (WifiIotI2cIdx id, unsigned short deviceAddr, const WifiIotI2cData *i2cData) - |
-- - | -
I2cRead (WifiIotI2cIdx id, unsigned short deviceAddr, const WifiIotI2cData *i2cData) - |
-- - | -
I2cWriteread (WifiIotI2cIdx id, unsigned short deviceAddr, const WifiIotI2cData *i2cData) - |
-
- Sends data to and receives data responses from an I2C device. - |
-
I2cRegisterResetBusFunc (WifiIotI2cIdx id, WifiIotI2cFunc pfn) - |
-- - | -
I2cSetBaudrate (WifiIotI2cIdx id, unsigned int baudrate) - |
-- - | -
I2sInit (const WifiIotI2sAttribute *i2sAttribute) - |
-- - | -
I2sDeinit (void) - |
-- - | -
I2sWrite (unsigned char *wrData, unsigned int wrLen, unsigned int timeOutMs) - |
-- - | -
I2sRead (unsigned char *rdData, unsigned int rdLen, unsigned int timeOutMs) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
FlashPartitionInit (void) - |
-- - | -
GetPartitionTable (void) - |
-- - | -
PwmInit (WifiIotPwmPort port) - |
-- - | -
PwmDeinit (WifiIotPwmPort port) - |
-- - | -
PwmStart (WifiIotPwmPort port, unsigned short duty, unsigned short freq) - |
-- - | -
PwmStop (WifiIotPwmPort port) - |
-- - | -
SdioInit (void) - |
-- - | -
SdioReinit (void) - |
-- - | -
SdioSoftReset (void) - |
-- - | -
SdioRegisterCallback (const WifiIotSdioIntcallback *callbackFunc) - |
-- - | -
SdioCompleteSend (unsigned char *admaTable, unsigned int admaIndex) - |
-- - | -
SdioSetPadAdmatab (unsigned int padlen, unsigned char *admatable, unsigned int admaIndex) - |
-- - | -
SdioWriteExtinfo (WifiIotSdioExtendFunc *extFunc) - |
-- - | -
SdioSendData (unsigned int xferBytes) - |
-- - | -
SdioSetAdmatable (unsigned char *admatable, unsigned int admaIndex, const unsigned int *dataAddr, unsigned int dataLen) - |
-- - | -
SdioSchedMsg (void) - |
-- - | -
SdioSendSyncMsg (unsigned int msg) - |
-- - | -
SdioSendMsgAck (unsigned int msg) - |
-- - | -
SdioProcessMsg (unsigned int sendMsg, unsigned int clearMsg) - |
-
- Clears a specified suspended message in the message queue, adds a new message to it, and sends the new message. - |
-
SdioIsPendingMsg (unsigned int msg) - |
-- - | -
SdioIsSendingMsg (unsigned int msg) - |
-- - | -
SdioGetExtendInfo (void) - |
-- - | -
SdioRegisterNotifyMessageCallback (NotifyHostMessageEvent msgEventCallback) - |
-
- Registers the callback that will be invoked when the host sends a message or data. - |
-
SdioSetPowerdownWhenDeepSleep (unsigned char powerDown) - |
-
- Sets whether the SDIO device is powered off in deep sleep mode. - |
-
SpiSlaveWrite (WifiIotSpiIdx spiId, char *writeData, unsigned int byteLen, unsigned int timeOutMs) - |
-- - | -
SpiSlaveRead (WifiIotSpiIdx spiId, char *readData, unsigned int byteLen, unsigned int timeOutMs) - |
-- - | -
SpiHostWrite (WifiIotSpiIdx spiId, char *writeData, unsigned int byteLen) - |
-- - | -
SpiHostRead (WifiIotSpiIdx spiId, char *readData, unsigned int byteLen) - |
-- - | -
SpiHostWriteread (WifiIotSpiIdx spiId, char *writeData, char *readData, unsigned int byteLen) - |
-- - | -
SpiSetBasicInfo (WifiIotSpiIdx spiId, const WifiIotSpiCfgBasicInfo *param) - |
-- - | -
SpiInit (WifiIotSpiIdx spiId, WifiIotSpiCfgInitParam initParam, const WifiIotSpiCfgBasicInfo *param) - |
-- - | -
SpiDeinit (WifiIotSpiIdx spiId) - |
-- - | -
SpiSetIrqMode (WifiIotSpiIdx spiId, unsigned char irqEn) - |
-
- Sets whether to enable the interrupt request (IRQ) mode for an SPI device. - |
-
SpiSetDmaMode (WifiIotSpiIdx spiId, unsigned char dmaEn) - |
-
- Sets whether to enable DMA to transfer data for an SPI device in slave mode. - |
-
SpiRegisterUsrFunc (WifiIotSpiIdx spiId, SpiIsrFunc prepareF, SpiIsrFunc restoreF) - |
-- - | -
SpiSetLoopBackMode (WifiIotSpiIdx spiId, unsigned char lbEn) - |
-- - | -
UartInit (WifiIotUartIdx id, const WifiIotUartAttribute *param, const WifiIotUartExtraAttr *extraAttr) - |
-- - | -
UartRead (WifiIotUartIdx id, unsigned char *data, unsigned int dataLen) - |
-- - | -
UartWrite (WifiIotUartIdx id, const unsigned char *data, unsigned int dataLen) - |
-- - | -
UartDeinit (WifiIotUartIdx id) - |
-- - | -
UartSetFlowCtrl (WifiIotUartIdx id, WifiIotFlowCtrl flowCtrl) - |
-- - | -
UartIsBufEmpty (WifiIotUartIdx id, unsigned char *empty) - |
-- - | -
UartWriteImmediately (WifiIotUartIdx id, const unsigned char *data, unsigned int dataLen) - |
-- - | -
UartGetAttribute (WifiIotUartIdx id, WifiIotUartAttribute *attr, WifiIotUartExtraAttr *extraAttr) - |
-- - | -
UartIsBusy (WifiIotUartIdx id, unsigned char *busy) - |
-- - | -
WatchDogEnable (void) - |
-- - | -
WatchDogKick (void) - |
-- - | -
WatchDogDisable (void) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_IOT_IO_FUNC_GPIO_1_GPIO | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_IOT_ADC_CUR_BAIS_DEFAULT | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_ADC_CUR_BAIS_AUTO | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_ADC_CUR_BAIS_1P8V | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_ADC_CUR_BAIS_3P3V | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_ADC_CUR_BAIS_BUTT | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_IOT_ADC_EQU_MODEL_1 | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_ADC_EQU_MODEL_2 | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_ADC_EQU_MODEL_4 | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_ADC_EQU_MODEL_8 | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_ADC_EQU_MODEL_BUTT | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_IOT_FLOW_CTRL_NONE | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_FLOW_CTRL_RTS_CTS | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_FLOW_CTRL_RTS_ONLY | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_FLOW_CTRL_CTS_ONLY | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_IOT_GPIO_DIR_IN | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_GPIO_DIR_OUT | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_IOT_GPIO_EDGE_FALL_LEVEL_LOW | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_GPIO_EDGE_RISE_LEVEL_HIGH | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_IOT_INT_TYPE_LEVEL | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_INT_TYPE_EDGE | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_IOT_GPIO_VALUE0 | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_GPIO_VALUE1 | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_IOT_I2C_IDX_0 | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_I2C_IDX_1 | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_IOT_I2S_RESOLUTION_16BIT | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_I2S_RESOLUTION_24BIT | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_IOT_I2S_SAMPLE_RATE_8K | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_I2S_SAMPLE_RATE_16K | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_I2S_SAMPLE_RATE_32K | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_I2S_SAMPLE_RATE_48K | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_IOT_IO_PULL_NONE | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_IO_PULL_UP | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_IO_PULL_DOWN | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_IO_PULL_MAX | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_IOT_PWM_CLK_160M | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_PWM_CLK_XTAL | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_PWM_CLK_MAX | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_IOT_SPI_CFG_CLOCK_CPHA_0 | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_SPI_CFG_CLOCK_CPHA_1 | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_IOT_SPI_CFG_CLOCK_CPOL_0 | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_SPI_CFG_CLOCK_CPOL_1 | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_IOT_SPI_CFG_ENDIAN_LITTLE | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_SPI_CFG_ENDIAN_BIG | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_IOT_SPI_CFG_FRAM_MODE_MOTOROLA | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_SPI_CFG_FRAM_MODE_TI | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_SPI_CFG_FRAM_MODE_MICROWIRE | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_IOT_SPI_ID_0 | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_SPI_ID_1 | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_IOT_UART_BLOCK_STATE_NONE_BLOCK | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_UART_BLOCK_STATE_BLOCK | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_IOT_UART_NONE_DMA | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_UART_USE_DMA | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_IOT_FIFO_LINE_ONE_EIGHT | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_FIFO_LINE_ONE_QUARTER | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_FIFO_LINE_HALF | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_FIFO_LINE_THREE_QUARTERS | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_FIFO_LINE_SEVEN_EIGHTS | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_IOT_UART_IDX_0 | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_UART_IDX_1 | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_UART_IDX_2 | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_UART_IDX_MAX | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_IOT_UART_DATA_BIT_5 | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_UART_DATA_BIT_6 | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_UART_DATA_BIT_7 | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_UART_DATA_BIT_8 | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_IOT_UART_PARITY_NONE | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_UART_PARITY_ODD | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_UART_PARITY_EVEN | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_IOT_UART_STOP_BIT_1 | -- | -
| WIFI_IOT_UART_STOP_BIT_2 | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| channel | -Indicates the ADC channel index. | -
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the address for storing the read data. | -
| equModel | -Indicates the equation model. | -
| curBais | -Indicates the analog power control mode. | -
| rstCnt | -Indicates the count of the time from reset to conversion start. One count is equal to 334 ns. The value must range from 0 to 0xFF0. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| enable | -Specifies whether to check the UART busy status. The value 1 means to check the UART busy status, and 0 means not to check the busy status. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fmt | -Indicates the pointer to the control character string to format. | -
| ... | -Represents a variable parameter list in the character string format. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| cmdTbl | -Indicates the command table. | -
| cmdNum | -Indicates the number of AT commands in the command table. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| flashOffset | -Indicates the address of the flash memory data to erase. | -
| size | -Indicates the length of the data to erase, in bytes. The value must be a multiple of 4000 bytes. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| flashOffset | -Indicates the address of the flash memory from which data is to read. | -
| size | -Indicates the length of the data to read. | -
| ramData | -Indicates the pointer to the RAM for storing the read data. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| flashOffset | -Indicates the address of the flash memory to which data is to write. | -
| size | -Indicates the length of the data to write. | -
| ramData | -Indicates the pointer to the RAM for storing the data to write. | -
| doErase | -Indicates whether to automatically erase and overwrite the data. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the GPIO pin ID. | -
| dir | -Indicates the pointer to the GPIO input/output direction. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the GPIO pin ID. | -
| val | -Indicates the pointer to the input level value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the GPIO pin ID. | -
| val | -Indicates the pointer to the output level value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the GPIO pin ID. | -
| intType | -Indicates the interrupt type. | -
| intPolarity | -Indicates the interrupt polarity. | -
| func | -Indicates the interrupt callback function. | -
| arg | -Indicates the pointer to the argument used in the interrupt callback function. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the GPIO pin ID. | -
| dir | -Indicates the GPIO input/output direction. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the GPIO pin ID. | -
| intType | -Indicates the interrupt type. | -
| intPolarity | -Indicates the interrupt polarity. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the GPIO pin ID. | -
| val | -Indicates the output level value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the GPIO pin ID. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the I2C device ID. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the I2C device ID. | -
| baudrate | -Indicates the I2C baud rate. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the I2C device ID. | -
| deviceAddr | -Indicates the I2C device address. | -
| i2cData | -Indicates the pointer to the data descriptor to read. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the I2C device ID. | -
| pfn | -Indicates the type of the callback to register. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the I2C device ID. | -
| baudrate | -Indicates the I2C baud rate to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the I2C device ID. | -
| deviceAddr | -Indicates the I2C device address. | -
| i2cData | -Indicates the pointer to the data descriptor to write. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the I2C device ID. | -
| deviceAddr | -Indicates the I2C device address. | -
| i2cData | -Indicates the pointer to the device descriptor of the data to receive. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| i2sAttribute | -Indicates the pointer to the I2S configuration parameter. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| rdData | -Indicates the pointer to the data to read. | -
| rdLen | -Indicates the length of the data to read. | -
| timeOutMs | -Indicates the timeout interval. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wrData | -Indicates the pointer to the data to write. | -
| wrLen | -Indicates the length of the data to write. | -
| timeOutMs | -Indicates the timeout interval. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the GPIO pin. | -
| val | -Indicates the pointer to the address where the I/O driver strength level is to be stored. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the GPIO pin. | -
| val | -Indicates the pointer to the address whether I/O multiplexing function is to be stored. For example, if the value of id is WIFI_IOT_IO_NAME_GPIO_0, the value type of val is WifiIotIoFuncGpio0. If the value of id is WIFI_IOT_IO_NAME_GPIO_1, the value type of val is WifiIotIoFuncGpio1. The same rule applies to other values. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the GPIO pin. | -
| val | -Indicates the pointer to the address where the pull type is to be stored. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the GPIO pin. | -
| val | -Indicates the I/O driver strength level obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the GPIO pin. | -
| val | -Indicates the I/O multiplexing function. For example, if the value of id is WIFI_IOT_IO_NAME_GPIO_0, the value type of val is WifiIotIoFuncGpio0. If the value of id is WIFI_IOT_IO_NAME_GPIO_1, the value type of val is WifiIotIoFuncGpio1. The same rule applies to other values. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the GPIO pin. | -
| val | -Indicates the pull-up or pull-down to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| cb | -Indicates the idle task callback to register. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| cb | -Indicates the CPU tick callback to register. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| port | -Indicates the PWM port number. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| port | -Indicates the PWM port number. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| port | -Indicates the PWM port number. | -
| duty | -Indicates the PWM duty cycle. | -
| freq | -Indicates the frequency-division multiple. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| port | -Indicates the PWM port number. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| admaTable | -Indicates the pointer to the start address of the ADMA table. Each ADMA table occupies 8 bytes. | -
| admaIndex | -Indicates the ADMA ID, ranging from 0 to 130. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| msg | -Indicates the ID of the message to check, ranging from 0 to 31. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| msg | -Indicates the ID of the message to check, ranging from 0 to 31. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sendMsg | -Indicates the ID of the message to send, ranging from 0 to 31. | -
| clearMsg | -Indicates the ID of the message to clear, ranging from 0 to 31. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| callbackFunc | -Indicates the pointer to the interrupt callback to register. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| msgEventCallback | -Indicates the callback to be invoked when a message or data is sent. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| xferBytes | -Indicates the length of the data to send. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| msg | -Indicates the ID of the message to send, ranging from 0 to 31. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| msg | -Indicates the ID of the message to add to the message queue and send, ranging from 0 to 31. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| admatable | -Indicates the pointer to the start address of the ADMA table. Each ADMA table occupies 8 bytes. | -
| admaIndex | -Indicates the ADMA ID, ranging from 0 to 130. | -
| dataAddr | -Indicates the pointer to the address where data is to send. | -
| dataLen | -Indicates the length of the data to send. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| padlen | -Indicates the length of the data to pad. | -
| admatable | -Indicates the pointer to the start address of the ADMA table. Each ADMA table occupies 8 bytes. | -
| admaIndex | -Indicates the ADMA ID, ranging from 0 to 130. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| powerDown | -Specifies whether to power off the SDIO device. The value 1 means to power it off, and 0 means not to power it off. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| extFunc | -Indicates the pointer to the extended attributes. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| spiId | -Indicates the SPI channel ID. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| spiId | -Indicates the SPI channel ID. | -
| readData | -Indicates the pointer to the data to read. | -
| byteLen | -Indicates the length of the data to read. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| spiId | -Indicates the SPI channel ID. | -
| writeData | -Indicates the pointer to the data to send. | -
| byteLen | -Indicates the length of the data to send. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| spiId | -Indicates the SPI channel ID. | -
| writeData | -Indicates the pointer to the data to send. | -
| readData | -Indicates the pointer to the data to read. | -
| byteLen | -Indicates the length of the data to read. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| spiId | -Indicates the SPI channel ID. | -
| initParam | -Specifies whether the device is a slave one. | -
| param | -Indicates the pointer to the SPI device parameter. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| spiId | -Indicates the SPI channel ID. | -
| prepareF | -Indicates the function used for data preparation. | -
| restoreF | -Indicates the function used for data recovery. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| spiId | -Indicates the SPI channel ID. | -
| param | -Indicates the pointer to the SPI parameter to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| spiId | -Indicates the SPI channel ID. | -
| dmaEn | -Specifies whether to enable DMA. The value 1 means to enable DMA, and 0 means to disable DMA. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| spiId | -Indicates the SPI channel ID. | -
| irqEn | -Specifies whether to enable IRQ. The value 1 means to enable IRQ, and 0 means to disable IRQ. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| spiId | -Indicates the SPI channel ID. | -
| lbEn | -Specifies whether to enable loopback test. The value 1 means to enable loopback test, and 0 means to disable loopback test. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| spiId | -Indicates the SPI channel ID. | -
| readData | -Indicates the pointer to the data to read. | -
| byteLen | -Indicates the length of the data to read. | -
| timeOutMs | -Indicates the timeout interval. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| spiId | -Indicates the SPI channel ID. | -
| writeData | -Indicates the pointer to the data to send. | -
| byteLen | -Indicates the length of the data to send. | -
| timeOutMs | -Indicates the timeout interval. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the UART port number. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the UART port number. | -
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the basic UART attributes. | -
| extraAttr | -Indicates the pointer to the extended UART attributes. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the UART port number. | -
| param | -Indicates the pointer to the basic UART attributes. | -
| extraAttr | -Indicates the pointer to the extended UART attributes. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the UART port number. | -
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the start address of the data to read. | -
| dataLen | -Indicates the number of bytes to read. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the UART port number. | -
| flowCtrl | -Indicates the parameter used for hardware flow control. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the UART port number. | -
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the start address of the data to write. | -
| dataLen | -Indicates the number of bytes to write. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the UART port number. | -
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the start address of the data to write. | -
| dataLen | -Indicates the number of bytes to write. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the maximum number of Wi-Fi station configurations that can be added using AddDeviceConfig. - |
-
WIFI_CONFIG_INVALID (-1) - |
-Indicates the value of networkId when the configuration file is unavailable. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the maximum length of a Wi-Fi MAC address or a Wi-Fi BSSID. - |
-
WIFI_PSK_LEN 32 - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the maximum number of event listeners that can be registered using RegisterWifiEvent. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Defines the maximum number of stations connected to a hotspot. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the maximum number of hotspots that can be detected in a Wi-Fi scan. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -typedef struct WifiDeviceConfig -Represents the Wi-Fi station configuration used to connect to a specified Wi-Fi device. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
WifiSecurityType { WIFI_SEC_TYPE_INVALID = -1, WIFI_SEC_TYPE_OPEN, WIFI_SEC_TYPE_WEP, WIFI_SEC_TYPE_PSK, WIFI_SEC_TYPE_SAE } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
WifiScanType { WIFI_FREQ_SCAN, WIFI_SSID_SCAN, WIFI_BSSID_SCAN, WIFI_BAND_SCAN } - |
-- | -
WifiErrorCode { WIFI_SUCCESS = 0, ERROR_WIFI_INVALID_ARGS = -1, ERROR_WIFI_CHIP_INVALID = -2, ERROR_WIFI_IFACE_INVALID = -3, ERROR_WIFI_RTT_CONTROLLER_INVALID = -4, ERROR_WIFI_NOT_SUPPORTED = -5, ERROR_WIFI_NOT_AVAILABLE = -6, ERROR_WIFI_NOT_STARTED = -7, ERROR_WIFI_BUSY = -8, ERROR_WIFI_UNKNOWN = -9 } - |
-- | -
WifiEventState { WIFI_STATE_NOT_AVALIABLE = 0, WIFI_STATE_AVALIABLE } - |
-- | -
RssiLevel { RSSI_LEVEL_1 = 1, RSSI_LEVEL_2 = 2, RSSI_LEVEL_3 = 3, RSSI_LEVEL_4 = 4 } - |
-Enumerates received signal strength indicator (RSSI) levels. - |
-
HotspotBandType { HOTSPOT_BAND_TYPE_2G = 1, HOTSPOT_BAND_TYPE_5G = 2 } - |
-Enumerates frequency bands supported by the Wi-Fi hotspot mode. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
EnableWifi (void) - |
-- - | -
DisableWifi (void) - |
-- - | -
IsWifiActive (void) - |
-- - | -
Scan (void) - |
-- - | -
GetScanInfoList (WifiScanInfo *result, unsigned int *size) - |
-- - | -
AddDeviceConfig (const WifiDeviceConfig *config, int *result) - |
-
- Adds a specified hotspot configuration for connecting to a hotspot. - |
-
GetDeviceConfigs (WifiDeviceConfig *result, unsigned int *size) - |
-- - | -
RemoveDevice (int networkId) - |
-
- Removes a hotspot configuration matching a specified networkId. - |
-
ConnectTo (int networkId) - |
-- - | -
Disconnect (void) - |
-- - | -
GetLinkedInfo (WifiLinkedInfo *result) - |
-- - | -
RegisterWifiEvent (WifiEvent *event) - |
-- - | -
UnRegisterWifiEvent (const WifiEvent *event) - |
-
- Unregisters a callback previously registered for a specified Wi-Fi event. - |
-
GetDeviceMacAddress (unsigned char *result) - |
-- - | -
AdvanceScan (WifiScanParams *params) - |
-- - | -
EnableHotspot (void) - |
-- - | -
DisableHotspot (void) - |
-- - | -
SetHotspotConfig (const HotspotConfig *config) - |
-- - | -
GetHotspotConfig (HotspotConfig *result) - |
-- - | -
IsHotspotActive (void) - |
-- - | -
GetStationList (StationInfo *result, unsigned int *size) - |
-- - | -
GetSignalLevel (int rssi, int band) - |
-
- Obtains the signal level indicated by a specified received signal strength indicator (RSSI) and frequency band. - |
-
SetBand (int band) - |
-- - | -
GetBand (int *result) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| HOTSPOT_BAND_TYPE_2G | -- | -
| HOTSPOT_BAND_TYPE_5G | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_DISCONNECTED | -- | -
| WIFI_CONNECTED | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_STATE_NOT_AVALIABLE | -- | -
| WIFI_STATE_AVALIABLE | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_PSK_TYPE_ASCII | -- | -
| WIFI_PSK_TYPE_HEX | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_FREQ_SCAN | -- | -
| WIFI_SSID_SCAN | -- | -
| WIFI_BSSID_SCAN | -- | -
| WIFI_BAND_SCAN | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| WIFI_SEC_TYPE_INVALID | -- | -
| WIFI_SEC_TYPE_OPEN | -- | -
| WIFI_SEC_TYPE_WEP | -- | -
| WIFI_SEC_TYPE_PSK | -- | -
| WIFI_SEC_TYPE_SAE | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| config | -Indicates the hotspot configuration to add. | -
| result | -Indicates the generated networkId. Each networkId matches a hotspot configuration. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| params | -Indicates the pointer to the parameter for starting the Wi-Fi scan. For details, see WifiScanParams. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| networkId | -Indicates the networkId matching the target hotspot. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| result | -Indicates the obtained frequency band. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| result | -Indicates the array of all hotspot configurations. The array is requested and released by the caller. The value must be greater than or equal to WIFI_MAX_CONFIG_SIZE. | -
| size | -Indicates the size of the array. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| result | -Indicates the MAC address of this device. It is a char array whose length is 6. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| result | -Indicates the obtained hotspot configuration. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| result | -Indicates the information about the connected hotspot. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| result | -Indicates the array of hotspots detected in a Wi-Fi scan. The array is requested and released by the caller. The value must be greater than or equal to WIFI_SCAN_HOTSPOT_LIMIT. | -
| size | -Indicates the size of the array. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| rssi | -Indicates the RSSI. | -
| band | -Indicates the frequency band, either HOTSPOT_BAND_TYPE_5G or HOTSPOT_BAND_TYPE_2G. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| result | -Indicates the array of stations connected to this hotspot. The array is requested and released by the caller. The value must be greater than or equal to WIFI_MAX_STA_NUM. | -
| size | -Indicates the size of the array. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| event | -Indicates the event for which the callback is to be registered. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| networkId | -Indicates the networkId matching the hotspot configuration to remove. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| band | -Indicates the frequency band to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| config | -Indicates the hotspot configuration to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| event | -Indicates the event for which the callback is to be unregistered. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Defines the simplified vector class, which is extended by four elements. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GET_OFFSIZE(T, member) (long)((char *)&(((T *)(0))->member)) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -typedef struct SimpleVector -Defines the simplified vector class, which is extended by four elements. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
VECTOR_Make (VECTOR_Key key, VECTOR_Compare compare) - |
-- - | -
VECTOR_Clear (Vector *vector) - |
-- - | -
VECTOR_Add (Vector *vector, void *element) - |
-- - | -
VECTOR_Size (Vector *vector) - |
-
- Obtains the number of elements in the vector, including elements that have been set to NULL. - |
-
VECTOR_Num (Vector *vector) - |
-
- Obtains the number of valid elements in the vector, excluding elements that have been set to NULL. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
VECTOR_Swap (Vector *vector, int16 index, void *element) - |
-
- Swaps the element at a specified position in a vector with another element. - |
-
VECTOR_Find (Vector *vector, const void *element) - |
-- - | -
VECTOR_FindByKey (Vector *vector, const void *key) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -typedef struct PublishInfo -Defines service provisioning information sent to a discovering device. - |
-
| - | -typedef enum DeviceTypeEnum - - |
-
| - | -typedef struct IPublishCallback -Defines the callbacks for successful and failed service publishing. - |
-
| - | -typedef struct CommonDeviceInfo - - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
ExchanageMedium { AUTO = 0, BLE = 1, COAP = 2, USB = 3 } - |
-Enumerates media, such as Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, and USB, used for publishing services. - |
-
ExchangeFre { LOW = 0, MID = 1, HIGH = 2, SUPER_HIGH = 3 } - |
-Enumerates frequencies for publishing services. This enumeration is involved only in Bluetooth and is not supported currently. - |
-
DiscoverMode { DISCOVER_MODE_PASSIVE = 0x55, DISCOVER_MODE_ACTIVE = 0xAA } - |
-Enumerates the modes in which services are published. The publishing service supports the passive mode. Lite devices support the passive mode only. - |
-
PublishFailReason { PUBLISH_FAIL_REASON_NOT_SUPPORT_MEDIUM = 1, PUBLISH_FAIL_REASON_PARAMETER_INVALID = 2, PUBLISH_FAIL_REASON_UNKNOWN = 0xFF } - |
-- | -
DataBitMap { HICALL_CAPABILITY_BITMAP = 0, PROFILE_CAPABILITY_BITMAP = 1, HOMEVISIONPIC_CAPABILITY_BITMAP = 2, CASTPLUS_CAPABILITY_BITMAP, AA_CAPABILITY_BITMAP, DVKIT_CAPABILITY_BITMAP, DDMP_CAPABILITY_BITMAP } - |
-- | -
DeviceTypeEnum { UNKOWN = 0x00, PHONE = 0x0E, PAD = 0x11, TV = 0x9C, PC = 0x0C, AUDIO = 0x0A, CAR = 0x83, L0 = 0xF1, L1 = 0xF2 } - |
-- | -
CommonDeviceKey { COMM_DEVICE_KEY_DEVID = 0, COMM_DEVICE_KEY_DEVTYPE = 1, COMM_DEVICE_KEY_DEVNAME = 2, COMM_DEVICE_KEY_MAX } - |
-Enumerates device information, such as its ID, type, and name. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
PublishService (const char *moduleName, const struct PublishInfo *info, const struct IPublishCallback *cb) - |
-- - | -
UnPublishService (const char *moduleName, int publishId) - |
-- - | -
SetCommonDeviceInfo (const struct CommonDeviceInfo *devInfo, unsigned int num) - |
-
- Sets common device information, such as its ID, type, and name. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Defines the IUnknown class. - |
-
| - | -Defines the IUnknown implementation class. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
DEFAULT_VERSION 0x20 - |
-Defines the default IUnknown version. You can customize the version. - |
-
| - | -Defines the macro for inheriting the IUnknown interface. - |
-
| - | -Defines the macro for inheriting the classes that implement the IUnknown interface. - |
-
| - | -Defines the default marco for initializing the IUnknown interface. - |
-
IUNKNOWN_ENTRY_BEGIN(version) - |
-Defines the macro for initializing the classes that implement the IUnknown interface. - |
-
| - | -IUnknown Defines the end macro for initializing the IUnknown implementation object. - |
-
GET_IUNKNOWN(T) (IUnknown *)(&((T).iUnknown)) - |
-Obtains the pointer of the IUnknown interface object from the subclass object T (generic macro) of the IUnknown implementation class. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -typedef struct IUnknownEntry -Defines the IUnknown implementation class. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
IUNKNOWN_AddRef (IUnknown *iUnknown) - |
-
- Increments the reference count in this IUnknown interface. - |
-
IUNKNOWN_QueryInterface (IUnknown *iUnknown, int ver, void **target) - |
-
- Queries the IUnknown interfaces of a specified version (downcasting). - |
-
IUNKNOWN_Release (IUnknown *iUnknown) - |
-
- Releases a reference to an IUnknown interface that is no longer used. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
KalTimerType { KAL_TIMER_ONCE = 0, KAL_TIMER_PERIODIC = 1 } - |
-- | -
KalErrCode { KAL_OK = 0, KAL_ERR_PARA = 1, KAL_ERR_INNER = 2, KAL_ERR_TIMER_STATE = 0x100 } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
KalThreadGetInfo (unsigned int threadId, ThreadInfo *info) - |
-- - | -
KalDelayUs (unsigned int us) - |
-- - | -
KalTimerCreate (KalTimerProc func, KalTimerType type, void *arg, unsigned int ticks) - |
-- - | -
KalTimerStart (KalTimerId timerId) - |
-- - | -
KalTimerChange (KalTimerId timerId, unsigned int ticks) - |
-- - | -
KalTimerStop (KalTimerId timerId) - |
-- - | -
KalTimerDelete (KalTimerId timerId) - |
-- - | -
KalTimerIsRunning (KalTimerId timerId) - |
-- - | -
KalTickToMs (unsigned int ticks) - |
-- - | -
KalMsToTick (unsigned int millisec) - |
-- - | -
KalGetMemInfo (MemInfo *pmemInfo) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UtilsGetValue (const char *key, char *value, unsigned int len) - |
-
- Obtains the value matching a specified key from the file system or cache. - |
-
UtilsSetValue (const char *key, const char *value) - |
-
- Adds or updates the value matching a specified key in the file system or cache. - |
-
UtilsDeleteValue (const char *key) - |
-
- Deletes the value matching a specified key from the file system or cache. - |
-
ClearKVCache (void) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
LpcType { NO_SLEEP, LIGHT_SLEEP, DEEP_SLEEP } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
LpcInit (void) - |
-- - | -
LpcSetType (LpcType type) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
SAMGR_SendRequest (const Identity *identity, const Request *request, Handler handler) - |
-
- Sends a request to a service or feature of a specified identity. - |
-
SAMGR_SendSharedRequest (const Identity *identity, const Request *request, uint32 *token, Handler handler) - |
-
- Sends a request to multiple services or features to save memory. - |
-
SAMGR_SendSharedDirectRequest (const Identity *id, const Request *req, const Response *resp, uint32 **ref, Handler handler) - |
-
- Sends a request and response of a caller to the feature thread. The handler is directly called to process the request and response without using the message processing functions. (Customized function for the broadcast service) - |
-
SAMGR_SendResponse (const Request *request, const Response *response) - |
-- - | -
SAMGR_SendResponseByIdentity (const Identity *id, const Request *request, const Response *response) - |
-
- Sends a response to a specified service or feature after processing the original request. (Customized function for bootstrap) - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
CORE_INIT(func) LAYER_INITCALL_DEF(func, core, "core") - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a core phase by the priority 2. - |
-
CORE_INIT_PRI(func, priority) LAYER_INITCALL(func, core, "core", priority) - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a core phase by the specified priority. - |
-
SYS_SERVICE_INIT(func) LAYER_INITCALL_DEF(func, sys_service, "sys.service") - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a core system service by the priority 2. - |
-
SYS_SERVICE_INIT_PRI(func, priority) LAYER_INITCALL(func, sys_service, "sys.service", priority) - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a core system service by the specified priority. - |
-
SYS_FEATURE_INIT(func) LAYER_INITCALL_DEF(func, sys_feature, "sys.feature") - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a core system feature by the priority 2. - |
-
SYS_FEATURE_INIT_PRI(func, priority) LAYER_INITCALL(func, sys_feature, "sys.feature", priority) - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a core system feature by the specified priority. - |
-
SYS_RUN(func) LAYER_INITCALL_DEF(func, run, "run") - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a system running phase by the priority 2. - |
-
SYS_RUN_PRI(func, priority) LAYER_INITCALL(func, run, "run", priority) - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a system running phase by the specified priority. - |
-
SYSEX_SERVICE_INIT(func) LAYER_INITCALL_DEF(func, app_service, "app.service") - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a system service by the priority 2. - |
-
SYSEX_SERVICE_INIT_PRI(func, priority) LAYER_INITCALL(func, app_service, "app.service", priority) - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a system service by the specified priority. - |
-
SYSEX_FEATURE_INIT(func) LAYER_INITCALL_DEF(func, app_feature, "app.feature") - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a system feature by the priority 2. - |
-
SYSEX_FEATURE_INIT_PRI(func, priority) LAYER_INITCALL(func, app_feature, "app.feature", priority) - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a system feature by the specified priority. - |
-
APP_SERVICE_INIT(func) LAYER_INITCALL_DEF(func, app_service, "app.service") - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting an application-layer service by the priority 2. - |
-
APP_SERVICE_INIT_PRI(func, priority) LAYER_INITCALL(func, app_service, "app.service", priority) - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting an application-layer service by the specified priority. - |
-
APP_FEATURE_INIT(func) LAYER_INITCALL_DEF(func, app_feature, "app.feature") - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting an application-layer feature by the priority 2. - |
-
APP_FEATURE_INIT_PRI(func, priority) LAYER_INITCALL(func, app_feature, "app.feature", priority) - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting an application-layer feature by the specified priority. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetParameter (const char *key, const char *def, char *value, unsigned int len) - |
-- - | -
SetParameter (const char *key, const char *value) - |
-- - | -
GetProductType (void) - |
-- - | -
GetManufacture (void) - |
-- - | -
GetBrand (void) - |
-- - | -
GetMarketName (void) - |
-- - | -
GetProductSeries (void) - |
-- - | -
GetProductModel (void) - |
-- - | -
GetSoftwareModel (void) - |
-- - | -
GetHardwareModel (void) - |
-- - | -
GetHardwareProfile (void) - |
-- - | -
GetSerial (void) - |
-- - | -
GetOsName (void) - |
-- - | -
GetDisplayVersion (void) - |
-- - | -
GetBootloaderVersion (void) - |
-- - | -
GetSecurityPatchTag (void) - |
-- - | -
GetAbiList (void) - |
-
- Obtains the list of application binary interfaces (ABIs) supported on this device. - |
-
GetSdkApiLevel (void) - |
-
- Obtains the SDK API level that matches the current system software. - |
-
GetFirstApiLevel (void) - |
-- - | -
GetIncrementalVersion (void) - |
-- - | -
GetVersionId (void) - |
-- - | -
GetBuildType (void) - |
-- - | -
GetBuildUser (void) - |
-- - | -
GetBuildHost (void) - |
-- - | -
GetBuildTime (void) - |
-- - | -
GetBuildRootHash (void) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
RebootDevice (RebootCause cause) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
BOOTSTRAP_SERVICE "Bootstrap" - |
-Starts a bootstrap service, which is used by samgr and implemented by system service developers. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -typedef enum BootMessage -Enumerates the IDs of the message to be processed for starting the bootstrap service. - |
-
| - | -typedef struct SamgrLite - - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
BootMessage { BOOT_SYS_COMPLETED, BOOT_APP_COMPLETED, BOOT_REG_SERVICE, BOOTSTRAP_BUTT } - |
-Enumerates the IDs of the message to be processed for starting the bootstrap service. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
SAMGR_GetInstance (void) - |
-- - | -
SAMGR_Bootstrap (void) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the macro used to inherit the members from the service class. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -typedef enum TaskType - - |
-
| - | -typedef enum SpecifyTag - - |
-
| - | -typedef enum TaskPriority - - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
TaskType { SHARED_TASK = 0, SINGLE_TASK = 1, SPECIFIED_TASK = 2, NO_TASK = 0xFF } - |
-- | -
SpecifyTag { LEVEL_HIGH = 0, LEVEL_MIDDLE = 1, LEVEL_LOW = 2, LEVEL_CUSTOM_BEGIN } - |
-- | -
TaskPriority { PRI_LOW = 9, PRI_BELOW_NORMAL = 16, PRI_NORMAL = 24, PRI_ABOVE_NORMAL = 32, PRI_BUTT = 39 } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
CreateSessionServer (const char *mouduleName, const char *sessionName, struct ISessionListener *listener) - |
-
- Creates a session server based on a module name and session name. - |
-
RemoveSessionServer (const char *mouduleName, const char *sessionName) - |
-
- Removes a session server based on a module name and session name. - |
-
SendBytes (int sessionId, const void *data, unsigned int len) - |
-- - | -
GetMySessionName (int sessionId, char *sessionName, unsigned int len) - |
-
- Obtains the session name registered by the local device based on the session ID. - |
-
GetPeerSessionName (int sessionId, char *sessionName, unsigned int len) - |
-
- Obtains the session name registered by the peer device based on the session ID. - |
-
GetPeerDeviceId (int sessionId, char *devId, unsigned int len) - |
-- - | -
CloseSession (int sessionId) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the number of data items that can be stored in the KV store cache. - |
-
MAX_KV_SUM 50 - |
-Indicates the number of data items that can be stored for each application. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Defines the offset position used by UtilsFileSeek in a file to start offsetting from the file header. - |
-
| - | -Defines the offset position used by UtilsFileSeek in a file to start offsetting from the current read and write position. - |
-
| - | -Defines the offset position used by UtilsFileSeek in a file to start offsetting from the end of the file. - |
-
O_RDONLY_FS 00 - |
-Defines a flag used byUtilsFileOpen to open a file in read-only mode. - |
-
O_WRONLY_FS 01 - |
-Defines a flag used by UtilsFileOpen to open a file in write-only mode. - |
-
O_RDWR_FS 02 - |
-Defines a flag used by UtilsFileOpen to open a file in read-and-write mode. - |
-
O_CREAT_FS 0100 - |
-Defines a flag used by UtilsFileOpen to create a file when the file to open does not exist. - |
-
O_EXCL_FS 0200 - |
-Defines a flag used by UtilsFileOpen to check whether the file to open exists when O_CREAT_FS is already set. - |
-
O_TRUNC_FS 01000 - |
-Defines a flag used by UtilsFileOpen to clear the file content if the file exists and can be opened in write mode. - |
-
O_APPEND_FS 02000 - |
-Defines a flag used by UtilsFileOpen to start reading or writing from the end of a file. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UtilsFileOpen (const char *path, int oflag, int mode) - |
-- - | -
UtilsFileClose (int fd) - |
-- - | -
UtilsFileRead (int fd, char *buf, unsigned int len) - |
-
- Reads a specified length of data from a file with the specified file descriptor and writes the data into the buffer. - |
-
UtilsFileWrite (int fd, const char *buf, unsigned int len) - |
-
- Writes a specified length of data into a file with the specified file descriptor. - |
-
UtilsFileDelete (const char *path) - |
-- - | -
UtilsFileStat (const char *path, unsigned int *fileSize) - |
-- - | -
UtilsFileSeek (int fd, int offset, unsigned int whence) - |
-- - | -
UtilsFileCopy (const char *src, const char *dest) - |
-- - | -
UtilsFileMove (const char *src, const char *dest) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
EnableWifi (void) - |
-- - | -
DisableWifi (void) - |
-- - | -
IsWifiActive (void) - |
-- - | -
Scan (void) - |
-- - | -
GetScanInfoList (WifiScanInfo *result, unsigned int *size) - |
-- - | -
AddDeviceConfig (const WifiDeviceConfig *config, int *result) - |
-
- Adds a specified hotspot configuration for connecting to a hotspot. - |
-
GetDeviceConfigs (WifiDeviceConfig *result, unsigned int *size) - |
-- - | -
RemoveDevice (int networkId) - |
-
- Removes a hotspot configuration matching a specified networkId. - |
-
ConnectTo (int networkId) - |
-- - | -
Disconnect (void) - |
-- - | -
GetLinkedInfo (WifiLinkedInfo *result) - |
-- - | -
RegisterWifiEvent (WifiEvent *event) - |
-- - | -
UnRegisterWifiEvent (const WifiEvent *event) - |
-
- Unregisters a callback previously registered for a specified Wi-Fi event. - |
-
GetDeviceMacAddress (unsigned char *result) - |
-- - | -
AdvanceScan (WifiScanParams *params) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the maximum number of Wi-Fi station configurations that can be added using AddDeviceConfig. - |
-
WIFI_CONFIG_INVALID (-1) - |
-Indicates the value of networkId when the configuration file is unavailable. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the maximum length of a Wi-Fi MAC address or a Wi-Fi BSSID. - |
-
WIFI_PSK_LEN 32 - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -typedef struct WifiDeviceConfig -Represents the Wi-Fi station configuration used to connect to a specified Wi-Fi device. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
WifiSecurityType { WIFI_SEC_TYPE_INVALID = -1, WIFI_SEC_TYPE_OPEN, WIFI_SEC_TYPE_WEP, WIFI_SEC_TYPE_PSK, WIFI_SEC_TYPE_SAE } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
WifiScanType { WIFI_FREQ_SCAN, WIFI_SSID_SCAN, WIFI_BSSID_SCAN, WIFI_BAND_SCAN } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
WifiErrorCode { WIFI_SUCCESS = 0, ERROR_WIFI_INVALID_ARGS = -1, ERROR_WIFI_CHIP_INVALID = -2, ERROR_WIFI_IFACE_INVALID = -3, ERROR_WIFI_RTT_CONTROLLER_INVALID = -4, ERROR_WIFI_NOT_SUPPORTED = -5, ERROR_WIFI_NOT_AVAILABLE = -6, ERROR_WIFI_NOT_STARTED = -7, ERROR_WIFI_BUSY = -8, ERROR_WIFI_UNKNOWN = -9 } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Represents the pointer to a Wi-Fi event callback for station and hotspot connection, disconnection, or scan. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the maximum number of event listeners that can be registered using RegisterWifiEvent. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
WifiEventState { WIFI_STATE_NOT_AVALIABLE = 0, WIFI_STATE_AVALIABLE } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
EnableHotspot (void) - |
-- - | -
DisableHotspot (void) - |
-- - | -
SetHotspotConfig (const HotspotConfig *config) - |
-- - | -
GetHotspotConfig (HotspotConfig *result) - |
-- - | -
IsHotspotActive (void) - |
-- - | -
GetStationList (StationInfo *result, unsigned int *size) - |
-- - | -
GetSignalLevel (int rssi, int band) - |
-
- Obtains the signal level indicated by a specified received signal strength indicator (RSSI) and frequency band. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Defines the maximum number of stations connected to a hotspot. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
RssiLevel { RSSI_LEVEL_1 = 1, RSSI_LEVEL_2 = 2, RSSI_LEVEL_3 = 3, RSSI_LEVEL_4 = 4 } - |
-Enumerates received signal strength indicator (RSSI) levels. - |
-
HotspotBandType { HOTSPOT_BAND_TYPE_2G = 1, HOTSPOT_BAND_TYPE_5G = 2 } - |
-Enumerates frequency bands supported by the Wi-Fi hotspot mode. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
SetBand (int band) - |
-- - | -
GetBand (int *result) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the maximum number of hotspots that can be detected in a Wi-Fi scan. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
AdcRead (WifiIotAdcChannelIndex channel, unsigned short *data, WifiIotAdcEquModelSel equModel, WifiIotAdcCurBais curBais, unsigned short rstCnt) - |
-
- Reads a piece of sampled data from a specified ADC channel based on the input parameters. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
AtRegisterCmd (const AtCmdTbl *cmdTbl, unsigned short cmdNum) - |
-- - | -
AtSysCmdRegister (void) - |
-- - | -
AtPrintf (const char *fmt,...) - |
-- - | -
AtInit (void) - |
-- - | -
AtCheckUartBusy (unsigned char enable) - |
-
- Sets whether to check the UART busy status during low-power voting. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Defines a module-level return value to indicate a successful operation. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_FAILURE (-1) - |
-Defines a module-level return value to indicate an operation failure. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_UART_INVALID_PARAMETER 0x80001000 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_UART_INVALID_SUSPEND 0x80001001 - |
-Defines a UART error code to indicate an invalid pause operation. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_UART_INVALID_PARITY 0x80001002 - |
-Defines a UART error code to indicate an invalid parity check. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_UART_INVALID_DATA_BITS 0x80001003 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_UART_INVALID_STOP_BITS 0x80001004 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_UART_INVALID_BAUD 0x80001005 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_UART_INVALID_COM_PORT 0x80001006 - |
-Defines a UART error code to indicate an invalid port number. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_UART_NOT_SUPPORT_DMA 0x80001007 - |
-Defines a UART error code to indicate a non-support for DMA. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_UART_NOT_BLOCK_MODE 0x80001008 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_GPIO_INVALID_PARAMETER 0x80001040 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_GPIO_REPEAT_INIT 0x80001041 - |
-Defines a GPIO error code to indicate repeated initialization. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_GPIO_NOT_INIT 0x80001042 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_GPIO_NOT_SUPPORT 0x80001043 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_NOT_INIT 0x800010C0 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_INVALID_PARAM 0x800010C1 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate an invalid parameter. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_INVALID_PARAM_BEYOND_ADDR 0x800010C2 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that the address is out of range. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_INVALID_PARAM_SIZE_ZERO 0x800010C3 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that the parameter size is 0 - |
-
| - | -Defines a flash error code to indicate that the erase size is not aligned. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_INVALID_PARAM_IOCTRL_DATA_NULL 0x800010C5 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that the data of the I/O controller is empty. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_INVALID_PARAM_DATA_NULL 0x800010C6 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_INVALID_PARAM_PAD1 0x800010C7 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that pad1 is incorrect. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_INVALID_PARAM_PAD2 0x800010C8 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that pad2 is incorrect. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_INVALID_PARAM_PAD3 0x800010C9 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that pad3 is incorrect. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_INVALID_PARAM_PAD4 0x800010CA - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that pad4 is incorrect. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_TIME_OUT_WAIT_READY 0x800010CB - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate a timeout on waiting for ready. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_QUAD_MODE_READ_REG1 0x800010CC - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that an error occurs when reading register 1. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_QUAD_MODE_READ_REG2 0x800010CD - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that an error occurs when reading register 2. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_QUAD_MODE_COMPARE_REG 0x800010CE - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that an error occurs when comparing registers. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_NO_MATCH_FLASH 0x800010CF - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_WRITE_ENABLE 0x800010D0 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate a failure in enabling write. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_NO_MATCH_ERASE_SIZE 0x800010D1 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate a mismatch in the size of data to erase. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_MAX_SPI_OP 0x800010D2 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate the maximum value of the SPI operation. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_NOT_SUPPORT_IOCTRL_ID 0x800010D3 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate an unsupported IO controller ID.. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_INVALID_CHIP_ID 0x800010D4 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_RE_INIT 0x800010D5 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate repeated initialization. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_WRITE_NOT_SUPPORT_ERASE 0x800010D6 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate a non-support for data erasure. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_WRITE_COMPARE_WRONG 0x800010D7 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that an error occurs when comparing the data written. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_WAIT_CFG_START_TIME_OUT 0x800010D8 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate a timeout on waiting for a configuration to start. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_PATITION_INIT_FAIL 0x800010D9 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate a partition initialization failure. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_INITILIZATION 0x800010DA - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_ERASE_NOT_4K_ALIGN 0x800010DB - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that the size of data to erase is not a multiple of 4K bytes. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_PROTECT_NOT_SUPPORT 0x800010DC - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_PROTECT_NOT_INIT 0x800010DD - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_PROTECT_RE_INIT 0x800010DE - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate repeated initialization. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_PROTECT_NOT_FIND_CHIP 0x800010DF - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that no chip is found. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_CRYPTO_INVALID_PARAM 0x800010F0 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate an invalid parameter. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_CRYPTO_BEYOND_ADDR_SIZE 0x800010F1 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate that the address is out of range. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_CRYPTO_MALLOC_FAIL 0x800001F2 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate a failure in applying for memory. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_CRYPTO_DATA_ENCRYPT_ERR 0x800001F3 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_CRYPTO_DATA_DECRYPT_ERR 0x800001F4 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_CRYPTO_KEY_EMPTY_ERR 0x800001F5 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_CRYPTO_MEMCPY_FAIL 0x800001F6 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_CRYPTO_NOT_SUPPORT 0x800001F7 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate a non-support for encryption. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_CRYPTO_PREPARE_ERR 0x800001F8 - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate an incorrect parameter during encryption. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_CRYPTO_KEY_INVALID_ERR 0x800001F9 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_CRYPTO_KEY_SAVE_ERR 0x800001FA - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate a failure in saving the key. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_FLASH_CRYPTO_KERNEL_ADDR_ERR 0x800001FB - |
-Defines a flash error code to indicate an incorrect kernel address.. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_I2C_NOT_INIT 0x80001180 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_I2C_INVALID_PARAMETER 0x80001181 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_I2C_TIMEOUT_START 0x80001182 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_I2C_TIMEOUT_WAIT 0x80001183 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_I2C_TIMEOUT_STOP 0x80001184 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_I2C_TIMEOUT_RCV_BYTE 0x80001185 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_I2C_TIMEOUT_RCV_BYTE_PROC 0x80001186 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_I2C_WAIT_SEM_FAIL 0x80001187 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_I2C_START_ACK_ERR 0x80001188 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_I2C_WAIT_ACK_ERR 0x80001189 - |
-Defines an I2C error code to indicate a failure in waiting for a response. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_SPI_NOT_INIT 0x800011C0 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_SPI_REINIT 0x800011C1 - |
-Defines an SPI error code to indicate repeated initialization. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_SPI_PARAMETER_WRONG 0x800011C2 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_SPI_BUSY 0x800011C3 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_SPI_WRITE_TIMEOUT 0x800011C4 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_SPI_READ_TIMEOUT 0x800011C5 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_SPI_NOT_SUPPORT_DMA 0x800011C6 - |
-Defines an SPI error code to indicate a non-support for DMA. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_SDIO_INVALID_PARAMETER 0x80001280 - |
-Defines an SDIO error code to indicate an invalid parameter. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_ADC_PARAMETER_WRONG 0x80001300 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_ADC_INVALID_CHANNEL_ID 0x80001301 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_ADC_TIMEOUT 0x80001302 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_ADC_NOT_INIT 0x80001303 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_PWM_NO_INIT 0x80001340 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_PWM_INITILIZATION_ALREADY 0x80001341 - |
-Defines a PWM error code to indicate an initialization error. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_PWM_INVALID_PARAMETER 0x80001342 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_DMA_INVALID_PARA 0x80001380 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_DMA_NOT_INIT 0x80001381 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_DMA_BUSY 0x80001382 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_DMA_TRANSFER_FAIL 0x80001383 - |
-Defines a DMA error code to indicate a transmission failure. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_DMA_TRANSFER_TIMEOUT 0x80001384 - |
-Defines a DMA error code to indicate a transmission timeout. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_DMA_GET_NOTE_FAIL 0x80001385 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_DMA_LLI_NOT_CREATE 0x80001386 - |
-Defines a DMA error code to indicate that the LLI is not created. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_DMA_CH_IRQ_ENABLE_FAIL 0x80001387 - |
-Defines a DMA error code to indicate a failure in enabling channel interrupt. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_I2S_INVALID_PARAMETER 0x80001400 - |
-- | -
WIFI_IOT_ERR_I2S_WRITE_TIMEOUT 0x80001401 - |
-- | -
| - | -Defines an AT error code to indicate repeated function registration. - |
-
WIFI_IOT_ERR_AT_INVALID_PARAMETER 0x80003281 - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
FlashRead (const unsigned int flashOffset, const unsigned int size, unsigned char *ramData) - |
-- - | -
FlashWrite (const unsigned int flashOffset, unsigned int size, const unsigned char *ramData, unsigned char doErase) - |
-- - | -
FlashErase (const unsigned int flashOffset, const unsigned int size) - |
-- - | -
FlashInit (void) - |
-- - | -
FlashDeinit (void) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
FlashIoctl (unsigned short cmd, char *data) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GpioIsrCallbackFunc) (char *arg) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GpioInit (void) - |
-- - | -
GpioDeinit (void) - |
-- - | -
GpioSetDir (WifiIotGpioIdx id, WifiIotGpioDir dir) - |
-- - | -
GpioGetDir (WifiIotGpioIdx id, WifiIotGpioDir *dir) - |
-- - | -
GpioSetOutputVal (WifiIotGpioIdx id, WifiIotGpioValue val) - |
-- - | -
GpioGetOutputVal (WifiIotGpioIdx id, WifiIotGpioValue *val) - |
-- - | -
GpioGetInputVal (WifiIotGpioIdx id, WifiIotGpioValue *val) - |
-- - | -
GpioRegisterIsrFunc (WifiIotGpioIdx id, WifiIotGpioIntType intType, WifiIotGpioIntPolarity intPolarity, GpioIsrCallbackFunc func, char *arg) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GpioSetIsrMask (WifiIotGpioIdx id, unsigned char mask) - |
-- - | -
GpioSetIsrMode (WifiIotGpioIdx id, WifiIotGpioIntType intType, WifiIotGpioIntPolarity intPolarity) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
IoSetPull (WifiIotIoName id, WifiIotIoPull val) - |
-- - | -
IoSetFunc (WifiIotIoName id, unsigned char val) - |
-- - | -
IoGetPull (WifiIotIoName id, WifiIotIoPull *val) - |
-- - | -
IoGetFunc (WifiIotIoName id, unsigned char *val) - |
-- - | -
IOGetDriverStrength (WifiIotIoName id, WifiIotIoDriverStrength *val) - |
-- - | -
IOSetDriverStrength (WifiIotIoName id, WifiIotIoDriverStrength val) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
I2cInit (WifiIotI2cIdx id, unsigned int baudrate) - |
-- - | -
I2cDeinit (WifiIotI2cIdx id) - |
-- - | -
I2cWrite (WifiIotI2cIdx id, unsigned short deviceAddr, const WifiIotI2cData *i2cData) - |
-- - | -
I2cRead (WifiIotI2cIdx id, unsigned short deviceAddr, const WifiIotI2cData *i2cData) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
I2CResetFunc) (void) - |
-
- Indicates the callback invoked when a device exception occurs. - |
-
I2cPrepareFunc) (void) - |
-- - | -
I2cRestoreFunc) (void) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
I2cWriteread (WifiIotI2cIdx id, unsigned short deviceAddr, const WifiIotI2cData *i2cData) - |
-
- Sends data to and receives data responses from an I2C device. - |
-
I2cRegisterResetBusFunc (WifiIotI2cIdx id, WifiIotI2cFunc pfn) - |
-- - | -
I2cSetBaudrate (WifiIotI2cIdx id, unsigned int baudrate) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
WifiIotI2sSampleRate { WIFI_IOT_I2S_SAMPLE_RATE_8K = 8, WIFI_IOT_I2S_SAMPLE_RATE_16K = 16, WIFI_IOT_I2S_SAMPLE_RATE_32K = 32, WIFI_IOT_I2S_SAMPLE_RATE_48K = 48 } - |
-- | -
WifiIotI2sResolution { WIFI_IOT_I2S_RESOLUTION_16BIT = 16, WIFI_IOT_I2S_RESOLUTION_24BIT = 24 } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
I2sInit (const WifiIotI2sAttribute *i2sAttribute) - |
-- - | -
I2sDeinit (void) - |
-- - | -
I2sWrite (unsigned char *wrData, unsigned int wrLen, unsigned int timeOutMs) - |
-- - | -
I2sRead (unsigned char *rdData, unsigned int rdLen, unsigned int timeOutMs) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
TickIdleKalCallback) (void) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
FlashPartitionInit (void) - |
-- - | -
GetPartitionTable (void) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
WifiIotPwmClkSource { WIFI_IOT_PWM_CLK_160M, WIFI_IOT_PWM_CLK_XTAL, WIFI_IOT_PWM_CLK_MAX } - |
-- | -
WifiIotPwmPort { WIFI_IOT_PWM_PORT_PWM0 = 0, WIFI_IOT_PWM_PORT_PWM1 = 1, WIFI_IOT_PWM_PORT_PWM2 = 2, WIFI_IOT_PWM_PORT_PWM3 = 3, WIFI_IOT_PWM_PORT_PWM4 = 4, WIFI_IOT_PWM_PORT_PWM5 = 5, WIFI_IOT_PWM_PORT_MAX } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
PwmInit (WifiIotPwmPort port) - |
-- - | -
PwmDeinit (WifiIotPwmPort port) - |
-- - | -
PwmStart (WifiIotPwmPort port, unsigned short duty, unsigned short freq) - |
-- - | -
PwmStop (WifiIotPwmPort port) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the number of extended registers on an SDIO device. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
NotifyHostMessageEvent) (void) - |
-
- Indicates the callback invoked upon a message event on the host. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
SdioInit (void) - |
-- - | -
SdioReinit (void) - |
-- - | -
SdioSoftReset (void) - |
-- - | -
SdioRegisterCallback (const WifiIotSdioIntcallback *callbackFunc) - |
-- - | -
SdioCompleteSend (unsigned char *admaTable, unsigned int admaIndex) - |
-- - | -
SdioSetPadAdmatab (unsigned int padlen, unsigned char *admatable, unsigned int admaIndex) - |
-- - | -
SdioWriteExtinfo (WifiIotSdioExtendFunc *extFunc) - |
-- - | -
SdioSendData (unsigned int xferBytes) - |
-- - | -
SdioSetAdmatable (unsigned char *admatable, unsigned int admaIndex, const unsigned int *dataAddr, unsigned int dataLen) - |
-- - | -
SdioSchedMsg (void) - |
-- - | -
SdioSendSyncMsg (unsigned int msg) - |
-- - | -
SdioSendMsgAck (unsigned int msg) - |
-- - | -
SdioProcessMsg (unsigned int sendMsg, unsigned int clearMsg) - |
-
- Clears a specified suspended message in the message queue, adds a new message to it, and sends the new message. - |
-
SdioIsPendingMsg (unsigned int msg) - |
-- - | -
SdioIsSendingMsg (unsigned int msg) - |
-- - | -
SdioGetExtendInfo (void) - |
-- - | -
SdioRegisterNotifyMessageCallback (NotifyHostMessageEvent msgEventCallback) - |
-
- Registers the callback that will be invoked when the host sends a message or data. - |
-
SdioSetPowerdownWhenDeepSleep (unsigned char powerDown) - |
-
- Sets whether the SDIO device is powered off in deep sleep mode. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
SpiIsrFunc) (void) - |
-
- Indicates the SPI callback, which is used in SpiRegisterUsrFunc. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
SpiSlaveWrite (WifiIotSpiIdx spiId, char *writeData, unsigned int byteLen, unsigned int timeOutMs) - |
-- - | -
SpiSlaveRead (WifiIotSpiIdx spiId, char *readData, unsigned int byteLen, unsigned int timeOutMs) - |
-- - | -
SpiHostWrite (WifiIotSpiIdx spiId, char *writeData, unsigned int byteLen) - |
-- - | -
SpiHostRead (WifiIotSpiIdx spiId, char *readData, unsigned int byteLen) - |
-- - | -
SpiHostWriteread (WifiIotSpiIdx spiId, char *writeData, char *readData, unsigned int byteLen) - |
-- - | -
SpiSetBasicInfo (WifiIotSpiIdx spiId, const WifiIotSpiCfgBasicInfo *param) - |
-- - | -
SpiInit (WifiIotSpiIdx spiId, WifiIotSpiCfgInitParam initParam, const WifiIotSpiCfgBasicInfo *param) - |
-- - | -
SpiDeinit (WifiIotSpiIdx spiId) - |
-- - | -
SpiSetIrqMode (WifiIotSpiIdx spiId, unsigned char irqEn) - |
-
- Sets whether to enable the interrupt request (IRQ) mode for an SPI device. - |
-
SpiSetDmaMode (WifiIotSpiIdx spiId, unsigned char dmaEn) - |
-
- Sets whether to enable DMA to transfer data for an SPI device in slave mode. - |
-
SpiRegisterUsrFunc (WifiIotSpiIdx spiId, SpiIsrFunc prepareF, SpiIsrFunc restoreF) - |
-- - | -
SpiSetLoopBackMode (WifiIotSpiIdx spiId, unsigned char lbEn) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UartInit (WifiIotUartIdx id, const WifiIotUartAttribute *param, const WifiIotUartExtraAttr *extraAttr) - |
-- - | -
UartRead (WifiIotUartIdx id, unsigned char *data, unsigned int dataLen) - |
-- - | -
UartWrite (WifiIotUartIdx id, const unsigned char *data, unsigned int dataLen) - |
-- - | -
UartDeinit (WifiIotUartIdx id) - |
-- - | -
UartSetFlowCtrl (WifiIotUartIdx id, WifiIotFlowCtrl flowCtrl) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UartIsBufEmpty (WifiIotUartIdx id, unsigned char *empty) - |
-- - | -
UartWriteImmediately (WifiIotUartIdx id, const unsigned char *data, unsigned int dataLen) - |
-- - | -
UartGetAttribute (WifiIotUartIdx id, WifiIotUartAttribute *attr, WifiIotUartExtraAttr *extraAttr) - |
-- - | -
UartIsBusy (WifiIotUartIdx id, unsigned char *busy) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
WatchDogEnable (void) - |
-- - | -
WatchDogKick (void) - |
-- - | -
WatchDogDisable (void) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Declares ability-related functions, including ability lifecycle callbacks and functions for connecting to or disconnecting from Particle Abilities. - |
-
| - | -Declares callbacks to be invoked when a remote Service ability is connected or disconnected. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Declares functions for obtaining information about the runtime environment of the application to which the ability belongs, including the bundle name, source code path, and data path. - |
-
| - | -Declares error codes returned by ability management functions. - |
-
| - | -Declares functions for performing operations during inter-thread communication, including running and quitting the event loop of the current thread and posting tasks to an asynchronous thread. - |
-
| - | -Declares functions for registering the class names of Ability and AbilitySlice with the ability management framework. - |
-
| - | -Declares ability-related functions, including functions for starting, stopping, connecting to, and disconnecting from an ability, registering a callback, and unregistering a callback. - |
-
| - | -Declares ability slice-related functions, including ability slice lifecycle callbacks and functions for connecting to or disconnecting from ability slices. - |
-
| - | -Declares ability-related functions, including ability lifecycle callbacks and functions for connecting to or disconnecting from Particle Abilities. As the fundamental unit of OpenHarmony applications, abilities are classified into Feature Abilities and Particle Abilities. Feature Abilities support the Page template, and Particle Abilities support the Service template. An ability using the Page template is called a Page ability for short and that using the Service template is called a Service ability. - |
-
| - | -Declares the structure that provides abstract description of the operation to be performed, including the ability information and the carried data, and functions for setting data in the structure. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Declares ability-related functions, including ability lifecycle callbacks and functions for connecting to or disconnecting from Particle Abilities. - |
-
| - | -Provides callbacks to be invoked when a remote Service ability is connected or disconnected. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Declares functions for performing operations during inter-thread communication, including running and quitting the event loop of the current thread and posting tasks to an asynchronous thread. - |
-
| - | -Declares functions for registering the class names of Ability and AbilitySlice with the ability management framework. - |
-
| - | -Provides ability slice-related functions, including ability slice lifecycle callbacks and functions for connecting to or disconnecting from ability slices. - |
-
| - | -Defines the abstract description of an operation, including information about the ability and the extra data to carry. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
REGISTER_AA(className) - |
-- | -
REGISTER_AS(className) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
{ ERR_OK = 0, PARAM_NULL_ERROR, MEMORY_MALLOC_ERROR, DUMP_ABILITIES_ERROR, IPC_REQUEST_ERROR, SERIALIZE_ERROR, COMMAND_ERROR = 0x7fff } - |
-Declares error codes returned by ability management functions. - |
-
State { STATE_UNINITIALIZED, STATE_INITIAL, STATE_INACTIVE, STATE_ACTIVE, STATE_BACKGROUND } - |
-Enumerates all lifecycle states that an ability will go through over the course of its lifetime. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OHOS::Ability::OnStart (const Want &want) - |
-
- Called when this ability is started. You must override this function if you want to perform some initialization operations during ability startup. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::Ability::OnActive (const Want &want) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::Ability::OnConnect (const Want &want) - |
-
- Called when this Service ability is connected for the first time. - |
-
OHOS::Ability::OnDisconnect (const Want &want) - |
-
- Called when all abilities connected to this Service ability are disconnected. - |
-
OHOS::Ability::SetMainRoute (const std::string &entry) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Ability::SetUIContent (RootView *rootView) - |
-
- Sets the UI layout for this ability. You can call GetWindowRootView() to create a layout and add controls. - |
-
OHOS::Ability::MsgHandle (uint32_t funcId, IpcIo *request, IpcIo *reply) - |
-
- Handles a message sent by the client to this Service ability. - |
-
OHOS::Ability::Dump (const std::string &extra) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::AbilityContext::StartAbility (const Want &want) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::AbilityContext::StopAbility (const Want &want) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Destroys this Ability. - |
-
OHOS::AbilityContext::ConnectAbility (const Want &want, const IAbilityConnection &conn, void *data) - |
-
- Connects to a Service ability based on the specified Want information. - |
-
OHOS::AbilityContext::DisconnectAbility (const IAbilityConnection &conn) - |
-
- Disconnects from a Service ability. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the bundle name of the application to which this ability belongs. - |
-
GetSrcPath () - |
-- - | -
GetDataPath () - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::AbilityEventHandler::PostTask (const Task &task) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -static AbilityEventHandler * - - |
-
StartAbility (const Want *want) - |
-
- Starts an ability based on the specified Want information. - |
-
StopAbility (const Want *want) - |
-
- Stops an ability based on the specified Want information. - |
-
ConnectAbility (const Want *want, const IAbilityConnection *conn, void *data) - |
-
- Connects to a Service ability based on the specified Want information. - |
-
DisconnectAbility (const IAbilityConnection *conn) - |
-
- Disconnects from a Service ability. - |
-
OHOS::AbilitySlice::OnStart (const Want &want) - |
-
- Called when this ability slice is started. You must override this function if you want to perform some initialization operations during ability slice startup. - |
-
| - | -
- Called when this ability slice enters the STATE_INACTIVE state. - |
-
OHOS::AbilitySlice::OnActive (const Want &want) - |
-
- Called when this ability slice enters the STATE_ACTIVE state. - |
-
| - | -
- Called when this ability slice enters the STATE_BACKGROUND state. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::AbilitySlice::Present (AbilitySlice &abilitySlice, const Want &want) - |
-
- Presents another ability slice, which can be an ability slice that is not started or an existing ability slice in the host ability. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::AbilitySlice::SetUIContent (RootView *rootView) - |
-
- Sets the UI layout for the host ability of this ability slice. - |
-
| - | -
- Clears the memory of a specified Want object. - |
-
SetWantElement (Want *want, ElementName element) - |
-
- Sets the element variable for a specified Want object. - |
-
SetWantData (Want *want, const void *data, uint16_t dataLength) - |
-
- Sets data to carry in a specified Want object for starting a particular ability. - |
-
SetWantSvcIdentity (Want *want, SvcIdentity sid) - |
-
- Sets the sid member variable for a specified Want object. - |
-
| - | -
- Converts a specified Want object into a character string. - |
-
WantParseUri (const char *uri) - |
-Want * -Converts a specified character string into a Want object. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| className | -Indicates the Ability class name to register. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| className | -Indicates the AbilitySlice class name to register. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| want | -Indicates the pointer to the Want object whose memory is to be released. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| want | -Indicates the pointer to the Want structure containing information about the Service ability to connect. | -
| conn | -Indicates the callback to be invoked when the connection is successful. | -
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the data to be passed to the callback. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| want | -Indicates the pointer to the Want structure containing information about the Service ability to connect. | -
| conn | -Indicates the callback object when the Service ability is connected. | -
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the data to be passed to the callback. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| conn | -Indicates the callback to be invoked when the connection is successful. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| conn | -Indicates the callback object when the Service ability is connected. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| extra | -Indicates the extra parameter to be obtained or printed to the console. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| funcId | -Indicates the type of the message sent by the client. | -
| request | -Indicates the pointer to the serialized request parameters sent by the client. | -
| reply | -Indicates the pointer to the serialized result returned to the client. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| want | -Indicates the Want structure containing activation information about the ability slice. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| want | -Indicates the Want structure containing activation information about the ability. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| want | -Indicates the Want structure containing connection information about the Service ability. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| want | -Indicates the Want structure containing disconnection information about the Service ability. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| want | -Indicates the Want structure containing startup information about the ability slice. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| want | -Indicates the Want structure containing startup information about the ability. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| task | -Indicates the task to post. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| abilitySlice | -Indicates the target ability slice. This parameter cannot be null. | -
| want | -Indicates the Want structure containing startup information about the target ability slice. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| entry | -Indicates the main entry, which is the class name of the AbilitySlice instance to start. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| rootView | -Indicates the pointer to the custom layout view you have created. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| rootView | -Indicates the pointer to the custom layout view you have created. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| want | -Indicates the pointer to the Want object to set. | -
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the data to set. | -
| dataLength | -Indicates the data length to set. The length must be the same as that of the data specified in data. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| want | -Indicates the pointer to the Want object to set. | -
| element | -Indicates the ElementName containing information required for starting the ability. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| want | -Indicates the pointer to the Want object to set. | -
| sid | -Indicates the SvcIdentity object to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| want | -Indicates the pointer to the Want structure containing information about the ability to start. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| want | -Indicates the pointer to the Want structure containing information about the ability to start. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| want | -Indicates the pointer to the Want structure containing information about the ability to stop. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| want | -Indicates the pointer to the Want structure containing information about the ability to stop. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| uri | -Indicates the pointer to the character string to convert. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| want | -Indicates the Want object to convert. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| elementName | -Indicates the pointer to the information about the connected Service ability. | -
| serviceSid | -Indicates the pointer to the remote proxy object of the Service ability. | -
| resultCode | -Indicates the connection result code. The value 0 indicates a successful connection, and any other value indicates a connection failure. | -
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the data stored during the connection. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| elementName | -Indicates the pointer to the information about the disconnected Service ability. | -
| resultCode | -Indicates the disconnection result code. The value 0 indicates a successful disconnection, and any other value indicates a disconnection failure. | -
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the data stored during the connection. | -
Public Member Function Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
| - | -virtual void -Called when this ability slice is started. You must override this function if you want to perform some initialization operations during ability slice startup. - |
-
OnInactive () - |
-virtual void -Called when this ability slice enters the STATE_INACTIVE state. - |
-
| - | -virtual void -Called when this ability slice enters the STATE_ACTIVE state. - |
-
OnBackground () - |
-virtual void -Called when this ability slice enters the STATE_BACKGROUND state. - |
-
OnStop () - |
-virtual void -Called when this ability slice enters the STATE_STOP state. - |
-
Present (AbilitySlice &abilitySlice, const Want &want) - |
-void -Presents another ability slice, which can be an ability slice that is not started or an existing ability slice in the host ability. - |
-
Terminate () - |
-void -Destroys this ability slice. - |
-
SetUIContent (RootView *rootView) - |
-void -Sets the UI layout for the host ability of this ability slice. - |
-
StartAbility (const Want &want) - |
-int - - |
-
StopAbility (const Want &want) - |
-int - - |
-
| - | -int -Destroys this Ability. - |
-
ConnectAbility (const Want &want, const IAbilityConnection &conn, void *data) - |
-int -Connects to a Service ability based on the specified Want information. - |
-
DisconnectAbility (const IAbilityConnection &conn) - |
-int -Disconnects from a Service ability. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
variable [0] - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
variable [0] - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetAudioManagerFuncs (void) - |
-struct AudioManager * -Obtains the operation function list of the AudioManager class. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| AUDIO_IN_MEDIA | -- | -
| AUDIO_IN_COMMUNICATION | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| AUDIO_CHANNEL_FRONT_LEFT | -- | -
| AUDIO_CHANNEL_FRONT_RIGHT | -- | -
| AUDIO_CHANNEL_MONO | -- | -
| AUDIO_CHANNEL_STEREO | -Stereo channel, consisting of front left and front right channels - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| PORT_OUT | -- | -
| PORT_IN | -- | -
| PORT_OUT_IN | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| PORT_PASSTHROUGH_LPCM | -- | -
| PORT_PASSTHROUGH_RAW | -- | -
| PORT_PASSTHROUGH_HBR2LBR | -Blu-ray next-generation audio output with reduced specifications - |
-
| PORT_PASSTHROUGH_AUTO | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| PIN_NONE | -- | -
| PIN_OUT_SPEAKER | -- | -
| PIN_OUT_HEADSET | -- | -
| PIN_OUT_LINEOUT | -- | -
| PIN_OUT_HDMI | -- | -
| PIN_IN_MIC | -- | -
| PIN_IN_HS_MIC | -- | -
| PIN_IN_LINEIN | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
InitAllPorts )(struct AudioAdapter *adapter) - |
-- - | -
CreateRender )(struct AudioAdapter *adapter, const struct AudioDeviceDescriptor *desc, const struct AudioSampleAttributes *attrs, struct AudioRender **render) - |
-
- Creates an AudioRender object. - |
-
DestroyRender )(struct AudioAdapter *adapter, struct AudioRender *render) - |
-
- Destroys an AudioRender object. - |
-
CreateCapture )(struct AudioAdapter *adapter, const struct AudioDeviceDescriptor *desc, const struct AudioSampleAttributes *attrs, struct AudioCapture **capture) - |
-
- Creates an AudioCapture object. - |
-
DestroyCapture )(struct AudioAdapter *adapter, struct AudioCapture *capture) - |
-
- Destroys an AudioCapture object. - |
-
GetPortCapability )(struct AudioAdapter *adapter, const struct AudioPort *port, struct AudioPortCapability *capability) - |
-
- Obtains the capability set of the port driver for the audio adapter. - |
-
SetPassthroughMode )(struct AudioAdapter *adapter, const struct AudioPort *port, enum AudioPortPassthroughMode mode) - |
-
- Sets the passthrough data transmission mode of the audio port driver. - |
-
GetPassthroughMode )(struct AudioAdapter *adapter, const struct AudioPort *port, enum AudioPortPassthroughMode *mode) - |
-
- Obtains the passthrough data transmission mode of the audio port driver. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| adapter | -Indicates the pointer to the audio adapter to operate. | -
| desc | -Indicates the pointer to the descriptor of the audio adapter to start. | -
| attrs | -Indicates the pointer to the audio sampling attributes to open. | -
| capture | -Indicates the double pointer to the AudioCapture object. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| adapter | -Indicates the pointer to the audio adapter to operate. | -
| desc | -Indicates the pointer to the descriptor of the audio adapter to start. | -
| attrs | -Indicates the pointer to the audio sampling attributes to open. | -
| render | -Indicates the double pointer to the AudioRender object. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| adapter | -Indicates the pointer to the audio adapter to operate. | -
| capture | -Indicates the pointer to the AudioCapture object to operate. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| adapter | -Indicates the pointer to the audio adapter to operate. | -
| render | -Indicates the pointer to the AudioRender object to operate. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| adapter | -Indicates the pointer to the audio adapter to operate. | -
| port | -Indicates the pointer to the port. | -
| mode | -Indicates the pointer to the passthrough transmission mode to obtain. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| adapter | -Indicates the pointer to the audio adapter to operate. | -
| port | -Indicates the pointer to the port. | -
| capability | -Indicates the pointer to the capability set to obtain. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| adapter | -Indicates the pointer to the audio adapter to operate. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| adapter | -Indicates the pointer to the audio adapter to operate. | -
| port | -Indicates the pointer to the port. | -
| mode | -Indicates the passthrough transmission mode to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -struct AudioPort * - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetFrameSize )(AudioHandle handle, uint64_t *size) - |
-
- Obtains the audio frame size, that is, the length (in bytes) of a frame. - |
-
GetFrameCount )(AudioHandle handle, uint64_t *count) - |
-- - | -
SetSampleAttributes )(AudioHandle handle, const struct AudioSampleAttributes *attrs) - |
-- - | -
GetSampleAttributes )(AudioHandle handle, struct AudioSampleAttributes *attrs) - |
-- - | -
GetCurrentChannelId )(AudioHandle handle, uint32_t *channelId) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the audio handle. | -
| channelId | -Indicates the pointer to the data channel ID. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the audio handle. | -
| count | -Indicates the pointer to the number of audio frames in the audio buffer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the audio handle. | -
| size | -Indicates the pointer to the audio frame size (in bytes). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the audio handle. | -
| attrs | -Indicates the pointer to the audio sampling attributes, such as the sampling rate, sampling precision, and channel. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the audio handle. | -
| attrs | -Indicates the pointer to the audio sampling attributes to set, such as the sampling rate, sampling precision, and channel. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -struct AudioControl -Defines the audio control. For details, see AudioControl. - |
-
| - | -struct AudioAttribute -Defines the audio attribute. For details, see AudioAttribute. - |
-
| - | -struct AudioScene -Defines the audio scene. For details, see AudioScene. - |
-
| - | -struct AudioVolume -Defines audio volume. For details, see AudioVolume. - |
-
CaptureFrame )(struct AudioCapture *capture, void *frame, uint64_t requestBytes, uint64_t *replyBytes) - |
-
- Reads a frame of input data (uplink data) from the audio driver for capturing. - |
-
GetCapturePosition )(struct AudioCapture *capture, uint64_t *frames, struct AudioTimeStamp *time) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| capture | -Indicates the pointer to the AudioCapture object to operate. | -
| frame | -Indicates the pointer to the input data to read. | -
| requestBytes | -Indicates the size of the input data, in bytes. | -
| replyBytes | -Indicates the pointer to the actual length (in bytes) of the audio data to read. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| capture | -Indicates the pointer to the AudioCapture object to operate. | -
| frames | -Indicates the pointer to the last number of input audio frames. | -
| time | -Indicates the pointer to the timestamp associated with the frame. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Start )(AudioHandle handle) - |
-- - | -
Stop )(AudioHandle handle) - |
-- - | -
Pause )(AudioHandle handle) - |
-- - | -
Resume )(AudioHandle handle) - |
-- - | -
Flush )(AudioHandle handle) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the audio handle. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the audio handle. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the audio handle. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the audio handle. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the audio handle. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -enum AudioPortPin - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetAllAdapters )(struct AudioManager *manager, struct AudioAdapterDescriptor **descs, int32_t *size) - |
-
- Obtains the list of all adapters supported by an audio driver. - |
-
LoadAdapter )(struct AudioManager *manager, const struct AudioAdapterDescriptor *desc, struct AudioAdapter **adapter) - |
-- - | -
UnloadAdapter )(struct AudioManager *manager, struct AudioAdapter *adapter) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| manager | -Indicates the pointer to the audio adapter manager to operate. | -
| descs | -Indicates the double pointer to the audio adapter list. | -
| size | -Indicates the pointer to the length of the list. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| manager | -Indicates the pointer to the audio adapter manager to operate. | -
| desc | -Indicates the pointer to the descriptor of the audio adapter. | -
| adapter | -Indicates the double pointer to the audio adapter. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| manager | -Indicates the pointer to the audio adapter manager to operate. | -
| adapter | -Indicates the pointer to the audio adapter whose driver will be unloaded. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -enum AudioPortDirection - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -enum AudioFormat * - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -enum AudioChannelMask - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -struct AudioSubPortCapability * - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -struct AudioControl -Defines the audio control. For details, see AudioControl. - |
-
| - | -struct AudioAttribute -Defines the audio attribute. For details, see AudioAttribute. - |
-
| - | -struct AudioScene -Defines the audio scene. For details, see AudioScene. - |
-
| - | -struct AudioVolume -Defines audio volume. For details, see AudioVolume. - |
-
GetLatency )(struct AudioRender *render, uint32_t *ms) - |
-- - | -
RenderFrame )(struct AudioRender *render, const void *frame, uint64_t requestBytes, uint64_t *replyBytes) - |
-
- Writes a frame of output data (downlink data) into the audio driver for rendering. - |
-
GetRenderPosition )(struct AudioRender *render, uint64_t *frames, struct AudioTimeStamp *time) - |
-- - | -
SetRenderSpeed )(struct AudioRender *render, float speed) - |
-- - | -
GetRenderSpeed )(struct AudioRender *render, float *speed) - |
-- - | -
SetChannelMode )(struct AudioRender *render, enum AudioChannelMode mode) - |
-- - | -
GetChannelMode )(struct AudioRender *render, enum AudioChannelMode *mode) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| render | -Indicates the pointer to the AudioRender object to operate. | -
| mode | -Indicates the pointer to the channel mode to obtain. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| render | -Indicates the pointer to the AudioRender object to operate. | -
| ms | -Indicates the pointer to the latency (in milliseconds) to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| render | -Indicates the pointer to the AudioRender object to operate. | -
| frames | -Indicates the pointer to the last number of output audio frames. | -
| time | -Indicates the pointer to the timestamp associated with the frame. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| render | -Indicates the pointer to the AudioRender object to operate. | -
| speed | -Indicates the pointer to the current rendering speed to obtain. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| render | -Indicates the pointer to the AudioRender object to operate. | -
| frame | -Indicates the pointer to the frame to write. | -
| requestBytes | -Indicates the size of the frame, in bytes. | -
| replyBytes | -Indicates the pointer to the actual length (in bytes) of the audio data to write. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| render | -Indicates the pointer to the AudioRender object to operate. | -
| mode | -Indicates the channel mode to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| render | -Indicates the pointer to the AudioRender object to operate. | -
| speed | -Indicates the rendering speed to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -enum AudioCategory - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -enum AudioFormat - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
CheckSceneCapability )(AudioHandle handle, const struct AudioSceneDescriptor *scene, bool *supported) - |
-
- Checks whether the configuration of an audio scene is supported. - |
-
SelectScene )(AudioHandle handle, const struct AudioSceneDescriptor *scene) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the audio handle. | -
| scene | -Indicates the pointer to the descriptor of the audio scene to select. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -struct AudioDeviceDescriptor - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
SetMute )(AudioHandle handle, bool mute) - |
-- - | -
GetMute )(AudioHandle handle, bool *mute) - |
-- - | -
SetVolume )(AudioHandle handle, float volume) - |
-- - | -
GetVolume )(AudioHandle handle, float *volume) - |
-- - | -
GetGainThreshold )(AudioHandle handle, float *min, float *max) - |
-- - | -
GetGain )(AudioHandle handle, float *gain) - |
-- - | -
SetGain )(AudioHandle handle, float gain) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the audio handle. | -
| gain | -Indicates the pointer to the audio gain. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the audio handle. | -
| min | -Indicates the pointer to the minimum value of the range. | -
| max | -Indicates the pointer to the maximum value of the range. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the audio handle. | -
| mute | -Indicates the pointer to the mute operation set for the audio. Value true means that the audio is muted, and false means the opposite. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the audio handle. | -
| volume | -Indicates the pointer to the volume to obtain. The value ranges from 0.0 to 1.0. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the audio handle. | -
| gain | -Indicates the audio gain to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the audio handle. | -
| mute | -Specifies whether to mute the audio. Value true means to mute the audio, and false means the opposite. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the audio handle. | -
| volume | -Indicates the volume to set. The value ranges from 0.0 to 1.0. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
variable [0] - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
variable [0] - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- Indicates the topic of an event or data, which is used to distinguish different types of events or data. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
BroadcastErrCode { EC_ALREADY_SUBSCRIBED = EC_SUCCESS + 1 } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| EC_ALREADY_SUBSCRIBED | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
ReadData )(void *handle, uint8_t *data, int32_t size, int32_t timeOutMs, DataFlags *flags) - |
-
- Reads data from streams, save the data to the buffer pointed by data with the specified size, and returns the size of the read data and type. - |
-
GetReadableSize )(const void *handle) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the context handle. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the context handle. | -
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer to store the read data. The memory is allocated by the caller. | -
| size | -Indicates the size of the available buffer memory. | -
| timeOutMs | -Indicates read operation wait time. The value 0 means no wait time. | -
| flags | -Indicates the pointer to the type of the read data, see DataFlags. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Declares structures and functions for managing ability information. - |
-
| - | -Declares error codes returned by bundle management functions. - |
-
| - | -Declares structures and functions for managing application bundle information. - |
-
| - | -Declares functions used for managing application bundles and obtaining bundle information. - |
-
| - | -Declares the callback invoked upon state changes of an application and the structure defining the callback information. - |
-
| - | -Declares the structure that defines the required information for querying AbilityInfo, including the device ID, bundle name, and class name, and functions for setting such information. - |
-
| - | -Declares structures and functions for managing HAP package information. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Defines parameters used for application installation, update, or uninstallation. - |
-
| - | -Defines the metadata information in a ModuleInfo object. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
InstallerCallback) (const uint8_t resultCode, const void *resultMessage) - |
-
- Called when an application is installed, updated, or uninstalled. - |
-
BundleStateCallback) (const uint8_t installType, const uint8_t resultCode, const void *resultMessage, const char *bundleName, void *data) - |
-
- Called when the installation, update, or uninstallation state of an application changes. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
ClearAbilityInfo (AbilityInfo *abilityInfo) - |
-
- Clears an AbilityInfo object. - |
-
ClearBundleInfo (BundleInfo *bundleInfo) - |
-
- Clears a BundleInfo object. - |
-
RegisterCallback (BundleStatusCallback *BundleStatusCallback) - |
-
- Registers a callback to monitor the installation, update, and uninstallation state changes of an application. - |
-
| - | -
- Unregisters a callback previously registered for monitoring the installation, update, and uninstallation stat changes of an application. - |
-
Install (const char *hapPath, const InstallParam *installParam, InstallerCallback installerCallback) - |
-- - | -
Uninstall (const char *bundleName, const InstallParam *installParam, InstallerCallback installerCallback) - |
-- - | -
QueryAbilityInfo (const Want *want, AbilityInfo *abilityInfo) - |
-
- Queries the AbilityInfo of an ability based on the information carried in the Want structure. - |
-
GetBundleInfo (const char *bundleName, int32_t flags, BundleInfo *bundleInfo) - |
-
- Obtains the BundleInfo of an application based on the specified bundle name. - |
-
GetBundleInfos (const int flags, BundleInfo **bundleInfos, int32_t *len) - |
-
- Obtains the BundleInfo of all bundles in the system. - |
-
QueryKeepAliveBundleInfos (BundleInfo **bundleInfos, int32_t *len) - |
-
- Obtains the BundleInfo of all keep-alive applications in the system. - |
-
GetBundleInfosByMetaData (const char *metaDataKey, BundleInfo **bundleInfos, int32_t *len) - |
-
- Obtains the BundleInfo of application bundles based on the specified MetaData. - |
-
GetBundleNameForUid (int32_t uid, char **bundleName) - |
-
- Obtains the bundle name of an application based on the specified UID. - |
-
ClearBundleStatusCallback (BundleStatusCallback *bundleStatusCallback) - |
-
- Clears and releases the memory occupied by the BundleStatusCallback structure. - |
-
ClearElement (ElementName *element) - |
-
- Clears the internal data of a specified ElementName. - |
-
SetElementDeviceID (ElementName *element, const char *deviceId) - |
-
- Sets the device ID used to query AbilityInfo. - |
-
SetElementBundleName (ElementName *element, const char *bundleName) - |
-
- Sets the bundle name used to query AbilityInfo. - |
-
SetElementAbilityName (ElementName *element, const char *abilityName) - |
-
- Sets the class name of the ability used to query AbilityInfo. - |
-
ClearModuleInfo (ModuleInfo *moduleInfo) - |
-
- Clears a ModuleInfo object. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| installType | -Indicates the installation, update, or uninstallation state. The value 0 indicates that the application is being installed or updated, and 1 indicates that the application is being uninstalled. | -
| resultCode | -Indicates the status code returned for the application installation, update, or uninstallation result. For details, see AppexecfwkErrors. | -
| resultMessage | -Indicates the pointer to the result message returned with the status code. | -
| bundleName | -Indicates the pointer to the name of the bundle whose state has changed. | -
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the data that will be used by the callback upon a state change. The data is passed through BundleStatusCallback during callback registration. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| resultCode | -Indicates the status code returned for the application installation, update, or uninstallation result. For details, see AppexecfwkErrors. | -
| resultMessage | -Indicates the result message returned with the status code. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| UNKNOWN | -- | -
| PAGE | -- | -
| SERVICE | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ERR_OK | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_QUERY_PARAMETER_ERROR | -Incorrect parameter for querying AbilityInfo or BundleInfo. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_QUERY_NO_INFOS | -No AbilityInfo or BundleInfo is found. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_QUERY_INFOS_INIT_ERROR | -An error occurred when initializing BundleInfo or AbilityInfo during information query. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_OBJECT_NULL | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_INTERNAL_ERROR | -Failed to install the application due to an internal logic error. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARAM_ERROR | -Failed to install the application due to incorrect parameters. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_FILE_PATH_INVALID | -Failed to install the application because the installation file path is invalid. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_FILE_NOT_EXISTS | -Failed to install the application because the installation file does not exist. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_INVALID_FILE_NAME | -Failed to install the application because the installation file name is invalid. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_BAD_FILE | -Failed to install the application due to incorrect file content. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_CREATE_FILE_ERROR | -Failed to install the application due to a file creation error. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_CREATE_PERMISSIONS_DIR_ERROR | -Failed to install the application because an error occurred when creating the permission file directory. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_RENAME_DIR_ERROR | -Failed to install the application due to a path renaming error. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_RENAME_FILE_ERROR | -Failed to install the application due to a file renaming error. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_CREATE_DATA_DIR_ERROR | -Failed to install the application due to an error occurred when creating the data path. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_RECORD_INFO_ERROR | -Failed to install the application due to an error occurred when recording installation information. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_UID_AND_GID_BACKUP_ERROR | -Failed to install the application due to an error occurred when backing up the UID and GID. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_VERSION_DOWNGRADE | -Failed to install the application because an application of a later version has been installed. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_EXCEED_MAX_BUNDLE_NUMBER | -Failed to install the application because the number of installed applications exceeds the maximum (30). This error code is available only to basic watches. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_STORE_PERMISSIONS_ERROR | -Failed to install the application due to an error occurred when storing permission information. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_FILE_DATA_INVALID | -Failed to install the application due to invalid file data. This error code is available only to basic watches. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_INCOMPATIBLE_SIGNATURE | -Failed to install the application due to unmatched signature used for version update. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_INVALID_PROVISIONINFO | -Failed to install the application due to unmatched provisioning information during signature verification. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_OPERATE_SIGNED_FILE_ERROR | -Failed to install the application due to an error occurred when processing the signature file. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_APP_SIGNATURE_ERROR | -Failed to install the application due to an error occurred when parsing the application signature. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_PROFILE_SIGNATURE_ERROR | -Failed to install the application due to an error occurred when parsing the file signature. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_INTERNAL_SIGNATURE_ERROR | -Failed to install the application due to an internal error during signature verification. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_SET_DEBUG_MODE_ERROR | -Failed to install the application due to an error occurred when setting the signature verification mode. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_PROFILE_ERROR | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_BUNDLENAME_ERROR | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_INVALID_BUNDLENAME | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_VENDOR_ERROR | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_VERSIONCODE_ERROR | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_VERSIONNAME_ERROR | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_PERMISSIONS_ERROR | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_API_VERSION_ERROR | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_DEVICE_CONFIG_ERROR | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_KEEPALIVE_ERROR | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_MODULENAME_ERROR | -Failed to parse the name field of the application's HAP package. The HAP information is encapsulated in a ModuleInfo object. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_INVALID_MODULENAME | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_MODULE_DESCRIPTION_ERROR | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_DEVICETYPE_ERROR | -Failed to parse the deviceType field of the application's HAP package. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_DISTRO_ERROR | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_DISTRO_MODULENAME_ERROR | -Failed to parse the moduleName field of the application's HAP package. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_DISTRO_MODULETYPE_ERROR | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_DISTRO_DELIVERY_ERROR | -Failed to parse the isDeliveryInstall field of the application's HAP package. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_METADATA_ERROR | -Failed to parse the MetaData information. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_ABILITIES_ERROR | -Failed to parse the AbilityInfo. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_ABILITY_NAME_ERROR | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_ABILITY_TYPE_ERROR | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_ABILITY_ICONPATH_ERROR | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_ABILITY_LABEL_ERROR | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_ABILITY_DESCRIPTION_ERROR | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_ABILITY_LAUNCHTYPE_ERROR | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_ABILITY_VISIBLE_ERROR | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_INVALID_BUNDLENAME_LENGTH | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_EXCEED_MAX_LABEL_LENGTH_ERROR | -The parsed application label exceeds the maximum length (255 bytes). - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_EXCEED_MAX_VERSIONNAME_LENGTH_ERROR | -The parsed application version name exceeds the maximum length (127 bytes). - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_EXCEED_MAX_METADATA_NAME_LENGTH_ERROR | -The parsed application metadata name exceeds the maximum length (255 bytes). - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_EXCEED_MAX_METADATA_VALUE_LENGTH_ERROR | -The parsed application metadata value exceeds the maximum length (255 bytes). - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_EXCEED_MAX_VENDOR_LENGTH_ERROR | -The parsed application vendor name exceeds the maximum length (255 bytes). - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_EXCEED_MAX_MODULENAME_LENGTH_ERROR | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_EXCEED_MAX_ABILITYNAME_LENGTH_ERROR | -The parsed ability class name exceeds the maximum length (127 bytes). - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_EXCEED_MAX_ABILITY_DESCRIPTION_LENGTH_ERROR | -The parsed ability description exceeds the maximum length (255 bytes). - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_EXCEED_MAX_ABILITY_LABEL_LENGTH_ERROR | -The parsed ability label exceeds the maximum length (255 bytes). - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_EXTRACTOR_NOT_INIT | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_EXTRACT_HAP_ERROR | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_JS_DIR_ERROR | -Failed to parse the JavaScript path. This error code is available only to basic watches. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_RESOURCE_INDEX_NOT_EXISTS | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_LABEL_RES_ERROR | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_ICON_RES_ERROR | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_PARSE_DESCRIPTION_RES_ERROR | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INSTALL_FAILED_SEND_REQUEST_ERROR | -Failed to install the application due to a request sending error. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_UNINSTALL_FAILED_INTERNAL_ERROR | -Failed to uninstall the application due to an internal error. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_UNINSTALL_FAILED_PARAM_ERROR | -Failed to uninstall the application due to incorrect input parameters. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_UNINSTALL_FAILED_BUNDLE_NOT_EXISTS | -Failed to uninstall the application because it does not exist. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_UNINSTALL_FAILED_DELETE_DIRS_ERROR | -Failed to uninstall the application due to an error occurred when deleting the path. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_UNINSTALL_FAILED_DELETE_RECORD_INFO_ERROR | -Failed to uninstall the application due to an error occurred when deleting the installation record. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_UNINSTALL_FAILED_DELETE_PERMISSIONS_ERROR | -Failed to uninstall the application due to an error occurred when deleting the permission information. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_UNINSTALL_FAILED_BUNDLE_NOT_UNINSTALLABLE | -Failed to uninstall the application because the application cannot be uninstalled. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_UNINSTALL_FAILED_DELETE_UID_INFO_ERROR | -Failed to uninstall the application due to an error occurred when deleting the UID information. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_UNINSTALL_FAILED_SEND_REQUEST_ERROR | -Failed to uninstall the application due to a request sending error. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_DUMP_ERROR | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_COMMAND_ERROR | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_CALLBACK_REGISTER_FAILED | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_CALLBACK_UNREGISTER_FAILED | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_CALLBACK_GENERATE_LOCAL_SERVICEID_FAILED | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_CALLBACK_SERVICEID_TRANSMITTED_FAILED | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_CALLBACK_NEVER_REGISTERED | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_CALLBACK_OBTAIN_ALL_BUNDLE_FAILED | -Failed to obtain the bundle names of all applications in the system. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_CALLBACK_NULL_CORRESPONDING_CALLBACK | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_CALLBACK_GET_INSTALLTYPE_FAILED | -Failed to obtain the installation type (installation or uninstallation). - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_CALLBACK_GET_ERROR_INSTALLTYPE | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_SERIALIZATION_FAILED | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_DESERIALIZATION_FAILED | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_SYSTEM_INTERNAL_ERROR | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_NO_BUNDLENAME_FOR_UID | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_IPCIO_UNAVAILABLED | -- | -
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_INVOKE_ERROR | -An error occurred when calling the invoke function of the Bundle Manager Service. - |
-
| ERR_APPEXECFWK_PERMISSION_DENIED | -The server that invokes the Bundle Manager Service does not have required permission. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| SINGLETON | -- | -
| STANDARD | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| abilityInfo | -Indicates the pointer to the AbilityInfo object to clear. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| bundleInfo | -Indicates the pointer to the BundleInfo object to clear. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| bundleStatusCallback | -Indicates the pointer to the BundleStatusCallback structure to clear. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| element | -Indicates the pointer to the ElementName to clear. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| moduleInfo | -Indicates the pointer to the ModuleInfo object to clear. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| bundleName | -Indicates the pointer to the name of the application bundle to query. | -
| flags | -Specifies whether the obtained BundleInfo object can contain AbilityInfo. The value 1 indicates that it can contain AbilityInfo, and 0 indicates that it cannot. | -
| bundleInfo | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained BundleInfo object. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| flags | -Specifies whether each of the obtained BundleInfo objects can contain AbilityInfo. The value 1 indicates that it can contain AbilityInfo, and 0 indicates that it cannot. | -
| bundleInfos | -Indicates the double pointer to the obtained BundleInfo objects. | -
| len | -Indicates the pointer to the number of BundleInfo objects obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| metaDataKey | -Indicates the pointer to the metadata name in the MetaData. | -
| bundleInfos | -Indicates the double pointer to the obtained BundleInfo objects. | -
| len | -Indicates the pointer to the number of BundleInfo objects obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| uid | -Indicates the UID of the application to query. | -
| bundleName | -Indicates the double pointer to the bundle name of the application. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| hapPath | -Indicates the pointer to the path for storing the OpenHarmony Ability Package (HAP) of the application to install or update. | -
| installParam | -Indicates the pointer to the parameters used for application installation or update. | -
| installerCallback | -Indicates the callback to be invoked for notifying the installation or update result. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| want | -Indicates the pointer to the Want structure used for querying the specified ability. | -
| abilityInfo | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained AbilityInfo object. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| bundleInfos | -Indicates the double pointer to the obtained BundleInfo objects. | -
| len | -Indicates the pointer to the number of BundleInfo objects obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| BundleStatusCallback | -Indicates the pointer to the callback to be invoked when the installation, update, or uninstallation state of the monitored application changes. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| element | -Indicates the pointer to the ElementName to set. | -
| abilityName | -Indicates the pointer to the class name to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| element | -Indicates the pointer to the ElementName to set. | -
| bundleName | -Indicates the pointer to the bundle name to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| element | -Indicates the pointer to the ElementName to set. | -
| deviceId | -Indicates the pointer to the device ID to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| bundleName | -Indicates the pointer to the bundle name of the application to uninstall. | -
| installParam | -Indicates the pointer to the parameters used for application uninstallation. | -
| installerCallback | -Indicates the callback to be invoked for notifying the uninstallation result. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
Public Member Function Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
~Camera ()=default - |
-virtual -destructor function. - |
-
GetCameraId () - |
-virtual std::string -Obtains the camera ID. - |
-
GetCameraConfig () const - |
-virtual const CameraConfig * -Obtains the camera configuration. You can use the obtained CameraConfig object to configure the camera. - |
-
GetFrameConfig (int32_t type) - |
-virtual FrameConfig * -Obtains the frame configuration. - |
-
Configure (CameraConfig &config) - |
-virtual void -Configures the camera using the CameraConfig object. - |
-
TriggerLoopingCapture (FrameConfig &frameConfig) - |
-virtual int32_t -Triggers looping-frame capture. - |
-
| - | -virtual void -Stops looping-frame capture. - |
-
TriggerSingleCapture (FrameConfig &frameConfig) - |
-virtual int32_t -Starts single-frame capture. The frame parameters are set through the FrameConfig object, and the captured image data is stored in the surface of the FrameConfig object. - |
-
Release () - |
-virtual void -Releases the Camera object and associated resources. - |
-
Protected Member Function Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
Camera ()=default - |
-- constructed function. - |
-
Public Member Function Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
| - | -- constructed function. - |
-
| - | -virtual -destructor function. - |
-
GetSupportedSizes (int format) const - |
-std::list< CameraPicSize > -Obtains the supported image sizes for a specified image format. - |
-
GetSupportedAeMode () const - |
-std::list< int32_t > -Obtains the supported auto exposure modes. - |
-
GetSupportedParameters () const - |
-std::list< uint32_t > -Obtains the parameters supported by the camera. - |
-
| - | - |
| - |
- Obtains the parameter value range based on a specified parameter key. - |
-
GetSupportedResults () const - |
-std::list< uint32_t > -Obtains the keys of returnable results related to the parameter settings supported by the camera. - |
-
GetSupportedProperties () const - |
-std::list< uint32_t > -Obtains the properties supported by the camera. - |
-
| - | - |
| - |
- Obtains the value of a specified property key. - |
-
Public Member Function Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
CameraStateCallback ()=default - |
-- constructed function. - |
-
| - | -virtual -destructor function. - |
-
| - | -virtual void -Called when the camera is successfully created. - |
-
OnCreateFailed (const std::string cameraId, int32_t errorCode) - |
-virtual void -Called when the camera fails to be created. - |
-
OnReleased (Camera &c) - |
-virtual void -Called when the camera is released. - |
-
OnConfigured (Camera &c) - |
-virtual void -Called when the camera is configured. - |
-
OnConfigureFailed (const std::string cameraId, int32_t errorCode) - |
-virtual void -Called when the camera fails to be configured. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -struct Ieee80211Channel * - |
-
| - | -enum WifiChannelType - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Describes the dynamic parameter structure, which is mainly used by CodecCreate and CodecSetParameter. - |
-
| - | -Defines the buffer handle type. The virtual address of a handle maps to its physical address. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the maximum number of reserved parameters in the array. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- Defines the pointer to the codec handle, which is the context information for function calls. - |
-
| - | -
- Defines the pointer to the type of the dynamic parameter value. - |
-
| - | -typedef struct BufferHandle -Defines the buffer handle type. The virtual address of a handle maps to its physical address. - |
-
| - | -typedef enum BufferType - - |
-
| - | -typedef struct OutputInfo - - |
-
| - | -typedef enum AllocateBufferMode - - |
-
| - | -typedef enum CapsMask - - |
-
| - | -typedef struct Capbility - - |
-
| - | -
- Redefines the unsigned pointer type, which is used for pointer conversion. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
CodecInit () - |
-
- Initializes the internal audio and video submodules of the codec. - |
-
CodecDeinit () - |
-
- Deinitializes the internal audio and video submodules of the codec. - |
-
CodecEnumerateCapbility (uint32_t index, CodecCapbility *cap) - |
-
- Obtains the capabilities of a specified media type based on an index. - |
-
CodecGetCapbility (AvCodecMime mime, CodecType type, uint32_t flags, CodecCapbility *cap) - |
-- - | -
CodecCreate (const char *name, const Param *attr, int len, CODEC_HANDLETYPE *handle) - |
-
- Creates a specific codec component and returns the component context through a handle. - |
-
CodecDestroy (CODEC_HANDLETYPE handle) - |
-- - | -
CodecSetPortMode (CODEC_HANDLETYPE handle, DirectionType type, BufferMode mode) - |
-- - | -
CodecSetParameter (CODEC_HANDLETYPE handle, const Param *params, int paramCnt) - |
-- - | -
CodecGetParameter (CODEC_HANDLETYPE handle, Param *params, int paramCnt) - |
-- - | -
CodecStart (CODEC_HANDLETYPE handle) - |
-- - | -
CodecStop (CODEC_HANDLETYPE handle) - |
-- - | -
CodecFlush (CODEC_HANDLETYPE handle, DirectionType directType) - |
-
- Clears the cache when the codec component is the running state. - |
-
CodecQueueInput (CODEC_HANDLETYPE handle, const InputInfo *inputData, uint32_t timeoutMs) - |
-- - | -
CodecDequeInput (CODEC_HANDLETYPE handle, uint32_t timeoutMs, InputInfo *inputData) - |
-- - | -
CodecQueueOutput (CODEC_HANDLETYPE handle, OutputInfo *outInfo, uint32_t timeoutMs, int releaseFenceFd) - |
-- - | -
CodecDequeueOutput (CODEC_HANDLETYPE handle, uint32_t timeoutMs, int *acquireFd, OutputInfo *outInfo) - |
-- - | -
CodecSetCallback (CODEC_HANDLETYPE handle, const CodecCallback *cb, UINTPTR instance) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -MIME type. For the value type, see AvCodecMime. - - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -Number of frames in the remaining data streams. The value type is uint32_t. - - |
-
| - | -Codec type. For the value type, see CodecType. - - |
-
| - | -Input/Output type. For the value type, see DirectionType. - - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -Video field. For the value type, see VideoField. - - |
-
| - | -Pixel format. For the value type, see PixelFormat. - - |
-
| - | -Rate control mode. For the value type, see VenCodeRcMode. - - |
-
| - | -GOP mode. For the value type, see VenCodeGopMode. - - |
-
| - | -Image resolution. For the value type, see PicSize. - - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -Quality factor, range is [1, 99]. The value type is uint32_t - - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -Bit width. For the value type, see AudioBitWidth. - - |
-
| - | -Audio channel mode. For the value type, see AudioSoundMode. - - |
-
| - | -Number of sampling points per frame. The value type is uint32_t. - - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -B-frames using only previous frames as references during encoding. - - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the timeout duration. Generally, the value is less than or equal to 3 seconds. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the media type. For details, see AvCodecMime. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the audio and video codec types. For details, see CodecType. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the audio and video codec flags. 0 indicates hardware codec, and 1 indicates software codec. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the parameters in the array used when the component is created. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the callback function. For details, see CodecCallback. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the parameters to set in the array. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Specifies whether the buffer type is an input type or an output type. - |
-
| - | -Specifies whether to use an internal or external buffer mode. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | - | -
| - | uint8_t * addr - |
-
| - | int32_t fd - |
-
| - | - | -
| - | - - | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OnEvent )(UINTPTR comp, UINTPTR appData, EventType event, uint32_t data1, uint32_t data2, UINTPTR eventData) - |
-- - | -
InputBufferAvailable )(UINTPTR comp, UINTPTR appData, InputInfo *inBuf) - |
-- - | -
OutputBufferAvailable )(UINTPTR comp, UINTPTR appData, OutputInfo *outBuf) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| hComponent | -Indicates the handle of the codec component. | -
| pAppData | -Indicates upper-layer data, which is generally an upper-layer instance passed when this callback is set. | -
| pBuffer | -Indicates the pointer to the input data that has been used. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| hComponent | -Indicates the handle of the codec component. | -
| pAppData | -Indicates upper-layer data, which is generally an upper-layer instance passed when this callback is set. | -
| EVENTTYPE | -Indicates the event type. | -
| nData1 | -Indicates the first value contained in the reported event. This parameter is optional. | -
| nData2 | -Indicates the second value contained in the reported event. This parameter is optional. | -
| pEventData | -Indicates the pointer to data contained in the reported event. This parameter is optional. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| hComponent | -Indicates the handle of the codec component. | -
| pAppData | -Indicates upper-layer data, which is generally an upper-layer instance passed when this callback is registered. | -
| pBuffer | -Indicates the pointer to the output data that has been generated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
bssid [ETH_ADDR_LEN] - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -const Identity * - |
-
Notify )(Consumer *consumer, const Topic *topic, const Request *origin) - |
-
- Defines how the consumer will process the events or data of a released topic. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| current | -Indicates the pointer to the current consumer. | -
| other | -Indicates the pointer to the target consumer to compare. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| consumer | -Indicates this pointer of the consumer. | -
| topic | -Indicates the pointer to the topic to be processed. | -
| origin | -Indicates the pointer to the data to be processed. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Declares functions related to driver loading, service obtaining, and power management. - |
-
| - | -Declares the structures defining driver service objects and event listeners, as well as the functions for obtaining a driver service object, dispatching a driver service call, and registering or unregistering an event listener. - |
-
| - | -Declares the base object provided by the HDF for the driver. - |
-
| - | -Defines functions related to a HdfSBuf. The HDF provides data serialization and deserialization capabilities for data transmission between user-mode applications and kernel-mode drivers. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Defines the power management functions provided by the HDF for the driver. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Defines a HdfSBuf. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
HDF_INIT(module) HDF_DRIVER_INIT(module) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OnEventReceived) (void *priv, uint32_t id, struct HdfSBuf *data) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
ServicePolicy { SERVICE_POLICY_NONE = 0, SERVICE_POLICY_PUBLIC, SERVICE_POLICY_CAPACITY, SERVICE_POLICY_FRIENDLY, SERVICE_POLICY_PRIVATE, SERVICE_POLICY_INVALID } - |
-Enumerates policies for releasing driver services developed based on the HDF. - |
-
DevicePreload { DEVICE_PRELOAD_ENABLE = 0, DEVICE_PRELOAD_DISABLE, DEVICE_PRELOAD_INVALID } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
DevSvcManagerClntGetService (const char *svcName) - |
-const struct HdfObject * -Obtains the driver service object based on a driver service name. - |
-
HdfDeviceGetServiceName (const struct HdfDeviceObject *deviceObject) - |
-- - | -
HdfDeviceSubscribeService (struct HdfDeviceObject *deviceObject, const char *serviceName, struct SubscriberCallback callback) - |
-- - | -
HdfDeviceSendEvent (const struct HdfDeviceObject *deviceObject, uint32_t id, const struct HdfSBuf *data) - |
-- - | -
HdfDeviceSendEventToClient (const struct HdfDeviceIoClient *client, uint32_t id, const struct HdfSBuf *data) - |
-- - | -
HdfIoServiceBind (const char *serviceName) - |
-struct HdfIoService * - - |
-
HdfIoServiceRecycle (struct HdfIoService *service) - |
-
- Destroys a specified driver service object to release resources if it is no longer required. - |
-
HdfDeviceRegisterEventListener (struct HdfIoService *target, struct HdfDevEventlistener *listener) - |
-
- Registers a custom HdfDevEventlistener for listening for events reported by a specified driver service object. - |
-
HdfDeviceUnregisterEventListener (struct HdfIoService *target, struct HdfDevEventlistener *listener) - |
-
- Unregisters a previously registered HdfDevEventlistener to release resources if it is no longer required. - |
-
HdfSbufWriteBuffer (struct HdfSBuf *sbuf, const void *data, uint32_t writeSize) - |
-- - | -
HdfSbufWriteUint64 (struct HdfSBuf *sbuf, uint64_t value) - |
-- - | -
HdfSbufWriteUint32 (struct HdfSBuf *sbuf, uint32_t value) - |
-- - | -
HdfSbufWriteUint16 (struct HdfSBuf *sbuf, uint16_t value) - |
-- - | -
HdfSbufWriteUint8 (struct HdfSBuf *sbuf, uint8_t value) - |
-- - | -
HdfSbufWriteInt64 (struct HdfSBuf *sbuf, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
HdfSbufWriteInt32 (struct HdfSBuf *sbuf, int32_t value) - |
-- - | -
HdfSbufWriteInt16 (struct HdfSBuf *sbuf, int16_t value) - |
-- - | -
HdfSbufWriteInt8 (struct HdfSBuf *sbuf, int8_t value) - |
-- - | -
HdfSbufWriteString (struct HdfSBuf *sbuf, const char *value) - |
-- - | -
HdfSbufReadBuffer (struct HdfSBuf *sbuf, const void **data, uint32_t *readSize) - |
-- - | -
HdfSbufReadUint64 (struct HdfSBuf *sbuf, uint64_t *value) - |
-- - | -
HdfSbufReadUint32 (struct HdfSBuf *sbuf, uint32_t *value) - |
-- - | -
HdfSbufReadUint16 (struct HdfSBuf *sbuf, uint16_t *value) - |
-- - | -
HdfSbufReadUint8 (struct HdfSBuf *sbuf, uint8_t *value) - |
-- - | -
HdfSbufReadInt64 (struct HdfSBuf *sbuf, int64_t *value) - |
-- - | -
HdfSbufReadInt32 (struct HdfSBuf *sbuf, int32_t *value) - |
-- - | -
HdfSbufReadInt16 (struct HdfSBuf *sbuf, int16_t *value) - |
-- - | -
HdfSbufReadInt8 (struct HdfSBuf *sbuf, int8_t *value) - |
-- - | -
HdfSbufReadString (struct HdfSBuf *sbuf) - |
-- - | -
HdfSbufGetData (const struct HdfSBuf *sbuf) - |
-- - | -
HdfSbufFlush (struct HdfSBuf *sbuf) - |
-- - | -
HdfSbufGetCapacity (const struct HdfSBuf *sbuf) - |
-- - | -
HdfSbufGetDataSize (const struct HdfSBuf *sbuf) - |
-- - | -
HdfSBufObtain (size_t capacity) - |
-struct HdfSBuf * - - |
-
HdfSBufObtainDefaultSize (void) - |
-struct HdfSBuf * -Obtains a SBuf instance of the default capacity (256 bytes). - |
-
HdfSBufBind (uintptr_t base, size_t size) - |
-struct HdfSBuf * -Creates a SBuf instance with the specified data and size. The pointer to the data stored in the SBuf is released by the caller, and the written data size should not exceed the specified value of size. - |
-
HdfSBufRecycle (struct HdfSBuf *sbuf) - |
-- - | -
HdfSBufMove (struct HdfSBuf *sbuf) - |
-struct HdfSBuf * -Creates a SBuf instance with an original SBuf. This function moves the data stored in the original SBuf to the new one without memory copy. - |
-
HdfSBufCopy (const struct HdfSBuf *sbuf) - |
-struct HdfSBuf * -Creates a SBuf instance with an original SBuf. This function copies the data stored in the original SBuf to the new one. - |
-
HdfSbufTransDataOwnership (struct HdfSBuf *sbuf) - |
-
- Transfers the data ownership to a SBuf. Once the SBuf is released, the bound data memory is also released. This function is used together with HdfSBufBind. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| module | -Indicates the global variable of the HdfDriverEntry type | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| priv | -Indicates the pointer to the private data bound to this listener. | -
| id | -Indicates the serial number of the driver event occurred. | -
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the content data of the driver event. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| DEVICE_PRELOAD_ENABLE | -- | -
| DEVICE_PRELOAD_DISABLE | -- | -
| DEVICE_PRELOAD_INVALID | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| serviceName | -Indicates the pointer to the released driver service name. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| deviceObject | -Indicates the pointer to the driver device object. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| target | -Indicates the pointer to the driver service object to listen, which is obtained through the HdfIoServiceBind function. | -
| listener | -Indicates the pointer to the listener to register. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| deviceObject | -Indicates the pointer to the driver device object. | -
| id | -Indicates the ID of the message sending event. | -
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the message content sent by the driver. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| client | -Indicates the pointer to the client object of the driver service. | -
| id | -Indicates the ID of the message sending event. | -
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the message content sent by the driver. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| deviceObject | -Indicates the pointer to the driver device object of the subscriber. | -
| serviceName | -Indicates the pointer to the driver service name. | -
| callback | -Indicates the callback invoked by the HDF after the subscribed-to driver service is loaded. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| target | -Indicates the pointer to the driver service object that has been listened. | -
| listener | -Indicates the listener object registered by HdfDeviceRegisterEventListener. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| serviceName | -Indicates the pointer to the name of the service to obtain. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| service | -Indicates the pointer to the driver service object to destroy. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| base | -Indicates the base of the data to use. | -
| size | -Indicates the size of the data to use. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sbuf | -Indicates the pointer to the original SBuf. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sbuf | -Indicates the pointer to the target SBuf. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sbuf | -Indicates the pointer to the target SBuf. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sbuf | -Indicates the pointer to the target SBuf. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sbuf | -Indicates the pointer to the target SBuf. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sbuf | -Indicates the pointer to the original SBuf. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| capacity | -Indicates the initial capacity of theSBuf. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sbuf | -Indicates the pointer to the target SBuf. | -
| value | -Indicates the pointer to the 16-bit signed integer read, which is requested by the caller. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sbuf | -Indicates the pointer to the target SBuf. | -
| value | -Indicates the pointer to the 32-bit signed integer read, which is requested by the caller. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sbuf | -Indicates the pointer to the target SBuf. | -
| value | -Indicates the pointer to the 64-bit signed integer read, which is requested by the caller. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sbuf | -Indicates the pointer to the target SBuf. | -
| value | -Indicates the pointer to the 8-bit signed integer read, which is requested by the caller. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sbuf | -Indicates the pointer to the target SBuf. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sbuf | -Indicates the pointer to the target SBuf. | -
| value | -Indicates the pointer to the 16-bit unsigned integer read, which is requested by the caller. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sbuf | -Indicates the pointer to the target SBuf. | -
| value | -Indicates the pointer to the 32-bit unsigned integer read, which is requested by the caller. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sbuf | -Indicates the pointer to the target SBuf. | -
| value | -Indicates the pointer to the 64-bit unsigned integer read, which is requested by the caller. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sbuf | -Indicates the pointer to the target SBuf. | -
| value | -Indicates the pointer to the 8-bit unsigned integer read, which is requested by the caller. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sbuf | -Indicates the pointer to the SBuf to release. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sbuf | -Indicates the pointer to the target SBuf. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sbuf | -Indicates the pointer to the target SBuf. | -
| value | -Indicates the 16-bit signed integer to write. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sbuf | -Indicates the pointer to the target SBuf. | -
| value | -Indicates the 32-bit signed integer to write. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sbuf | -Indicates the pointer to the target SBuf. | -
| value | -Indicates the 64-bit signed integer to write. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sbuf | -Indicates the pointer to the target SBuf. | -
| value | -Indicates the 8-bit signed integer to write. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sbuf | -Indicates the pointer to the target SBuf. | -
| value | -Indicates the pointer to the string to write. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sbuf | -Indicates the pointer to the target SBuf. | -
| value | -Indicates the 16-bit unsigned integer to write. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sbuf | -Indicates the pointer to the target SBuf. | -
| value | -Indicates the 32-bit unsigned integer to write. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sbuf | -Indicates the pointer to the target SBuf. | -
| value | -Indicates the 64-bit unsigned integer to write. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sbuf | -Indicates the pointer to the target SBuf. | -
| value | -Indicates the 8-bit unsigned integer to write. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
ciphersPairwise [NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES] - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
akmSuites [NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES] - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -struct DListHead * - |
-
| - | -struct DListHead * - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
chipInfo [CHIP_INFO_LEN] - |
-- | -
vendorName [VENDOR_NAME_LEN] - |
-- | -
chipName [CHIP_NAME_LEN] - |
-- | -
devNodePath [DEV_NODE_PATH] - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -struct DeviceResourceAttr * - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetRootNode )(void) - |
-const struct DeviceResourceNode *(* - - |
-
GetBool )(const struct DeviceResourceNode *node, const char *attrName) - |
-
- Obtains the value of a BOOL attribute of a configuration tree node. - |
-
GetUint8 )(const struct DeviceResourceNode *node, const char *attrName, uint8_t *value, uint8_t def) - |
-
- Obtains the value of a Uint8 attribute of a configuration tree node. - |
-
GetUint8ArrayElem )(const struct DeviceResourceNode *node, const char *attrName, uint32_t index, uint8_t *value, uint8_t def) - |
-
- Obtains the value of a Unit8 array attribute numbered index of a configuration tree node. - |
-
GetUint8Array )(const struct DeviceResourceNode *node, const char *attrName, uint8_t *value, uint32_t len, uint8_t def) - |
-
- Obtains the values of a Uint8 array attribute of a configuration tree node. - |
-
GetUint16 )(const struct DeviceResourceNode *node, const char *attrName, uint16_t *value, uint16_t def) - |
-
- Obtains the value of a Uint16 attribute of a configuration tree node. - |
-
GetUint16ArrayElem )(const struct DeviceResourceNode *node, const char *attrName, uint32_t index, uint16_t *value, uint16_t def) - |
-
- Obtains the value of a Uint16 array attribute numbered index of a configuration tree node. - |
-
GetUint16Array )(const struct DeviceResourceNode *node, const char *attrName, uint16_t *value, uint32_t len, uint16_t def) - |
-
- Obtains the values of a Uint16 array attribute of a configuration tree node. - |
-
GetUint32 )(const struct DeviceResourceNode *node, const char *attrName, uint32_t *value, uint32_t def) - |
-
- Obtains the value of a Uint32 attribute of a configuration tree node. - |
-
GetUint32ArrayElem )(const struct DeviceResourceNode *node, const char *attrName, uint32_t index, uint32_t *value, uint32_t def) - |
-
- Obtains the value of a Uint32 array attribute numbered index of a configuration tree node. - |
-
GetUint32Array )(const struct DeviceResourceNode *node, const char *attrName, uint32_t *value, uint32_t len, uint32_t def) - |
-
- Obtains the values of a Uint32 array attribute of a configuration tree node. - |
-
GetUint64 )(const struct DeviceResourceNode *node, const char *attrName, uint64_t *value, uint64_t def) - |
-
- Obtains the value of a Uint64 attribute of a configuration tree node. - |
-
GetUint64ArrayElem )(const struct DeviceResourceNode *node, const char *attrName, uint32_t index, uint64_t *value, uint64_t def) - |
-
- Obtains the value of a Uint64 array attribute numbered index of a configuration tree node. - |
-
GetUint64Array )(const struct DeviceResourceNode *node, const char *attrName, uint64_t *value, uint32_t len, uint64_t def) - |
-
- Obtains the values of a Uint64 array attribute of a configuration tree node. - |
-
GetString )(const struct DeviceResourceNode *node, const char *attrName, const char **value, const char *def) - |
-
- Obtains the value of a String attribute of a configuration tree node. - |
-
GetStringArrayElem )(const struct DeviceResourceNode *node, const char *attrName, uint32_t index, const char **value, const char *def) - |
-
- Obtains the value of a String array attribute numbered index of a configuration tree node. - |
-
GetElemNum )(const struct DeviceResourceNode *node, const char *attrName) - |
-
- Obtains the number of values for an array attribute of a configuration tree node. - |
-
GetNodeByMatchAttr )(const struct DeviceResourceNode *node, const char *attrValue) - |
-const struct DeviceResourceNode *(* -Obtains a specified child node of the current tree node based on the value of a specific reserved attribute (for example, the reserved attribute of the HCS is match_attr). - |
-
GetChildNode )(const struct DeviceResourceNode *node, const char *nodeName) - |
-const struct DeviceResourceNode *(* -Obtains the child node with a specified node name from a parent node. - |
-
GetNodeByRefAttr )(const struct DeviceResourceNode *node, const char *attrName) - |
-const struct DeviceResourceNode *(* -Obtains the node that is specified by a node-type attribute of a configuration tree node. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| node | -Indicates the pointer to the configuration tree node. | -
| attrName | -Indicates the pointer to the name of the attribute. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| node | -Indicates the pointer to the parent node. | -
| nodeName | -Indicates the pointer to the name of the child node to obtain. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| node | -Indicates the pointer to the configuration tree node. | -
| attrName | -Indicates the pointer to the name of the array attribute. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| node | -Indicates the pointer to the node for whom a child node is to be obtained. The node can be the child node's parent node or grandparent node. | -
| attrValue | -Indicates the pointer to the value of the reserved attribute configured for the child node. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| node | -Indicates the pointer to the tree node whose attribute is to obtain. | -
| attrName | -Indicates the pointer to the name of attribute whose value is a node path. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -struct DeviceResourceAttr * - |
-
| - | -struct DeviceResourceNode * - |
-
| - | -struct DeviceResourceNode * - |
-
| - | -struct DeviceResourceNode * - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Declares the driver functions for implementing hardware acceleration. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Declares the driver functions for implementing layer operations. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GfxInitialize (GfxFuncs **funcs) - |
-
- Initializes the hardware acceleration module to obtain the pointer to functions for hardware acceleration operations. - |
-
GfxUninitialize (GfxFuncs *funcs) - |
-
- Deinitializes the hardware acceleration module to release the memory allocated to the pointer to functions for hardware acceleration operations. - |
-
GrallocInitialize (GrallocFuncs **funcs) - |
-
- Initializes the memory module to obtain the pointer to functions for memory operations. - |
-
GrallocUninitialize (GrallocFuncs *funcs) - |
-
- Deinitializes the memory module to release the memory allocated to the pointer to functions for memory operations. - |
-
LayerInitialize (LayerFuncs **funcs) - |
-
- Initializes the layer to apply for resources used by the layer and obtain the pointer to functions for layer operations. - |
-
LayerUninitialize (LayerFuncs *funcs) - |
-
- Deinitializes the layer module to release the memory allocated to the pointer to functions for layer operations. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the pointer to functions for hardware acceleration operations. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Defines the attributes of a tree node in the configuration tree. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Provides functions for obtaining information about the device resource configuration tree. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
DEV_RES_NODE_FOR_EACH_ATTR(node, attr) for ((attr) = (node)->attrData; (attr) != NULL; (attr) = (attr)->next) - |
-Traverses the attributes of the current configuration tree node. - |
-
DEV_RES_NODE_FOR_EACH_CHILD_NODE(node, childNode) for ((childNode) = (node)->child; (childNode) != NULL; (childNode) = (childNode)->sibling) - |
-Traverses the child nodes of the current configuration tree node. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
DeviceResourceType { HDF_CONFIG_SOURCE = 0, INVALID } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -struct DeviceResourceIface * -Obtains the device resource interface handle of the corresponding configuration tree type. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| node | -Indicates the configuration tree node to traverse. | -
| attr | -Indicates the traversed attributes. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| node | -Indicates the configuration tree node to traverse. | -
| childNode | -Indicates the traversed child nodes. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| HDF_CONFIG_SOURCE | -- | -
| INVALID | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| type | -Indicates the type of the device resource interface handle to obtain. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Describes a work item and a delayed work item. This structure defines the work and delayed work items, and then calls the initialization function HdfWorkInit or HdfDelayedWorkInit to perform initialization. The HdfAddWork() function is to add a work item to a work queue immediately, and the HdfAddDelayedWork() function is to add a work item to a work queue after the configured delayed time. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates that the function keeps waiting to obtain a semaphore or mutex. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Defines a time conversion unit, for example, the unit for converting from second to millisecond. - |
-
CONTAINER_OF(ptr, type, member) (type *)((char *)(ptr) - (char *)&((type *)0)->member) - |
-Obtains the address of a structure variable from its member address. - |
-
DLIST_FIRST_ENTRY(ptr, type, member) CONTAINER_OF((ptr)->next, type, member) - |
-- | -
DLIST_LAST_ENTRY(ptr, type, member) CONTAINER_OF((ptr)->prev, type, member) - |
-- | -
DLIST_FOR_EACH_ENTRY(pos, head, type, member) - |
-- | -
DLIST_FOR_EACH_ENTRY_SAFE(pos, tmp, head, type, member) - |
-Traverses all nodes in a doubly linked list. This function is used to delete the nodes pointed to by pos during traversal. - |
-
LOG_TAG_MARK_EXTEND(HDF_TAG) #HDF_TAG - |
-- |
HDF_LOGV(fmt, arg...) printf("[HDF:V/" LOG_TAG "]" fmt "\r\n", ##arg) - |
-- | -
HDF_LOGD(fmt, arg...) printf("[HDF:D/" LOG_TAG "]" fmt "\r\n", ##arg) - |
-- | -
HDF_LOGI(fmt, arg...) printf("[HDF:I/" LOG_TAG "]" fmt "\r\n", ##arg) - |
-- | -
HDF_LOGW(fmt, arg...) printf("[HDF:W/" LOG_TAG "]" fmt "\r\n", ##arg) - |
-- | -
HDF_LOGE(fmt, arg...) printf("[HDF:E/" LOG_TAG "]" fmt "\r\n", ##arg) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
HdfWorkFunc) (void *) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
HDF_STATUS { HDF_SUCCESS = 0, HDF_FAILURE = -1, HDF_ERR_NOT_SUPPORT = -2, HDF_ERR_INVALID_PARAM = -3, HDF_ERR_INVALID_OBJECT = -4, HDF_ERR_MALLOC_FAIL = -6, HDF_ERR_TIMEOUT = -7, HDF_ERR_THREAD_CREATE_FAIL = -10, HDF_ERR_QUEUE_FULL = -15, HDF_ERR_DEVICE_BUSY = -16, HDF_ERR_IO = -17, HDF_ERR_BAD_FD = -18, HDF_BSP_ERR_OP = HDF_BSP_ERR_NUM(-1), HDF_ERR_BSP_PLT_API_ERR = HDF_BSP_ERR_NUM(-2), HDF_PAL_ERR_DEV_CREATE = HDF_BSP_ERR_NUM(-3), HDF_PAL_ERR_INNER = HDF_BSP_ERR_NUM(-4), HDF_DEV_ERR_NO_MEMORY = HDF_DEV_ERR_NUM(-1), HDF_DEV_ERR_NO_DEVICE = HDF_DEV_ERR_NUM(-2), HDF_DEV_ERR_NO_DEVICE_SERVICE = HDF_DEV_ERR_NUM(-3), HDF_DEV_ERR_DEV_INIT_FAIL = HDF_DEV_ERR_NUM(-4), HDF_DEV_ERR_PUBLISH_FAIL = HDF_DEV_ERR_NUM(-5), HDF_DEV_ERR_ATTACHDEV_FAIL = HDF_DEV_ERR_NUM(-6), HDF_DEV_ERR_NODATA = HDF_DEV_ERR_NUM(-7), HDF_DEV_ERR_NORANGE = HDF_DEV_ERR_NUM(-8), HDF_DEV_ERR_OP = HDF_DEV_ERR_NUM(-10) } - |
-- | -
{ HDF_WORK_BUSY_PENDING = 1 << 0, HDF_WORK_BUSY_RUNNING = 1 << 1 } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
DListHeadInit (struct DListHead *head) - |
-- - | -
DListIsEmpty (const struct DListHead *head) - |
-- - | -
DListRemove (struct DListHead *entry) - |
-- - | -
DListInsertHead (struct DListHead *entry, struct DListHead *head) - |
-- - | -
DListInsertTail (struct DListHead *entry, struct DListHead *head) - |
-- - | -
DListMerge (struct DListHead *list, struct DListHead *head) - |
-
- Merges two linked lists by adding the list specified by list to the head of the list specified by head and initializes the merged list. - |
-
HdfWorkQueueInit (HdfWorkQueue *queue, char *name) - |
-- - | -
HdfWorkInit (HdfWork *work, HdfWorkFunc func, void *arg) - |
-- - | -
HdfDelayedWorkInit (HdfWork *work, HdfWorkFunc func, void *arg) - |
-- - | -
HdfWorkDestroy (HdfWork *work) - |
-- - | -
HdfWorkQueueDestroy (HdfWorkQueue *queue) - |
-- - | -
HdfDelayedWorkDestroy (HdfWork *work) - |
-- - | -
HdfAddWork (HdfWorkQueue *queue, HdfWork *work) - |
-- - | -
HdfAddDelayedWork (HdfWorkQueue *queue, HdfWork *work, unsigned long ms) - |
-- - | -
HdfWorkBusy (HdfWork *work) - |
-- - | -
HdfCancelWorkSync (HdfWork *work) - |
-
- Cancels a work item. This function waits until the work item is complete. - |
-
HdfCancelDelayedWorkSync (HdfWork *work) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ptr | -Indicates the structure member address. | -
| type | -Indicates the structure type. | -
| member | -Indicates the structure member. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ptr | -Indicates the structure member address. | -
| type | -Indicates the structure type. | -
| member | -Indicates the structure member. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| pos | -Indicates the pointer to the structure variable. | -
| head | -Indicates the pointer to the linked list head. | -
| type | -Indicates the structure type. | -
| member | -Indicates the member type of the structure. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ptr | -Indicates the structure member address. | -
| type | -Indicates the structure type. | -
| member | -Indicates the structure member. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| HDF_WORK_BUSY_PENDING | -- | -
| HDF_WORK_BUSY_RUNNING | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| head | -Indicates the pointer to the linked list DListHead. The parameter cannot be empty. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| entry | -Indicates the pointer to the node to insert. For details, see DListHead. The parameter cannot be empty. | -
| head | -Indicates the pointer to the linked list DListHead. The parameter cannot be empty. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| entry | -Indicates the pointer to the node to insert. For details, see DListHead. The parameter cannot be empty. | -
| head | -Indicates the pointer to the linked list DListHead. The parameter cannot be empty. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| head | -Indicates the pointer to the linked list DListHead. The parameter cannot be empty. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| list | -Indicates the pointer to the linked list DListHead. The parameter cannot be empty. | -
| head | -Indicates the pointer to the linked list DListHead. The parameter cannot be empty. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| entry | -Indicates the pointer to the node to remove. For details, see DListHead. The parameter cannot be empty. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| queue | -Indicates the pointer to the work queue HdfWorkQueue. | -
| work | -Indicates the pointer to the delayed work item HdfWork. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| queue | -Indicates the pointer to the work queue HdfWorkQueue. | -
| work | -Indicates the pointer to the work item HdfWork. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| work | -Indicates the pointer to the delayed work item HdfWork. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| work | -Indicates the pointer to the work item HdfWork. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| work | -Indicates the pointer to the delayed work item HdfWork. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| work | -Indicates the pointer to the delayed work item HdfWork. | -
| func | -Indicates the work execution function. | -
| arg | -Indicates the pointer to the argument of the work execution function. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| work | -Indicates the pointer to the work item or delayed work item HdfWork. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| work | -Indicates the pointer to the work item HdfWork. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| work | -Indicates the pointer to the work item HdfWork. | -
| func | -Indicates the work execution function. | -
| arg | -Indicates the pointer to the argument of the work execution function. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| queue | -Indicates the pointer to the work queue HdfWorkQueue. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| queue | -Indicates the pointer to the work queue OsalWorkQueue. | -
| name | -Indicates the pointer to the work queue name. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Defines the file tree walker (FTW). - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
fallocate64 fallocate - |
-Pre-allocates space to a file. See fallocate. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Unreadable directory. Its subdirectories will not be traversed. - |
-
| - | -The data of the stat structure cannot be obtained. The possible cause is that the permission is incorrect. - |
-
| - | -- | -
FTW_DP 6 - |
-- |
| - | -- | -
| - | -Symbolic links that are not traversed. If not set, symbolic links are traversed by default. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -chdir is called to go to the directory before reading the directory. - |
-
| - | -All subdirectories will be traversed before the directory itself. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Append a slash (/) to each path, which corresponds to a directory. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -In the pglob parameter of the glob() function, reserve a string that has a length of pglob->gl_offs and ends with \0 at the beginning of the string list in pglob->pathv. That is, the newly matched string is appended to a position where the distance from the beginning of pglob->pathv is the length of pglob->gl_offs. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Append the results of this call to the results returned by a previous call to glob(). - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Carry out tilde expansion. If a tilde (~) is the only character in the pattern, or an initial tilde is followed immediately by a slash (/), then the home directory of the caller is substituted for the tilde. - |
-
| - | -Similar to GLOB_TILDE. The difference is that if the username is invalid, or the home directory cannot be determined, glob() returns GLOB_NOMATCH to indicate an error. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -DIR * - - |
-
| - | -struct dirent * - - |
-
readdir_r (DIR *__restrict dirp, struct dirent *__restrict entry, struct dirent **__restrict result) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
alphasort (const struct dirent **a, const struct dirent **b) - |
-- - | -
scandir (const char *dir, struct dirent ***namelist, int(*sel)(const struct dirent *), int(*compar)(const struct dirent **, const struct dirent **)) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Sets the position of the next readdir call in the directory stream. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the current position in the specified directory stream. - |
-
creat (const char *path, mode_t mode) - |
-- - | -
open (const char *path, int oflags,...) - |
-- - | -
fallocate (int fd, int mode, off_t offset, off_t len) - |
-- - | -
fcntl (int fd, int cmd,...) - |
-- - | -
ftw (const char *path, int(*fn)(const char *file, const struct stat *sb, int flag), int depth) - |
-- - | -
nftw (const char *path, int(*fn)(const char *file, const struct stat *sb, int flag, struct FTW *s), int fd_limit, int flags) - |
-- - | -
glob (const char *__restrict pattern, int flags, int(*errfunc)(const char *, int), glob_t *__restrict pglob) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Frees allocated memory from a call to glob(). - |
-
dirname (char *path) - |
-- - | -
basename (char *path) - |
-
- Obtains a file name (excluding the directory) in a specified path. - |
-
ioctl (int fd, int cmd,...) - |
-- - | -
mount (const char *source, const char *target, const char *filesystemtype, unsigned long mountflags, const void *data) - |
-- - | -
umount (const char *target) - |
-- - | -
umount2 (const char *target, int flags) - |
-- - | -
stat (const char *__restrict path, struct stat *__restrict buf) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
lstat (const char *__restrict path, struct stat *__restrict buf) - |
-- - | -
mkdir (const char *pathname, mode_t mode) - |
-- - | -
mkfifo (const char *name, mode_t mode) - |
-
- Creates a named pipe to implement inter-process communication. - |
-
mkdirat (int fd, const char *pathname, mode_t mode) - |
-- - | -
chmod (const char *pathname, mode_t mode) - |
-- - | -
umask (mode_t mode) - |
-- - | -
statfs (const char *path, struct statfs *buf) - |
-
- Obtains file system information of a file in a specified path. - |
-
statvfs (const char *__restrict path, struct statvfs *__restrict buf) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| a | -Indicates the pointer to directory entry a. | -
| a | -Indicates the pointer to directory entry b. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the pointer to the path. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| pathname | -Indicates the pointer to the path of the file. | -
| mode | -Indicates the new file permission. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -The permission bit of the file mode does not allow the requested access, or the search permission is denied on the path prefix directory. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -The path name length is greater than the value of NAME_MAX. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -A component of the path prefix is the name of an existing file. The file is neither a directory nor a symbolic link of a directory. - |
-
| - | -Operation not permitted or access denied because the access is prohibited or the directory is full. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dirp | -Indicates the pointer to the structure representing the directory to close. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the pointer to the name of the file to create or rewrite. | -
| mode | -Indicates permissions on the file. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -The length of path is greater than the value of NAME_MAX. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -All file descriptors that can be used by the process are opened. - |
-
| - | -The file structure corresponding to the file descriptor cannot be obtained. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -A hardware error occurs at the low-level disk I/O layer. As a result, the physical drive cannot work. - |
-
| - | -The number of opened files in the system has reached the maximum. - |
-
| - | -A component of the path prefix is the name of an existing file and is not a directory. - |
-
| - | -The operation is rejected according to the file sharing policy. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the pointer to the path. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -The value of len or offset is less than 0 or greater than that of INT_MAX, or the value of mode is not FALLOC_FL_KEEP_SIZE. - |
-
| - | -fd is not a valid file descriptor, or the basic file system does not support this operation. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -An I/O error occurs when data is read from or written to the file system. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -The operation is rejected according to the file sharing policy. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the file descriptor. | -
| cmd | -Indicates the command used to manipulate the file descriptor. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the file descriptor. | -
| buf | -Indicates the pointer to a stat structure into which file information is placed. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -A component of path does not name an existing file or path is an empty string. - |
-
| - | -The path name length is greater than the value of NAME_MAX. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Search permission is denied on a component of the path prefix. - |
-
| - | -An I/O error occurs when data is read from or written to the file system. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Operation not permitted or access denied because the access is prohibited or the directory is full. - |
-
| - | -The operation is rejected according to the file sharing policy. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the pointer to the file directory to traverse. | -
| fn | -Indicates the pointer to the function to be called for the found entry. For the fn function, file identifies the path of the file relative to path, and sb indicates the pointer to the stat structure. flag indicates the flag. The values of flag are as follows: | -
| depth | -Indicates the number of files that can be opened during traversal. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| pattern | -Indicates the pattern you want to match. | -
| flags | -Indicates the matching mode. | -
| errfunc | -Indicates the pointer to the error processing callback function. If errfunc is not a null pointer, errfunc() is called when an error occurs (opendir(), readdir(), or stat() fails) during the search. If the function returns a non-zero value or GLOB_ERR is set, glob() terminates the entire search process. | -
| pglob | -Indicates the pointer to the address storing the matched path names. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| pglob | -Indicates the pointer to the address of memory dynamically allocated for a glob call. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the file descriptor of the device (file-related file descriptors are not supported). | -
| cmd | -Indicates the operation instruction for the device. You can define it based on the specific device. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the file path. | -
| buf | -Indicates the pointer to a stat structure into which file information is placed. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -A component of path does not name an existing file or path is an empty string. - |
-
| - | -The path name length is greater than the value of NAME_MAX. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -The permission bit of the file mode does not allow the requested access, or the search permission is denied on the path prefix component. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -An I/O error occurs when data is read from or written to the file system. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -The number of opened files in the system has reached the maximum. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -A component of the path prefix is the name of an existing file. The file is neither a directory nor a symbolic link of a directory. - |
-
| - | -Operation not permitted or access denied because the access is prohibited or the directory is full. - |
-
| - | -The operation is rejected according to the file sharing policy. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| pathname | -Indicates the pointer to the name of the directory to create. | -
| mode | -Indicates the directory permission. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -The permission bit of the file mode does not allow the requested access, or the search permission is denied on the path prefix directory. - |
-
| - | -The path name length is greater than the value of NAME_MAX. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -An I/O error occurs when data is read from or written to the file system. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Operation not permitted or access denied because the access is prohibited or the directory is full. - |
-
| - | -The operation is rejected according to the file sharing policy. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -The permission bit of the file mode does not allow the requested access, or the search permission is denied on the path prefix directory. - |
-
| - | -The path name length is greater than the value of NAME_MAX. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -An I/O error occurs when data is read from or written to the file system. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Operation not permitted or access denied because the access is prohibited or the directory is full. - |
-
| - | -The operation is rejected according to the file sharing policy. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| name | -Indicates the pointer to the name of the pipe to create. | -
| mode | -Not supported. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Invalid input parameter (for example, empty address, file name too long or the file is not in the /dev directory). - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| source | -Indicates the pointer to the device to mount. | -
| target | -Indicates the pointer to the path of the mount point. | -
| filesystemtype | -Indicates the pointer to the file system type. | -
| mountflags | -Indicates the mounting flag. | -
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the mounting data. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the pointer to the file directory to traverse. | -
| fn | -Indicates the pointer to the function to be called for the found entry. For the fn function, file identifies the path of the file relative to path, and sb indicates the pointer to the stat structure. flag indicates the flag. The values of flag are as follows: The fourth argument of fn() is a pointer to a FTW structure. | -
| fd_limit | -Indicates the number of files that can be opened during traversal. | -
| flags | -Indicates the traversal action. It is a bitwise inclusive-OR of zero or more of the following flags: | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Go to the directory through chdir before reading the directory. - |
-
| - | -All subdirectories will be traversed before the directory itself. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Symbolic links that are not traversed. If not set, symbolic links are traversed by default. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the pointer to the name of the file to open. | -
| oflags | -Indicates the file access mode. Available values are as follows: | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -If set, the file offset will be set to the end of the file prior to each write. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -If the file is opened successfully with O_WRONLY or O_RDWR, its length is truncated to 0. - |
-
| - | -Used together with O_CREAT. This function fails if the file exists. - |
-
| - | -This flag must be added for opening a directory. Otherwise, the directory fails to be opened. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Search permission is denied on a component of the path prefix. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -The length of path is greater than the value of NAME_MAX. - |
-
| - | -The O_CREAT flag is not set and the named file does not exist. - |
-
| - | -Inode is invalid, not a normal character driver, or not a mount point. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -The file structure corresponding to the file descriptor cannot be obtained. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -A hardware error occurs at the low-level disk I/O layer. As a result, the physical drive cannot work. - |
-
| - | -The named file resides on a read-only file system, and either O_WRONLY, O_RDWR, O_CREAT (if file does not exist), or O_TRUNC is set in the oflags parameter. - |
-
| - | -The directory or file system that would contain the new file cannot be expanded, the file does not exist, and O_CREAT is specified. - |
-
| - | -The number of opened files in the system has reached the maximum. - |
-
| - | -The named file is a directory, and oflags includes O_WRONLY, O_RDWR, or O_CREAT without O_DIRECTORY. - |
-
| - | -A component of the path prefix names an existing file that is not a directory. - |
-
| - | -The operation is rejected according to the file sharing policy. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dirname | -Indicates the pointer to the name of directory to open. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -The length of the path name string is longer than the value of NAME_MAX. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dirp | -Indicates the pointer to the directory structure. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -The path name length is greater than the value of NAME_MAX. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dirp | -Indicates the pointer to the directory structure. | -
| entry | -Indicates the entry read from the dirp stream. | -
| result | -Indicates the pointer to the returned buffer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -The path name length is greater than the value of NAME_MAX. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dirp | -Indicates the pointer to the directory stream whose read position needs to be reset. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -The length of the path name string is greater than the value of NAME_MAX. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dirp | -Indicates the pointer to the directory stream in which the position of the next readdir call needs to be set. | -
| offset | -Indicates the offset of the position relative to the current position. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the file path. | -
| buf | -Indicates the pointer to a stat structure into which file information is placed. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -A component of path does not name an existing file or path is an empty string. - |
-
| - | -The path name length is greater than the value of NAME_MAX. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -The permission bit of the file mode does not allow the requested access, or the search permission is denied on the path prefix component. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -An I/O error occurs when data is read from or written to the file system. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -The number of opened files in the system has reached the maximum. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -A component of the path prefix is the name of an existing file. The file is neither a directory nor a symbolic link of a directory. - |
-
| - | -Operation not permitted or access denied because the access is prohibited or the directory is full. - |
-
| - | -The operation is rejected according to the file sharing policy. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the pointer to the name of the target file. | -
| buf | -Indicates the pointer to a statfs structure that stores the information about the file system. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Search permission is denied on a component of the path prefix. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the pointer to the path name of the file. | -
| buf | -Indicates the pointer to the statvfs structure that stores the obtained file system information. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Search permission is denied on a component of the path prefix. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dirp | -Indicates the pointer to the directory stream. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| mode | -Used to specify the umask value of a process. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| target | -Indicates the pointer to the path of the file system to unmount. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| target | -Indicates the pointer to the path of the file system to unmount. | -
| flags | -Indicates the control flag. (Currently, the value of flags can only be 0. In this case, this function is the same as umount().) | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -The length of the component in the path name is greater than the value of NAME_MAX. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
OnInitialize )(Feature *feature, Service *parent, Identity identity) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| feature | -Indicates the pointer to the feature. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| feature | -Indicates the pointer to the feature. | -
| parent | -Indicates the pointer to the Service to which the feature belongs. | -
| identity | -Indicates the identity of a feature dispatched by the system. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| feature | -Indicates the pointer to the feature. | -
| request | -Indicates the request message. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| feature | -Indicates the pointer to the feature. | -
| identity | -Indicates the Identity of the feature to be stopped. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- |
| - | -- |
| - | -- |
| - | -- |
| - | -- |
URL_LEN 4096 - |
-- |
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- Indicates the pointer to the callback handle for listening the muxer. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
FormatInit (void) - |
-- - | -
FormatDeInit (void) - |
-- - | -
FormatDemuxerCreate (const FormatSource *source, void **handle) - |
-- - | -
FormatDemuxerSetParameter (const void *handle, int32_t trackId, const ParameterItem *metaData, int32_t metaDataCnt) - |
-- - | -
FormatDemuxerGetParameter (const void *handle, int32_t trackId, ParameterItem *metaData) - |
-- - | -
FormatDemuxerSetCallBack (void *handle, const FormatCallback *callBack) - |
-- - | -
FormatDemuxerSetBufferConfig (void *handle, const FormatBufferSetting *setting) - |
-- - | -
FormatDemuxerGetBufferConfig (const void *handle, FormatBufferSetting *setting) - |
-- - | -
FormatDemuxerPrepare (void *handle) - |
-- - | -
FormatDemuxerGetFileInfo (void *handle, FileInfo *info) - |
-- - | -
FormatDemuxerSelectTrack (const void *handle, int32_t programId, int32_t trackId) - |
-- - | -
FormatDemuxerUnselectTrack (const void *handle, int32_t programId, int32_t trackId) - |
-
- Unselects a specified media track from which the demuxer reads data frames. - |
-
FormatDemuxerStart (void *handle) - |
-- - | -
FormatDemuxerGetSelectedTrack (const void *handle, int32_t *programId, int32_t trackId[], int32_t *nums) - |
-
- Obtains the ID of the media track selected by the demuxer for output. - |
-
FormatDemuxerReadFrame (const void *handle, FormatFrame *frame, int32_t timeOutMs) - |
-- - | -
FormatDemuxerFreeFrame (void *handle, FormatFrame *frame) - |
-- - | -
FormatDemuxerSeek (const void *handle, int32_t streamIndex, int64_t timeStampUs, FormatSeekMode mode) - |
-- - | -
FormatDemuxerStop (void *handle) - |
-- - | -
FormatDemuxerDestory (void *handle) - |
-- - | -
FormatMuxerCreate (void **handle, FormatOutputConfig *outputConfig) - |
-- - | -
FormatMuxerDestory (const void *handle) - |
-
- Destroys a muxer and release its resources created by calling FormatMuxerCreate. - |
-
FormatMuxerAddTrack (void *handle, const TrackSource *trackSource) - |
-
- Adds a media track source for the muxer. For details about track sources, see TrackSource. - |
-
FormatMuxerSetCallBack (void *handle, const FormatCallback *callBack) - |
-
- Sets a callback for the muxer. For details about the callback, see FormatCallback. - |
-
FormatMuxerSetOrientation (void *handle, int degrees) - |
-- - | -
FormatMuxerSetLocation (const void *handle, int latitude, int longitude) - |
-
- Sets the geographical information for the output file of the muxer. - |
-
FormatMuxerSetMaxFileSize (void *handle, int64_t bytes) - |
-
- Sets the maximum size (in bytes) for the output file of the muxer. - |
-
FormatMuxerSetMaxFileDuration (void *handle, int64_t durationUs) - |
-- - | -
FormatMuxerSetFileSplitDuration (const void *handle, ManualSplitType type, int64_t timestampUs, uint32_t durationUs) - |
-- - | -
FormatMuxerStart (void *handle) - |
-- - | -
FormatMuxerWriteFrame (const void *handle, const FormatFrame *frameData) - |
-- - | -
FormatMuxerSetNextOutputFile (const void *handle, int32_t fd) - |
-- - | -
FormatMuxerStop (const void *handle, bool block) - |
-
- Stops the muxer that was started by calling FormatMuxerStart. - |
-
FormatMuxerSetParameter (void *handle, int32_t trackId, const ParameterItem *item, int32_t itemNum) - |
-- - | -
FormatMuxerGetParameter (void *handle, int32_t trackId, ParameterItem *item, int32_t itemNum) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| AUDIO_SAMPLE_FMT_S8 | -- | -
| AUDIO_SAMPLE_FMT_S16 | -- | -
| AUDIO_SAMPLE_FMT_S24 | -- | -
| AUDIO_SAMPLE_FMT_S32 | -- | -
| AUDIO_SAMPLE_FMT_FLOAT | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| CODEC_H264 | -- | -
| CODEC_H265 | -- | -
| CODEC_JPEG | -- | -
| CODEC_AAC | -- | -
| CODEC_G711A | -- | -
| CODEC_G711U | -- | -
| CODEC_PCM | -- | -
| CODEC_MP3 | -- | -
| CODEC_BUT | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| MUXER_INFO_MAX_DURATION_APPROACHING | -The capturing duration is reaching the threshold specified by FormatMuxerSetMaxFileDuration. This information is reported when only one second or 10% is left to reach the allowed duration. - |
-
| MUXER_INFO_MAX_FILESIZE_APPROACHING | -The captured file size is reaching the threshold specified by FormatMuxerSetMaxFileSize. This information is reported when only 100 KB or 10% is left to reach the allowed size. - |
-
| MUXER_INFO_MAX_DURATION_REACHED | -The capturing duration reached the threshold specified by FormatMuxerSetMaxFileDuration, and the capturing is ended. If the file is set by a file descriptor, the caller needs to close the file. - |
-
| MUXER_INFO_MAX_FILESIZE_REACHED | -The captured file size reached the threshold specified by FormatMuxerSetMaxFileSize, and the capturing is ended. If the file is set by a file descriptor, the caller needs to close the file. - |
-
| MUXER_INFO_NEXT_OUTPUT_FILE_STARTED | -- | -
| MUXER_INFO_FILE_SPLIT_FINISHED | -- | -
| MUXER_INFO_FILE_START_TIME_MS | -- | -
| DEMUXER_INFO_PREPARED | -The prepare function is asynchronously executed. This information is reported after the execution is complete. - |
-
| DEMUXER_INFO_SEEK_COMPLETE | -The seek function is asynchronously executed. This information is reported after the execution is complete. - |
-
| DEMUXER_INFO_NETWORK_DISCONNECTED | -- | -
| DEMUXER_INFO_NETWORK_RECONNECTED | -The network is automatically reconnected during network playback. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| OUTPUT_FORMAT_MPEG_4 | -- | -
| OUTPUT_FORMAT_TS | -- | -
| OUTPUT_FORMAT_THREE_GPP | -- | -
| OUTPUT_FORMAT_HEIF | -- | -
| OUTPUT_FORMAT_OGG | -- | -
| OUTPUT_FORMAT_INVALID | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| OUTPUT_TYPE_FD | -- | -
| OUTPUT_TYPE_URI | -- | -
| OUTPUT_TYPE_INVALID | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| SOURCE_TYPE_FD | -- | -
| SOURCE_TYPE_URI | -- | -
| SOURCE_TYPE_STREAM | -- | -
| SOURCE_TYPE_BUT | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| HI_SVR_SUBTITLE_BITMAP | -- | -
| HI_SVR_SUBTITLE_TEXT | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| TRACK_SOURCE_TYPE_VIDEO | -- | -
| TRACK_SOURCE_TYPE_AUDIO | -- | -
| TRACK_SOURCE_TYPE_DATA | -- | -
| TRACK_SOURCE_TYPE_INVALID | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| TRACK_TYPE_VIDEO | -- | -
| TRACK_TYPE_AUDIO | -- | -
| TRACK_TYPE_IMAGE | -- | -
| TRACK_TYPE_SUB | -- | -
| TRACK_TYPE_DATA | -- | -
| TRACK_TYPE_BUT | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| source | -Indicates the pointer to the format source of the demuxer. For details, see FormatSource. | -
| handle | -Indicates the double pointer to the demuxer context handle. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the demuxer context handle. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the demuxer context handle. | -
| frame | -Indicates the pointer to the data structure FormatFrame. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the demuxer context handle. | -
| setting | -Indicates the pointer to the maximum demuxer buffer size and time, as defined in FormatBufferSetting. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the demuxer context handle. | -
| info | -Indicates the pointer to the source attributes, as defined in FileInfo. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the demuxer context handle. | -
| trackId | -Identifies the track. If the value is an invalid value (-1), this parameter identifies the file or program. | -
| metaData | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer for storing the parameters values that the demuxer has searched for based on the input key. For details, see ParameterItem. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the demuxer context handle. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the demuxer context handle. | -
| frame | -Indicates the pointer to the data structure FormatFrame. | -
| timeOutMs | -Indicates the time required for waiting data frame read. The value 0 indicates that data frames are immediately read without any wait. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the demuxer context handle. | -
| streamIndex | -Identifies the stream in the media file. | -
| timeStampUs | -Indicates the target position, in microseconds. | -
| mode | -Indicates the seek mode, as defined in FormatSeekMode. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the demuxer context handle. | -
| programId | -Identifies the program. | -
| trackId | -Identifies the media track. If a valid value is passed, the media track must belong to the specified program. If an invalid value is passed, the default media track of the specified program is used. If multiple audio tracks are specified, the player determines which audio track to use. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the demuxer context handle. | -
| setting | -Indicates the pointer to the maximum demuxer buffer size and time, as defined in FormatBufferSetting. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the demuxer context handle. | -
| callBack | -Indicates the pointer to the callback, as defined in FormatCallback. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the demuxer context handle. | -
| trackId | -Identifies the track. If the value is an invalid value (-1), this parameter identifies the file or program. | -
| metaData | -Indicates the pointer to an array of key-value pairs representing parameter names and values. For details, see ParameterItem. | -
| metaDataCnt | -Indicates the number of key-value pairs in the array. This parameter works in pair with metaData. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the demuxer context handle. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the demuxer context handle. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the muxer context handle. | -
| trackSource | -Indicates the pointer to the track source. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the double pointer to the muxer context handle. | -
| outputConfig | -Indicates the pointer to the muxer output configuration, as defined in FormatOutputConfig. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the muxer context handle. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the muxer context handle. | -
| trackId | -Identifies the media track. If the value is FORMAT_INVALID_TRACK_ID, this function obtains the muxer attributes. | -
| item | -Indicates the pointer to the items carrying muxer attributes. You can specify multiple items at a time in this parameter, which works in pair with itemNum. | -
| itemNum | -Indicates the number of attributes set at a time. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the muxer context handle. | -
| FormatCallback | -Indicates the pointer to the muxer callback to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the muxer context handle. | -
| latitude | -Indicates the latitude, within the range [-90,90]. | -
| longitude | -Indicates the longitude, within the range [-180,180]. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the muxer context handle. | -
| fd | -Indicates the file descriptor to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the muxer context handle. | -
| degrees | -Indicates the clockwise angle of the video track. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the muxer context handle. | -
| trackId | -Identifies the media track. If the value is FORMAT_INVALID_TRACK_ID, this function sets the muxer attributes. | -
| item | -Indicates the pointer to the items carrying muxer attributes. You can specify multiple items at a time in this parameter, which works in pair with itemNum. | -
| itemNum | -Indicates the number of attributes set at a time. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the muxer context handle. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the muxer context handle. | -
| frameData | -Indicates the pointer to the data structure FormatFrame. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
OnError )(CALLBACK_HANDLE privateDataHandle, int32_t errorType, int32_t errorCode) - |
-
- Called when a format error occurs during capturing. This callback is used to report the errors. - |
-
OnInfo )(CALLBACK_HANDLE privateDataHandle, int32_t type, int32_t extra) - |
-
- Called when an information event occurs during capturing. This callback is used to report capturing information. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| privateDataHandle | -Indicates the private data handle. | -
| errorType | -Indicates the error type. For details, see FormatErrorType. | -
| errorCode | -Indicates the error code. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| privateDataHandle | -Indicates the private data handle. | -
| type | -Indicates the information type. For details, see FormatInfoType. | -
| extra | -Indicates other information, for example, the start time position of the captured file. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | - | -
| - | int fd - |
-
| - | - | -
| - | - | -
| - | - - | -
Public Member Function Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
FrameConfig ()=delete - |
-- constructed function; - |
-
FrameConfig (int32_t type) - |
-- constructed function by a param - |
-
~FrameConfig () - |
-- destructor function. - |
-
| - | -int32_t -Obtains the frame configuration type. - |
-
GetSurfaces () - |
-std::list< Surface * > -Obtains a list of shared memories (surface objects). - |
-
GetAeMode () - |
-int32_t -Obtains the auto exposure mode. - |
-
GetAeRect () - |
-CameraRect -Obtains the auto exposure region. - |
-
| - | -int32_t -Obtains the image rotation mode. - |
-
GetKeys () - |
-std::list< uint32_t > -Obtains keys of parameters that can be configured. - |
-
AddSurface (Surface &surface) - |
-void -Adds a surface (an object of shared memory). - |
-
RemoveSurface (Surface &surface) - |
-void -Removes a surface (an object of shared memory). You can call this function to release the surface when your application does not need to obtain data. - |
-
SetAeMode (int32_t aeMode, CameraRect &rect) - |
-void -Sets the auto exposure mode and exposure region. - |
-
SetImageRotation (int32_t degrees) - |
-void -Sets the image rotation angle. - |
-
| - | - |
| - |
- Sets the common parameter. - |
-
| - | - |
| - |
- Obtains the value of a common parameter based on its key. For details, see CAMERA_FUC_KEY. - |
-
Public Member Function Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
FrameStateCallback ()=default - |
-- constructed function; - |
-
~FrameStateCallback ()=default - |
-- destructor function; - |
-
OnFrameFinished (Camera &camera, FrameConfig &frameConfig, FrameResult &frameResult) - |
-virtual void -Called when the frame capture is finished. - |
-
OnFrameError (Camera &camera, FrameConfig &frameConfig, int32_t errorCode, FrameResult &frameResult) - |
-virtual void -Called when the frame capture fails. - |
-
OnFrameProgressed (Camera &camera, FrameConfig &frameConfig, FrameResult &frameResult) - |
-virtual void -Called when the frame capture is in process. - |
-
OnFrameStarted (Camera &camera, FrameConfig &frameConfig, int32_t frameNumber, int32_t timestamp) - |
-virtual void -Called when the frame capture starts. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GpioIrqFunc) (uint16_t gpio, void *data) - |
-
- Defines the function type of a GPIO interrupt service routine (ISR). - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GpioValue { GPIO_VAL_LOW = 0, GPIO_VAL_HIGH = 1, GPIO_VAL_ERR } - |
-- | -
GpioDirType { GPIO_DIR_IN = 0, GPIO_DIR_OUT = 1, GPIO_DIR_ERR } - |
-- | -
GpioIrqType { GPIO_IRQ_TRIGGER_NONE = OSAL_IRQF_TRIGGER_NONE, GPIO_IRQ_TRIGGER_RISING = OSAL_IRQF_TRIGGER_RISING, GPIO_IRQ_TRIGGER_FALLING = OSAL_IRQF_TRIGGER_FALLING, GPIO_IRQ_TRIGGER_HIGH = OSAL_IRQF_TRIGGER_HIGH, GPIO_IRQ_TRIGGER_LOW = OSAL_IRQF_TRIGGER_LOW, GPIO_IRQ_USING_THREAD = (0x1 << 8) } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GpioRead (uint16_t gpio, uint16_t *val) - |
-- - | -
GpioWrite (uint16_t gpio, uint16_t val) - |
-- - | -
GpioSetDir (uint16_t gpio, uint16_t dir) - |
-- - | -
GpioGetDir (uint16_t gpio, uint16_t *dir) - |
-- - | -
GpioSetIrq (uint16_t gpio, uint16_t mode, GpioIrqFunc func, void *arg) - |
-- - | -
GpioUnSetIrq (uint16_t gpio) - |
-- - | -
GpioEnableIrq (uint16_t gpio) - |
-- - | -
GpioDisableIrq (uint16_t gpio) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| gpio | -Indicates the GPIO number of the ISR. | -
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the private data passed to this ISR (The data is specified when the ISR is registered). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| GPIO_DIR_IN | -- | -
| GPIO_DIR_OUT | -- | -
| GPIO_DIR_ERR | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| GPIO_IRQ_TRIGGER_NONE | -- | -
| GPIO_IRQ_TRIGGER_RISING | -- | -
| GPIO_IRQ_TRIGGER_FALLING | -- | -
| GPIO_IRQ_TRIGGER_HIGH | -- | -
| GPIO_IRQ_TRIGGER_LOW | -- | -
| GPIO_IRQ_USING_THREAD | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| GPIO_VAL_LOW | -- | -
| GPIO_VAL_HIGH | -- | -
| GPIO_VAL_ERR | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| gpio | -Indicates the GPIO pin number. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| gpio | -Indicates the GPIO pin number. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| gpio | -Indicates the GPIO pin number. | -
| dir | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained input/output direction. For details, see GpioDirType. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| gpio | -Indicates the GPIO pin number. | -
| val | -Indicates the pointer to the read level value. For details, see GpioValue. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| gpio | -Indicates the GPIO pin number. | -
| dir | -Indicates the direction to set. For details, see GpioDirType. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| gpio | -Indicates the GPIO pin number. | -
| mode | -Indicates the interrupt trigger mode. For details, see OSAL_IRQF_TRIGGER_RISING. | -
| func | -Indicates the ISR function to set, which is specified by GpioIrqFunc. | -
| arg | -Indicates the pointer to the parameters passed to the ISR function. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| gpio | -Indicates the GPIO pin number. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| gpio | -Indicates the GPIO pin number. | -
| val | -Indicates the level value to be written. For details, see GpioValue. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
InitGfx )(void) - |
-- - | -
DeinitGfx )(void) - |
-- - | -
FillRect )(ISurface *surface, IRect *rect, uint32_t color, GfxOpt *opt) - |
-- - | -
DrawRectangle )(ISurface *surface, Rectangle *rect, uint32_t color, GfxOpt *opt) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
DrawCircle )(ISurface *surface, ICircle *circle, GfxOpt *opt) - |
-
- Draws a circle with a specified center and radius on the canvas using a given color. - |
-
Blit )(ISurface *srcSurface, IRect *srcRect, ISurface *dstSurface, IRect *dstRect) - |
-- - | -
Sync )(void) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| srcSurface | -Indicates the pointer to the source bitmap. | -
| srcRect | -Indicates the pointer to the rectangle of the source bitmap. | -
| dstSurface | -Indicates the pointer to the destination bitmap. | -
| dstRect | -Indicates the pointer to the rectangle of the destination bitmap. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| surface | -Indicates the pointer to the canvas. | -
| circle | -Indicates the pointer to the circle to draw. | -
| opt | -Indicates the pointer to the hardware acceleration option. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| surface | -Indicates the pointer to the canvas. | -
| line | -Indicates the pointer to the line to draw. | -
| opt | -Indicates the pointer to the hardware acceleration option. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| surface | -Indicates the pointer to the canvas. | -
| rect | -Indicates the pointer to the rectangle to draw. | -
| color | -Indicates the color to draw. | -
| opt | -Indicates the pointer to the hardware acceleration option. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| surface | -Indicates the pointer to the canvas. | -
| rect | -Indicates the pointer to the rectangle to fill. | -
| color | -Indicates the color to fill. | -
| opt | -Indicates the pointer to the hardware acceleration option. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| timeOut | -Indicates the timeout duration for hardware acceleration synchronization. The value 0 indicates no timeout, so the process waits until hardware acceleration is complete. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
AllocMem )(GrallocBuffer *buffer) - |
-- - | -
FreeMem )(GrallocBuffer *buffer) - |
-- - | -
Mmap )(GrallocBuffer *buffer) - |
-
- Maps memory to memory without cache in the process's address space. - |
-
MmapCache )(GrallocBuffer *buffer) - |
-
- Maps memory to memory with cache in the process's address space. - |
-
Unmap )(GrallocBuffer *buffer) - |
-
- Unmaps memory, that is, removes any mappings in the process's address space. - |
-
FlushCache )(GrallocBuffer *buffer) - |
-
- Flushes data from the cache to memory and invalidates the data in the cache. - |
-
FlushMCache )(GrallocBuffer *buffer) - |
-
- Flushes data from the cache mapped via Mmap to memory and invalidates the data in the cache. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| buffer | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer of the memory to allocate. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| buffer | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer of the cache to flush. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| buffer | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer of the cache to flush. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| buffer | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer of the memory to release. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| buffer | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer of the memory to map. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| buffer | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer of the memory to map. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| buffer | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer of the memory to unmap. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Defines functions for specifying the velocity of an animation. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Converts colors in different formats and defines common colors. - |
-
| - | -Represents basic image attributes, including the image type and path. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Represents the Task class of the graphics module. This class provides functions for setting the running period and time of a task. - |
-
| - | -Represents the base class of Text, providing the text attribute setting and text drawing capabilities for components that require font display. - |
-
| - | -Defines the base class for adapters. You can derive AbstractAdapter based on actual requirements and use the GetView() and GetCount() functions to implement adapters of different data types. For details, see TextAdapter. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Listens for the input events triggered by a virtual device other than human touching or physical pressing. - |
-
| - | -Defines the functions related to a root view which contains its child views and represents the root node in a tree structure. - |
-
| - | -Defines a text formatter. You can inherit this class and implement the Format() function. - |
-
| - | -Defines a text adapter, which implements UILabel instance construction and supports text data and continuous integer data. - |
-
| - | -An abstract class that contains functions for converting units of time (hour, minute, and second), setting and obtaining the time. - |
-
| - | -Represents the abstract base class which provides functions related to the progress bar. - |
-
| - | -Defines the attributes of a scroll, including the scroll direction, blank size of a scroll view, velocity and effects of a scroll animation. - |
-
| - | -Defines the basic attributes of the analog clock hands. This is an inner class of UIAbstractClock. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Stores the attribute information about this arc text to draw. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Represents the coordinate axis base class, which defines the basic attributes of coordinate axis, sets whether a coordinate axis is visible, and sets the number of scales on a coordinate axis. This class is used in UIChart. - |
-
| - | -Defines the unique attributes and functions for the x-axis. This class is used in UIChart. - |
-
| - | -Defines the unique attributes and functions for the y-axis. This class is used in UIChart. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Defines a canvas, which is used to draw multiple types of 2D graphs. - |
-
| - | -Defines the style for the top, bottom, and frontmost points in a line chart. - |
-
| - | -Defines a data set and provides functions such as adding and deleting data points. - |
-
| - | -Defines the chart class and provides functions such as adding and deleting data sets to display a chart. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Represents a listener that contains a callback to be invoked when this animator stops. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Defines the functions for presenting a label in a specified area, setting the style and background color of a label, and setting the display mode of a long label text. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Represents a listener that contains a callback to be invoked when the scroll state changes or when a new child view is selected at the preset position as this list scrolls. The scroll state can be {} or SCROLL_STATE_MOVE}. - |
-
| - | -Represents a scrollable list which is used with the adapter AbstractAdapter to implement scrolling, inertial scrolling, automatic alignment, and invoking of a callback when a child view is selected at the preset position as this list scrolls. - |
-
| - | -Defines the listener used by a picker. This listener is triggered when an item is selected after sliding stops. - |
-
| - | -Defines a picker. Multiple texts or numbers can be put into a sliding list for selection. The selected text or numbers are highlighted. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Represents a listener that contains a callback to be invoked upon scroll state changes. The state can either be SCROLL_STATE_STOP or SCROLL_STATE_MOVE. - |
-
| - | -Supports horizontal or vertical scroll of child views. This class is inherited from UIAbstractScroll. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Represents a surface view that interacts with the multimedia to achieve camera preview and video playback. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Represents a listener that contains a callback to be invoked when this animator stops. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Defines the listener used by the time picker. This listener is triggered when an item is selected after sliding stops. - |
-
| - | -Defines the time picker. The time is in the format of "hour:minute" or "hour:minute:second". The selected time is highlighted. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Defines a click event listener. You need to register this listener with the view to listen to click events. - |
-
| - | -Defines a long-press event listener. You need to register this listener with the view to listen to long-press events. - |
-
| - | -Defines a drag event listener. You need to register this listener with the view to listen to drag events. - |
-
| - | -Defines a touch event listener. You need to register this listener with the view to listen to touch events. - |
-
| - | -Defines the base class of a view, providing basic view attributes and operations. All views are derived from this class. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Provides functions for exporting information about a specified DOM node or information about the DOM tree starting from a specified DOM node. - |
-
| - | -Defines a cancel event, which usually occurs when the target view changes due to user sliding. For example, this event is triggered if you, after pressing a button, does not release the button but slides. - |
-
| - | -Defines a click event, which indicates that a finger is pressed on the screen and then lifted within 1 second. - |
-
| - | -Defines a drag event, which indicates a certain movement (more than 10 pixels) after a view is pressed. - |
-
| - | -Defines the base class of a user input event and provides functions to record information such as the event position and timestamp. - |
-
| - | -Defines a key event, which indicates that a physical button is pressed or released. - |
-
| - | -Defines a long-press event, which indicates that the finger is not raised or moved within 1 second after a view is pressed. - |
-
| - | -Defines a touch event, which indicates that the touchscreen or mouse is pressed. - |
-
| - | -Defines a release event, which indicates that the touchscreen or mouse is released. - |
-
| - | -Defines a virtual device event, which is used to receive a customized input event and call back the listening function registered. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Defines a polygon, including vertex coordinates and the maximum number of vertices (defined by MAX_VERTEX_NUM). - |
-
| - | -Defines the two-dimensional vector, and provides basic mathematical operations such as vector assignment, scalar product, cross product, addition, and subtraction. - |
-
| - | -Defines the 3-dimensional vector, and provides basic operators such as [] and ==. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Defines the base class, overriding the new and delete functions. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Defines a flexible layout container. You can perform simple adaptive layout on child views that the container holds, for example, to evenly arrange all child views in the same row or column. - |
-
| - | -Defines a grid layout container. You can perform simple grid layout on child views that the container holds. - |
-
| - | -Defines the base class of the layout, which indicates the basic data types and operations that may be used in the layout. - |
-
| - | -Stores linked list data and contains pointers to the previous node and the next node. - |
-
| - | -Defines a linked list template class, which implements the data structure of bidirectional linked list and provides basic functions such as adding, deleting, inserting, clearing, popping up, and obtaining the size of the linked list. - |
-
| - | -Defines a rectangle, including the position data of the four boundaries of the rectangle, and provides functions for rectangle inclusion, intersection, and aggregation. - |
-
| - | -Defines the basic attributes and functions of a style. You can use this class to set different styles. - |
-
| - | -Define some default style for UIView. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Obtains the system information. Currently, the FPS information can be obtained. To enable the FPS feature, enable the ENABLE_FPS_SUPPORT macro. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Defines the theme class used to define the functions related to the styles of different components. - |
-
| - | -Declares the singleton class used to manage the current screen theme of an application. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- |
| - | -DMA2D hardware acceleration, which does not take effect on other platforms. - |
-
| - | -DMA2D hardware acceleration for font rendering, which does not take effect on other platforms. - |
-
| - | -Advanced algorithm for line breaks, which is disabled by default on other platforms. - |
-
| - | -Multi-window, which is enabled by default on other platforms. - |
-
| - | -Display buffer for rendering data refresh, which is disabled by default on other platforms. - |
-
| - | -Vector type font，which is enabled by default on other platforms. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Graphics rendering hardware acceleration, which is enabled by default. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Memory hook, which is enabled by default. The system memory allocation is taken over after it is enabled. - |
-
| - | -Function for monitoring the image refresh frame rate, which is disabled by default. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Rectangle anti-aliasing, which is disabled by default. - |
-
| - | -Font color mode, which is disabled by default. After it is enabled, the font color mode is set to 4 to accelerate font rendering. - |
-
| - | -Log function of a graphics subsystem, which is disabled by default. - |
-
| - | -Function for receiving input events in screen-off mode, which is disabled by default. - |
-
| - | -Defines the log level. A smaller value indicates a higher priority. Logs whose priorities are higher than a specified level can be recorded. Log levels: NONE: disabling logs FATAL: fatal level ERROR: error level WARN: warning level INFO: info level DEBUG: debugging level. - |
-
| - | -Defines the color depth of graphics rendering. The default value is 32 bits. The value can be 16 or 32. - |
-
| - | -Represents the code number of the layer pixel format. 0: LAYER_PF_ARGB1555 1: LAYER_PF_ARGB8888 Other: LAYER_PF_ARGB8888. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OHOS::EasingFunc) (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OHOS::AnimatorCallback::Callback (UIView *view)=0 - |
-
- Called when each frame starts. This is a pure virtual function, which needs your inheritance and implementation. - |
-
OHOS::AnimatorCallback::OnStop (UIView &view) - |
-
- Called when an animator stops. This is a pure virtual function, which needs your inheritance and implementation. - |
-
| - | -
- A default destructor used to delete an AnimatorCallback instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A default constructor used to create an Animator instance. - |
-
OHOS::Animator::Animator (AnimatorCallback *callback, UIView *view, uint32_t time, bool repeat) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an Animator instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the Animator instance. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::Animator::GetState () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Animator::SetState (uint8_t state) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Animator::GetTime () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Animator::SetTime (uint32_t time) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Animator::GetRunTime () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Animator::SetRunTime (uint32_t runTime) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Animator::IsRepeat () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -static AnimatorManager * -Obtains the AnimatorManager instance. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::AnimatorManager::Add (Animator *animator) - |
-
- Adds the Animator instance to the AnimatorManager linked list for management, so that the Run function of the Animator class is called once for each frame. - |
-
OHOS::AnimatorManager::Remove (const Animator *animator) - |
-
- Removes the Animator instance from the AnimatorManager linked list. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::EasingEquation::SetBackOvershoot (double overshoot) - |
-
- Sets the parameter s in the equation (s+1)*t^3 - s*t^2 for a back easing. - |
-
OHOS::EasingEquation::BackEaseIn (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::EasingEquation::BackEaseOut (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::EasingEquation::BackEaseInOut (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::EasingEquation::CircEaseIn (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::EasingEquation::CircEaseOut (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::EasingEquation::CircEaseInOut (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::EasingEquation::CubicEaseIn (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::EasingEquation::CubicEaseOut (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::EasingEquation::CubicEaseInOut (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::EasingEquation::LinearEaseNone (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::EasingEquation::QuadEaseIn (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::EasingEquation::QuadEaseOut (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::EasingEquation::QuadEaseInOut (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::EasingEquation::QuintEaseIn (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::EasingEquation::QuintEaseOut (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::EasingEquation::QuintEaseInOut (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::EasingEquation::SineEaseIn (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::EasingEquation::SineEaseOut (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::EasingEquation::SineEaseInOut (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Interpolation::GetBezierInterpolation (int16_t t, int16_t u0, int16_t u1, int16_t u2, int16_t u3) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Color::GetMixColor (ColorType c1, ColorType c2, uint8_t mix) - |
-static ColorType -Mixes two colors (color 1 and color 2) based on a specified opacity. - |
-
OHOS::Color::GetColorFromRGB (uint8_t r8, uint8_t g8, uint8_t b8) - |
-static ColorType - - |
-
OHOS::Color::GetColorFromRGBA (uint8_t r8, uint8_t g8, uint8_t b8, uint8_t alpha) - |
-static ColorType - - |
-
OHOS::Color::ColorTo32 (ColorType color) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Color::ColorTo32 (Color16 color, uint8_t alpha) - |
-
- Converts color data with the 16-bit color depth into the RGBA8888 format. - |
-
OHOS::Color::ColorTo16 (Color32 color) - |
-
- Converts color data from the RGBA8888 format into the RGB565 format. - |
-
| - | -static ColorType - - |
-
| - | -static ColorType - - |
-
| - | -static ColorType - - |
-
| - | -static ColorType - - |
-
| - | -static ColorType - - |
-
| - | -static ColorType - - |
-
| - | -static ColorType - - |
-
| - | -static ColorType - - |
-
| - | -static ColorType - - |
-
| - | -static ColorType - - |
-
| - | -static ColorType - - |
-
| - | -static ColorType - - |
-
| - | -static ColorType - - |
-
| - | -static ColorType - - |
-
| - | -static ColorType - - |
-
| - | -static ColorType - - |
-
| - | -static ColorType - - |
-
| - | -static ColorType - - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to create an Image instance. You can use this constructor when a component requires a map. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the Image instance. - |
-
OHOS::Image::GetImageInfo () const - |
-const ImageInfo * - - |
-
OHOS::Image::GetPath () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Image::GetHeader (ImageHeader &header) const - |
-
- Obtains the basic image information, including the image format, width, and height. - |
-
OHOS::Image::GetSrcType () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Image::SetSrc (const char *src) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Image::SetSrc (const ImageInfo *src) - |
-- - | -
| - | -static Screen & -Obtains a singleton Screen instance. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a Task instance. - |
-
OHOS::Task::Task (uint32_t period) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Task instance with the specified running period. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the Task instance. - |
-
OHOS::Task::SetPeriod (uint32_t period) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Task::SetLastRun (uint32_t lastRun) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Task::GetPeriod () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Task::GetLastRun () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a Text instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the Text instance. - |
-
OHOS::Text::SetText (const char *text) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Text::GetText () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Text::SetFont (const char *name, uint8_t size) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Text::SetFontId (uint8_t fontId) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Text::GetFontId () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::Text::GetDirect () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Text::SetAlign (UITextLanguageAlignment horizontalAlign, UITextLanguageAlignment verticalAlign=TEXT_ALIGNMENT_TOP) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Text::GetHorAlign () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Text::GetVerAlign () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Text::SetTextRotation (LabelRotateDegree angle) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Text::GetTextRotation () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Text::GetTextRotateDegree () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Text::GetTextSize () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Text::SetExpandWidth (bool expand) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Text::IsExpandWidth () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Text::SetExpandHeight (bool expand) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Text::IsExpandHeight () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Text::GetEllipsisIndex (const Rect &textRect, const Style &style) - |
-
- Obtains the index of the character from where text will be replaced by ellipses based on the text rectangle and style. - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to create an AbstractAdapter instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the AbstractAdapter instance. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::AbstractAdapter::GetView (UIView *inView, int16_t index)=0 - |
-virtual UIView * -Obtains a UIView instance to convert adapter data into another UIView instance. - |
-
| - | -static RootView * -Obtains a singleton RootView instance. - |
-
OHOS::RootView::OnKeyActListener::OnKeyAct (UIView &view, const KeyEvent &event)=0 - |
-- - | -
OHOS::RootView::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::RootView::OnKeyEvent (const KeyEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::RootView::SetOnKeyActListener (OnKeyActListener *onKeyActListener) - |
-
- Sets the listener that contains a callback to be invoked upon a physical key event. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::RootView::OnVirtualDeviceEventListener::OnVirtualDeviceEvent (UIView &view, VirtualDeviceEvent event)=0 - |
-- - | -
OHOS::RootView::OnVirtualDeviceEvent (const VirtualDeviceEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::RootView::SetOnVirtualDeviceEventListener (OnVirtualDeviceEventListener *onVirtualDeviceEventListener) - |
-
- Sets a listener for monitoring the input events of a virtual device. - |
-
| - | -
- Clears the listener for monitoring the input events of a virtual device. - |
-
OHOS::RootView::FindSubView (const UIView &parentView, const UIView *subView) - |
-
- Checks whether the target view is one of the child views of the specified parent view. - |
-
OHOS::TextFormatter::Format (int16_t value, char *outText, uint16_t textLen) - |
-
- Converts the input integer into a character string for output. - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UILabel instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UILabel instance. - |
-
OHOS::TextAdapter::GetView (UIView *inView, int16_t index) override - |
-UIView * -Obtains a UILabel instance to convert adapter data into another UILabel instance. - |
-
OHOS::TextAdapter::SetData (List< const char * > *data) - |
-
- Sets the UILabel adapter data, which is a string linked list. - |
-
OHOS::TextAdapter::SetData (int16_t start, int16_t end) - |
-
- Sets continuously increasing data. For example, if you need to set data 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, use this function to set start to 0 and end to 4. - |
-
OHOS::TextAdapter::SetFontId (uint8_t fontId) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::TextAdapter::GetFontId () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::TextAdapter::SetFont (const char *name, uint8_t size) - |
-- - | -
| - | -Style & -Obtains the UILabel adapter style. - |
-
OHOS::TextAdapter::GetCount () override - |
-
- Obtains the data size of the UILabel adapter. - |
-
OHOS::TextAdapter::SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-
- Sets the width of UILabel constructed by the adapter. - |
-
| - | -
- Sets the direction of the UILabel constructed by the adapter. - |
-
OHOS::TextAdapter::SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-
- Sets the height of the UILabel constructed by the adapter. - |
-
OHOS::TextAdapter::SetLineBreakMode (const uint8_t lineBreakMode) - |
-
- Sets the LineBreakMode attribute of UILabel constructed by the adapter. For details about the values of LineBreakMode, see LINE_BREAK_ADAPT, LINE_BREAK_WRAP, LINE_BREAK_ELLIPSIS, and LINE_BREAK_MARQUEE. - |
-
OHOS::TextAdapter::SetOnClickListener (UIView::OnClickListener *clickListener) - |
-
- Sets the callback function to be invoked upon a click event. - |
-
OHOS::TextAdapter::SetTextFormatter (TextFormatter *formatter) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A default constructor used to create a UIAbstractClock instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIAbstractClock::UIAbstractClock (uint8_t hour, uint8_t minute, uint8_t second) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UIAbstractClock instance with time elements (hour, minute and second). - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIAbstractClock instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIAbstractClock::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAbstractClock::SetTime24Hour (uint8_t hour, uint8_t minute, uint8_t second) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAbstractClock::SetTime12Hour (uint8_t hour, uint8_t minute, uint8_t second, bool am) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIAbstractClock::UpdateClock (bool clockInit) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAbstractClock::SetWorkMode (WorkMode newMode) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAbstractClock::GetWorkMode () const - |
-virtual WorkMode - - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIAbstractProgress instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIAbstractProgress instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIAbstractProgress::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAbstractProgress::EnableBackground (bool enable) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAbstractProgress::SetValue (int16_t value) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAbstractProgress::GetValue () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAbstractProgress::SetRange (int16_t rangeMax, int16_t rangeMin) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIAbstractProgress::SetImage (const char *foregroundImage, const char *backgroundImage=nullptr) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAbstractProgress::SetImage (const ImageInfo *foregroundImage, const ImageInfo *backgroundImage=nullptr) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAbstractProgress::SetStep (uint16_t step) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAbstractProgress::GetStep () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAbstractProgress::SetBackgroundStyle (const Style &style) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAbstractProgress::SetBackgroundStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
| - | -const Style & - - |
-
OHOS::UIAbstractProgress::GetBackgroundStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-
- Obtains the value of a background style of this progress bar. - |
-
OHOS::UIAbstractProgress::SetForegroundStyle (const Style &style) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAbstractProgress::SetForegroundStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
| - | -const Style & - - |
-
OHOS::UIAbstractProgress::GetForegroundStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-
- Obtains the value of a foreground style of this progress bar. - |
-
| - | -
- Sets the type of caps on the background and foreground of the progress bar. - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIAbstractScroll instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIAbstractScroll instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIAbstractScroll::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAbstractScroll::GetDirection () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAbstractScroll::SetScrollBlankSize (uint16_t size) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAbstractScroll::SetMaxScrollDistance (uint16_t distance) - |
-
- Sets the maximum scroll distance after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
OHOS::UIAbstractScroll::SetReboundSize (uint16_t size) - |
-
- Sets the rebound size, which is the distance a knob moves after being released when it reaches the end of a scrollbar. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the maximum scroll distance after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
OHOS::UIAbstractScroll::SetDragFunc (EasingFunc func) - |
-
- Sets the easing function that specifies a scroll animation after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
OHOS::UIAbstractScroll::SetThrowDrag (bool throwDrag) - |
-
- Sets whether to continue scrolling after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
OHOS::UIAbstractScroll::MoveChildByOffset (int16_t offsetX, int16_t offsetY) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAbstractScroll::SetDragACCLevel (uint16_t value) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIAbstractScroll::SetSwipeACCLevel (uint16_t value) - |
-
- Sets the compensation distance after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the compensation distance after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
| - | -
- A default constructor used to create a UIAnalogClock instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIAnalogClock instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A default constructor used to create a Hand instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the Hand instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIAnalogClock::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAnalogClock::SetHandImage (HandType type, const UIImageView &img, Point position, Point center) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAnalogClock::SetHandLine (HandType type, Point position, Point center, ColorType color, uint16_t width, uint16_t height, OpacityType opacity) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAnalogClock::GetHandRotateCenter (HandType type) const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAnalogClock::GetHandPosition (HandType type) const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAnalogClock::GetHandInitAngle (HandType type) const - |
-
- Obtains the initial rotation angle of the specified clock hand. - |
-
OHOS::UIAnalogClock::GetHandCurrentAngle (HandType type) const - |
-
- Obtains the current rotation angle of the specified clock hand. - |
-
OHOS::UIAnalogClock::SetInitTime24Hour (uint8_t hour, uint8_t minute, uint8_t second) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAnalogClock::SetInitTime12Hour (uint8_t hour, uint8_t minute, uint8_t second, bool am) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAnalogClock::OnDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAnalogClock::OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAnalogClock::SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAnalogClock::SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAnalogClock::SetWorkMode (WorkMode newMode) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAnalogClock::UpdateClock (bool clockInit) override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A default constructor used to create a UIArcLabel instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIArcLabel instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIArcLabel::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIArcLabel::GetWidth () override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIArcLabel::GetHeight () override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIArcLabel::SetText (const char *text) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIArcLabel::GetText () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIArcLabel::SetAlign (UITextLanguageAlignment horizontalAlign) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIArcLabel::GetHorAlign () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIArcLabel::SetFontId (uint8_t fontId) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIArcLabel::GetFontId () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIArcLabel::SetFont (const char *name, uint8_t size) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIArcLabel::SetArcTextCenter (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIArcLabel::GetArcTextCenter () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIArcLabel::SetArcTextRadius (uint16_t radius) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIArcLabel::GetArcTextRadius () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIArcLabel::SetArcTextAngle (int16_t startAngle, int16_t endAngle) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIArcLabel::GetArcTextEndAngle () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIArcLabel::SetArcTextOrientation (TextOrientation orientation) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIArcLabel::OnDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIAxis instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIAxis instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIAxis::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAxis::SetDataRange (uint16_t min, uint16_t max)=0 - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAxis::SetMarkNum (uint16_t count)=0 - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAxis::SetLineColor (const ColorType &color) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAxis::OnDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIAxis::OnPreDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
OHOS::UIAxis::TranslateToPixel (int16_t &value)=0 - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIXAxis instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIXAxis instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIXAxis::TranslateToPixel (int16_t &value) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIXAxis::SetDataRange (uint16_t min, uint16_t max) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIXAxis::SetMarkNum (uint16_t count) override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIYAxis instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIYAxis instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIYAxis::TranslateToPixel (int16_t &value) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIYAxis::SetDataRange (uint16_t min, uint16_t max) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIYAxis::SetMarkNum (uint16_t count) override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIBoxProgress instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIBoxProgress instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIBoxProgress::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIBoxProgress::SetWidth (int16_t width) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIBoxProgress::SetHeight (int16_t height) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIBoxProgress::SetDirection (const Direction &direction) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIBoxProgress::GetDirection () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIBoxProgress::SetValidWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIBoxProgress::GetValidWidth () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIBoxProgress::SetValidHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIBoxProgress::GetValidHeight () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIBoxProgress::OnDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIButton instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIButton::UIButton (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UIButton instance based on the button ID. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIButton instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIButton::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIButton::OnPreDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-
- Do something before draw, this function will be invoked mainly to check if this view need to cover invalidate area so render manager can decide which layer to draw firstly. - |
-
OHOS::UIButton::OnDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIButton::OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIButton::OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIButton::OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIButton::SetImageSrc (const char *defaultImgSrc, const char *triggeredImgSrc) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIButton::SetImageSrc (const ImageInfo *defaultImgSrc, const ImageInfo *triggeredImgSrc) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIButton::SetImagePosition (const int16_t x, const int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIButton::GetImageX () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIButton::GetImageY () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIButton::GetCurImageSrc () const - |
-const Image * - - |
-
OHOS::UIButton::GetWidth () override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIButton::GetHeight () override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIButton::SetWidth (int16_t width) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIButton::SetHeight (int16_t height) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIButton::GetContentRect () override - |
-virtual Rect -Obtains a rectangular area that contains coordinate information. - |
-
OHOS::UIButton::GetStyle (uint8_t key) const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIButton::SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIButton::GetStyleForState (uint8_t key, ButtonState state) const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIButton::SetStyleForState (uint8_t key, int64_t value, ButtonState state) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- Sets the state for a button. After the setting, calling SetStyle will change the style of this button, but not its state. - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a Paint instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the Paint instance. - |
-
OHOS::Paint::SetStyle (PaintStyle style) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Paint::GetStyle () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Paint::SetStrokeWidth (uint16_t width) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Paint::GetStrokeWidth () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Paint::SetStrokeColor (ColorType color) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Paint::GetStrokeColor () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Paint::SetFillColor (ColorType color) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Paint::GetFillColor () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Paint::SetOpacity (uint8_t opacity) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Paint::GetOpacity () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UICanvas instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UICanvas instance. - |
-
OHOS::UICanvas::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UICanvas::SetStartPosition (const Point &startPoint) - |
-
- Sets the coordinates of the start point for drawing a line. For example, if startPoint is set to {50, 50}, the line is drawn from this set of coordinates on the canvas. - |
-
OHOS::UICanvas::GetStartPosition () const - |
-const Point & - - |
-
OHOS::UICanvas::DrawLine (const Point &endPoint, const Paint &paint) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UICanvas::DrawLine (const Point &startPoint, const Point &endPoint, const Paint &paint) - |
-
- Draws a straight line from the coordinates of the start point. - |
-
OHOS::UICanvas::DrawCurve (const Point &control1, const Point &control2, const Point &endPoint, const Paint &paint) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UICanvas::DrawCurve (const Point &startPoint, const Point &control1, const Point &control2, const Point &endPoint, const Paint &paint) - |
-
- Draws a cubic Bezier curve from the start point coordinates. - |
-
OHOS::UICanvas::DrawRect (const Point &startPoint, int16_t height, int16_t width, const Paint &paint) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UICanvas::DrawCircle (const Point ¢er, uint16_t radius, const Paint &paint) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UICanvas::DrawSector (const Point ¢er, uint16_t radius, int16_t startAngle, int16_t endAngle, const Paint &paint) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UICanvas::DrawArc (const Point ¢er, uint16_t radius, int16_t startAngle, int16_t endAngle, const Paint &paint) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UICanvas::DrawImage (const Point &startPoint, const char *image, const Paint &paint) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UICanvas::DrawLabel (const Point &startPoint, const char *text, uint16_t maxWidth, const FontStyle &fontStyle, const Paint &paint) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UICanvas::OnDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIChartDataSerial instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIChartDataSerial instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIChartDataSerial::SetMaxDataCount (uint16_t maxCount) - |
-
- Sets the maximum number of data points that can be stored in a data set. - |
-
OHOS::UIChartDataSerial::ModifyPoint (uint16_t index, const Point &point) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIChartDataSerial::GetPoint (uint16_t index, Point &point) - |
-
- Obtains the coordinates in the chart for a data point in the data set. - |
-
OHOS::UIChartDataSerial::AddPoints (const Point *data, uint16_t count) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- Obtains the number of data points available in the data set. - |
-
OHOS::UIChartDataSerial::EnableSmooth (bool smooth) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIChartDataSerial::IsSmooth () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIChartDataSerial::EnableGradient (bool enable) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIChartDataSerial::IsGradient () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- Obtains the index of the frontmost point (the latest added or modified data point in a data set). - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIChartDataSerial::GetPeakData () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIChartDataSerial::SetFillColor (const ColorType &color) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIChartDataSerial::SetLineColor (const ColorType &color) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIChartDataSerial::HidePoint (uint16_t index, uint16_t count) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIChartDataSerial::SetHeadPointStyle (const PointStyle &style) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIChartDataSerial::SetTopPointStyle (const PointStyle &style) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIChartDataSerial::SetBottomPointStyle (const PointStyle &style) - |
-- - | -
| - | -const PointStyle & - - |
-
| - | -const PointStyle & - - |
-
| - | -const PointStyle & - - |
-
OHOS::UIChartDataSerial::EnableHeadPoint (bool enable) - |
-
- Enables the feature of drawing the frontmost point on a polyline. - |
-
OHOS::UIChartDataSerial::EnableTopPoint (bool enable) - |
-
- Enables the feature of drawing the top point of a polyline. If there are multiple top points, only the first one is drawn. - |
-
OHOS::UIChartDataSerial::EnableBottomPoint (bool enable) - |
-
- Enables the feature of drawing the bottom point of a polyline. If there are multiple bottom points, only the first one is drawn. - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIChart instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIChart instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIChart::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIChart::SetHeight (int16_t height) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIChart::SetWidth (int16_t width) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIChart::OnPreDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
OHOS::UIChart::OnDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIChart::AddDataSerial (UIChartDataSerial *dataSerial) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIChart::DeleteDataSerial (UIChartDataSerial *dataSerial) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -UIXAxis & - - |
-
| - | -UIYAxis & - - |
-
OHOS::UIChart::EnableReverse (bool enable) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIChartPillar instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIChartPillar instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIChartPillar::RefreshChart () override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIChartPolyline instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIChartPolyline instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIChartPolyline::RefreshChart () override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIChartPolyline::SetGradientOpacity (uint8_t minOpa, uint8_t maxOpa) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIChartPolyline::SetGradientBottom (uint16_t bottom) - |
-
- Sets the distance between the bottom edge of the fill color range and the x-axis. - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UICheckBox instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UICheckBox instance. - |
-
OHOS::UICheckBox::OnChangeListener::OnChange (UICheckBoxState state)=0 - |
-
- Called when the state of this check box is switched. This is a virtual function, which needs your implementation. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the OnChangeListener instance. - |
-
OHOS::UICheckBox::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UICheckBox::SetOnChangeListener (OnChangeListener *onStateChangeListener) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UICheckBox::OnPreDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-
- Do something before draw, this function will be invoked mainly to check if this view need to cover invalidate area so render manager can decide which layer to draw firstly. - |
-
OHOS::UICheckBox::OnDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-
- Executes the draw action Ondraw invokes the rendering function provided by the underlying layer to draw pictures based on the selected status of the checkbox. - |
-
OHOS::UICheckBox::OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) override - |
-
- Executes the click event action OnClickEvent will reverse the selected state of checkbox. Example: If the check box is selected, the checkbox status is changed to Unselected after the click action is taken. - |
-
OHOS::UICheckBox::SetImages (const char *selectedImageSrc, const char *unselectedImageSrc) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UICheckBox::SetImages (const ImageInfo *selectedImageSrc, const ImageInfo *unselectedImageSrc) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UICheckBox::GetState () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UICircleProgress instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UICircleProgress instance. - |
-
OHOS::UICircleProgress::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UICircleProgress::OnPreDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
OHOS::UICircleProgress::OnDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UICircleProgress::SetCenterPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-
- Sets the coordinates of the center point for this circular progress bar. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the coordinates of the center point for this circular progress bar. - |
-
OHOS::UICircleProgress::SetRadius (uint16_t radius) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UICircleProgress::GetRadius () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UICircleProgress::SetStartAngle (int16_t startAngle) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UICircleProgress::SetEndAngle (int16_t endAngle) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UICircleProgress::GetEndAngle () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UICircleProgress::SetProgressImagePosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-
- Sets the coordinates of the foreground image for this progress bar relative to the view. - |
-
OHOS::UICircleProgress::SetBackgroundImagePosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-
- Sets the coordinates of the background image for this progress bar relative to the view. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIDialog instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIDialog instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIDialog::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIDialog::SetTitle (const char *title) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIDialog::SetText (const char *text) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIDialog::OnPreDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-
- Checks whether this label needs to be covered before drawing it. - |
-
OHOS::UIDialog::SetButton (DialogButtonType buttonType, const char *text, OnClickListener *listener) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIDialog::SetVisible (bool visible) override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A default constructor used to create a UIDigitalClock instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIDigitalClock instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIDigitalClock::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIDigitalClock::SetFontId (uint8_t fontId) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIDigitalClock::SetFont (const char *name, uint8_t size) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIDigitalClock::GetDisplayMode () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIDigitalClock::DisplayLeadingZero (bool displayLeadingZero) - |
-
- Sets whether to add 0 before the hour of this digital clock. - |
-
OHOS::UIDigitalClock::SetOpacity (uint8_t opacity) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIDigitalClock::GetOpacity () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIDigitalClock::UpdateClock (bool clockInit) override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIImageAnimatorView instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIImageAnimatorView instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIImageAnimatorView::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIImageAnimatorView::SetImageAnimatorSrc (const char *imageSrc, uint8_t imageNum, uint16_t timeOfUpdate) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIImageAnimatorView::SetImageAnimatorSrc (const char *imageSrc, uint8_t imageNum) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIImageAnimatorView::SetTimeOfUpdate (uint16_t timeOfUpdate) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIImageAnimatorView::SetTimeOfPause (uint16_t timeOfPause) - |
-
- Sets the interval between two playbacks of an infinitely repeated animator. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the interval between two playbacks of an infinitely repeated animator. - |
-
| - | -const ImageAnimatorInfo * - - |
-
OHOS::UIImageAnimatorView::GetImageAnimatorImageNum () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIImageAnimatorView::SetSizeFixed (bool fixed) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIImageAnimatorView::SetRepeat (bool repeat) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIImageAnimatorView::IsRepeat () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIImageAnimatorView::SetRepeatTimes (uint32_t times) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIImageAnimatorView::GetState () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIImageAnimatorView::SetReverse (bool reverse) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIImageAnimatorView::IsReverse () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIImageAnimatorView::Stop (bool needReset=true) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIImageAnimatorView::AnimatorStopListener::~AnimatorStopListener () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete an AnimatorStopListener instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIImageAnimatorView::AnimatorStopListener::OnAnimatorStop (UIView &view) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIImageAnimatorView::SetAnimatorStopListener (AnimatorStopListener *listener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A default constructor used to create a UIImageView instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIImageView instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIImageView::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIImageView::GetWidth () override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIImageView::GetHeight () override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIImageView::OnPreDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-
- Checks whether this image view needs to be covered to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
OHOS::UIImageView::OnDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIImageView::SetSrc (const char *src) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIImageView::SetSrc (const ImageInfo *src) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIImageView::SetAutoEnable (bool enable) - |
-
- Sets whether the image view size needs to be adaptive to the image size. - |
-
OHOS::UIImageView::SetBlurLevel (BlurLevel level) - |
-
- Sets the blur level for this image when it is rotated or scaled. - |
-
OHOS::UIImageView::GetBlurLevel () const - |
-
- Obtains the blur level of this image when it is rotated or scaled. - |
-
OHOS::UIImageView::SetTransformAlgorithm (TransformAlgorithm algorithm) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIImageView::GetPath () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIImageView::GetImageInfo () const - |
-const ImageInfo * - - |
-
OHOS::UIImageView::GetSrcType () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UILabel instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UILabel instance. - |
-
OHOS::UILabel::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabel::GetWidth () override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabel::GetHeight () override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabel::OnPreDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-
- Checks whether this label needs to be covered before drawing it. - |
-
OHOS::UILabel::OnDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabel::SetText (const char *text) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabel::GetText () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabel::SetLineBreakMode (const uint8_t lineBreakMode) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabel::GetLineBreakMode () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabel::SetTextColor (ColorType color) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabel::GetTextColor () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabel::SetAlign (UITextLanguageAlignment horizontalAlign, UITextLanguageAlignment verticalAlign=TEXT_ALIGNMENT_TOP) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabel::GetHorAlign () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabel::GetVerAlign () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UILabel::GetDirect () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabel::SetFontId (uint8_t fontId) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabel::GetFontId () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabel::SetFont (const char *name, uint8_t size) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabel::SetRollSpeed (uint16_t speed) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UILabel::SetRollStartPos (int16_t pos) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabel::GetRollStartPos () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabel::SetWidth (int16_t width) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabel::SetHeight (int16_t height) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabel::SetTextRotation (LabelRotateDegree angle) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabel::GetTextRotation () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabel::GetTextRotateDegree () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UILabelButton instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UILabelButton instance. - |
-
OHOS::UILabelButton::OnDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabelButton::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabelButton::SetText (const char *text) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabelButton::GetText () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabelButton::SetLablePosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-
- Sets the position for this label relative to the button holding it. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the position of this label relative to the button holding it. - |
-
OHOS::UILabelButton::SetAlign (UITextLanguageAlignment align) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabelButton::GetAlign () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabelButton::SetDirect (UITextLanguageDirect direct) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabelButton::GetDirect () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabelButton::SetLabelStyle (Style &labelStyle) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabelButton::SetLabelStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabelButton::GetLabelStyle () const - |
-const Style & - - |
-
OHOS::UILabelButton::GetLabelStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UILabelButton::SetFont (const char *name, uint8_t size) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabelButton::SetFontId (uint8_t fontId) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UILabelButton::GetFontId () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a ListScrollListener instance with the default state SCROLL_STATE_STOP. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the ListScrollListener instance. - |
-
OHOS::ListScrollListener::OnScrollStart (int16_t index, UIView *view) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::ListScrollListener::OnScrollEnd (int16_t index, UIView *view) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::ListScrollListener::OnItemSelected (int16_t index, UIView *view) - |
-
- Called when a new child view is selected at the preset position as this list scrolls. For details about how to set the position, see SetSelectPosition. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIList instance in the vertical direction. - |
-
OHOS::UIList::UIList (uint8_t direction) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UIList instance in the specified direction. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIList instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIList::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIList::OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIList::OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIList::OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIList::SetAdapter (AbstractAdapter *adapter) - |
-
- Sets the adapter for this list. The content of this list is initialized when the adapter is set. - |
-
OHOS::UIList::MoveChildByOffset (int16_t x, int16_t y) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIList::ScrollTo (uint16_t index) - |
-
- Scrolls to change the index of the first row or column of the current view. - |
-
OHOS::UIList::ScrollBy (int16_t distance) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIList::SetStartIndex (uint16_t index) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIList::GetStartIndex () const - |
-
- Obtains the start index of this list. The default value is 0. - |
-
OHOS::UIList::SetLoopState (bool state) - |
-
- Sets the loop state for this list, in which a loop scroll is possible since the top and bottom of the list are connected together. - |
-
OHOS::UIList::GetLoopState () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIList::SetSelectPosition (uint16_t position) - |
-
- Sets the position where a child view is selected as this list scrolls. - |
-
| - | -UIView * -Obtains the child view being selected at the preset position. - |
-
OHOS::UIList::SetScrollStateListener (ListScrollListener *scrollListener) - |
-
- Sets the listener that contains a callback to be invoked when a child view is selected as this list scrolls. - |
-
| - | -
- Refreshes this list. The number of child views in the current view is fixed and the positions of those reserved child views as this list scrolls remain unchanged. - |
-
OHOS::UIList::EnableAutoAlign (bool state) - |
-
- Sets the automatic alignment state for this list. When a scroll stops, a child view is selected and its position is automatically aligned with the preset position. - |
-
OHOS::UIList::RemoveAll () override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIPicker instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIPicker instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIPicker::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIPicker::OnPreDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
OHOS::UIPicker::SetValues (const char *value[], uint16_t count) - |
-
- Sets dynamic text data in the picker by using a string array. - |
-
OHOS::UIPicker::SetValues (int16_t start, int16_t end) - |
-
- Sets the numeric data in the picker by using a given numeric range. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIPicker::SetFontId (uint8_t backgroundFontId, uint8_t highlightFontId) - |
-
- Sets the font IDs of dynamic text, which is the string array set through SetValues. - |
-
OHOS::UIPicker::SetBackgroundFont (const char *name, uint8_t size) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIPicker::SetHighlightFont (const char *name, uint8_t size) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIPicker::GetBackgroundFontId () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIPicker::GetHighlightFontId () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIPicker::SetTextColor (ColorType backgroundColor, ColorType highlightColor) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIPicker::SetSelected (uint16_t index) - |
-
- Sets the index of the item currently selected in the picker. - |
-
OHOS::UIPicker::GetSelected () const - |
-
- Obtains the index of the item currently selected in the picker. - |
-
OHOS::UIPicker::SetItemHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIPicker::SetWidth (int16_t width) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIPicker::SetHeight (int16_t height) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIPicker::SetLoopState (bool state) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a SelectedListener instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the SelectedListener instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIPicker::SelectedListener::OnPickerStoped (UIPicker &picker) - |
-
- Called when an item is selected after sliding stops. This function is implemented by applications. - |
-
OHOS::UIPicker::RegisterSelectedListener (SelectedListener *pickerListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIPicker::SetTextFormatter (TextFormatter *formatter) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIRadioButton instance. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIRadioButton instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIRadioButton::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIRadioButton::OnPreDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-
- Do something before draw, this function will be invoked mainly to check if this view need to cover invalidate area so render manager can decide which layer to draw firstly. - |
-
OHOS::UIRadioButton::OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) override - |
-
- Executes the click event action OnClickEvent will reverse the selected state of checkbox. Example: If the check box is selected, the checkbox status is changed to Unselected after the click action is taken. - |
-
OHOS::UIRadioButton::SetName (const char *name) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIRadioButton::GetName () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIRepeatButton instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIRepeatButton instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIRepeatButton::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIRepeatButton::SetInterval (uint16_t interval) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIRepeatButton::GetInterval () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIRepeatButton::OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIRepeatButton::OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIRepeatButton::OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create an OnScrollListener instance with the default scroll state SCROLL_STATE_STOP. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the OnScrollListener instance. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIScrollView::OnScrollListener::GetScrollState () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIScrollView instance, with both horizontal and vertical scrolls supported. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIScrollView instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIScrollView::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIScrollView::OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIScrollView::OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIScrollView::OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIScrollView::OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIScrollView::ScrollBy (int16_t xDistance, int16_t yDistance) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIScrollView::SetScrollbarWidth (uint8_t width) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIScrollView::SetHorizontalScrollState (bool state) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIScrollView::SetVerticalScrollState (bool state) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIScrollView::SetXScrollBarVisible (bool state) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIScrollView::SetYScrollBarVisible (bool state) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIScrollView::RegisterScrollListener (OnScrollListener *scrollListener) - |
-
- Registers a listener that contains a callback to be invoked upon scroll state changes. - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UISlider instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UISlider instance. - |
-
OHOS::UISlider::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISlider::SetKnobWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UISlider::SetImage (const ImageInfo *backgroundImage, const ImageInfo *foregroundImage, const ImageInfo *knobImage) - |
-
- Sets the images as pixel maps for this slider, including the background, foreground, and knob images. - |
-
OHOS::UISlider::SetImage (const char *backgroundImage, const char *foregroundImage, const char *knobImage) - |
-
- Sets the images for this slider, including the background, foreground, and knob images. - |
-
OHOS::UISlider::SetSliderColor (const ColorType backgroundColor, const ColorType foregroundColor, const ColorType knobColor) - |
-
- Sets the colors for this slider, including the background, foreground, and knob colors. - |
-
OHOS::UISlider::SetSliderRadius (int16_t backgroundRadius, int16_t foregroundRadius, int16_t knobRadius) - |
-
- Sets the corner radiuses for this slider, including the background, foreground, and knob corner radiuses. - |
-
OHOS::UISlider::SetKnobStyle (const Style &style) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISlider::SetKnobStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISlider::GetKnobStyle () const - |
-const Style & - - |
-
OHOS::UISlider::GetKnobStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISlider::OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISlider::OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISlider::OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISlider::OnPreDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
OHOS::UISlider::OnDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISlider::UISliderEventListener::~UISliderEventListener () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UISliderEventListener instance. - |
-
OHOS::UISlider::UISliderEventListener::OnChange (int16_t value) - |
-
- Called when the slider is dragged or clicked. This is a virtual function, which needs your implementation. - |
-
OHOS::UISlider::UISliderEventListener::OnRelease (int16_t value) - |
-
- Called when the slider is released. This is a virtual function, which needs your implementation. - |
-
OHOS::UISlider::SetSliderEventListener (UISliderEventListener *listener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UISurfaceView instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UISurfaceView instance. - |
-
OHOS::UISurfaceView::GetSurface () const - |
-Surface * -Obtains the surface, which should be used together with the camera and video modules. - |
-
OHOS::UISurfaceView::SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISurfaceView::SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISurfaceView::Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISurfaceView::SetX (int16_t x) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISurfaceView::SetY (int16_t y) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISurfaceView::SetWidth (int16_t width) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISurfaceView::SetHeight (int16_t height) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISurfaceView::SetVisible (bool visible) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISurfaceView::OnPreDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-
- Called before this view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so that the drawing process is optimized. - |
-
OHOS::UISurfaceView::OnDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISwipeView::UISwipeView (uint8_t direction=HORIZONTAL) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UISwipeView instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UISwipeView instance. - |
-
OHOS::UISwipeView::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISwipeView::SetDirection (uint8_t direction) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISwipeView::GetDirection () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISwipeView::Add (UIView *view) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISwipeView::Insert (UIView *prevView, UIView *insertView) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISwipeView::Remove (UIView *view) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISwipeView::SetCurrentPage (uint16_t index, bool needAnimator=false) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISwipeView::GetCurrentPage () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISwipeView::GetCurrentView () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
OHOS::UISwipeView::SetBlankSize (uint16_t size) - |
-
- Sets a blank size, as defined in DEFAULT_BLANK_SIZE. - |
-
OHOS::UISwipeView::OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISwipeView::OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISwipeView::SetAnimatorTime (uint16_t time) - |
-
- Sets the time for the page being animated. The page will go beyond the blank during this time. - |
-
OHOS::UISwipeView::SetLoopState (bool loop) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UISwipeView::GetViewByIndex (uint16_t index) const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UISwipeView::SetOnSwipeListener (OnSwipeListener *onSwipeListener) - |
-
- Sets the listener that contains a callback to be invoked upon a swipe event. - |
-
OHOS::UISwipeView::MoveChildByOffset (int16_t xOffset, int16_t yOffset) override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UITextureMapper instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UITextureMapper instance. - |
-
OHOS::UITextureMapper::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UITextureMapper::SetRotateStart (int16_t start) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UITextureMapper::SetRotateEnd (int16_t end) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UITextureMapper::SetScaleStart (float start) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UITextureMapper::SetScaleEnd (float end) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UITextureMapper::SetDurationTime (uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UITextureMapper::SetDelayTime (uint16_t delayTime) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UITextureMapper::SetEasingFunc (EasingFunc easingFunc) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UITextureMapper::SetPivot (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-
- Sets the coordinates of the rotation and scaling pivots for this image. - |
-
OHOS::UITextureMapper::AnimatorStopListener::~AnimatorStopListener () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete an AnimatorStopListener instance. - |
-
OHOS::UITextureMapper::AnimatorStopListener::OnAnimatorStop (UIView &view)=0 - |
-
- Called when this animator stops. This is a pure virtual function, which needs your inheritance and implementation. - |
-
OHOS::UITextureMapper::SetAnimatorStopListener (AnimatorStopListener *listener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UITimePicker instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UITimePicker instance. - |
-
OHOS::UITimePicker::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UITimePicker::SetSelected (const char *value) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UITimePicker::GetSelectHour () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UITimePicker::GetSelectMinute () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UITimePicker::GetSelectSecond () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UITimePicker::SetItemHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UITimePicker::EnableSecond (bool state) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UITimePicker::SetTextStyle (uint8_t backgroundFontId, uint8_t highlightFontId, ColorType backgroundColor, ColorType highlightColor) - |
-
- Sets the text format in the time picker, including the font ID and color. - |
-
OHOS::UITimePicker::SetTextColor (ColorType backgroundColor, ColorType highlightColor) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UITimePicker::SetBackgroundFont (const char *name, uint8_t size) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UITimePicker::SetHighlightFont (const char *name, uint8_t size) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UITimePicker::SetWidth (int16_t width) override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UITimePicker::SetHeight (int16_t height) override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a SelectedListener instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the SelectedListener instance. - |
-
OHOS::UITimePicker::SelectedListener::OnTimePickerStoped (UITimePicker &picker) - |
-
- Called when an item is selected after sliding stops. This function is implemented by applications. - |
-
OHOS::UITimePicker::RegisterSelectedListener (SelectedListener *timePickerListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIToggleButton instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIToggleButton instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIToggleButton::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIToggleButton::SetState (bool state) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIToggleButton::GetState () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::OnClickListener::OnClick (UIView &view, const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the OnClickListener instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIView::OnLongPressListener::OnLongPress (UIView &view, const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the OnLongPressListener instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIView::OnDragListener::OnDragStart (UIView &view, const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::OnDragListener::OnDrag (UIView &view, const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::OnDragListener::OnDragEnd (UIView &view, const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the OnDragListener instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIView::OnTouchListener::OnPress (UIView &view, const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::OnTouchListener::OnRelease (UIView &view, const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::OnTouchListener::OnCancel (UIView &view, const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the OnTouchListener instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIView::UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIView::OnPreDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
OHOS::UIView::OnDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIView::InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIView::SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIView::SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIView::SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIView::GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::SetParent (UIView *parent) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
OHOS::UIView::SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
OHOS::UIView::SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
OHOS::UIView::IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
OHOS::UIView::GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
OHOS::UIView::GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
OHOS::UIView::GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
OHOS::UIView::GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
OHOS::UIView::ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
OHOS::UIView::SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIView::SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIView::Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::GetX () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::GetY () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
OHOS::UIView::SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIView::GetChildById (const char *id) const - |
-virtual UIView * - - |
-
OHOS::UIView::SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::GetViewType () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
OHOS::UIView::LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
OHOS::UIView::AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
OHOS::UIView::LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::SetStyle (Style &style) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIView::GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
| - | -
- A default constructor used to create a UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
OHOS::UIViewGroup::GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIViewGroup::Add (UIView *view) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIViewGroup::Insert (UIView *prevView, UIView *insertView) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIViewGroup::Remove (UIView *view) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::UIViewGroup::GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) override - |
-
- Obtains the target child view that is visible and can respond to touch events based on given coordinates. - |
-
OHOS::UIViewGroup::MoveChildByOffset (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIViewGroup::GetChildrenHead () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
OHOS::UIViewGroup::GetChildrenTail () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
OHOS::UIViewGroup::SetDisallowIntercept (bool flag) - |
-
- Sets whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
OHOS::UIViewGroup::GetChildById (const char *id) const override - |
-UIView * - - |
-
OHOS::UIViewGroup::SetAutoSize (bool state) - |
-
- Sets whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the rectangle area of a new view group after being adaptive to the size of all child views. - |
-
| - | -
- Performs operations needed after a child view is added or removed. - |
-
| - | -static UIDumpDomTree * - - |
-
OHOS::UIDumpDomTree::DumpDomTree (const char *id, const char *path) - |
-
- Exports information about a DOM tree starting from a specified DOM node and saves the information to a specified path. - |
-
OHOS::UIDumpDomTree::DumpDomTree (const char *id) - |
-
- Exports information about a DOM tree starting from a specified DOM node and saves the information to the default path. The default path is DEFAULT_DUMP_DOM_TREE_PATH. - |
-
OHOS::UIDumpDomTree::DumpDomNode (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::CancelEvent::CancelEvent (const Point &pos) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a CancelEvent instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the CancelEvent instance. - |
-
OHOS::ClickEvent::ClickEvent (const Point &pos) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a ClickEvent instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the ClickEvent instance. - |
-
OHOS::DragEvent::DragEvent (const Point &newPos, const Point &lastPos, const Point &totalLen) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a DragEvent instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the DragEvent instance. - |
-
OHOS::DragEvent::GetLastPoint () const - |
-const Point & -Obtains the coordinates of the last position in the drag event. - |
-
OHOS::DragEvent::GetStartPoint () const - |
-const Point & - - |
-
OHOS::DragEvent::SetPreLastPoint (const Point &preLastPos) - |
-
- Sets the coordinates of the stay position before the last position in the drag event. - |
-
OHOS::DragEvent::GetPreLastPoint () const - |
-const Point & -Obtains the coordinates of the stay position before the last position in the drag event. - |
-
OHOS::DragEvent::GetDragDirection () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::DragEvent::GetDeltaX () const - |
-
- Obtains the difference between the current position and the last position of the view in the x-axis. - |
-
OHOS::DragEvent::GetDeltaY () const - |
-
- Obtains the difference between the current position and the last position of the view in the y-axis. - |
-
| - | -
- A default constructor used to create an Event instance. - |
-
OHOS::Event::Event (const Point &curPos) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an Event instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the Event instance. - |
-
OHOS::Event::GetCurrentPos () const - |
-const Point & - - |
-
OHOS::Event::GetTimeStamp () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Event::SetTimeStamp (const TimeType &timeStamp) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::KeyEvent::KeyEvent (uint16_t keyId, uint16_t state) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a KeyEvent instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the KeyEvent instance. - |
-
OHOS::KeyEvent::GetKeyId () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::KeyEvent::GetState () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::LongPressEvent::LongPressEvent (const Point &pos, const TimeType &timeStamp) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a LongPressEvent instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the LongPressEvent instance. - |
-
OHOS::PressEvent::PressEvent (const Point &pos) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a PressEvent instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the PressEvent instance. - |
-
OHOS::ReleaseEvent::ReleaseEvent (const Point &pos) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a ReleaseEvent instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the ReleaseEvent instance. - |
-
OHOS::VirtualDeviceEvent::VirtualDeviceEvent (uint16_t type, uint16_t value) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a VirtualDeviceEvent instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the VirtualDeviceEvent instance. - |
-
OHOS::VirtualDeviceEvent::GetType () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::VirtualDeviceEvent::GetState () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- The default constructor used to create a Line instance. - |
-
OHOS::Line::Line (const Vector2< int16_t > &a, const Vector2< int16_t > &b) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Line instance. - |
-
OHOS::Line::Line (int16_t x1, int16_t y1, int16_t x2, int16_t y2) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Line instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the Line instance. - |
-
OHOS::Line::operator[] (uint8_t index) - |
-Vector2< int16_t > & -Obtains the start or end point of the line based on the value of index. - |
-
OHOS::Line::operator[] (uint8_t index) const - |
-const Vector2< int16_t > -Obtains the start or end point of the line based on the value of index. - |
-
| - | -
- The default constructor used to create a Polygon instance. - |
-
OHOS::Polygon::Polygon (const Rect &rect) - |
-
- A constructor used to construct a Polygon instance based on a rectangle. - |
-
OHOS::Polygon::Polygon (const Vector2< int16_t > *vertexes, const uint8_t vertexNum) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Polygon instance based on the vertex coordinates and the number of coordinates. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the Polygon instance. - |
-
OHOS::Polygon::MakeAABB () const - |
-
- Obtains the minimum rectangle that can contain the polygon. All vertices of the polygon are inside this rectangle. - |
-
OHOS::Polygon::GetVertexNum () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Polygon::SetVertexNum (uint8_t vertexNum) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Intersect (const Line &a, const Line &b, Vector2< int16_t > &out) - |
-
- Checks whether line segment a and line segment b intersect, and returns the intersection point (if available). - |
-
OHOS::IsIntersect (const Line &a, const Line &b) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Clip (Polygon &poly, const Line &line) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::SuthHodgClip (const Rect &clipRect, const Polygon &polygon) - |
-
- Implements Sutherland-Hodgman, an algorithm used for clipping polygons. - |
-
OHOS::Clip (const Line &line, const Polygon &poly, Vector2< int16_t > *pOut, uint8_t *pNum) - |
-
- Clips a polygon by using a line segment and obtains the intersections. - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a Vector2 instance. - |
-
OHOS::Vector2< T >::Vector2 (T x, T y) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Vector2 instance based on the X and Y coordinates. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the Vector2 instance. - |
-
OHOS::Vector2< T >::Dot (const Vector2< T > &other) const - |
-
- Calculates the scalar product of the two-dimensional vector and another two-dimensional vector. - |
-
OHOS::Vector2< T >::Cross (const Vector2< T > &other) const - |
-
- Calculates the cross product of the two-dimensional vector and another two-dimensional vector. - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a Vector3 instance. - |
-
OHOS::Vector3< T >::Vector3 (T x, T y, T z) - |
-
- Defines a Vector3 instance and initializes the values of x, y, and z. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the Vector3 instance. - |
-
| - | -
- Defines a Matrix3 instance and initializes the 3 x 3 matrix data. - |
-
OHOS::Matrix3< T >::Matrix3 (T m00, T m01, T m02, T m10, T m11, T m12, T m20, T m21, T m22) - |
-
- Defines a Matrix3 instance and initializes the 3 x 3 matrix data. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the Matrix3 instance. - |
-
OHOS::Matrix3< T >::GetData () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Matrix3< T >::Determinant () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Matrix3< T >::Inverse () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Matrix3< T >::Rotate (T angle, const Vector2< T > &pivot) - |
-static Matrix3 -Obtains a rotation matrix. After a matrix is rotated, its data is shifted leftwards by 15 bits. Therefore, the result data needs to be shifted rightwards by 15 bits. - |
-
OHOS::Matrix3< T >::Scale (const Vector2< T > &scale, const Vector2< T > &fixed) - |
-static Matrix3 -Obtains the scaling matrix. After a matrix is scaled, its data is shifted leftwards by 8 bits. Therefore, the result data needs to be shifted rightwards by 8 bits. - |
-
OHOS::Matrix3< T >::Translate (const Vector2< T > &trans) - |
-static Matrix3< T > - - |
-
OHOS::HeapBase::operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::HeapBase::operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A default constructor used to create a FlexLayout instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the FlexLayout instance. - |
-
OHOS::FlexLayout::SetMajorAxisAlign (const AlignType &align) - |
-
- Sets the alignment mode of the primary axis (the axis where the layout direction is located). The child views in the layout are placed in this mode in the direction of the primary axis. - |
-
OHOS::FlexLayout::SetSecondaryAxisAlign (const AlignType &align) - |
-
- Sets the alignment mode of the secondary axis (the axis perpendicular to the set layout direction). - |
-
OHOS::FlexLayout::SetFlexWrap (uint8_t wrap) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::FlexLayout::LayoutChildren (bool needInvalidate=false) override - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
| - | -
- A default constructor used to create a GridLayout instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the GridLayout instance. - |
-
OHOS::GridLayout::SetRows (const uint16_t &rows) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::GridLayout::SetCols (const uint16_t &cols) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::GridLayout::LayoutChildren (bool needInvalidate=false) override - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
| - | -
- A default constructor used to create a Layout instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the Layout instance. - |
-
OHOS::Layout::SetLayoutDirection (const DirectionType &direction) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A default constructor used to create a List instance. The initial size is 0. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the List instance. - |
-
OHOS::List< T >::Front () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::List< T >::Back () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::List< T >::PushBack (T data) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::List< T >::PushFront (T data) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::List< T >::Insert (ListNode< T > *node, T data) - |
-
- Inserts data before a specified node, which follows the inserted data node. - |
-
OHOS::List< T >::Remove (ListNode< T > *node) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::List< T >::Head () const - |
-ListNode< T > * - - |
-
OHOS::List< T >::Tail () const - |
-ListNode< T > * - - |
-
OHOS::List< T >::Begin () const - |
-ListNode< T > * - - |
-
OHOS::List< T >::End () const - |
-const ListNode< T > * - - |
-
OHOS::List< T >::Next (const ListNode< T > *node) const - |
-ListNode< T > * -Obtains the address of the node following the specified node. - |
-
OHOS::List< T >::IsEmpty () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::List< T >::Size () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::ImageCacheMalloc (const ImageInfo &info) - |
-
- Applies for the image cache memory. You can customize the memory area when loading image resources. - |
-
OHOS::ImageCacheFree (ImageInfo &info) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::UIMalloc (uint32_t size) - |
-
- Applies for memory for the graphics module. You can implement this function to override the malloc and new functions. - |
-
OHOS::UIFree (void *buffer) - |
-
- Releases memory for the graphics module. You can implement this function to override the free and delete functions. - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a Rect instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the Rect instance. - |
-
OHOS::Rect::Rect (int16_t left, int16_t top, int16_t right, int16_t bottom) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Rect instance based on the coordinates of the four boundaries. - |
-
OHOS::Rect::Rect (const Rect &other) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Rect instance by copying another rectangle. - |
-
OHOS::Rect::Rect (const Rect &&other) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Rect instance by copying another rectangle. - |
-
OHOS::Rect::SetRect (int16_t left, int16_t top, int16_t right, int16_t bottom) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Rect::GetWidth () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Rect::GetHeight () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Rect::GetX () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Rect::GetY () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Rect::GetLeft () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Rect::GetTop () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Rect::GetRight () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Rect::GetBottom () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Rect::SetX (int16_t x) - |
-
- Changes the left boundary coordinate of the rectangle without changing the rectangle width. - |
-
OHOS::Rect::SetY (int16_t y) - |
-
- Changes the top boundary coordinate of the rectangle without changing the rectangle height. - |
-
OHOS::Rect::SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-
- Changes the coordinates of the left and top boundaries of the rectangle without changing the rectangle width and height. - |
-
OHOS::Rect::SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-
- Changes the width of the rectangle without changing the coordinate of the left boundary. - |
-
OHOS::Rect::SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-
- Changes the height of the rectangle without changing the coordinate of the top boundary. - |
-
OHOS::Rect::SetLeft (int16_t left) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Rect::SetTop (int16_t top) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Rect::SetRight (int16_t right) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Rect::SetBottom (int16_t bottom) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Rect::Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Rect::GetSize () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Rect::Intersect (const Rect &rect1, const Rect &rect2) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Rect::Join (const Rect &rect1, const Rect &rect2) - |
-
- Obtains the minimum rectangle that contains another two rectangles. - |
-
OHOS::Rect::IsContains (const Vector2< int16_t > &point) const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Rect::IsContains (const Point &point) const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Rect::IsExtends (const Rect &other) const - |
-
- Checks whether the rectangle is adjacent to another rectangle horizontally or vertically. - |
-
OHOS::Rect::IsIntersect (const Rect &other) const - |
-
- Checks whether the rectangle intersects with another rectangle. - |
-
OHOS::Rect::IsContains (const Rect &other) const - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a Style instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the Style instance. - |
-
OHOS::Style::SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Style::GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a StyleDefault instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the StyleDefault instance. - |
-
| - | -static Style & - - |
-
| - | -static Style & - - |
-
| - | -static Style & - - |
-
| - | -static Style & - - |
-
| - | -static Style & - - |
-
| - | -static Style & - - |
-
| - | -static Style & - - |
-
| - | -static Style & - - |
-
| - | -static Style & - - |
-
| - | -static Style & - - |
-
| - | -static Style & - - |
-
| - | -static Style & - - |
-
| - | -static Style & - - |
-
OHOS::SysInfo::OnFPSChangedListener::OnFPSChangedListener () - |
-
- A constructor used to create an OnFPSChangedListener instance with the default sampling type FPS_CT_FIXED_TIME. - |
-
OHOS::SysInfo::OnFPSChangedListener::~OnFPSChangedListener () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the OnFPSChangedListener instance. - |
-
OHOS::SysInfo::OnFPSChangedListener::OnFPSChanged (float newFPS)=0 - |
-- - | -
OHOS::SysInfo::OnFPSChangedListener::GetFPSCalculateType () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::SysInfo::OnFPSChangedListener::SetFPSCalculateType (FPSCalculateType type) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::SysInfo::RegisterFPSChangedListener (OnFPSChangedListener *onFPSChangedListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a Theme instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the Theme instance. - |
-
| - | -Style & - - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -Style & - - |
-
| - | -Style & - - |
-
| - | -Style & - - |
-
| - | -Style & - - |
-
| - | -Style & - - |
-
| - | -Style & - - |
-
| - | -static ThemeManager & -Obtains the singleton instance of the ThemeManager class. - |
-
OHOS::ThemeManager::SetCurrent (Theme *theme) - |
-- - | -
| - | -Theme * - - |
-
| - | -
- The default constructor used to create a TransformMap instance. - |
-
OHOS::TransformMap::TransformMap (const Rect &rect) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a TransformMap instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the TransformMap instance. - |
-
OHOS::TransformMap::GetClockWise () const - |
-
- Checks whether the vertex coordinates of a polygon are clockwise. - |
-
OHOS::TransformMap::SetPolygon (const Polygon &polygon) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::TransformMap::GetPolygon () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::TransformMap::GetPivot () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::TransformMap::IsInvalid () const - |
-
- Checks whether the TransformMap instance is invalid. When the vertices are all 0, the TransformMap is invalid. - |
-
OHOS::TransformMap::GetBoxRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the minimum rectangle that can contain a polygon. All vertices of the polygon are inside this rectangle. - |
-
OHOS::TransformMap::Rotate (int16_t angle, const Vector2< int16_t > &pivot) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::TransformMap::Scale (const Vector2< float > scale, const Vector2< int16_t > &pivot) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Rotate (const Vector2< int16_t > &point, int16_t angle, const Vector2< int16_t > &pivot, Vector2< int16_t > &out) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Rotate (const Line &origLine, int16_t angle, const Vector2< int16_t > &pivot, Line &out) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Rotate (const Rect &origRect, int16_t angle, const Vector2< int16_t > &pivot, Polygon &out) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startPos | -Indicates the start value of this animation. | -
| endPos | -Indicates the end value of this animation. | -
| curTime | -Indicates the current time of this animation. | -
| durationTime | -Indicates the total duration of this animation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| STOP | -- | -
| START | -- | -
| PAUSE | -- | -
| RUNNING | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| OPA_TRANSPARENT | -- | -
| OPA_OPAQUE | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| STYLE_BACKGROUND_COLOR | -- | -
| STYLE_BACKGROUND_OPA | -- | -
| STYLE_BORDER_RADIUS | -- | -
| STYLE_BORDER_COLOR | -- | -
| STYLE_BORDER_OPA | -- | -
| STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH | -- | -
| STYLE_PADDING_LEFT | -- | -
| STYLE_PADDING_RIGHT | -- | -
| STYLE_PADDING_TOP | -- | -
| STYLE_PADDING_BOTTOM | -- | -
| STYLE_MARGIN_LEFT | -- | -
| STYLE_MARGIN_RIGHT | -- | -
| STYLE_MARGIN_TOP | -- | -
| STYLE_MARGIN_BOTTOM | -- | -
| STYLE_IMAGE_OPA | -Image opacity - |
-
| STYLE_TEXT_COLOR | -Text color - |
-
| STYLE_TEXT_FONT | -Text font - |
-
| STYLE_LETTER_SPACE | -- | -
| STYLE_LINE_SPACE | -Line spacing - |
-
| STYLE_TEXT_OPA | -Text opacity - |
-
| STYLE_LINE_COLOR | -Line color - |
-
| STYLE_LINE_WIDTH | -Line width - |
-
| STYLE_LINE_OPA | -Line opacity - |
-
| STYLE_LINE_CAP | -Line cap style - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| CAP_NONE | -- | -
| CAP_ROUND | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| BUTTON1 | -- | -
| BUTTON2 | -- | -
| BUTTON3 | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| DIR_LEFT_TO_RIGHT | -- | -
| DIR_RIGHT_TO_LEFT | -- | -
| DIR_TOP_TO_BOTTOM | -- | -
| DIR_BOTTOM_TO_TOP | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| DISPLAY_12_HOUR_NO_SECONDS | -- | -
| DISPLAY_24_HOUR_NO_SECONDS | -- | -
| DISPLAY_12_HOUR | -- | -
| DISPLAY_24_HOUR | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| DRAW_LINE | -- | -
| DRAW_IMAGE | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| HOUR_HAND | -- | -
| MINUTE_HAND | -- | -
| SECOND_HAND | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| STROKE_STYLE | -- | -
| FILL_STYLE | -- | -
| STROKE_FILL_STYLE | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| INSIDE | -- | -
| OUTSIDE | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| HOUR_ELEMENT | -- | -
| MINUTE_ELEMENT | -- | -
| SECOND_ELEMENT | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| TEXT_ALIGNMENT_LEFT | -- | -
| TEXT_ALIGNMENT_RIGHT | -- | -
| TEXT_ALIGNMENT_CENTER | -- | -
| TEXT_ALIGNMENT_TOP | -- | -
| TEXT_ALIGNMENT_BOTTOM | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| TEXT_DIRECT_LTR | -- | -
| TEXT_DIRECT_RTL | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ALWAYS_ON | -- | -
| NORMAL | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| animator | -Indicates the pointer to the Animator instance to add. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| view | -Indicates the pointer to the child view to add. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| view | -Indicates the view to add. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dataSerial | -Indicates the pointer to the data set class. For details, see UIChartDataSerial. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the start address of the data point. | -
| count | -Indicates the number of data points to add. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the pointer to the ID of the sibling view. | -
| offset | -Indicates the offset added to the y-axis after the view is placed. A positive number indicates the offset to the top, and a negative number indicates the offset to the bottom. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the pointer to the ID of the sibling view. | -
| offset | -Indicates the offset added to the x-axis after the view is placed. A positive number indicates the offset to the right, and a negative number indicates the offset to the left. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the pointer to the ID of the sibling view. | -
| offset | -Indicates the offset added to the x-axis after the view is placed. A positive number indicates the offset to the right, and a negative number indicates the offset to the left. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the pointer to the ID of the sibling view. | -
| offset | -Indicates the offset added to the x-axis after the view is placed. A positive number indicates the offset to the left, and a negative number indicates the offset to the right. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the pointer to the ID of the sibling view. | -
| offset | -Indicates the offset added to the y-axis after the view is placed. A positive number indicates the offset to the bottom, and a negative number indicates the offset to the top. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the pointer to the ID of the sibling view. | -
| offset | -Indicates the offset added to the y-axis after the view is placed. A positive number indicates the offset to the bottom, and a negative number indicates the offset to the top. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| callback | -Indicates the animator callback for producing animator effects. For details, see AnimatorCallback. | -
| view | -Indicates the UIView instance bound to an animator, which can be used when invoking the animator callback. | -
| time | -Indicates the duration of this animator, in milliseconds. | -
| repeat | -Specifies whether to repeat this animator. true indicates the animator is repeated, and false (default value) indicates the animator is played once. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startPos | -Indicates the start value of this animation. | -
| endPos | -Indicates the end value of this animation. | -
| curTime | -Indicates the current time of this animation. | -
| durationTime | -Indicates the total duration of this animation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startPos | -Indicates the start value of this animation. | -
| endPos | -Indicates the end value of this animation. | -
| curTime | -Indicates the current time of this animation. | -
| durationTime | -Indicates the total duration of this animation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startPos | -Indicates the start value of this animation. | -
| endPos | -Indicates the end value of this animation. | -
| curTime | -Indicates the current time of this animation. | -
| durationTime | -Indicates the total duration of this animation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| view | -Indicates the UIView instance, which is added from the constructor of the Animator class. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| pos | -Indicates the position where the cancel event occurs. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startPos | -Indicates the start value of this animation. | -
| endPos | -Indicates the end value of this animation. | -
| curTime | -Indicates the current time of this animation. | -
| durationTime | -Indicates the total duration of this animation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startPos | -Indicates the start value of this animation. | -
| endPos | -Indicates the end value of this animation. | -
| curTime | -Indicates the current time of this animation. | -
| durationTime | -Indicates the total duration of this animation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startPos | -Indicates the start value of this animation. | -
| endPos | -Indicates the end value of this animation. | -
| curTime | -Indicates the current time of this animation. | -
| durationTime | -Indicates the total duration of this animation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| pos | -Indicates the position where the click event occurs. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| line | -Indicates the line segment used for clipping. | -
| poly | -Indicates the polygon to clip. | -
| pOut | -Indicates the pointer to the intersections. | -
| pNum | -Indicates the pointer to the number of the intersections. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| poly | -Indicates the polygon to clip. | -
| line | -Indicates the line segment used for clipping. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| color | -Indicates the color data with the 32-bit color depth, which is defined by Color32. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| color | -Indicates the color data with the 16-bit color depth, which is defined by Color16. | -
| alpha | -Indicates the alpha, that is, how opaque each pixel is. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| color | -Indicates the color data, which is defined by ColorType. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| other | -Indicates the two-dimensional vector to be used for calculation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startPos | -Indicates the start value of this animation. | -
| endPos | -Indicates the end value of this animation. | -
| curTime | -Indicates the current time of this animation. | -
| durationTime | -Indicates the total duration of this animation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startPos | -Indicates the start value of this animation. | -
| endPos | -Indicates the end value of this animation. | -
| curTime | -Indicates the current time of this animation. | -
| durationTime | -Indicates the total duration of this animation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startPos | -Indicates the start value of this animation. | -
| endPos | -Indicates the end value of this animation. | -
| curTime | -Indicates the current time of this animation. | -
| durationTime | -Indicates the total duration of this animation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dataSerial | -Indicates the pointer to the data set class. For details, see UIChartDataSerial. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| displayLeadingZero | -Specifies whether to add 0 before the hour of this digital clock. true indicates that 0 is added, and false indicates the opposite case. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| other | -Indicates the two-dimensional vector to be used for calculation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| newPos | -Indicates the new position in the drag event. | -
| lastPos | -Indicates the last position in the drag event. | -
| totalLen | -Indicates the distance that the view has been dragged, including the movement on the x-axis and y-axis. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| center | -Indicates the coordinates of the arc's center. | -
| radius | -Indicates the radius of the arc. | -
| startAngle | -Indicates the start angle of the arc. Value 0 indicates the 12-o'clock direction, and 90 indicates the 3-o'clock direction. | -
| endAngle | -Indicates the end angle of the arc. Value 0 indicates the 12-o'clock direction, and 90 indicates the 3-o'clock direction. | -
| paint | -Indicates the arc style. For details, see Paint. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| center | -Indicates the coordinates of the circle center. | -
| radius | -Indicates the radius of the circle. | -
| paint | -Indicates the circle style. For details, see Paint. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| control1 | -Indicates the coordinates of the first control point of the cubic Bezier curve. | -
| control2 | -Indicates the coordinates of the second control point of the cubic Bezier curve. | -
| endPoint | -Indicates the coordinates of the end point of the cubic Bezier curve. | -
| paint | -Indicates the curve style. For details, see Paint. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startPoint | -Indicates the coordinates of the start point of the cubic Bezier curve. | -
| control1 | -Indicates the coordinates of the first control point of the cubic Bezier curve. | -
| control2 | -Indicates the coordinates of the second control point of the cubic Bezier curve. | -
| endPoint | -Indicates the coordinates of the end point of the cubic Bezier curve. | -
| paint | -Indicates the curve style. For details, see Paint. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startPoint | -Indicates the coordinates of the start point. | -
| image | -Indicates the pointer to the image source. | -
| paint | -Indicates the image style. For details, see Paint. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startPoint | -Indicates the coordinates of the start point. | -
| text | -Indicates the pointer to the text content. | -
| maxWidth | -Indicates the maximum width of the text that can be displayed. If the maximum width is exceeded, the text is truncated. | -
| fontStyle | -Indicates the text layout and font style. For details, see FontStyle. | -
| paint | -Indicates the text style. For details, see Paint. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| endPoint | -Indicates the end point of the straight line. | -
| paint | -Indicates the straight line style. For details, see Paint. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startPoint | -Indicates the coordinates of the start point. | -
| endPoint | -Indicates the coordinates of the end point. | -
| paint | -Indicates the straight line style. For details, see Paint. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startPoint | -Indicates the coordinates of the point at the upper left corner of the rectangle. | -
| height | -Indicates the height of the rectangle. | -
| width | -Indicates the width of the rectangle. | -
| paint | -Indicates the rectangle style. For details, see Paint. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| center | -Indicates the coordinates of the sector's center. | -
| radius | -Indicates the radius of the sector. | -
| startAngle | -Indicates the start angle of the sector. Value 0 indicates the 12-o'clock direction, and 90 indicates the 3-o'clock direction. | -
| endAngle | -Indicates the end angle of the sector. Value 0 indicates the 12-o'clock direction, and 90 indicates the 3-o'clock direction. | -
| paint | -Indicates the sector style. For details, see Paint. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the pointer to the DOM node ID. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the pointer to the DOM node ID. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the pointer to the DOM node ID. | -
| path | -Indicates the pointer to the specified path. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| state | -Indicates the automatic alignment state. true indicates this state is enabled, and false indicates the opposite case. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| enable | -Specifies whether the background of the progress bar is visible. true (the default value) indicates that the background is visible, and false indicates the opposite case. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| enable | -Specifies whether to draw the bottom point. Value true means to draw the bottom point, and value false means not to draw the bottom point. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| enable | -Specifies whether to enable the fill color. Value true means to enable the fill color, and value false means to disable the fill color. The default value is false. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| enable | -Specifies whether to draw the frontmost point. Value true means to draw the frontmost point, and value false means not to draw the frontmost point. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| enable | -Specifies whether to enable chart reverse. Value true means to enable chart reverse, and value false means not to enable chart reverse. The default value is false. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| state | -Specifies whether to enable seconds in the time picker. Value true means to enable seconds, and value false means to disable seconds. The default value is false. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| smooth | -Specifies whether to smooth a polyline. Value true means to smooth a polyline, and value false means not to smooth a polyline. The default value is false. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| enable | -Specifies whether to draw the top point. Value true means to draw the top point, and value false means not to draw the top point. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| pos | -Indicates the position where the event occurs. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| parentView | -Indicates the specified parent view. | -
| subView | -Indicates the target child view. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| value | -Indicates the input integer. | -
| outText | -Indicates the pointer to the converted string. | -
| textLen | -Indicates the length of the string. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key of the style. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| t | -Indicates the current change rate of the cubic Bezier curve, within [0, 1024]. | -
| u0 | -Indicates the coordinates for the start point of the cubic Bezier curve, within [0, 1024]. | -
| u1 | -Indicates the coordinates for the first control point of the cubic Bezier curve, within [0, 1024]. | -
| u2 | -Indicates the coordinates for the second control point of the cubic Bezier curve, within [0, 1024]. | -
| u3 | -Indicates the coordinates for the end point of the cubic Bezier curve, within [0, 1024]. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the pointer to the ID of the target child view. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| r8 | -Indicates the intensity of red. | -
| g8 | -Indicates the intensity of green. | -
| b8 | -Indicates the intensity of blue. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| r8 | -Indicates the intensity of red. | -
| g8 | -Indicates the intensity of green. | -
| b8 | -Indicates the intensity of blue. | -
| alpha | -Indicates the alpha, that is, how opaque each pixel is. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| textRect | -Indicates the text rectangle. | -
| style | -Indicates the text style. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key of the style. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| type | -Indicates the clock hand type, as enumerated in HandType. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| type | -Indicates the clock hand type, as enumerated in HandType. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| type | -Indicates the clock hand type, as enumerated in HandType. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| type | -Indicates the clock hand type, as enumerated in HandType. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| header | -Indicates the basic image information. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key of the style. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key of the style. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c1 | -Indicates color 1. | -
| c2 | -Indicates color 2. | -
| mix | -Indicates the alpha, that is, how opaque each pixel is. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| index | -Indicates the index of the data point to obtain. | -
| point | -Indicates the obtained coordinates. If the data set is not added to the chart, the original value of the data point is printed. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key of the style. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key of the style. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key of the style. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key of the style. | -
| state | -Indicates the button state, as enumerated in ButtonState. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| point | -Indicates the coordinates to specify. | -
| last | -Indicates the double pointer to the view that contains the specified coordinates. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| point | -Indicates the given coordinates. | -
| last | -Indicates the double pointer to the target view. nullptr indicates that the target view is not available. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| inView | -Indicates the pointer to the reusable instance. If this parameter is not NULL, a reusable UILabel instance is available. In this case, this function does not need to create a new UILabel instance, just resusing the instance specified by inView to update the inView data. If this parameter is NULL, there is no resuable UIView instance. In this case, this function needs to create a new UILabel instance. | -
| index | -Indicates the adapter data index. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| inView | -Indicates the pointer to the reusable instance. If this parameter is not NULL, a reusable UIView instance is available. In this case, this function does not need to create a new UIView instance, just reusing the instance specified by inView to update the inView data. If this parameter is NULL, there is no reusable UIView instance. In this case, this function needs to create a new UIView instance. | -
| index | -Indicates the adapter data index. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| Indicates | -the index of a view. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| index | -Indicates the point from which the hide starts. | -
| count | -Indicates the number of points to hide. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| info | -Indicates the image information. For details, see ImageInfo. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| info | -Indicates the image information. For details, see ImageInfo. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| node | -Indicates the pointer to the node holding the inserted data. | -
| data | -Indicates the data to insert. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| prevView | -Indicates the pointer to the current child view, previous to the new child view to insert. | -
| view | -Indicates the pointer to the new child view to insert. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| prevView | -Indicates the previous view. | -
| insertView | -Indicates the view to insert. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| a | -Indicates line segment a. | -
| b | -Indicates line segment b. | -
| out | -Indicates the intersection point. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| rect1 | -Indicates the first rectangle to check. | -
| rect2 | -Indicates the second rectangle to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| invalidatedArea | -Indicates the area to refresh. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| point | -Indicates the coordinate point. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| other | -Indicates the rectangle to be used for check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| point | -Indicates the coordinate point. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| other | -Indicates the rectangle to be used for check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| a | -Indicates line segment a. | -
| b | -Indicates line segment b. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| other | -Indicates the rectangle to be used for check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| rect1 | -Indicates the first rectangle to contain. | -
| rect2 | -Indicates the second rectangle to contain. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| keyId | -Indicates the key ID. | -
| state | -Indicates the key state. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| offset | -Indicates the offset added to the y-axis after the view is placed. A positive number indicates the offset to the top, and a negative number indicates the offset to the bottom. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the pointer to the ID of the sibling view. | -
| offset | -Indicates the offset added to the y-axis after the view is placed. A positive number indicates the offset to the bottom, and a negative number indicates the offset to the top. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| xOffset | -Indicates the offset added to the x-axis after the view is placed. A positive number indicates the offset to the right, and a negative number indicates the offset to the left. | -
| yOffset | -Indicates the offset added to the y-axis after the view is placed. A positive number indicates the offset to the bottom, and a negative number indicates the offset to the top. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| offset | -Indicates the offset added to the x-axis after the view is placed. A positive number indicates the offset to the right, and a negative number indicates the offset to the left. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the pointer to the ID of the sibling view. | -
| offset | -Indicates the offset added to the x-axis after the view is placed. A positive number indicates the offset to the left, and a negative number indicates the offset to the right. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| offset | -Indicates the offset added to the x-axis after the view is placed. A positive number indicates the offset to the left, and a negative number indicates the offset to the right. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the pointer to the ID of the sibling view. | -
| offset | -Indicates the offset added to the x-axis after the view is placed. A positive number indicates the offset to the right, and a negative number indicates the offset to the left. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| offset | -Indicates the offset added to the y-axis after the view is placed. A positive number indicates the offset to the bottom, and a negative number indicates the offset to the top. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the pointer to the ID of the sibling view. | -
| offset | -Indicates the offset added to the y-axis after the view is placed. A positive number indicates the offset to the top, and a negative number indicates the offset to the bottom. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| a | -Indicates the start point of the line. | -
| b | -Indicates the end point of the line. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x1 | -Indicates the X coordinate of the line's start point. | -
| y1 | -Indicates the Y coordinate of the line's start point. | -
| x2 | -Indicates the X coordinate of the line's end point. | -
| y2 | -Indicates the Y coordinate of the line's end point. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startPos | -Indicates the start value of this animation. | -
| endPos | -Indicates the end value of this animation. | -
| curTime | -Indicates the current time of this animation. | -
| durationTime | -Indicates the total duration of this animation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| pos | -Indicates the position where the long-press event occurs. | -
| timeStamp | -Indicates the time stamp when the long-press event occurs. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| m00 | -Indicates the element in row 1 and column 1 of the matrix. | -
| m01 | -Indicates the element in row 1 and column 2 of the matrix. | -
| m02 | -Indicates the element in row 1 and column 3 of the matrix. | -
| m10 | -Indicates the element in row 2 and column 1 of the matrix. | -
| m11 | -Indicates the element in row 2 and column 2 of the matrix. | -
| m12 | -Indicates the element in row 2 and column 3 of the matrix. | -
| m20 | -Indicates the element in row 3 and column 1 of the matrix. | -
| m21 | -Indicates the element in row 3 and column 2 of the matrix. | -
| m22 | -Indicates the element in row 3 and column 3 of the matrix. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| index | -Indicates the index of the data point to modify. | -
| point | -Indicates the new value of the data point. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| offsetX | -Indicates the offset distance by which a child view is moved on the x-axis. | -
| offsetY | -Indicates the offset distance by which a child view is moved on the y-axis. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the offset distance by which this view group is moved on the x-axis. | -
| y | -Indicates the offset distance by which this view group is moved on the y-axis. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| offsetX | -Indicates the offset distance by which a child view is moved on the x-axis. | -
| offsetY | -Indicates the offset distance by which a child view is moved on the y-axis. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| offsetX | -Indicates the offset distance by which a child view is moved on the x-axis. | -
| offsetY | -Indicates the offset distance by which a child view is moved on the y-axis. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| node | -Indicates the pointer to the data node in the linked list. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| view | -Indicates the instance of this view. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| view | -Indicates the instance of this view. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| view | -Indicates the view on which a click event is canceled. | -
| event | -Indicates the cancel event. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| event | -Indicates the cancel event. | -
| - | -- | -|
|---|---|---|
| [in] | -event | -The cancel event. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| value | -Indicates the current value of the slider. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| state | -Indicates the current state of this check box. For details, see UICheckBoxState. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| view | -Indicates the view clicked. | -
| event | -Indicates the click event. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| event | -Indicates the click event. | -
| - | -- | -|
|---|---|---|
| [in] | -event | -click event. | -
| - | -- | -|
|---|---|---|
| [in] | -event | -The event that passed when OnClickEvent is invoked. | -
| - | -- | -|
|---|---|---|
| [in] | -event | -The event that passed when OnClickEvent is invoked. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| event | -Indicates the click event. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| view | -Indicates the view dragged. | -
| event | -Indicates the drag event. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| view | -Indicates the view dragged. | -
| event | -Indicates the drag event. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| event | -Indicates the drag event. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| event | -Indicates the drag event. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| event | -Indicates the drag event. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| event | -Indicates the drag event. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| event | -Indicates the drag event. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| event | -Indicates the drag event. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| event | -Indicates the drag event. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| event | -Indicates the drag event. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| event | -Indicates the drag event. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| event | -The drag event | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| view | -Indicates the view dragged. | -
| event | -Indicates the drag event. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| event | -Indicates the drag event. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| invalidatedArea | -Indicates the area to draw. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| invalidatedArea | -Indicates the area to draw. | -
| - | -- | -|
|---|---|---|
| [in] | -invalidatedArea | -The rectangle to draw, with coordinates relative to this drawable.. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| invalidatedArea | -Indicates the area to draw. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| invalidatedArea | -Indicates the area to draw. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| invalidatedArea | -Indicates the area to draw. | -
| - | -- | -|
|---|---|---|
| [in] | -invalidatedArea | -The invalidated area. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| invalidatedArea | -Indicates the area to draw. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| invalidatedArea | -Indicates the area to draw. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| invalidatedArea | -Indicates the area to draw. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| invalidatedArea | -Indicates the area to draw. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| invalidatedArea | -Indicates the area to draw. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| invalidatedArea | -Indicates the area to draw. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| invalidatedArea | -Indicates the area to draw. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| newFPS | -Indicates the FPS data. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| view | -Indicates the view displayed upon a physical key event. | -
| event | -Indicates the physical key event to respond to. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| event | -Indicates the physical key event to execute. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| view | -Indicates the view long pressed. | -
| event | -Indicates the long-press event. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| event | -Indicates the long-press event. | -
| - | -- | -|
|---|---|---|
| [in] | -event | -long press event. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| picker | -Indicates the picker instance. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| invalidatedArea | -Indicates the area in which the view is drawn. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| invalidatedArea | -Indicates the area in which the view is drawn. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| invalidatedArea | -Indicates the area to draw. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| invalidatedArea | -Indicates the area to draw. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| invalidatedArea | -Indicates the area to draw. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| invalidatedArea | -Indicates the area to draw. | -
| - | -- | -|
|---|---|---|
| [in] | -invalidate | -area. | -
| - | -- | -|
|---|---|---|
| [in] | -invalidate | -area. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| invalidatedArea | -Indicates the area to draw. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| invalidatedArea | -Indicates the area to draw. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| invalidatedArea | -Indicates the area to draw. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| invalidatedArea | -Indicates the area to draw. | -
| - | -- | -|
|---|---|---|
| [in] | -invalidate | -area. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| invalidatedArea | -Indicates the area to draw. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| invalidatedArea | -Indicates the area to draw. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| invalidatedArea | -Indicates the area to draw. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| view | -Indicates the view pressed. | -
| event | -Indicates the press event. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| event | -Indicates the press event. | -
| - | -- | -|
|---|---|---|
| [in] | -event | -The press event, contain press position. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| event | -Indicates the press event. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| event | -Indicates the press event. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| value | -Indicates the current value of the slider. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| view | -Indicates the view released. | -
| event | -Indicates the release event. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| event | -Indicates the release event. | -
| - | -- | -|
|---|---|---|
| [in] | -event | -release event. | -
| - | -- | -|
|---|---|---|
| [in] | -event | -The press release event. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| view | -Indicates the UIView instance, which is added from the constructor of the Animator class. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| picker | -Indicates the time picker instance. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| event | -Indicates the input event to respond to. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| view | -Indicates the view displayed upon an input event triggered by a virtual device. | -
| event | -Indicates the input event to respond to. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| p | -Indicates the pointer to the memory to be released. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| size | -Indicates the size of the memory to be allocated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| index | -Indicates the start or end point to obtain. The value 0 indicates that the start point is to be obtained, and 1 indicates that the end point is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| index | -Indicates the start or end point to obtain. The value 0 indicates that the start point is to be obtained, and 1 indicates that the end point is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| rect | -Indicates the rectangle used to construct the polygon. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| vertexes | -Indicates the pointer to the vertex coordinates. | -
| vertexNum | -Indicates the number of vertices. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| pos | -Indicates the position where the press event occurs. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| data | -Indicates the data to insert. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| data | -Indicates the data to insert. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startPos | -Indicates the start value of this animation. | -
| endPos | -Indicates the end value of this animation. | -
| curTime | -Indicates the current time of this animation. | -
| durationTime | -Indicates the total duration of this animation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startPos | -Indicates the start value of this animation. | -
| endPos | -Indicates the end value of this animation. | -
| curTime | -Indicates the current time of this animation. | -
| durationTime | -Indicates the total duration of this animation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startPos | -Indicates the start value of this animation. | -
| endPos | -Indicates the end value of this animation. | -
| curTime | -Indicates the current time of this animation. | -
| durationTime | -Indicates the total duration of this animation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startPos | -Indicates the start value of this animation. | -
| endPos | -Indicates the end value of this animation. | -
| curTime | -Indicates the current time of this animation. | -
| durationTime | -Indicates the total duration of this animation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startPos | -Indicates the start value of this animation. | -
| endPos | -Indicates the end value of this animation. | -
| curTime | -Indicates the current time of this animation. | -
| durationTime | -Indicates the total duration of this animation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startPos | -Indicates the start value of this animation. | -
| endPos | -Indicates the end value of this animation. | -
| curTime | -Indicates the current time of this animation. | -
| durationTime | -Indicates the total duration of this animation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| other | -Indicates the rectangle to copy. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| other | -Indicates the rectangle to copy. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| left | -Indicates the coordinate of the left boundary. | -
| top | -Indicates the coordinate of the top boundary. | -
| right | -Indicates the coordinate of the right boundary. | -
| bottom | -Indicates the coordinate of the bottom boundary. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| onFPSChangedListener | -Indicates the pointer to the FPS change notification function. For details, see OnFPSChangedListener. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| scrollListener | -Indicates the listener to register. For details, see OnScrollListener. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| pickerListener | -Indicates the listener for a selected event in the picker. For details, see SelectedListener. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| timePickerListener | -Indicates the listener to register. For details, see SelectedListener. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| pos | -Indicates the position where the release event occurs. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| animator | -Indicates the pointer to the Animator instance to remove. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| node | -Indicates the pointer to the node to delete. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| view | -Indicates the pointer to the child view to remove. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| view | -Indicates the view to delete. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| width | -Indicates the width of the rectangle. | -
| height | -Indicates the height of the rectangle. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| width | -Indicates the new width. | -
| height | -Indicates the new height. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| width | -Indicates the new width. | -
| height | -Indicates the new height. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the new x-coordinate. | -
| y | -Indicates the new y-coordinate. | -
| width | -Indicates the new width. | -
| height | -Indicates the new height. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| origLine | -Indicates the line segment to rotate. | -
| angle | -Indicates the angle to rotate. | -
| pivot | -Indicates the rotation pivot. | -
| out | -Indicates the line generated after rotation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| origRect | -Indicates the rectangle to rotate. | -
| angle | -Indicates the angle to rotate. | -
| pivot | -Indicates the rotation pivot. | -
| out | -Indicates the polygon generated after the rectangle is rotated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| point | -Indicates the point to rotate. | -
| angle | -Indicates the angle to rotate. | -
| pivot | -Indicates the rotation pivot. | -
| out | -Indicates the point generated after rotation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| angle | -Indicates the angle to rotate. | -
| pivot | -Indicates the rotation pivot. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| angle | -Indicates the angle to rotate. | -
| pivot | -Indicates the rotation pivot. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| scale | -Indicates the scaling factors of the x-axis and y-axis. | -
| pivot | -Indicates the pivot for scaling. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| scale | -Indicates the scaling factors of the x-axis and y-axis. | -
| fixed | -Indicates the fixed scaling point. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| distance | -Indicates the distance by which the content is scrolled. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| xDistance | -Indicates the offset distance by which the content is scrolled on the x-axis. | -
| yDistance | -Indicates the offset distance by which the content is scrolled on the y-axis. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| index | -Indicates the new index of the first row or column of the current view. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| adapter | -Indicates the adapter to set. For details, see AbstractAdapter. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| align | -Indicates the text alignment mode to set, as defined in UITextLanguageAlignment. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| horizontalAlign | -Indicates the horizontal alignment mode to set, which can be TEXT_ALIGNMENT_LEFT, TEXT_ALIGNMENT_CENTER, or TEXT_ALIGNMENT_RIGHT. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| listener | -Indicates the listener to set. For details, see AnimatorStopListener. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| listener | -Indicates the listener to set. For details, see AnimatorStopListener. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| time | -Indicates the time of the page being animated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startAngle | -Indicates the start angle to set. | -
| endAngle | -Indicates the end angle to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the x-coordinate to set. | -
| y | -Indicates the y-coordinate to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| orientation | -Indicates the text orientation to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| radius | -Indicates the radius to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| enable | -Specifies whether the image view size needs to be adaptive to the image size. true indicates that automatic adaption is enabled, and false indicates the opposite case. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| state | -Specifies whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. true indicates automatic adaption is enabled, and false indicates the opposite case. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| name | -Indicates the pointer to the font name to set. | -
| size | -Indicates the font size to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| name | -Indicates the pointer to the font name to set. | -
| size | -Indicates the font size to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the x-coordinate to set. The default value is 0. | -
| y | -Indicates the y-coordinate to set. The default value is 0. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| style | -Indicates the background style of the progress bar. For details, see Style. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key of the style to set. | -
| value | -Indicates the value matching the key. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| overshoot | -Indicates the overshoot s in the equation to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| size | -Indicates the blank size to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| level | -Indicates the blur level to set. For details, see BlurLevel. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| bottom | -Indicates the coordinate of the bottom boundary. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| style | -Indicates the style to set. For details, see PointStyle. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| buttonType | -Indicates the button position. | -
| text | -Indicates the pointer to the button text. | -
| listener | -Indicates the pointer to the listener registered for the button. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| cap | -Indicates the cap type. For details, see CapType. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the x-coordinate to set. The default value is 0. | -
| y | -Indicates the y-coordinate to set. The default value is 0. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| color | -Indicates the front color to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| cols | -Indicates the number of columns to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| theme | -Indicates the theme to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| start | -Indicates the start value of the integer data. | -
| end | -Indicates the end value of the integer data. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| data | -Indicates the string linked list data. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| min | -Indicates the minimum value to set. | -
| max | -Indicates the maximum value to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| min | -Indicates the minimum value to set. | -
| max | -Indicates the maximum value to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| min | -Indicates the minimum value to set. | -
| max | -Indicates the maximum value to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| delayTime | -Indicates the delay time to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| direct | -Indicates the text direction, as defined in UITextLanguageDirect. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| direct | -Indicates the text direction to set, as defined in UITextLanguageDirect. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| direct | -Indicates the direction of the UILabel constructed by the adapter. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| direct | -Indicates the text direction to set. For details, see UITextLanguageDirect. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| direction | -Indicates the direction to set. The default direction is from left to right. For details, see Direction. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| direction | -Indicates the dragging direction, either HORIZONTAL or VERTICAL. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| flag | -Specifies whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. true indicates that this view group is intercepted upon touch events, and false indicates the opposite case. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dm | -Indicates the display mode to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| value | -Indicates the drag acceleration to set. The default value is 10. A larger drag acceleration indicates a higher inertial scroll velocity. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the easing function to set. The default function is EasingEquation::CubicEaseOut. For details, see EasingEquation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| draggable | -Specifies whether to set the view draggable. Value true means to set the view draggable, and false means the opposite. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| durationTime | -Indicates the duration to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| easingFunc | -Indicates the easing function to set. The animation moves at a constant velocity by default. For details, see EasingEquation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| endAngle | -Indicates the end angle to set, which can be any value represented by int16_t. The default value is 360. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| expand | -Specifies whether to adapt the component height to this text. The value true indicates that the component height will adapt to this text, and false indicates not. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| expand | -Specifies whether to adapt the component width to this text. The value true indicates that the component width will adapt to this text, and false indicates not. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| color | -Indicates the fill color to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| color | -Indicates the fill color to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wrap | -Indicates the word wrap attribute. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| name | -Indicates the pointer to the font name. | -
| size | -Indicates the font size to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| name | -Indicates the pointer to the font name. | -
| size | -Indicates the font size to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| name | -Indicates the pointer to the font name. | -
| size | -Indicates the font size to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| name | -Indicates the pointer to the font name. | -
| size | -Indicates the font size to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| name | -Indicates the pointer to the font name. | -
| size | -Indicates the font size to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| name | -Indicates the pointer to the font name. | -
| size | -Indicates the font size to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| backgroundFontId | -Indicates the font ID of the background text. | -
| highlightFontId | -Indicates the font ID of the highlighted text. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fontId | -Indicates the dynamic font ID to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fontId | -Indicates the font ID. For details, see UITextLanguageFontId. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fontId | -Indicates the font ID to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fontId | -Indicates the font ID composed of font name and size. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fontId | -Indicates the font ID composed of the font name and size. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fontId | -Indicates the font ID composed of font name and size. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| style | -Indicates the foreground style of this progress bar. For details, see Style. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key of the style to set. | -
| value | -Indicates the value matching the key. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| type | -Indicates the FPS sampling type. For details, see FPSCalculateType. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| bottom | -Indicates the bottom of the filling range. The value is the distance to the x-axis. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| minOpa | -Indicates the opacity closest to the x-axis. | -
| maxOpa | -Indicates the opacity farthest away from the x-axis. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| type | -Indicates the clock hand type, as enumerated in HandType. | -
| img | -Indicates the image to set. | -
| position | -Indicates the start position of this image. | -
| center | -Indicates the rotation center of this clock hand. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| type | -Indicates the clock hand type, as enumerated in HandType. | -
| position | -Indicates the position of the line endpoint close to the rotation center. | -
| center | -Indicates the rotation center of this clock hand. | -
| color | -Indicates the color of this line. | -
| width | -Indicates the width of this line when it is 12 o'clock. | -
| height | -Indicates the height of this line when it is 12 o'clock. | -
| opacity | -Indicates the opacity of this line. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| style | -Indicates the style to set. For details, see PointStyle. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| height | -Indicates the height of the rectangle. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| height | -Indicates the height to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| height | -Indicates the height to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| height | -Indicates the height to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| height | -Indicates the height to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| height | -Indicates the height to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| height | -Indicates the height to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| height | -Indicates the height to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| height | -Indicates the height to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| name | -Indicates the pointer to the font name to set. | -
| size | -Indicates the font size to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| name | -Indicates the pointer to the font name to set. | -
| size | -Indicates the font size to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| state | -Specifies whether a horizontal scroll is enabled. true indicates a horizontal scroll is enabled, and false indicates the opposite case. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| backgroundImage | -Indicates the background image to set. | -
| foregroundImage | -Indicates the foreground image to set. | -
| knobImage | -Indicates the knob image to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| backgroundImage | -Indicates the background image to set. | -
| foregroundImage | -Indicates the foreground image to set. | -
| knobImage | -Indicates the knob image to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| imageSrc | -Indicates the pointer to the ImageAnimatorInfo array for storing the configured image information. The memory cannot be released before this animator stops. | -
| imageNum | -Indicates the number of images. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| imageSrc | -Indicates the pointer to the ImageAnimatorInfo array for storing the configured image information. The memory cannot be released before this animator stops. | -
| imageNum | -Indicates the number of images. | -
| timeOfUpdate | -Indicates the interval for updating images, in milliseconds. The default value is 1. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the x-coordinate to set. | -
| y | -Indicates the y-coordinate to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| selectedImageSrc | -Indicates the image for this check box when selected. | -
| unselectedImageSrc | -Indicates the image for this check box when unselected. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| selectedImageSrc | -Indicates the image for this check box when selected. | -
| unselectedImageSrc | -Indicates the image for this check box when unselected. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| defaultImgSrc | -Indicates the default image. | -
| triggeredImgSrc | -Indicates the image for a button when it is triggered. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| defaultImgSrc | -Indicates the default image. | -
| triggeredImgSrc | -Indicates the image for a button when it is triggered. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| hour | -Indicates the hour to set. | -
| minute | -Indicates the minute to set. | -
| second | -Indicates the second to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| isIntercept | -Specifies whether to intercept the drag event. Value true means to intercept the drag event, and false means the opposite. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| interval | -Indicates the interval to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| height | -Indicates the height of each item. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| height | -Indicates the height to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| style | -Indicates the knob style to set. For details, see Style. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key of the style to set. | -
| value | -Indicates the value matching the key. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| width | -Indicates the knob width to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| labelStyle | -Indicates the label style to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key of the style to set. | -
| value | -Indicates the value matching the key. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the offset distance by which this label is moved on the x-axis. | -
| y | -Indicates the offset distance by which this label is moved on the y-axis. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| lastRun | -Indicates the end time to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| direction | -Indicates the direction of the layout. Available values are as follows: LAYOUT_HOR: from left to right LAYOUT_HOR_R: from right to left LAYOUT_VER: from top to bottom LAYOUT_VER_R: from bottom to top | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| left | -Indicates the coordinate of the left boundary. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| lineBreakMode | -Indicates the line break mode to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| lineBreakMode | -Indicates the LineBreakMode of UILabel. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| color | -Indicates the foreground color to set. For details, see ColorType. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| color | -Indicates the line color to set. For details, see ColorType. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| color | -Indicates the polyline color to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| loop | -Indicates the cycle swipe flag. true indicates the cycle swipe is supported, and false indicates the opposite case. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| state | -Indicates the loop state to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| align | -Indicates the alignment mode to set. The value can be ALIGN_START, ALIGN_END, ALIGN_CENTER, ALIGN_EVENLY, ALIGN_AROUND, or ALIGN_BETWEEN. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| count | -Indicates the number of scales to set. The default value is 5. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| count | -Indicates the number of scales to set. The default value is 5. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| count | -Indicates the number of scales to set. The default value is 5. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| maxCount | -Indicates the number of data points. The default value is 0. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| distance | -Indicates the maximum scroll distance to set. The default value is 0, indicating that the scroll distance is not limited. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| name | -Indicates the name to set, which is a character string. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sibling | -Indicates the pointer to the next sibling view to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| listener | -Indicates the listener to set. For details, see OnChangeListener. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| onClickListener | -Indicates the pointer to the click event listener to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| clickListener | -Indicates the pointer to the callback function. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| onDragListener | -Indicates the pointer to the drag event listener to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| onKeyActListener | -Indicates the pointer to the listener to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| onLongPressListener | -Indicates the pointer to the long-press event listener to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| onSwipeListener | -Indicates the listener to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| onTouchListener | -Indicates the pointer to the touch event listener to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| onVirtualDeviceEventListener | -Indicates the pointer to the listener to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| opacity | -Indicates the opacity of this digital clock. The value ranges from 0 (transparency) to 255 (opacity). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| opacity | -Indicates the opacity. The value range is [0, 255]. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| parent | -Indicates the pointer to the parent view to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| period | -Indicates the running period to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the x-coordinate to set. | -
| y | -Indicates the y-coordinate to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| polygon | -Indicates the polygon to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the coordinate of the left boundary. | -
| y | -Indicates the coordinate of the top boundary. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the x-coordinate to set. | -
| y | -Indicates the y-coordinate to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the x-coordinate to set. | -
| y | -Indicates the y-coordinate to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the x-coordinate to set. | -
| y | -Indicates the y-coordinate to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the new x-coordinate. | -
| y | -Indicates the new y-coordinate. | -
| width | -Indicates the new width. | -
| height | -Indicates the new height. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the x-coordinate to set. | -
| y | -Indicates the y-coordinate to set. | -
| width | -Indicates the width to set. | -
| height | -Indicates the height to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the x-coordinate to set. | -
| y | -Indicates the y-coordinate to set. | -
| width | -Indicates the width to set. | -
| height | -Indicates the height to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| preLastPos | -Indicates the coordinates of the stay position to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the x-coordinate to set. The default value is 0. | -
| y | -Indicates the y-coordinate to set. The default value is 0. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| radius | -Indicates the outer radius to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| rangeMax | -Indicates the maximum value of this progress bar. The default value is 100. | -
| rangeMin | -Indicates the minimum value of this progress bar. The default value is 0. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| size | -Indicates the rebound size to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| left | -Indicates the coordinate of the left boundary. | -
| top | -Indicates the coordinate of the top boundary. | -
| right | -Indicates the coordinate of the right boundary. | -
| bottom | -Indicates the coordinate of the bottom boundary. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| times | -Indicates the playback times to set. The default value is 1. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| reverse | -Indicates the playback sequence to set. true indicates a reverse playback and false (default value) indicates a forward playback. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| right | -Indicates the coordinate of the right boundary. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| speed | -Indicates the scroll speed to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| pos | -Indicates the position to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| end | -Indicates the end angle of rotation to set. The default value is 0. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| start | -Indicates the start angle to set. The default value is 0. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| rows | -Indicates the number of rows to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| runTime | -Indicates the running time to set, in milliseconds. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| end | -Indicates the end ratio to set. The default value is 1. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| start | -Indicates the start ratio to set. The default value is 1. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| width | -Indicates the width to set. The default value is DEFAULT_BAR_WIDTH. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| scrollListener | -Indicates the listener to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| align | -Indicates the alignment mode to set. The value can be ALIGN_START, ALIGN_CENTER, or ALIGN_END. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| value | -Indicates the pointer to the selected time, which is in the format of "hour:minute:second", for example, 10:12:50. The second is optional and depends on the setting of EnableSecond. The time must be a valid value. For example, the hour value must range from 0 to 23. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| index | -Indicates the index to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| position | -Indicates the position to set. The default value is 0, indicating that no position is set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fixed | -Specifies whether the image size is fixed to the view size. The value true indicates the size of the image is the same as that of the view, and false indicates the position and size of this image need to be set in the ImageAnimatorInfo structure. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| backgroundColor | -Indicates the background color to set. | -
| foregroundColor | -Indicates the foreground color to set. | -
| knobColor | -Indicates the knob color to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| listener | -Indicates the listener to set. For details, see UISliderEventListener. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| backgroundRadius | -Indicates the background corner radius to set. | -
| foregroundRadius | -Indicates the foreground corner radius to set. | -
| knobRadius | -Indicates the knob corner radius to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| src | -Indicates the pointer to image path in the format of ..\xxx\xxx\xxx.bin. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| src | -Indicates the pointer to the image path represented by a string. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| src | -Indicates the pointer to the image information. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| src | -Indicates the pointer to the image information. For details, see ImageInfo. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startAngle | -Indicates the start angle to set, which can be any value represented by int16_t. The default value is 0. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| index | -Indicates the start index to set. The default value is 0. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startPoint | -Indicates the coordinates of the start point. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| state | -Indicates the state of this check box. For details, see UICheckBoxState. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| state | -Indicates the current animator state to set, which can be STOP, START, or PAUSE. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| state | -Indicates the button state, as enumerated in ButtonState. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| step | -Indicates the step to set. The default value is 1. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| color | -Indicates the line color when a line is drawn or the border color when a closed graph is drawn. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| width | -Indicates the line width when a line is drawn or the border width when a closed graph is drawn. The width is extended to both sides. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| style | -Indicates the paint style. Stroke and fill are set by default. For details, see PaintStyle. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| style | -Indicates the view style. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key of the style to set. | -
| value | -Indicates the value matching the key. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key of the style to set. | -
| value | -Indicates the value matching the key. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key of the style to set. | -
| value | -Indicates the value matching the key. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key of the style to set. | -
| value | -Indicates the value matching the key. | -
| state | -Indicates the button state, as enumerated in ButtonState. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| value | -Indicates the compensation distance to set. The default value is 0. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| text | -Indicates the pointer to the text. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| text | -Indicates the pointer to the text content. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| text | -Indicates the pointer to the text. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| text | -Indicates the pointer to the text content. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| text | -Indicates the pointer to the text content. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| backgroundColor | -Indicates the color of the background text. | -
| highlightColor | -Indicates the color of the highlighted text. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| backgroundColor | -Indicates the color of the background text. | -
| highlightColor | -Indicates the color of the highlighted text. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| color | -Indicates the text color to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| color | -Indicates the text color to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| formatter | -Indicates the pointer to the text formatter. For details, see TextFormatter. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| formatter | -Indicates the pointer to the text formatter. For details, see TextFormatter. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| angle | -Indicates the rotation angle to set. The value can be DEGREE_0, DEGREE_90, DEGREE_180, or DEGREE_270, as defined in LabelRotateDegree. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| angle | -Indicates the rotation angle to set. The value can be DEGREE_0, DEGREE_90, DEGREE_180, or DEGREE_270, as defined in LabelRotateDegree. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| backgroundFontId | -Indicates the font ID of the background text. | -
| highlightFontId | -Indicates the font ID of the highlighted text. | -
| backgroundColor | -Indicates the color of the background text. | -
| highlightColor | -Indicates the color of the highlighted text. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| time | -Indicates the total duration to set, in milliseconds. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| hour | -Indicates the hour to set, within [0, 23] after the modulo operation. | -
| minute | -Indicates the minute to set, within [0, 59] after the modulo operation. | -
| second | -Indicates the second to set, within [0, 59] after the modulo operation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| timeOfPause | -Indicates the interval between two playbacks of an infinitely repeated animator, in milliseconds. The default value is 0, indicating that there is no interval. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| timeOfUpdate | -Indicates the interval for updating images, in milliseconds. The default value is 1. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| timeStamp | -Indicates the timestamp of the event to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| title | -Indicates the pointer to the title. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| top | -Indicates the coordinate of the top boundary. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| style | -Indicates the style to set. For details, see PointStyle. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| touchable | -Specifies whether to set the view touchable. Value true means to set the view touchable, and false means the opposite. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| algorithm | -Indicates the image transformation algorithm. For details, see TransformAlgorithm. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| transMap | -Indicates the transformation matrix. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| height | -Indicates the actual height to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| width | -Indicates the actual width of this progress bar. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| value | -Indicates the current value of this progress bar, within [rangeMin, rangeMax] specified by SetRange. If the value is less than rangeMin, rangeMin is used; if the value is greater than rangeMax, rangeMax is used. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| value[] | -Indicates the array of text data. | -
| count | -Indicates the array size. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| start | -Indicates the start integer. | -
| end | -Indicates the end integer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| vertexNum | -Indicates the number of vertices. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| state | -Specifies whether a vertical scroll is enabled. true indicates a vertical scroll is enabled, and false indicates the opposite case. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the pointer to the view ID. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| index | -Indicates the view index to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| visible | -Specifies whether to set the view visible. Value true means to set the view visible, and false means the opposite. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| visible | -Specifies whether a dialog box is visible. The value true means visible, and false means invisible. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| visible | -Specifies whether this view is visible. true indicates this view is visible, and false indicates the opposite case. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| width | -Indicates the width of the rectangle. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| width | -Indicates the width to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| width | -Indicates the width of the view. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| width | -Indicates the width to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| width | -Indicates the width to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| width | -Indicates the width to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| width | -Indicates the width to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| width | -Indicates the width to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| width | -Indicates the width to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| newMode | -Indicates the working mode to set. For details, see WorkMode. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| newMode | -Indicates the working mode to set. For details, see WorkMode. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the coordinate of the left boundary. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the x-coordinate to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the x-coordinate to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| state | -Specifies whether the horizontal scroll bar is visible. true indicates the horizontal scroll bar is visible, and false indicates the opposite case. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| y | -Indicates the coordinate of the top boundary. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| y | -Indicates the y-coordinate to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| y | -Indicates the y-coordinate to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| state | -Specifies whether this vertical scroll bar is visible. true indicates the horizontal scroll bar is visible, and false indicates the opposite case. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startPos | -Indicates the start value of this animation. | -
| endPos | -Indicates the end value of this animation. | -
| curTime | -Indicates the current time of this animation. | -
| durationTime | -Indicates the total duration of this animation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startPos | -Indicates the start value of this animation. | -
| endPos | -Indicates the end value of this animation. | -
| curTime | -Indicates the current time of this animation. | -
| durationTime | -Indicates the total duration of this animation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| startPos | -Indicates the start value of this animation. | -
| endPos | -Indicates the end value of this animation. | -
| curTime | -Indicates the current time of this animation. | -
| durationTime | -Indicates the total duration of this animation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| clipRect | -Indicates the rectangle used for clipping the polygon. | -
| polygon | -Indicates the polygon to clip. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| period | -Indicates the running period of this task. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| rect | -Indicates the rectangle to transform. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| trans | -Indicates the distances to translate along the x-axis and y-axis. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| value | -Indicates the current value. The x coordinate obtained after translation is also printed using this parameter. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| value | -Indicates the current value. The y coordinate obtained after translation is also printed using this parameter. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| value | -Indicates the current value. The coordinate value obtained after translation is also printed using this parameter. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| hour | -Indicates the hour. | -
| minute | -Indicates the minute. | -
| second | -Indicates the second. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the button ID. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| buffer | -Indicates the pointer to the memory to be released. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| direction | -Indicates the UIList direction, either HORIZONTAL or VERTICAL. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| size | -Indicates the size of the memory to apply for. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the pointer to the view ID. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| clockInit | -Specifies whether it is the first initialization. true indicates it is the first initialization, and false indicates the opposite case. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| clockInit | -Specifies whether the first initialization. true indicates the first initialization, and false indicates the opposite case. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| clockInit | -Specifies whether it is the first initialization. true indicates it is the first initialization, and false indicates the opposite case. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the X coordinate. | -
| y | -Indicates the Y coordinate. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the X coordinate. | -
| y | -Indicates the Y coordinate. | -
| z | -Indicates the Z coordinate. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| type | -Indicates the virtual device type. The options are AOD and PRIVATE. | -
| value | -Indicates the virtual event value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -struct DListHead - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -struct HdfDeviceObject * - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -struct IDeviceIoService * - |
-
| - | -const struct DeviceResourceNode * - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
Bind )(struct HdfDeviceObject *deviceObject) - |
-
- Binds the external service interface of a driver to the HDF. This function is implemented by the driver developer and called by the HDF. - |
-
Init )(struct HdfDeviceObject *deviceObject) - |
-
- Initializes the driver. This function is implemented by the driver developer and called by the HDF. - |
-
Release )(struct HdfDeviceObject *deviceObject) - |
-
- Releases driver resources. This function is implemented by the driver developer. When an exception occurs during driver loading or the driver is uninstalled, the HDF calls this function to release the driver resources. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| deviceObject | -Indicates the pointer to the variable of the HdfDeviceObject type. This variable is generated by the HDF and passed to the driver. Then, the service object of the driver is bound to the service parameter of deviceObject. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| deviceObject | -Indicates the pointer to the variable of the HdfDeviceObject type. It is the same as the parameter of Bind. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| deviceObject | -Indicates the pointer to the variable of the HdfDeviceObject type. It is the same as the parameter of Bind. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Dispatch )(struct HdfObject *service, int cmdId, struct HdfSBuf *data, struct HdfSBuf *reply) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -struct HdfObject - |
-
| - | -struct HdfObject * - |
-
| - | -struct HdfIoDispatcher * - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -struct WifiMac80211Ops * - |
-
init )(struct HdfWifiChipData *chipData, const struct HdfConfigWifiChip *chipConfig) - |
-- | -
deinit )(struct HdfWifiChipData *chipData) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -struct WifiModule * - |
-
| - | -struct HdfDeviceObject * - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Defines a string constant used to identify the class, file, or service behavior. - |
-
HILOG_DEBUG(type, ...) ((void)HiLogPrint(LOG_CORE, LOG_DEBUG, LOG_DOMAIN, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) - |
-- | -
HILOG_INFO(type, ...) ((void)HiLogPrint(LOG_CORE, LOG_INFO, LOG_DOMAIN, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) - |
-- | -
HILOG_WARN(type, ...) ((void)HiLogPrint(LOG_CORE, LOG_WARN, LOG_DOMAIN, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) - |
-- | -
HILOG_ERROR(type, ...) ((void)HiLogPrint(LOG_CORE, LOG_ERROR, LOG_DOMAIN, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) - |
-- | -
HILOG_FATAL(type, ...) ((void)HiLogPrint(LOG_CORE, LOG_FATAL, LOG_DOMAIN, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
HiLogModuleType { HILOG_MODULE_HIVIEW = 0, HILOG_MODULE_SAMGR, HILOG_MODULE_ACE, HILOG_MODULE_APP, HILOG_MODULE_MAX } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
LogLevel { LOG_DEBUG = 3, LOG_INFO = 4, LOG_WARN = 5, LOG_ERROR = 6, LOG_FATAL = 7 } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
HiLogPrint (LogType type, LogLevel level, unsigned int domain, const char *tag, const char *fmt,...) __attribute__((format(printf - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| HILOG_MODULE_HIVIEW | -- | -
| HILOG_MODULE_SAMGR | -- | -
| HILOG_MODULE_ACE | -- | -
| HILOG_MODULE_APP | -- | -
| HILOG_MODULE_MAX | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| LOG_DEBUG | -Debug level to be used by HILOG_DEBUG - |
-
| LOG_INFO | -Informational level to be used by HILOG_INFO - |
-
| LOG_WARN | -Warning level to be used by HILOG_WARN - |
-
| LOG_ERROR | -Error level to be used by HILOG_ERROR - |
-
| LOG_FATAL | -Fatal level to be used by HILOG_FATAL - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Defines the I2C transfer message used during custom transfers. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
I2cFlag { I2C_FLAG_READ = (0x1 << 0), I2C_FLAG_ADDR_10BIT = (0x1 << 4), I2C_FLAG_READ_NO_ACK = (0x1 << 11), I2C_FLAG_IGNORE_NO_ACK = (0x1 << 12), I2C_FLAG_NO_START = (0x1 << 14), I2C_FLAG_STOP = (0x1 << 15) } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
I2cOpen (int16_t number) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
I2cTransfer (DevHandle handle, struct I2cMsg *msgs, int16_t count) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the device handle of the I2C controller. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| number | -Indicates the I2C controller ID. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the device handle of the I2C controller obtained via I2cOpen. | -
| msgs | -Indicates the pointer to the I2C transfer message structure array. | -
| count | -Indicates the length of the message structure array. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OnAbilityConnectDone )(ElementName *elementName, SvcIdentity *serviceSid, int resultCode, void *data) - |
-
- Called when a client is connected to a Service ability. - |
-
OnAbilityDisconnectDone )(ElementName *elementName, int resultCode, void *data) - |
-
- Called after all connections to a Service ability are disconnected. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- |
Invoke )(IClientProxy *proxy, int funcId, IpcIo *request, IOwner owner, INotify notify) - |
-
- Sends an IPC message from the client to the IServerProxy. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| proxy | -Indicates the pointer of the client proxy object. | -
| funcId | -Indicates the ID of the function implemented on the server. | -
| request | -Indicates the pointer to the serialized request message. | -
| owner | -Indicates the receiver (generics type) of the response message. | -
| notify | -Indicates the callback function that notifies the client of the response message. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -struct HdfObject - |
-
Open )(struct HdfDeviceIoClient *client) - |
-
- Called when the driver service is enabled by a user-level application. - |
-
Dispatch )(struct HdfDeviceIoClient *client, int cmdId, struct HdfSBuf *data, struct HdfSBuf *reply) - |
-
- Called when the driver service is invoked by a user-level application. - |
-
Release )(struct HdfDeviceIoClient *client) - |
-
- Called when the driver service is released by a user-level application. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| client | -Indicates the pointer to the client object of the service. | -
| cmdId | -Indicates the command word of the service interface. | -
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the data passed by the invoker. | -
| reply | -Indicates the pointer to the data that needs to be returned to the invoker. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| client | -Indicates the pointer to the client object of the service. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| client | -Indicates the pointer to the client object of the service. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Language symbol type, which affects character classification and case conversion. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Character sorting type, which affects string comparison and sorting habits. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Message type, which affects prompt information, error information, status information, titles, labels, buttons, and menus. - |
-
| - | -All types, which affect all content of locale settings. If LC_ALL is set, the locale information of all types is set to be consistent with LC_ALL. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Defines the size of fd_set, that is, the maximum number of monitored files. - |
-
FD_ZERO(s) do { int __i; unsigned long *__b=(s)->fds_bits; for(__i=sizeof (fd_set)/sizeof (long); __i; __i--) *__b++=0; } while(0) - |
-- | -
FD_SET(d, s) ((s)->fds_bits[(d)/(8*sizeof(long))] |= (1UL<<((d)%(8*sizeof(long))))) - |
-- | -
FD_CLR(d, s) ((s)->fds_bits[(d)/(8*sizeof(long))] &= ~(1UL<<((d)%(8*sizeof(long))))) - |
-- | -
FD_ISSET(d, s) !!((s)->fds_bits[(d)/(8*sizeof(long))] & (1UL<<((d)%(8*sizeof(long))))) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- Defines fd_set as the alias of the element type. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
warn (const char *fmt,...) - |
-
- Displays a formatted error message on the standard error (stderr) output. - |
-
vwarn (const char *fmt, va_list args) - |
-- - | -
warnx (const char *fmt,...) - |
-- - | -
vwarnx (const char *fmt, va_list args) - |
-- - | -
err (int eval, const char *fmt, va_list args) - |
-- - | -
errx (int eval, const char *fmt,...) - |
-- - | -
verr (int eval, const char *fmt, va_list args) - |
-- - | -
verrx (int eval, const char *fmt, va_list args) - |
-- - | -
iconv_open (const char *to, const char *from) - |
-- - | -
iconv (iconv_t cd, char **restrict in, size_t *restrict inb, char **restrict out, size_t *restrict outb) - |
-- - | -
iconv_close (iconv_t cd) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
fopen (const char *__restrict path, const char *__restrict mode) - |
-FILE * -Opens the file stored in the specified path based on the given mode. - |
-
freopen (const char *__restrict path, const char *__restrict mode, FILE *__restrict stream) - |
-FILE * -Opens the file stored in the specified path, and associates the stream by the given stream. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
remove (const char *pathname) - |
-- - | -
rename (const char *oldpath, const char *newpath) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- Changes the position of a specified stream to a new position. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the current value of the file position indicator for a specified file stream. - |
-
| - | -
- Sets the position indicator of a specified stream to the beginning of the file. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the current file position of a specified stream and writes it to the pos parameter. - |
-
| - | -
- Sets the file position indicator for a specified file stream. - |
-
fread (void *__restrict ptr, size_t size, size_t nmemb, FILE *__restrict stream) - |
-- - | -
fwrite (const void *__restrict ptr, size_t size, size_t nmemb, FILE *__restrict stream) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
getchar (void) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- Writes a character into the position pointed to by a specified stream. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
putchar (int c) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Reads a line of characters from a specified file stream and stores it into the string pointed to by s. - |
-
gets (char *s) - |
-
- Reads a line of characters from the stdin and stores it in the buffer. - |
-
| - | -
- Writes a character string (excluding the terminating null character) to a specified file stream. - |
-
puts (const char *s) - |
-
- Writes a character string and appends a new-line character to the stdout. - |
-
printf (const char *format,...) - |
-
- Formats arguments based on format and prints formatted data to the stdout. - |
-
| - | -
- Formats arguments based on format and prints formatted data to a specified file stream. - |
-
sprintf (char *str, const char *format,...) - |
-
- Prints formatted data from a variable argument list to a specified string. - |
-
snprintf (char *str, size_t size, const char *format,...) - |
-
- Prints formatted data of a maximum of size bytes from a variable argument list to a specified string. - |
-
vprintf (const char *format, va_list ap) - |
-
- Prints formatted data from a variable argument list to the stdout. - |
-
| - | -
- Prints formatted data from a variable argument list to a specified file stream. - |
-
vsprintf (char *str, const char *format, va_list ap) - |
-
- Prints formatted data from a variable argument list to a specified string. - |
-
vsnprintf (char *str, size_t size, const char *format, va_list ap) - |
-
- Prints formatted data of a maximum of size bytes from a variable argument list to a specified string. - |
-
scanf (const char *format,...) - |
-
- Reads formatted data from the stdin and stores the data to the additional arguments based on format. - |
-
| - | -
- Reads formatted data from a specified file stream and stores it based on format into the locations pointed to by the variable arguments. - |
-
sscanf (const char *str, const char *format,...) - |
-
- Reads data from a character string pointed to by str and stores it based on format into the locations pointed to by the variable arguments. - |
-
vscanf (const char *format, va_list ap) - |
-
- Reads data from the stdin and stores it based on format into the locations pointed to by the elements in the variable argument list identified by ap. - |
-
| - | -
- Reads data from a specified file stream and stores it based on format into the locations pointed to by the elements in the variable argument list identified by ap. - |
-
vsscanf (const char *str, const char *format, va_list ap) - |
-
- Reads data from a specified string and stores it based on format into the locations pointed to by the elements in the variable argument list identified by ap. - |
-
perror (const char *msg) - |
-
- Prints the last error occurred during a call to a system or library function to the standard error output stream (stderr). - |
-
| - | -
- Sets the mode and size of the buffer for a specified stream. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
fmemopen (void *buf, size_t size, const char *mode) - |
-FILE * -Opens a memory stream that allows the access mode specified by mode. - |
-
open_memstream (char **ptr, size_t *size) - |
-FILE * - - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- Sets the position of the next input or output operation on a specified file stream. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the current value of the file position indicator for a specified file stream. - |
-
dprintf (int fd, const char *format,...) - |
-- - | -
vdprintf (int fd, const char *format, va_list ap) - |
-
- Prints formatted data from a variable argument list to a specified file. - |
-
ftrylockfile (FILE *filehandle) - |
-- - | -
funlockfile (FILE *filehandle) - |
-- - | -
getc_unlocked (FILE *stream) - |
-
- Obtains a character from a specified file stream without locking the file stream or checking whether it is locked. - |
-
getchar_unlocked (void) - |
-- - | -
putc_unlocked (int c, FILE *stream) - |
-
- Writes a character to a specified file stream with the thread remains unlocked. - |
-
putchar_unlocked (int c) - |
-
- Writes a character to the stdout with the thread remains unlocked. - |
-
getdelim (char **lineptr, size_t *n, int delim, FILE *stream) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
tempnam (const char *dir, const char *prefix) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
setlinebuf (FILE *f) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
fgetc_unlocked (FILE *stream) - |
-
- Reads a character from the file pointed to by stream with the thread remains unlocked. - |
-
fputc_unlocked (int c, FILE *stream) - |
-
- Writes a character to the file stream pointed to by stream at the current position. - |
-
ferror_unlocked (FILE *stream) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- Reads a line of data from the current position of a specified file stream. - |
-
asprintf (char **strp, const char *fmt,...) - |
-- - | -
vasprintf (char **strp, const char *fmt, va_list ap) - |
-
- Prints formatted data from a variable argument list to a specified character string. - |
-
select (int nfds, fd_set *__restrict readfds, fd_set *__restrict writefds, fd_set *__restrict exceptfds, struct timeval *__restrict timeout) - |
-- - | -
readv (int fd, const struct iovec *iov, int iovcnt) - |
-- - | -
writev (int fd, const struct iovec *iov, int iovcnt) - |
-- - | -
preadv (int fd, const struct iovec *iov, int iovcnt, off_t offset) - |
-
- Reads the data in a file whose fd offset is offset to the multi-group buffer space pointed to by iov. - |
-
pwritev (int fd, const struct iovec *iov, int iovcnt, off_t offset) - |
-
- Writes the data of a multi-group buffer space pointed to by iov to the offset of fd. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| d | -Indicates the file descriptor of the int type. | -
| s | -Indicates the descriptor set of the fd_set type. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| d | -Indicates the file descriptor of the int type. | -
| s | -Indicates the descriptor set of the fd_set type. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| d | -Indicates the file descriptor of the int type. | -
| s | -Indicates the descriptor set of the fd_set type. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the descriptor set of the fd_set type. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| strp | -Indicates the double pointer to the start address of the target string. | -
| fmt | -Indicates the pointer to the format string. | -
| ... | -Indicates the list of arguments corresponding to the format specifiers. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fp | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the file descriptor that identifies a file. | -
| format | -Indicates the pointer to the format string. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| eval | -This function does not return, but exits with the value of eval. | -
| fmt | -Indicates the pointer to the string to format. | -
| args | -Indicates the parameters initialized by using va_start. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| eval | -This function does not return, but exits with the value of eval. | -
| fmt | -Indicates the pointer to the string to format. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the pointer to the file descriptor of the file to close. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fp | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream to test. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fp | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream to flush. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream. | -
| len | -Indicates the pointer to the length of the string that is read. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream. | -
| pos | -Indicates the pointer to the fpos_t object. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fp | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream for which the file descriptor is obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| buf | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer. | -
| size | -Indicates the size of the buffer. | -
| mode | -Indicates the pointer to the file operation mode. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the pointer to the path of the file to open. | -
| mode | -Indicates the pointer to the file access mode. The following table describes the available values. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream. | -
| format | -Indicates the pointer to the format string. | -
| ... | -Indicates the list of arguments corresponding to the format specifiers. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the int promotion of the character to write. | -
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the int promotion of the character to write. | -
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file stream. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the character string to write. | -
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ptr | -Indicates the pointer to the array for storing the read data. | -
| size | -Indicates the size of each element to read, in bytes. | -
| nmemb | -Indicates the number of elements to read. | -
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream to read. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the pointer to the path of the file to open. | -
| mode | -Indicates the pointer to the file access mode. The usage is same as which in fopen function. | -
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the stream to associates. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream. | -
| format | -Indicates the pointer to the format string. | -
| ... | -Indicates the list of arguments corresponding to the format specifiers. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fp | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream for which the position is to set. | -
| offset | -Indicates the offset that determines the position. | -
| whence | -Indicates the start position of the offset. The following table describes the available values. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fp | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream for which the position is to set. | -
| offset | -Indicates the offset that determines the next operation. | -
| whence | -Indicates the start position of the offset. The following table describes the available values. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fp | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream for which the position is to set. | -
| pos | -Indicates the pointer to the position to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fp | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream for which the position is to obtain. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fp | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream for which the position is to obtain. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| filehandle | -Indicates the pointer to the file object. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| filehandle | -Indicates the pointer to the file whose lock count is to be reduced. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ptr | -Indicates the pointer to the data to write. | -
| size | -Indicates the size of each element to write, in bytes. | -
| nmemb | -Indicates the number of elements to write. | -
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream to which data is to write. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the memory buffer for storing the obtained string. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| cd | -Indicates the conversion descriptor obtained via iconv_open. | -
| in | -Indicates the double pointer to the buffer for storing the input character. | -
| inb | -Indicates the pointer to the length of the character input buffer. | -
| out | -Indicates the double pointer to the buffer for storing the output character. | -
| outb | -Indicates the pointer to length of the character output buffer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -An incomplete multi-byte sequence is encountered in the input. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| cd | -Indicates the conversion descriptor to close. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| to | -Indicates the pointer to the source character set for conversion. | -
| from | -Indicates the pointer to the target character set for conversion. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ptr | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer address. | -
| size | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer size. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| msg | -Indicates the pointer to the prompt message printed to stderr before the error message itself. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the file descriptor. | -
| iov | -Indicates the pointer to the multi-group buffer. | -
| iovcnt | -Indicates the number of buffers. For details, see IOV_MAX. | -
| offset | -Indicates the offset of the file descriptor to read. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| format | -Indicates the pointer to the format string. | -
| ... | -Indicates the list of arguments corresponding to the format specifiers. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the int promotion of the character to write. | -
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file stream. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the int promotion of the character to write. | -
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the int promotion of the character to write. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the int promotion of the character to write. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the start address of the output buffer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| w | -Indicates the word to write. | -
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the file descriptor. | -
| iov | -Indicates the pointer to the multi-group buffer. | -
| iovcnt | -Indicates the number of buffers. For details, see IOV_MAX. | -
| offset | -Indicates the offset of the file descriptor to write. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the file descriptor. | -
| iov | -Indicates the pointer to the multi-group buffer. | -
| iovcnt | -Indicates the number of buffers. For details, see IOV_MAX. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| pathname | -Indicates the pointer to the file or directory to delete. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -The length of pathname is greater than NAME_MAX. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -The file or directory pointed to by pathname does not exist. - |
-
| - | -The path is a mount point or is neither a directory nor a file. - |
-
| - | -When pathname points to a directory, the directory is not empty. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -The search permission on the path prefix component is denied, or the write permission of the directory in the path is denied. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| oldpath | -Indicates the pointer to the old path name of the file to rename. | -
| newpath | -Indicates the pointer to the new path name of the file. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -The device or resource is in use by the system or another process. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| format | -Indicates the pointer to the format string. | -
| ... | -Indicates the list of arguments corresponding to the format specifiers. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| nfds | -Indicates the maximum value of the file descriptor of the int type. | -
| readfds | -Indicates the descriptor set of the readable event to observe, which is the fd_set * type. | -
| writefds | -Indicates the descriptor set of the writable event to observe, which is the fd_set * type. | -
| exceptfds | -Indicates the descriptor set of exception event to observe, which is the fd_set * type. | -
| timeout | -Indicates the timeout interval, which is the struct timeval * type. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream. | -
| buf | -Indicates the pointer to the start address of the buffer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| f | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream to set. | -
| buf | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer to set. | -
| size | -Indicates the buffer size. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| f | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| str | -Indicates the pointer to the string to which the data is to be written. | -
| size | -Indicates the maximum length of the destination string. | -
| format | -Indicates the pointer to the format string. | -
| ... | -Indicates the list of arguments corresponding to the format specifiers. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| str | -Indicates the pointer to the string to which the data is to be written. | -
| format | -Indicates the pointer to the format string. | -
| ... | -Indicates the list of arguments corresponding to the format specifiers. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| str | -Indicates the pointer to the character string to read. | -
| format | -Indicates the pointer to the format string. | -
| ... | -Indicates the list of arguments corresponding to the format specifiers. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dir | -Indicates the pointer to directory for creating the temporary file. | -
| prefix | -Indicates the pointer to the prefix of the file name. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the int promotion of the character to be pushed back. | -
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| eval | -This function does not return, but exits with the value of eval. | -
| fmt | -Indicates the pointer to the string to format. | -
| args | -Indicates the parameters initialized by using va_start. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| eval | -This function does not return, but exits with the value of eval. | -
| fmt | -Indicates the pointer to the string to format. | -
| args | -Indicates the parameters initialized by using va_start. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| format | -Indicates the pointer to the format string. | -
| ap | -Indicates a value identifying a variable argument list initialized by using va_start. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| format | -Indicates the pointer to the format string. | -
| ap | -Indicates a value identifying a variable argument list initialized by using va_start. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fmt | -Indicates the pointer to the string to format. | -
| args | -Indicates the parameters initialized by using va_start. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fmt | -Indicates the pointer to the string to format. | -
| args | -Indicates the parameters initialized by using va_start. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fmt | -Indicates the pointer to the string to format. | -
| ... | -Indicates the parameters corresponding to the format declaration. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fmt | -Indicates the pointer to the string to format. | -
| ... | -Indicates the parameters corresponding to the format declaration. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the file descriptor. | -
| iov | -Indicates the pointer to the multi-group buffer. | -
| iovcnt | -Indicates the number of buffers. For details, see IOV_MAX. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Describes the signal processing actions and related attributes. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Defines the input parameter used to obtain information from the kernel. - |
-
SEM_FAILED ((sem_t *)0) - |
-- | -
| - | -Stops a child process without sending the SIGCHLD signal. - |
-
| - | -Sets the SIGCHLD flag to prevent zombie processes. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Uses the signal stack specified by sigaltstack for signal processing. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -The signals being processed are not masked during signal processing. - |
-
| - | -The default processing mode is restored after the signal processing is complete. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
_NSIG_BPW __BITS_PER_LONG - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Equivalent to SIGABRT. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Virtual timer, used to calculate the CPU occupation time of a process. - |
-
| - | -Calculates the CPU time occupied by a process and the system calling time. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
SIGPOLL SIGIO - |
-Equivalent to SIGIO. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Equivalent to SIGSYS. - |
-
| - | -- | -
SIGRTMAX _NSIG - |
-- | -
| - | -Transfers signals in a 32-bit mode even if the task runs in a 26-bit mode. - |
-
SA_NOMASK SA_NODEFER - |
-Signals being processed are not masked during signal processing. - |
-
SA_ONESHOT SA_RESETHAND - |
-The default processing mode is restored after the signal processing is complete. - |
-
| - | -Defines the function behaviors such as sigprocmask() and pthread_sigmask(), which are used to add signals to the mask set. - |
-
| - | -Defines the function behaviors such as sigprocmask() and pthread_sigmask(), which are used to remove signals from the mask set. - |
-
| - | -Defines the function behaviors such as sigprocmask() and pthread_sigmask(), which are used to set the mask set. - |
-
| - | -Defines the function behaviors such as sigset() and adds a specified signal to the process signal mask without changing the current processing mode of the signal. - |
-
| - | -Defines the simplified writing used to indicate the __sa_handler.sa_handler field in sigaction. - |
-
| - | -Defines the simplified writing used to indicate the __sa_handler.sa_sigaction field in sigaction. - |
-
| - | -Sets the notification method in sigevent: signal notification. - |
-
| - | -Sets the notification method in sigevent: no notification. - |
-
| - | -Sets the notification method in sigevent: thread notification. - |
-
| - | -Defines the value returned when a function such as signal() fails. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Defines the signal processing mode in which the signal is ignored. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Defines the input parameter used together with IPC_CREAT to prevent duplicate key values during IPC creation. - |
-
| - | -Defines the input parameter that specifies whether the communication is in non-blocking mode. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Defines the input parameter used to set information to the kernel. - |
-
| - | -Defines the input parameter used to obtain the system-level restriction information of a specified communication type, for example, shminfo. - |
-
IPC_PRIVATE ((key_t) 0) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -typedef struct __ucontext - - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
mq_getattr (mqd_t mqdes, struct mq_attr *attr) - |
-
- Obtains the attributes of the message queue specified by the descriptor. The values of mq_maxmsg, mq_msgsize, and mq_curmsgs are fixed. - |
-
mq_open (const char *name, int oflag,...) - |
-- - | -
mq_receive (mqd_t mqdes, char *buffer, size_t size, unsigned *prioptr) - |
-- - | -
mq_send (mqd_t mqdes, const char *buffer, size_t size, unsigned prio) - |
-- - | -
mq_setattr (mqd_t mqdes, const struct mq_attr *__restrict newattr, struct mq_attr *__restrict oldattr) - |
-
- Sets the attributes of the message queue specified by the descriptor. The mq_maxmsg, mq_msgsize, and mq_curmsgs attributes cannot be modified. mq_flags supports the O_NONBLOCK attribute only. - |
-
mq_timedreceive (mqd_t mqdes, char *__restrict buffer, size_t size, unsigned *__restrict prioptr, const struct timespec *__restrict timeout) - |
-
- Receives a message from the message queue, with a timeout period specified. - |
-
mq_timedsend (mqd_t mqdes, const char *buffer, size_t size, unsigned prio, const struct timespec *timeout) - |
-
- Sends a message to a specified message queue, with a timeout period specified. - |
-
mq_unlink (const char *name) - |
-
- Decreases the reference count of the message queue by 1, or deletes the message queue if the reference count is 0. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
sem_destroy (sem_t *sem) - |
-
- Destroys a specified anonymous semaphore that is no longer used. - |
-
sem_getvalue (sem_t *__restrict sem, int *__restrict sval) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
sem_timedwait (sem_t *__restrict sem, const struct timespec *__restrict timeout) - |
-- - | -
sem_trywait (sem_t *sem) - |
-- - | -
sem_unlink (const char *name) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
sigemptyset (sigset_t *set) - |
-- - | -
sigfillset (sigset_t *set) - |
-- - | -
sigaddset (sigset_t *set, int signum) - |
-- - | -
sigdelset (sigset_t *set, int signum) - |
-- - | -
sigismember (const sigset_t *set, int signum) - |
-- - | -
sigprocmask (int how, const sigset_t *__restrict set, sigset_t *__restrict oldset) - |
-- - | -
sigsuspend (const sigset_t *mask) - |
-
- Sets mask as the signal mask set of the current process and suspends the process until a signal processing action is triggered. - |
-
sigaction (int signum, const struct sigaction *__restrict act, struct sigaction *__restrict oldact) - |
-
- Checks or changes the processing action associated with a specified signal. Do not use the process creation function or thread creation function in the registered callback processing function. Otherwise, the process is abnormal. For example, do not use the fork or pthread_create function. - |
-
sigpending (sigset_t *set) - |
-- - | -
sigwait (const sigset_t *__restrict set, int *__restrict sig) - |
-- - | -
sigwaitinfo (const sigset_t *__restrict set, siginfo_t *__restrict info) - |
-
- Suspends the calling thread and waits for the signal, with a timeout period specified. - |
-
sigtimedwait (const sigset_t *__restrict set, siginfo_t *__restrict info, const struct timespec *__restrict timeout) - |
-
- Suspends the calling thread and waits for the signal, with a timeout period specified. - |
-
pthread_sigmask (int how, const sigset_t *__restrict set, sigset_t *__restrict oldset) - |
-- - | -
psignal (int signum, const char *s) - |
-- - | -
sigpause (int signum) - |
-
- Deletes the signal specified by signum from the signal mask of the calling process and suspends the process until the signal is received. - |
-
sighold (int signum) - |
-
- Adds the signal specified by signum to the signal mask of the calling process. - |
-
sigrelse (int signum) - |
-
- Deletes the signal specified by signum from the signal mask of the calling process. - |
-
sigisemptyset (const sigset_t *set) - |
-- - | -
sigorset (sigset_t *dest, const sigset_t *left, const sigset_t *right) - |
-- - | -
sigandset (sigset_t *dest, const sigset_t *left, const sigset_t *right) - |
-- - | -
signal (int signum, sighandler_t handler) - |
-
- Changes the processing action of a specified signal. Do not use the process creation function or thread creation function in the registered callback processing function. Otherwise, the process is abnormal. For example, do not use the fork or pthread_create function. - |
-
raise (int signum) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| pid | -Indicates the target process ID. Parameters 0 and -1 are not supported. | -
| sig | -Indicates the signal to be sent. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -The current process does not have permission to send the signal to the target process. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| mqdes | -Indicates the descriptor of the message queue to be closed. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Failed to release the space allocated with the message queue. - |
-
| - | -mqdes is invalid when the message queue is deleted in the function. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| mqdes | -Indicates the message queue descriptor. | -
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained message queue attributes. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| name | -Indicates the name of the message queue to be created or opened. The maximum value is 259 bytes. | -
| oflag | -Indicates the open flag, including O_RDONLY, O_WRONLY, O_RDWR, O_CREAT, O_EXCL, and O_NONBLOCK. | -
| mode | -Used for permission control (not supported currently). Its type is mode_t. This is parameter is required only during the creation of a message queue. | -
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the queue attributes to be set. Its type is struct mq_attr. This parameter is optional and is used only during the creation of a message queue. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Both O_CREAT and O_EXCL are specified in oflag, and a queue with this name already exists. - |
-
| - | -O_CREAT is specified in oflag, and attr is invalid. To be specific, the attribute value of the mq_maxmsg field is less than 0 or greater than USHRT_MAX, or the attribute value of mq_msgsize is less than 0 or greater than USHRT_MAX-4. name is NULL, or the length of the string specified by name is 0. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -O_CREAT is not specified in oflag, and no queue with this name exists. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| mqdes | -Indicates the message queue descriptor. | -
| newattr | -Indicates the pointer to the message queue attribute to be set. | -
| oldattr | -Indicates the pointer to the original attribute. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| name | -Indicates the message queue name. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -name is NULL, or the length of the string specified by name is 0. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| signum | -Indicates the signal to be operated. | -
| s | -Indicates the customized string s to be printed. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| how | -Indicates the function behavior. | -
| set | -Indicates the signal set to be changed. | -
| oldset | -Used for returning the original mask set of the calling thread. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -The set or oldset points outside the process's allocated address space. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| signum | -Indicates the signal to be sent. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sem | -Indicates the pointer to the semaphore to close. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sem | -Indicates the pointer to the semaphore to destroy. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sem | -Indicates the pointer to the semaphore. | -
| sval | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained count value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -The input parameters are invalid and the initial count value exceeds the limit. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sem | -Indicates the pointer to the semaphore to be operated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sem | -Indicates the pointer to the semaphore to be operated. | -
| timeout | -Indicates the timeout period to be set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -The semaphore is set to non-blocking mode, and the semaphore count is 0. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sem | -Indicates the pointer to the semaphore to be operated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -The semaphore is set to non-blocking mode, and the semaphore count is 0. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| name | -Indicates the name of the semaphore to be deleted. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sem | -Indicates the pointer to the semaphore to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -The semaphore is set to non-blocking mode, and the semaphore count is 0. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| signum | -Indicates the signal to be operated. | -
| act | -Indicates the new signal processing action. | -
| oldact | -Indicates the original signal processing action if the value is not NULL. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| set | -Indicates the pointer to the signal set to hold signals. | -
| signum | -Indicates the signal to be added. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dest | -Indicates the pointer to the target signal set. | -
| left | -Indicates the left set to be added. | -
| right | -Indicates the right set to be added. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| set | -Indicates the pointer to the signal set to hold signals. | -
| signum | -Indicates the signal to be deleted. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| set | -Indicates the pointer to the signal set to be cleared. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| set | -Indicates the pointer to the signal set to hold signals. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| signum | -Indicates the signal to be added. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| set | -Indicates the pointer to the signal set to be checked. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| set | -Indicates the pointer to the signal set to be checked. | -
| signum | -Indicates the signal to be checked. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| signum | -Indicates the signal to be operated. | -
| handler | -Indicates the pointer to the specified processing action (SIG_IGN or SIG_DFL, or to a custom processing action. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dest | -Indicates the pointer to the target signal set. | -
| left | -Indicates the left set to be added. | -
| right | -Indicates the right set to be added. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| signum | -Indicates the signal to be operated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| set | -Indicates the pointer to the signal set used to store the signal suspended by the current thread. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| how | -Indicates the function behavior. | -
| set | -Indicates the pointer to the signal set to be changed. | -
| oldset | -Indicates the pointer to the original mask set of the calling thread. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -The set or oldset points outside the process's allocated address space. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| signum | -Indicates the signal to be deleted. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| mask | -Indicates the pointer to the signal set to be set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -No signal specified by set is generated within the specified timeout period. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| set | -Indicates the pointer to the signal set to be waited. | -
| sig | -Used for saving the waited signal. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| set | -Indicates the pointer to the signal set to be waited. | -
| info | -Used to save the information about the waited signal if the value is not NULL. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Resume )(struct HdfDeviceObject *deviceObject) - |
-- | -
Suspend )(struct HdfDeviceObject *deviceObject) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
onPublishSuccess )(int publishId) - |
-- | -
onPublishFail )(int publishId, PublishFailReason reason) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- |
Invoke )(IServerProxy *iProxy, int funcId, void *origin, IpcIo *req, IpcIo *reply) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| Proxy | -Indicates the pointer to the server proxy object. | -
| funcId | -Indicates the ID of the server function to be invoked by the client. | -
| origin | -Indicates the original IPC message, from which the header information can be obtained. | -
| req | -ipc Indicates the message body, from which data can be obtained. | -
| reply | -Indicates the output parameter, which is used to respond to the message. The value can contain a maximum of five objects and 200 bytes. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
onSessionOpened )(int sessionId) - |
-- - | -
onSessionClosed )(int sessionId) - |
-- - | -
onBytesReceived )(int sessionId, const void *data, unsigned int dataLen) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
QueryInterface )(IUnknown *iUnknown, int version, void **target) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -enum Ieee80211Band - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
resv [IEEE80211_CHANNEL_RESV] - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
rxMask [IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN] - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
reserved [IEEE80211_MACINFO_RESV] - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
dstAddr [6] - |
-- | -
srcAddr [6] - |
-- | -
bssid [6] - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
rsv [IEEE80211_RATE_RESV] - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
aucRsv [IEEE80211_STAHTCAP_RESV] - |
-- | -
| - | -struct Ieee80211McsInfo - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -struct Ieee80211Channel * - |
-
| - | -struct Ieee80211Rate * - |
-
| - | -enum Ieee80211Band - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -struct Ieee80211StaHtCap - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
RetStatus { INPUT_SUCCESS, INPUT_EINVAL, INPUT_EFAULT, INPUT_ENOMEM, INPUT_ETIMEOUT, INPUT_EUNSUPPORT, INPUT_EUNKNOWN } - |
-- | -
InputDevType { INDEV_TYPE_TOUCH, INDEV_TYPE_KEY, INDEV_TYPE_KEYBOARD, INDEV_TYPE_MOUSE, INDEV_TYPE_BUTTON, INDEV_TYPE_CROWN, INDEV_TYPE_ENCODER, INDEV_TYPE_UNKNOWN } - |
-- | -
PowerStatus { INPUT_RESUME, INPUT_SUSPEND, INPUT_LOW_POWER, INPUT_POWER_STATUS_UNKNOWN } - |
-- | -
CapacitanceTest { BASE_TEST, FULL_TEST, MMI_TEST, RUNNING_TEST, TEST_TYPE_UNKNOWN } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetInputInterface (IInputInterface **interface) - |
-
- Gets all interfaces for performing operations on input devices. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| BASE_TEST | -- | -
| FULL_TEST | -- | -
| MMI_TEST | -- | -
| RUNNING_TEST | -- | -
| TEST_TYPE_UNKNOWN | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| INPUT_RESUME | -- | -
| INPUT_SUSPEND | -- | -
| INPUT_LOW_POWER | -- | -
| INPUT_POWER_STATUS_UNKNOWN | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| INPUT_SUCCESS | -- | -
| INPUT_EINVAL | -- | -
| INPUT_EFAULT | -- | -
| INPUT_ENOMEM | -- | -
| INPUT_ETIMEOUT | -- | -
| INPUT_EUNSUPPORT | -- | -
| INPUT_EUNKNOWN | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| interface | -Indicates the double pointer to the interface for performing operations on input devices. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
SetPowerStatus )(uint32_t devIndex, uint32_t status) - |
-- - | -
GetPowerStatus )(uint32_t devIndex, uint32_t *status) - |
-- - | -
GetDeviceType )(uint32_t devIndex, uint32_t *deviceType) - |
-
- Gets the type of the input device based on the specified device index. - |
-
GetChipInfo )(uint32_t devIndex, char *chipInfo, uint32_t length) - |
-- - | -
GetVendorName )(uint32_t devIndex, char *vendorName, uint32_t length) - |
-- - | -
GetChipName )(uint32_t devIndex, char *chipName, uint32_t length) - |
-- - | -
SetGestureMode )(uint32_t devIndex, uint32_t gestureMode) - |
-- - | -
RunCapacitanceTest )(uint32_t devIndex, uint32_t testType, char *result, uint32_t length) - |
-- - | -
RunExtraCommand )(uint32_t devIndex, InputExtraCmd *cmd) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devIndex | -Indicates the index of an input device. A maximum of 32 input devices are supported. The value ranges from 0 to 31, and value 0 represents the first input device. | -
| deviceType | -Indicates the pointer to the device type. For details, see InputDevType. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devIndex | -Indicates the index of an input device. A maximum of 32 input devices are supported. The value ranges from 0 to 31, and value 0 represents the first input device. | -
| status | -Indicates the pointer to the power status of the device. For details, see PowerStatus. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devIndex | -Indicates the index of an input device. A maximum of 32 input devices are supported. The value ranges from 0 to 31, and value 0 represents the first input device. | -
| testType | -Indicates the capacitance test type. For details, see CapacitanceTest. | -
| result | -Indicates the pointer to the capacitance test result. The value is SUCC for a successful operation and is an error code for a failed operation. | -
| length | -Indicates the length of the test result. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devIndex | -Indicates the index of an input device. A maximum of 32 input devices are supported. The value ranges from 0 to 31, and value 0 represents the first input device. | -
| cmd | -Indicates the pointer to the extra command data packet, including the command codes and parameters. For details, see InputExtraCmd. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devIndex | -Indicates the index of an input device. A maximum of 32 input devices are supported. The value ranges from 0 to 31, and value 0 represents the first input device. | -
| status | -Indicates the power status to set. The input service will notify the input device of entering the Resume or Suspend state specified by PowerStatus. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -struct timeval - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OpenInputDevice )(uint32_t devIndex) - |
-- - | -
CloseInputDevice )(uint32_t devIndex) - |
-- - | -
GetInputDevice )(uint32_t devIndex, DeviceInfo **devInfo) - |
-- - | -
GetInputDeviceList )(uint32_t *devNum, DeviceInfo **devList, uint32_t size) - |
-
- Gets information about all input devices in the device list. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devIndex | -Indicates the index of an input device. A maximum of 32 input devices are supported. The value ranges from 0 to 31, and value 0 represents the first input device. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devIndex | -Indicates the index of an input device. A maximum of 32 input devices are supported. The value ranges from 0 to 31, and value 0 represents the first input device. | -
| devInfo | -Indicates the double pointer to information about the specified device. For details, see DeviceInfo. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devNum | -Indicates the pointer to the total number of input devices which have been registered. | -
| devList | -Indicates the double pointer to information about all devices in the device list. For details, see DeviceInfo. | -
| size | -Indicates the number of elements in the devList array. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devIndex | -Indicates the index of an input device. A maximum of 32 input devices are supported. The value ranges from 0 to 31, and value 0 represents the first input device. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
ReportEventCallback )(const InputEventData *eventData, uint32_t count, uint32_t devIndex) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
RegisterReportCallback )(uint32_t devIndex, InputReportEventCb *callback) - |
-
- Registers a callback for reporting subscribed data of specified input devices. - |
-
UnregisterReportCallback )(uint32_t devIndex) - |
-
- Unregisters the callback for reporting subscribed data of specified input devices. - |
-
GetInputEvent )(uint32_t devIndex, InputEventData *eventData) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devIndex | -Indicates the index of an input device. A maximum of 32 input devices are supported. The value ranges from 0 to 31, and value 0 represents the first input device. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Provides functions for obtaining, setting, and deleting a key-value pair. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UtilsGetValue (const char *key, char *value, unsigned int len) - |
-
- Obtains the value matching a specified key from the file system or cache. - |
-
UtilsSetValue (const char *key, const char *value) - |
-
- Adds or updates the value matching a specified key in the file system or cache. - |
-
UtilsDeleteValue (const char *key) - |
-
- Deletes the value matching a specified key from the file system or cache. - |
-
ClearKVCache (void) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key whose value is to be deleted. It allows only lowercase letters, digits, underscores (_), and dots (.). Its length cannot exceed 32 bytes (including the end-of-text character in the string). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key to be indexed. It allows only lowercase letters, digits, underscores (_), and dots (.). Its length cannot exceed 32 bytes (including the end-of-text character in the string). | -
| value | -Indicates the buffer for storing the value that matches the key. This is an output parameter. | -
| len | -Indicates the size of the value space in the buffer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key whose value is to be added or updated. It allows only lowercase letters, digits, underscores (_), and dots (.). Its length cannot exceed 32 bytes (including the end-of-text character in the string). | -
| value | -Indicates the value to be added or updated. Its length cannot exceed 128 bytes (including the end-of-text character in the string). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Provides functions and structures related to linking and loading. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -All undefined symbols in the shared object are not resolved before dlopen() returns. - |
-
| - | -All undefined symbols in the shared object are resolved before dlopen() returns. - |
-
| - | -The shared object is not loaded. It can be used to test whether the object resides in the memory. - |
-
| - | -The shared object is not deleted during dlclose(). - |
-
| - | -The symbols defined by the loaded shared object can be resolved by other shared objects opened later. - |
-
| - | -The symbols defined by the loaded shared object cannot be resolved by other shared objects opened later. - |
-
| - | -The next match of the required symbol is searched in the search order after the current object. - |
-
| - | -The first match of the required symbol is searched in the default shared object search order. The search scope includes the global symbols of the program and its dependencies, and the global symbols loaded by the dlopen() function. - |
-
| - | -The pointer to the link_map structure of the specified handle. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
dlclose (void *handle) - |
-- - | -
dlerror (void) - |
-
- Obtains the latest error that occurred during a DLL function execution failure. - |
-
dlopen (const char *filename, int flags) - |
-- - | -
dlsym (void *handle, const char *symbol) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the loaded DLL handle. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| filename | -Indicates the pointer to the file name of the DLL. | -
| flags | -Indicates the flag of the DLL to be loaded. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the loaded DLL handle. | -
| symbol | -Indicates the symbol name. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
InitDisplay )(uint32_t devId) - |
-- - | -
DeinitDisplay )(uint32_t devId) - |
-- - | -
GetDisplayInfo )(uint32_t devId, DisplayInfo *dispInfo) - |
-- - | -
OpenLayer )(uint32_t devId, const LayerInfo *layerInfo, uint32_t *layerId) - |
-- - | -
CloseLayer )(uint32_t devId, uint32_t layerId) - |
-
- Closes a layer that is no longer required on a specified display device. - |
-
SetLayerVisible )(uint32_t devId, uint32_t layerId, bool visible) - |
-- - | -
GetLayerVisibleState )(uint32_t devId, uint32_t layerId, bool *visible) - |
-- - | -
SetLayerSize )(uint32_t devId, uint32_t layerId, IRect *rect) - |
-- - | -
GetLayerSize )(uint32_t devId, uint32_t layerId, IRect *rect) - |
-- - | -
SetLayerCrop )(uint32_t devId, uint32_t layerId, IRect *rect) - |
-- - | -
SetLayerZorder )(uint32_t devId, uint32_t layerId, uint32_t zorder) - |
-- - | -
GetLayerZorder )(uint32_t devId, uint32_t layerId, uint32_t *zorder) - |
-- - | -
SetLayerPreMulti )(uint32_t devId, uint32_t layerId, bool preMul) - |
-- - | -
GetLayerPreMulti )(uint32_t devId, uint32_t layerId, bool *preMul) - |
-- - | -
SetLayerAlpha )(uint32_t devId, uint32_t layerid, LayerAlpha *alpha) - |
-- - | -
GetLayerAlpha )(uint32_t devId, uint32_t layerId, LayerAlpha *alpha) - |
-- - | -
SetLayerColorKey )(uint32_t devId, uint32_t layerId, bool enable, uint32_t key) - |
-- - | -
GetLayerColorKey )(uint32_t devId, uint32_t layerId, bool *enable, uint32_t *key) - |
-- - | -
SetLayerPalette )(uint32_t devId, uint32_t layerId, uint32_t *palette, uint32_t len) - |
-- - | -
GetLayerPalette )(uint32_t devId, uint32_t layerId, uint32_t *palette, uint32_t len) - |
-- - | -
SetTransformMode )(uint32_t devId, uint32_t layerId, TransformType type) - |
-- - | -
SetLayerCompression )(uint32_t devId, uint32_t layerId, int32_t compType) - |
-- - | -
GetLayerCompression )(uint32_t devId, uint32_t layerId, int32_t *compType) - |
-
- Checks whether the compression feature is enabled for a layer. - |
-
SetLayerDirtyRegion )(uint32_t devId, uint32_t layerId, IRect *region) - |
-- - | -
GetLayerBuffer )(uint32_t devId, uint32_t layerId, LayerBuffer *buffer) - |
-- - | -
Flush )(uint32_t devId, uint32_t layerId, LayerBuffer *buffer) - |
-- - | -
WaitForVBlank )(uint32_t devId, uint32_t layerId) - |
-- - | -
SnapShot )(uint32_t devId, LayerBuffer *buffer) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devId | -Indicates the ID of a display device. The value ranges from 0 to 4, where 0 indicates the first display device and 4 indicates the last display device. | -
| layerId | -Indicates the layer ID, which identifies a unique layer. You can perform operations on the layer with the specified layer ID. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devId | -Indicates the ID of a display device. The value ranges from 0 to 4, where 0 indicates the first display device and 4 indicates the last display device. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devId | -Indicates the ID of a display device. The value ranges from 0 to 4, where 0 indicates the first display device and 4 indicates the last display device. | -
| layerId | -Indicates the layer ID, which identifies a unique layer. You can perform operations on the layer with the specified layer ID. | -
| buffer | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer in which the display data is to flush. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devId | -Indicates the ID of a display device. The value ranges from 0 to 4, where 0 indicates the first display device and 4 indicates the last display device. | -
| dispInfo | -Indicates the pointer to the display device information obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devId | -Indicates the ID of a display device. The value ranges from 0 to 4, where 0 indicates the first display device and 4 indicates the last display device. | -
| layerId | -Indicates the layer ID, which identifies a unique layer. You can perform operations on the layer with the specified layer ID. | -
| alpha | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained alpha value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devId | -Indicates the ID of a display device. The value ranges from 0 to 4, where 0 indicates the first display device and 4 indicates the last display device. | -
| layerId | -Indicates the layer ID, which identifies a unique layer. You can perform operations on the layer with the specified layer ID. | -
| buffer | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained buffer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devId | -Indicates the ID of a display device. The value ranges from 0 to 4, where 0 indicates the first display device and 4 indicates the last display device. | -
| layerId | -Indicates the layer ID, which identifies a unique layer. You can perform operations on the layer with the specified layer ID. | -
| enable | -Indicates the pointer to the color key enable bit. | -
| key | -Indicates the pointer to the color key. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devId | -Indicates the ID of a display device. The value ranges from 0 to 4, where 0 indicates the first display device and 4 indicates the last display device. | -
| layerId | -Indicates the layer ID, which identifies a unique layer. You can perform operations on the layer with the specified layer ID. | -
| compType | -Indicates the pointer to the variable specifying whether the compression feature is enabled. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devId | -Indicates the ID of a display device. The value ranges from 0 to 4, where 0 indicates the first display device and 4 indicates the last display device. | -
| layerId | -Indicates the layer ID, which identifies a unique layer. You can perform operations on the layer with the specified layer ID. | -
| palette | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained palette. | -
| len | -Indicates the length of the palette. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devId | -Indicates the ID of a display device. The value ranges from 0 to 4, where 0 indicates the first display device and 4 indicates the last display device. | -
| layerId | -Indicates the layer ID, which identifies a unique layer. You can perform operations on the layer with the specified layer ID. | -
| preMul | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained layer premultiplication flag. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devId | -Indicates the ID of a display device. The value ranges from 0 to 4, where 0 indicates the first display device and 4 indicates the last display device. | -
| layerId | -Indicates the layer ID, which identifies a unique layer. You can perform operations on the layer with the specified layer ID. | -
| rect | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained layer size. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devId | -Indicates the ID of a display device. The value ranges from 0 to 4, where 0 indicates the first display device and 4 indicates the last display device. | -
| layerId | -Indicates the layer ID, which identifies a unique layer. You can perform operations on the layer with the specified layer ID. | -
| zorder | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained z-order. The value is an integer ranging from 0 to 255. A larger z-order value indicates a higher layer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devId | -Indicates the ID of a display device. The value ranges from 0 to 4, where 0 indicates the first display device and 4 indicates the last display device. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devId | -Indicates the ID of a display device. The value ranges from 0 to 4, where 0 indicates the first display device and 4 indicates the last display device. | -
| layerInfo | -Indicates the pointer to the layer information passed to open a layer, including the layer type, layer size, and pixel format. | -
| layerId | -Indicates the pointer to the layer ID, which identifies a unique layer. The layer ID is returned to the GUI after the layer is successfully opened. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devId | -Indicates the ID of a display device. The value ranges from 0 to 4, where 0 indicates the first display device and 4 indicates the last display device. | -
| layerId | -Indicates the layer ID, which identifies a unique layer. You can perform operations on the layer with the specified layer ID. | -
| alpha | -Indicates the pointer to the alpha value to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devId | -Indicates the ID of a display device. The value ranges from 0 to 4, where 0 indicates the first display device and 4 indicates the last display device. | -
| layerId | -Indicates the layer ID, which identifies a unique layer. You can perform operations on the layer with the specified layer ID. | -
| enable | -Specify whether to enable the color key. | -
| key | -Indicates the color key. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devId | -Indicates the ID of a display device. The value ranges from 0 to 4, where 0 indicates the first display device and 4 indicates the last display device. | -
| layerId | -Indicates the layer ID, which identifies a unique layer. You can perform operations on the layer with the specified layer ID. | -
| rect | -Indicates the pointer to the rectangular area to crop. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devId | -Indicates the ID of a display device. The value ranges from 0 to 4, where 0 indicates the first display device and 4 indicates the last display device. | -
| layerId | -Indicates the layer ID, which identifies a unique layer. You can perform operations on the layer with the specified layer ID. | -
| region | -Indicates the pointer to the flushing area to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devId | -Indicates the ID of a display device. The value ranges from 0 to 4, where 0 indicates the first display device and 4 indicates the last display device. | -
| layerId | -Indicates the layer ID, which identifies a unique layer. You can perform operations on the layer with the specified layer ID. | -
| palette | -Indicates the pointer to the palette to set. | -
| len | -Indicates the length of the palette. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devId | -Indicates the ID of a display device. The value ranges from 0 to 4, where 0 indicates the first display device and 4 indicates the last display device. | -
| layerId | -Indicates the layer ID, which identifies a unique layer. You can perform operations on the layer with the specified layer ID. | -
| rect | -Indicates the pointer to the layer size to set, in pixels. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devId | -Indicates the ID of a display device. The value ranges from 0 to 4, where 0 indicates the first display device and 4 indicates the last display device. | -
| layerId | -Indicates the layer ID, which identifies a unique layer. You can perform operations on the layer with the specified layer ID. | -
| zorder | -Indicates the z-order to set. The value is an integer ranging from 0 to 255. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devId | -Indicates the ID of a display device. The value ranges from 0 to 4, where 0 indicates the first display device and 4 indicates the last display device. | -
| layerId | -Indicates the layer ID, which identifies a unique layer. You can perform operations on the layer with the specified layer ID. | -
| type | -Indicates the transformation mode to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devId | -Indicates the ID of a display device. The value ranges from 0 to 4, where 0 indicates the first display device and 4 indicates the last display device. | -
| buffer | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer for saving screenshots. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devId | -Indicates the ID of a display device. The value ranges from 0 to 4, where 0 indicates the first display device and 4 indicates the last display device. | -
| layerId | -Indicates the layer ID, which identifies a unique layer. You can perform operations on the layer with the specified layer ID. | -
| timeOut | -Indicates the maximum duration that the process waits for the arrival of vertical blanking. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates an invalid floating-point exception. At least one parameter value is not defined in the function. - |
-
| - | -Indicates a pole error exception. The return value is asymptotically infinite when the divisor is zero or the input is asymptotic to zero. - |
-
| - | -Indicates an overflow floating-point exception. The result is too large to be represented in the normal return value. - |
-
| - | -Indicates an underflow floating-point exception. The result is too small to be represented in the normal return value. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates bitwise OR of all the preceding supported floating-point exceptions. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
FE_DFL_ENV ((const fenv_t *) -1) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
HUGE_VALF INFINITY - |
-- | -
HUGE_VAL ((double)INFINITY) - |
-- | -
HUGE_VALL ((long double)INFINITY) - |
-- | -
| - | -Indicates an error that occurs in floating-point operations. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the error handling mechanism employed by math functions. - |
-
| - | -- | -
FP_ILOGB0 FP_ILOGBNAN - |
-Indicates the calculation result of ilogb(0). - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
isinf(x) - |
-- | -
isnan(x) - |
-- | -
isnormal(x) - |
-Checks whether the floating-point value x is a normal value. - |
-
isfinite(x) - |
-- | -
signbit(x) - |
-Checks whether the sign of the floating-point value x is negative. - |
-
isunordered(x, y) (isnan((x)) ? ((void)(y),1) : isnan((y))) - |
-- | -
isless(x, y) __tg_pred_2(x, y, __isless) - |
-- | -
islessequal(x, y) __tg_pred_2(x, y, __islessequal) - |
-Checks whether floating-point value x is less than or equal to y. - |
-
islessgreater(x, y) __tg_pred_2(x, y, __islessgreater) - |
-Checks whether floating-point value x is either less than or greater than y. - |
-
isgreater(x, y) __tg_pred_2(x, y, __isgreater) - |
-- | -
isgreaterequal(x, y) __tg_pred_2(x, y, __isgreaterequal) - |
-Checks whether floating-point value x is greater than or equal to y. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
M_2_SQRTPI 1.12837916709551257390 /* 2/sqrt(pi) */ - |
-- | -
M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 /* sqrt(2) */ - |
-- | -
M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 /* 1/sqrt(2) */ - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -double complex - - |
-
| - | -float complex - - |
-
| - | -long double complex - - |
-
| - | -double complex - - |
-
| - | -float complex - - |
-
| - | -long double complex - - |
-
| - | -double complex - - |
-
| - | -float complex - - |
-
| - | -long double complex - - |
-
| - | -double complex - - |
-
| - | -float complex - - |
-
| - | -long double complex - - |
-
| - | -double complex - - |
-
| - | -float complex - - |
-
| - | -long double complex - - |
-
| - | -double complex - - |
-
| - | -float complex - - |
-
| - | -long double complex - - |
-
| - | -double complex -Calculates the inverse hyperbolic cosine of the complex number z. - |
-
| - | -float complex -Calculates the inverse hyperbolic cosine of the complex number z. - |
-
| - | -long double complex -Calculates the inverse hyperbolic cosine of the complex number z. - |
-
| - | -double complex -Calculates the inverse hyperbolic sine of the complex number z. - |
-
| - | -float complex -Calculates the inverse hyperbolic sine of the complex number z. - |
-
| - | -long double complex -Calculates the inverse hyperbolic sine of the complex number z. - |
-
| - | -double complex -Calculates the inverse hyperbolic tangent of the complex number z. - |
-
| - | -float complex -Calculates the inverse hyperbolic tangent of the complex number z. - |
-
| - | -long double complex -Calculates the inverse hyperbolic tangent of the complex number z. - |
-
| - | -double complex - - |
-
| - | -float complex - - |
-
| - | -long double complex - - |
-
| - | -double complex - - |
-
| - | -float complex - - |
-
| - | -long double complex - - |
-
| - | -double complex - - |
-
| - | -float complex - - |
-
| - | -long double complex - - |
-
| - | -double complex - - |
-
| - | -float complex - - |
-
| - | -long double complex - - |
-
| - | -double complex -Calculates the natural (base-e) logarithm of the complex number z. - |
-
| - | -float complex -Calculates the natural (base-e) logarithm of the complex number z. - |
-
| - | -long double complex -Calculates the natural (base-e) logarithm of the complex number z. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -double complex - - |
-
| - | -float complex - - |
-
| - | -long double complex - - |
-
| - | -double complex - - |
-
| - | -float complex - - |
-
| - | -long double complex - - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -double complex - - |
-
| - | -float complex - - |
-
| - | -long double complex - - |
-
| - | -double complex -Calculates the projection of the complex number z onto the Riemann sphere. - |
-
| - | -float complex -Calculates the projection of the complex number z onto the Riemann sphere. - |
-
| - | -long double complex -Calculates the projection of the complex number z onto the Riemann sphere. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
acos (double x) - |
-- - | -
acosf (float x) - |
-- - | -
acosl (long double x) - |
-- - | -
acosh (double x) - |
-
- Calculates the inverse hyperbolic cosine of the double value x. - |
-
acoshf (float x) - |
-- - | -
acoshl (long double x) - |
-
- Calculates the inverse hyperbolic cosine of the long double value x. - |
-
asin (double x) - |
-- - | -
asinf (float x) - |
-- - | -
asinl (long double x) - |
-- - | -
asinh (double x) - |
-
- Calculates the inverse hyperbolic sine of the double value x. - |
-
asinhf (float x) - |
-
- Calculates the inverse hyperbolic sine of the float value x. - |
-
asinhl (long double x) - |
-
- Calculates the inverse hyperbolic sine of the long double value x. - |
-
atan (double x) - |
-- - | -
atanf (float x) - |
-- - | -
atanl (long double x) - |
-- - | -
atan2 (double y, double x) - |
-- - | -
atan2f (float y, float x) - |
-- - | -
atan2l (long double y, long double x) - |
-
- Calculates the arc tangent of two long double values x and y. - |
-
atanh (double x) - |
-
- Calculates the inverse hyperbolic tangent of the double value x. - |
-
atanhf (float x) - |
-
- Calculates the inverse hyperbolic tangent of the float value x. - |
-
atanhl (long double x) - |
-
- Calculates the inverse hyperbolic tangent of the long double value x. - |
-
cbrt (double x) - |
-- - | -
cbrtf (float x) - |
-- - | -
cbrtl (long double x) - |
-- - | -
ceil (double x) - |
-
- Calculates the minimum integer greater than or equal to the double value x. - |
-
ceilf (float x) - |
-
- Calculates the minimum integer greater than or equal to the float value x. - |
-
ceill (long double x) - |
-
- Calculates the minimum integer greater than or equal to the long double value x. - |
-
copysign (double x, double y) - |
-
- Generates a value by combining the magnitude of the double value x and the sign of the double value y. - |
-
copysignf (float x, float y) - |
-
- Generates a value by combining the magnitude of the float value x and the sign of the float value y. - |
-
copysignl (long double x, long double y) - |
-
- Generates a value by combining the magnitude of the long double value x and the sign of the long double value y. - |
-
cos (double x) - |
-- - | -
cosf (float x) - |
-- - | -
cosl (long double x) - |
-- - | -
cosh (double x) - |
-- - | -
coshf (float x) - |
-- - | -
coshl (long double x) - |
-
- Calculates the hyperbolic cosine of the long double value x. - |
-
erf (double x) - |
-- - | -
erff (float x) - |
-- - | -
erfl (long double x) - |
-- - | -
erfc (double x) - |
-
- Calculates the complementary error function of the double value x. - |
-
erfcf (float x) - |
-
- Calculates the complementary error function of the float value x. - |
-
erfcl (long double x) - |
-
- Calculates the complementary error function of the long double value x. - |
-
exp (double x) - |
-
- Calculates the base-e exponential function of the double value x. - |
-
expf (float x) - |
-
- Calculates the base-e exponential function of the float value x. - |
-
expl (long double x) - |
-
- Calculates the base-e exponential function of the long double value x. - |
-
exp2 (double x) - |
-
- Calculates the base-2 exponential function of the double value x. - |
-
exp2f (float x) - |
-
- Calculates the base-2 exponential function of the float value x. - |
-
exp2l (long double x) - |
-
- Calculates the base-2 exponential function of the long double value x. - |
-
expm1 (double x) - |
-
- Calculates e raised to the power of the double value x minus one, that is, (e^x)-1. - |
-
expm1f (float x) - |
-
- Calculates e raised to the power of the float value x minus one. - |
-
expm1l (long double x) - |
-
- Calculates e raised to the power of the long double value x minus one. - |
-
fabs (double x) - |
-- - | -
fabsf (float x) - |
-- - | -
fabsl (long double x) - |
-- - | -
fdim (double x, double y) - |
-
- Calculates the positive difference between the double value x and y. - |
-
fdimf (float x, float y) - |
-
- Calculates the positive difference between the float value x and y. - |
-
fdiml (long double x, long double y) - |
-
- Calculates the positive difference between the long double value x and y. - |
-
floor (double x) - |
-
- Obtains the largest integer less than or equal to the double value x. - |
-
floorf (float x) - |
-
- Obtains the largest integer less than or equal to the float value x. - |
-
floorl (long double x) - |
-
- Obtains the largest integer less than or equal to the long double value x. - |
-
fma (double x, double y, double z) - |
-- - | -
fmaf (float x, float y, float z) - |
-- - | -
fmal (long double x, long double y, long double z) - |
-- - | -
fmax (double x, double y) - |
-- - | -
fmaxf (float x, float y) - |
-- - | -
fmaxl (long double x, long double y) - |
-- - | -
fmin (double x, double y) - |
-- - | -
fminf (float x, float y) - |
-- - | -
fminl (long double x, long double y) - |
-
- Obtains the smaller value of two long double values x and y. - |
-
fmod (double x, double y) - |
-
- Calculates the remainder of the double value x divided by the double value y. - |
-
fmodf (float x, float y) - |
-
- Calculates the remainder of the float value x divided by the float value y. - |
-
fmodl (long double x, long double y) - |
-
- Calculates the remainder of the long double value x divided by the long double value y. - |
-
| - | -
- Decomposes the double value x into a significand and an integral exponent for 2. - |
-
| - | -
- Decomposes float value x into a binary significand and an integral exponent for 2. - |
-
| - | -
- Decomposes long double value x into a binary significand and an integral exponent for 2. - |
-
hypot (double x, double y) - |
-
- Calculates the hypotenuse of a right triangle whose legs are x and y. - |
-
hypotf (float x, float y) - |
-
- Calculates the hypotenuse of a right triangle whose legs are x and y. - |
-
hypotl (long double x, long double y) - |
-
- Calculates the hypotenuse of a right triangle whose legs are x and y. - |
-
ilogb (double x) - |
-
- Obtains the integral part of the logarithm of double value x. - |
-
ilogbf (float x) - |
-
- Obtains the integral part of the logarithm of float value x. - |
-
ilogbl (long double x) - |
-
- Obtains the integral part of the logarithm of the long double value x. - |
-
| - | -
- Multiplies the double value x by 2 raised to the power of exp. - |
-
| - | -
- Multiplies the float value x by 2 raised to the power of exp. - |
-
| - | -
- Multiplies the long double value x by 2 raised to the power of exp. - |
-
lgamma (double x) - |
-
- Calculates the natural logarithm of the absolute value of the gamma function of the double value x. - |
-
lgammaf (float x) - |
-
- Calculates the natural logarithm of the absolute value of the gamma function of the float value x. - |
-
lgammal (long double x) - |
-
- Calculates the natural logarithm of the absolute value of the gamma function of the long double value x. - |
-
llrint (double x) - |
-- - | -
llrintf (float x) - |
-- - | -
llrintl (long double x) - |
-- - | -
llround (double x) - |
-
- Rounds double value x to the nearest integer, rounding away from 0. - |
-
llroundf (float x) - |
-
- Rounds float value x to the nearest integer, rounding away from 0. - |
-
llroundl (long double x) - |
-
- Rounds long double value x to the nearest integer, rounding away from 0. - |
-
log (double x) - |
-- - | -
logf (float x) - |
-- - | -
logl (long double x) - |
-
- Calculates the natural logarithm of the long double value x. - |
-
log10 (double x) - |
-
- Calculates the common logarithm (logarithm with base 10) of the double value x. - |
-
log10f (float x) - |
-
- Calculates the common logarithm (logarithm with base 10) of the float value x. - |
-
log10l (long double x) - |
-
- Calculates the common logarithm (logarithm with base 10) of the long double value x. - |
-
log1p (double x) - |
-
- Calculates the natural logarithm of one plus the double value x. - |
-
log1pf (float x) - |
-
- Calculates the natural logarithm of one plus the float value x. - |
-
log1pl (long double x) - |
-
- Calculates the natural logarithm of one plus the long double value x. - |
-
log2 (double x) - |
-
- Calculates the binary logarithm (logarithm with base 2) of the double value x. - |
-
log2f (float x) - |
-
- Calculates the binary logarithm (logarithm with base 2) of the float value x. - |
-
log2l (long double x) - |
-
- Calculates the binary logarithm (logarithm with base 2) of the long double value x. - |
-
logb (double x) - |
-
- Calculates the logarithm of the absolute value of the double value x. - |
-
logbf (float x) - |
-
- Calculates the logarithm of the absolute value of the float value x. - |
-
logbl (long double x) - |
-
- Calculates the logarithm of the absolute value of the long double value x. - |
-
lrint (double x) - |
-- - | -
lrintf (float x) - |
-- - | -
lrintl (long double x) - |
-- - | -
lround (double x) - |
-
- Rounds double value x to the nearest integer, rounding away from 0. - |
-
lroundf (float x) - |
-
- Rounds the float value x to the nearest integer, rounding away from 0. - |
-
lroundl (long double x) - |
-
- Rounds the long double value x to the nearest integer, rounding away from 0. - |
-
modf (double x, double *iptr) - |
-
- Breaks the double value x into a signed integral and a fractional part. - |
-
modff (float x, float *iptr) - |
-
- Breaks the float value x into a signed integral and a fractional part. - |
-
modfl (long double x, long double *iptr) - |
-
- Breaks the long double value x into a signed integral and a fractional part. - |
-
nan (const char *tagp) - |
-- - | -
nanf (const char *tagp) - |
-- - | -
nanl (const char *tagp) - |
-- - | -
nearbyint (double x) - |
-
- Rounds the double value x to an integer in floating-point format. - |
-
nearbyintf (float x) - |
-
- Rounds the float value x to an integer in floating-point format. - |
-
nearbyintl (long double x) - |
-
- Rounds the long double value x to an integer in floating-point format. - |
-
nextafter (double x, double y) - |
-
- Obtains the next representable value following the double value x in the direction of the double value y. - |
-
nextafterf (float x, float y) - |
-
- Obtains the next representable value following the float value x in the direction of the float value y. - |
-
nextafterl (long double x, long double y) - |
-
- Obtains the next representable value following the long double value x in the direction of the long double value y. - |
-
nexttoward (double x, long double y) - |
-
- Obtains the next representable value following the double value x in the direction of the long double value y. - |
-
nexttowardf (float x, long double y) - |
-
- Obtains the next representable value following the float value x in the direction of the long double value y. - |
-
nexttowardl (long double x, long double y) - |
-
- Obtains the next representable value following the long double value x in the direction of the long double value y. - |
-
pow (double x, double y) - |
-
- Obtains the double value x raised to the power of the double value y. - |
-
powf (float x, float y) - |
-
- Obtains the float value x raised to the power of the float value y. - |
-
pow10f (float x) - |
-- - | -
powl (long double x, long double y) - |
-
- Obtains the long double value x raised to the power of the long double value y. - |
-
pow10l (long double x) - |
-- - | -
remainder (double x, double y) - |
-
- Calculates the remainder of the double value x divided by the double value y. - |
-
remainderf (float x, float y) - |
-
- Calculates the remainder of the float value x divided by the float value y. - |
-
remainderl (long double x, long double y) - |
-
- Calculates the remainder of the long double value x divided by the long double value y. - |
-
remquo (double x, double y, int *quo) - |
-
- Calculates the quotient and remainder of the double value x divided by the double value y. - |
-
remquof (float x, float y, int *quo) - |
-
- Calculates the quotient and remainder of the float value x divided by the float value y. - |
-
remquol (long double x, long double y, int *quo) - |
-
- Calculates the quotient and remainder of the long double value x divided by the long double value y. - |
-
rint (double x) - |
-- - | -
rintf (float x) - |
-- - | -
rintl (long double x) - |
-- - | -
round (double x) - |
-
- Rounds the double value x to the nearest integer, rounding away from 0. - |
-
roundf (float x) - |
-
- Rounds the float value x to the nearest integer, rounding away from 0. - |
-
roundl (long double x) - |
-
- Rounds the long double value x to the nearest integer, rounding away from 0. - |
-
| - | -
- Multiplies the double value x by FLT_RADIX raised to the power of the long int value exp, that is, x*(FLT_RADIX)^exp. - |
-
| - | -
- Multiplies the float value x by FLT_RADIX raised to the power of the long int value exp, that is, x*(FLT_RADIX)^exp. - |
-
| - | -
- Multiplies the long double value x by FLT_RADIX raised to the power of the long int value exp, that is, x*(FLT_RADIX)^exp. - |
-
| - | -
- Multiplies the double value x by FLT_RADIX raised to the power of the int value exp, that is, x*(FLT_RADIX)^exp. - |
-
| - | -
- Multiplies the float value x by FLT_RADIX raised to the power of the int value exp, that is, x*(FLT_RADIX)^exp. - |
-
| - | -
- Multiplies the long double value x by FLT_RADIX raised to the power of the int value exp, that is, x*(FLT_RADIX)^exp. - |
-
sin (double x) - |
-- - | -
sinf (float x) - |
-- - | -
sinl (long double x) - |
-- - | -
sinh (double x) - |
-- - | -
sinhf (float x) - |
-- - | -
sinhl (long double x) - |
-- - | -
sqrt (double x) - |
-- - | -
sqrtf (float x) - |
-- - | -
sqrtl (long double x) - |
-- - | -
tan (double x) - |
-- - | -
tanf (float x) - |
-- - | -
tanl (long double x) - |
-- - | -
tanh (double x) - |
-- - | -
tanhf (float x) - |
-- - | -
tanhl (long double x) - |
-
- Calculates the hyperbolic tangent of the long double value x. - |
-
tgamma (double x) - |
-- - | -
tgammaf (float x) - |
-- - | -
tgammal (long double x) - |
-- - | -
trunc (double x) - |
-
- Obtains the nearest integer whose absolute value is less than or equal to the absolute value of the double value x. - |
-
truncf (float x) - |
-
- Obtains the nearest integer whose absolute value is less than or equal to the absolute value of the float value x. - |
-
truncl (long double x) - |
-
- Obtains the nearest integer whose absolute value is less than or equal to the absolute value of the long double value x. - |
-
j0 (double x) - |
-
- Calculates the Bessel function of the first kind of order 0 for the double value x. - |
-
j1 (double x) - |
-
- Calculates the Bessel function of the first kind of order 1 for the double value x. - |
-
jn (int n, double x) - |
-
- Calculates the Bessel function of the first kind of order n for the double value x. - |
-
y0 (double x) - |
-
- Calculates the Bessel function of the second kind of order 0 for the double value x. - |
-
y1 (double x) - |
-
- Calculates the Bessel function of the second kind of order 1 for the double value x. - |
-
yn (int n, double x) - |
-
- Calculates the Bessel function of the second kind of order n for the double value x. - |
-
finite (double x) - |
-
- Checks whether the double value x is an infinity or a NaN value. - |
-
finitef (float x) - |
-
- Checks whether the float value x is an infinity or a NaN value. - |
-
| - | -
- Multiplies the double value x by FLT_RADIX raised to the power of the double value exp, that is, x*FLT_RADIX^exp. - |
-
| - | -
- Multiplies the float value x by FLT_RADIX raised to the power of the float value exp, that is, x*FLT_RADIX^exp. - |
-
significand (double x) - |
-
- Obtains the significand of the double value x scaled to the range [1,2). - |
-
significandf (float x) - |
-
- Obtains the significand of the float value x scaled to the range [1,2). - |
-
j0f (float x) - |
-
- Calculates the Bessel function of the first kind of order 0 for the float value x. - |
-
j1f (float x) - |
-
- Calculates the Bessel function of the first kind of order 1 for the float value x. - |
-
jnf (int n, float x) - |
-
- Calculates the Bessel function of the first kind of order n for the float value x. - |
-
y0f (float x) - |
-
- Calculates the Bessel function of the second kind of order 0 for the float value x. - |
-
y1f (float x) - |
-
- Calculates the Bessel function of the second kind of order 1 for the float value x. - |
-
ynf (int n, float x) - |
-
- Calculates the Bessel function of the second kind of order n for the float value x. - |
-
lgammal_r (long double x, int *signp) - |
-
- Calculates the natural logarithm of the absolute value of the gamma function of the double value x. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
exp10 (double x) - |
-
- Calculates the base-10 exponential function of the double value x. - |
-
exp10f (float x) - |
-
- Calculates the base-10 exponential function of the float value x. - |
-
exp10l (long double x) - |
-
- Calculates the base-10 exponential function of the long double value x. - |
-
pow10 (double x) - |
-
- Calculates the value of 10 raised to the power x, which is a double value. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the floating-point value x to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the floating-point value x to check. | -
| y | -Indicates the floating-point value y to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the floating-point value x to check. | -
| y | -Indicates the floating-point value y to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the floating-point value x to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the floating-point value x to check. | -
| y | -Indicates the floating-point value y to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the floating-point value x to check. | -
| y | -Indicates the floating-point value y to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the floating-point value x to check. | -
| y | -Indicates the floating-point value y to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the floating-point value x to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the floating-point value x to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the floating-point value x to check. | -
| y | -Indicates the floating-point value y to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the floating-point value x to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value whose arc cosine is to be calculated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value whose arc cosine is to be calculated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value whose inverse hyperbolic cosine is to be calculated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value whose inverse hyperbolic cosine is to be calculated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value whose inverse hyperbolic cosine is to be calculated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value whose arc cosine is to be calculated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value whose arc sine is to be calculated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value whose arc sine is to be calculated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value whose inverse hyperbolic sine is to be calculated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value whose inverse hyperbolic sine is to be calculated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value whose inverse hyperbolic sine is to be calculated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value whose arc sine is to be calculated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value whose arc tangent is to be calculated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| y | -Indicates the double value y for calculating the arc tangent. | -
| x | -Indicates the double value x for calculating the arc tangent. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| y | -Indicates the float value y for calculating the arc tangent. | -
| x | -Indicates the float value x for calculating the arc tangent. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| y | -Indicates the long double value y for calculating the arc tangent. | -
| x | -Indicates the long double value x for calculating the arc tangent. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value whose arc tangent is to be calculated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value whose inverse hyperbolic tangent is to be calculated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value whose inverse hyperbolic tangent is to be calculated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value whose inverse hyperbolic tangent is to be calculated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value whose arc tangent is to be calculated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a double value) whose absolute value is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a float value) whose absolute value is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a long double value) whose absolute value is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a double value) whose arc cosine is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a float value) whose arc cosine is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a double value) whose inverse hyperbolic cosine is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a float value) whose inverse hyperbolic cosine is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a long double value) whose inverse hyperbolic cosine is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a long double value) whose arc cosine is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a double value) whose phase angle is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a float value) whose phase angle is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a long double value) whose hyperbolic sine is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a double value) whose arc sine is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a float value) whose arc sine is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a double value) whose inverse hyperbolic sine is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a float value) whose inverse hyperbolic sine is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a long double value) whose inverse hyperbolic sine is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a long double value) whose arc sine is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a double value) whose arc tangent is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a float value) whose arc tangent is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a double value) whose inverse hyperbolic tangent is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a float value) whose inverse hyperbolic tangent is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a long double value) whose inverse hyperbolic tangent is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a long double value) whose arc tangent is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value whose cube root is to be calculated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value whose cube root is to be calculated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value whose cube root is to be calculated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a double value) whose cosine is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a float value) whose cosine is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a double value) whose hyperbolic cosine is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a float value) whose hyperbolic cosine is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a long double value) whose hyperbolic cosine is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a long double value) whose cosine is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value x to compare with. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value x to compare with. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value x to compare with. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a double value) whose base-e exponential is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a float value) whose base-e exponential is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a long double value) whose base-e exponential is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a double value) whose imaginary part is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a float value) whose imaginary part is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a long double value) whose imaginary part is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a double value) whose natural (base-e) logarithm is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a float value) whose natural (base-e) logarithm is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a long double value) whose natural (base-e) logarithm is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a double value) whose conjugate is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a float value) whose conjugate is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a long double value) whose conjugate is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value x whose magnitude will be used. | -
| y | -Indicates the double value y whose sign will be used. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value x whose magnitude will be used. | -
| y | -Indicates the float value y whose sign will be used. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value x whose magnitude will be used. | -
| y | -Indicates the long double value y whose magnitude will be used. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the base (a double complex number). | -
| z | -Indicates the exponent (a double complex number). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the base (a float complex number). | -
| z | -Indicates the exponent (a float complex number). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the base (a long double complex number). | -
| z | -Indicates the exponent (a long double complex number). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a double value) whose projection onto the Riemann sphere is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a float value) whose projection onto the Riemann sphere is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a long double value) whose projection onto the Riemann sphere is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a double value) whose real part is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a float value) whose real part is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a long double value) whose real part is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a double value) whose sine is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a float value) whose sine is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a double value) whose hyperbolic sine is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a float value) whose hyperbolic sine is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a long double value) whose hyperbolic sine is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a long double value) whose sine is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a double value) whose square root is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a float value) whose square root is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a long double value) whose square root is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a double value) whose tangent is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a float value) whose tangent is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a double value) whose hyperbolic tangent is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a float value) whose hyperbolic tangent is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a long double value) whose hyperbolic tangent is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| z | -Indicates the complex number (a long double value) whose tangent is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value x used as the exponent. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value x used as the exponent. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value x used as the exponent. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value x. | -
| y | -Indicates the double value y. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value x. | -
| y | -Indicates the float value y. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value x. | -
| y | -Indicates the long double value y. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value x to compare with. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value x to compare with. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value x to compare with. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value x. | -
| y | -Indicates the double value y. | -
| z | -Indicates the double value z. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value x. | -
| y | -Indicates the float value y. | -
| z | -Indicates the float value z. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value x. | -
| y | -Indicates the long double value y. | -
| z | -Indicates the long double value z. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value x. | -
| y | -Indicates the double value y. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value x. | -
| y | -Indicates the float value y. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value x. | -
| y | -Indicates the long double value y. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value x. | -
| y | -Indicates the double value y. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value x. | -
| y | -Indicates the float value y. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value x. | -
| y | -Indicates the long double value y. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value x, which is used as the numerator. | -
| y | -Indicates the double value y, which is used as the denominator. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value x, which is used as the numerator. | -
| y | -Indicates the float value y, which is used as the denominator. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value x, which is used as the numerator. | -
| y | -Indicates the long double value y, which is used as the denominator. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value x to decompose. | -
| exp | -Indicates the pointer to the exponent. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value to decompose. | -
| exp | -Indicates the pointer to an integer where the exponent is stored. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value to decompose. | -
| exp | -Indicates the pointer to an integer where the exponent is stored. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the length of one side of the right triangle, represented using a double value. | -
| y | -Indicates the length of the other side of the right triangle, represented using a double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the length of one side of the right triangle, represented using a float value. | -
| y | -Indicates the length of the other side of the right triangle, represented using a float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the length of one side of the right triangle, represented using a long double value. | -
| y | -Indicates the length of the other side of the right triangle, represented using a long double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| n | -Indicates the order of the Bessel function of the first kind. | -
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| n | -Indicates the order of the Bessel function of the first kind. | -
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| exp | -Indicates the exponent. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| exp | -Indicates the exponent. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value. | -
| exp | -Indicates the exponent. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| signp | -return value of sign. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value to round. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value to round. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value to round. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value to round. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value to round. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value to round. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value x. | -
| iptr | -Indicates the pointer to the object where the signed integral part is stored. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value x. | -
| iptr | -Indicates the pointer to the object where the signed integral part is stored. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value x. | -
| iptr | -Indicates the pointer to the object where the signed integral part is stored. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| tagp | -Indicates the pointer to a character constant. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| tagp | -Indicates the pointer to a character constant. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| tagp | -Indicates the pointer to a character constant. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value x. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value x. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value x. | -
| y | -Indicates the double value y. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value x. | -
| y | -Indicates the float value y. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value x. | -
| y | -Indicates the long double value y. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value x. | -
| y | -Indicates the long double value y. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value x. | -
| y | -Indicates the long double value y. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value x. | -
| y | -Indicates the long double value y. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value x, which is used as the base. | -
| y | -Indicates the double value y, which is used as the exponent. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value x. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value x, which is used as the exponent. | -
| x | -Indicates the float value x. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value x, which is used as the exponent. | -
| x | -Indicates the long double value x. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value x, which is used as the base. | -
| y | -Indicates the float value y, which is used as the exponent. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value x, which is used as the base. | -
| y | -Indicates the long double value y, which is used as the exponent. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value x, which is used as the numerator. | -
| y | -Indicates the double value y, which is used as the denominator. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value x, which is used as the numerator. | -
| y | -Indicates the float value y, which is used as the denominator. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value x, which is used as the numerator. | -
| y | -Indicates the long double value y, which is used as the denominator. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value x. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value x. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value x. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value x. | -
| exp | -Indicates the double value used as the exponent. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value x. | -
| exp | -Indicates the float value used as the exponent. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value x. | -
| exp | -Indicates the double value used as the exponent. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value x. | -
| exp | -Indicates the float value used as the exponent. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value x. | -
| exp | -Indicates the long double value used as the exponent. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value x. | -
| exp | -Indicates the double value used as the exponent. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value x. | -
| exp | -Indicates the float value used as the exponent. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value x. | -
| exp | -Indicates the long double value used as the exponent. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value x. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value x. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value whose sine and cosine are to be calculated. | -
| sin | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained sine. | -
| cos | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained cosine. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value whose sine and cosine are to be calculated. | -
| sin | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained sine. | -
| cos | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained cosine. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value whose sine and cosine are to be calculated. | -
| sin | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained sine. | -
| cos | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained cosine. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value, which represents an angle in radians. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value, which represents an angle in radians. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value, which represents an angle in radians. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value x. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value x. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the long double value x. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| n | -Indicates the order of the Bessel function of the first kind. | -
| x | -Indicates the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| n | -Indicates the order of the Bessel function of the second kind. | -
| x | -Indicates the float value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Describes limitations and attributes of system-level shared memory. - |
-
| - | -Describes system resource information about the shared memory. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the return value of functions such as mmap() when the operation fails. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the mapping attribute that the updates to the mapping are visible to other processes mapping the same file and are carried through to the underlying file. This macro is used as an input parameter passed to functions such as mmap(). - |
-
| - | -Indicates the mapping attribute that the updates to the mapping are not visible to other mapping processes and are not carried through to the underlying file. This macro is used as an input parameter passed to functions such as mmap(). - |
-
| - | -Indicates the mapping attribute that specifies the mapping as fixed mapping. This macro is used as an input parameter passed to functions such as mmap(). - |
-
| - | -Indicates the mapping attribute that specifies the mapping as anonymous mapping without a specified file or device. This macro is used as an input parameter passed to functions such as mmap(). - |
-
MAP_ANONYMOUS MAP_ANON - |
-Indicates the mapping attribute that specifies the mapping as anonymous mapping without a specified file or device. This macro is the synonym for MAP_ANON and is used as an input parameter passed to functions such as mmap(). - |
-
| - | -Indicates that no permission is granted to the current process for accessing the mapping area. This macro is used as an input parameter passed to functions such as mmap(). - |
-
| - | -Indicates that the current process is granted the read permission on the mapping area. This macro is used as an input parameter passed to functions such as mmap(). - |
-
| - | -Indicates that the current process is granted the write permission on the mapping area. This macro is used as an input parameter passed to functions such as mmap(). - |
-
| - | -Indicates that the current process is granted the execute permission on the mapping area. This macro is used as an input parameter passed to functions such as mmap(). - |
-
| - | -Indicates the remapping attribute that allows the mapping to be relocated to a new address. This macro is used as an input parameter passed to functions such as mremap(). - |
-
| - | -Indicates the remapping attribute that specifies the mapping as fixed mapping. This macro is used as an input parameter passed to functions such as mremap(). - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates that the shared memory segment is readable. This macro is used for setting the shmflg parameter passed to functions such as shmget(). - |
-
| - | -Indicates that the shared memory segment is writable. This macro is used for setting the shmflg parameter passed to functions such as shmget(). - |
-
| - | -Indicates that the attached shared memory segment is read-only. This macro is used for setting the shmflg parameter passed to functions such as shmat(). - |
-
| - | -Indicates that the shared memory address can be rounded to a value meeting the requirement (SHMLBA). This macro is used for setting the shmflg parameter passed to functions such as shmat(). - |
-
| - | -Indicates that the memory segment can be remapped. This macro is used for setting the shmflg parameter passed to functions such as shmat(). - |
-
| - | -Indicates that the attached shared memory segment is executable. This macro is used for setting the shmflg parameter passed to functions such as shmat(). - |
-
| - | -Locks the shared memory segment in memory so that it cannot be swapped to the swap partition. This macro is used for setting the shmflg parameter passed to functions such as shmget(). - |
-
| - | -Unlocks the shared memory segment. This macro is used for setting the shmflg parameter passed to functions such as shmget(). - |
-
SHM_STAT (13 | (IPC_STAT & 0x100)) - |
-Obtains a shmid_ds data structure. This macro is used for setting the cmd parameter passed to shmctl(). - |
-
| - | -Obtains a shm_info data structure that includes system resource information about this shared memory segment. This macro is used for setting the cmd parameter passed to shmctl(). - |
-
SHM_STAT_ANY (15 | (IPC_STAT & 0x100)) - |
-Obtains a shmid_ds data structure without permission check. This macro is used for setting the cmd parameter passed to shmctl(). - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
malloc (size_t size) - |
-
- Dynamically allocates a block of uninitialized memory with the specified size. - |
-
calloc (size_t nmemb, size_t size) - |
-
- Dynamically allocates multiple blocks of memory with the specified size. - |
-
realloc (void *ptr, size_t size) - |
-
- Changes the size of a previously allocated memory block pointed to by ptr to the specified size. - |
-
free (void *ptr) - |
-- - | -
memalign (size_t alignment, size_t size) - |
-
- Allocates a block of memory with the specified size based on the given alignment mode. - |
-
malloc_usable_size (void *ptr) - |
-- - | -
mmap (void *addr, size_t length, int prot, int flags, int fd, off_t offset) - |
-
- Creates a mapping between the virtual address space of the calling process and a file or device. - |
-
munmap (void *addr, size_t length) - |
-
- Removes all mappings for the specified virtual address space. - |
-
mprotect (void *addr, size_t len, int prot) - |
-
- Sets protection attributes for the memory pages contained in the memory region starting from addr with the specified length. - |
-
mremap (void *old_address, size_t old_size, size_t new_size, int flags,...) - |
-- - | -
shmat (int shmid, const void *shmaddr, int shmflg) - |
-
- Attaches the shared memory segment identified by shmid to the address space of the current process. - |
-
| - | -
- Performs a control operation specified by the cmd parameter on the shared memory segment identified by shmid. - |
-
shmdt (const void *shmaddr) - |
-
- Detaches the shared memory segment attached to the address pointed to by shmaddr from the address space of the calling process. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains or creates a shared memory segment with the specified size based on the ID specified by key. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| nmemb | -Indicates the number of memory blocks to allocate. | -
| size | -Indicates the size of the memory block to allocate, in bytes. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ptr | -Indicates the pointer to a memory block previously allocated with malloc, calloc or realloc. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| size | -Indicates the size of the memory block to allocate, in bytes. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ptr | -Indicates the pointer to a block of memory previously allocated by functions such as malloc(). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| alignment | -Indicates the alignment size of the allocated memory. | -
| size | -Indicates the size of the memory block to allocate, in bytes. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -The file descriptor specified by fd refers to a non-regular file. Or a file mapping was requested, but fd is not open for reading. MAP_SHARED and PROT_WRITE are specified, but the file identified by fd is not opened in O_RDWR mode. PROT_WRITE is specified, but the file is append-only. - |
-
| - | -The file descriptor specified by fd is invalid, and MAP_ANONYMOUS is not specified in flags. - |
-
| - | -The length and offset are too large, addr is not page-aligned with MAP_FIXED, or the length is 0. Neither MAP_SHARED nor MAP_PRIVATE is specified in flags, or both are specified. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -PROT_EXEC is specified in prot, but the mapped area belongs to a file on a file system that was mounted non-executable, or the file seal does not allow this operation. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -The memory region cannot be granted the specified permission. This error can occur, for example, when you use mmap to map a file with prot set to PROT_READ and then use this function to set prot to PROT_WRITE. - |
-
| - | -addr is an invalid pointer or it points to an address that is not a multiple of the page size. - |
-
| - | -Internal kernel structures cannot be allocated due to insufficient memory, or addresses in the specified range are invalid for the address space of the process. The total number of mappings with different attributes exceeds the maximum number allowed by the system if the protection attribute of the memory region is changed. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| old_address | -Indicates the old address of the virtual memory region to expand or shrink. | -
| old_size | -Indicates the old size of the virtual memory region. | -
| new_size | -Indicates the requested size of the virtual memory region after the expansion or shrinking. | -
| flags | -Specifies whether the existing memory can be mapped to a new or specified address. | -
| new_address | -Indicates the new address of the virtual memory region. This parameter is optional and is used when MREMAP_FIXED is specified in flags. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -By default, if no enough space is available to expand a mapping at its current location, the operation fails. If this flag is specified, the kernel is allowed to relocate the mapping to a new virtual address when necessary. - |
-
| - | -If this flag is specified, the new_address parameter is enabled in this function and the memory is mapped to a new address. This flag must be used together with MREMAP_MAYMOVE. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Some memory addresses in the range from old_address to old_address+old_size are invalid for this process. - |
-
| - | -old_address is not a multiple of the page size, or a value other than MREMAP_MAYMOVE and MREMAP_FIXED is specified in flags. new_size is 0, new_size or new_address is invalid, or MREMAP_FIXED is specified in flags without also specifying MREMAP_MAYMOVE. old_size is 0 but old_address does not point to a shared memory mapping; old_size is 0 but MREMAP_MAYMOVE is not specified in flags; or the new memory address range specified by new_address and new_size overlaps the old memory address range specified by old_address and old_size. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| addr | -Indicates the pointer to the start address of the memory region to unmap, which is the return value of mmap(). | -
| length | -Indicates the length of the address range to unmap, which should be the length specified in mmap(). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ptr | -Indicates the pointer to a memory block previously allocated with malloc, calloc or realloc. | -
| size | -Indicates the new size for the memory block, in bytes. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| shmid | -Identifies the shared memory segment to attach, which is obtained by shmget(). | -
| shmaddr | -Indicates the space address of the current process to attach. If this parameter is NULL, the system chooses an unused address to attach. | -
| shmflg | -Indicates the attribute of the shared memory segment to attach, which is the bitwise OR combination of one or more of the following flags: | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Round the attached address. If shmaddr is not NULL and SHM_RND is specified in shmflg, the address is rounded down to the nearest multiple of SHMLBA. - |
-
| - | -Allow the contents of the attached shared memory segment to be executable. - |
-
| - | -Set the contents of the attached shared memory segment to be read-only. - |
-
| - | -Replace any existing mapping in the address range starting at shmaddr and continuing for the size of the segment during the current memory mapping. When SHM_REMAP is not specified, an EINVAL error will be returned if a mapping exists in the address range. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -The current process does not have the required permission on the requested mapping type. - |
-
| - | -The shared memory segment specified by shmid has been removed. - |
-
| - | -The value of shmid is invalid. shmaddr is not aligned (not page-aligned and SHM_RND is not specified) or its value is invalid. SHM_REMAP is specified, but shmaddr is NULL. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| shmid | -Identifies the shared memory segment to attach, which is obtained by shmget(). | -
| cmd | -Indicates the control operation to perform. The following table describes available values. | -
| buf | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer for storing the information to set or obtain. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Copy information from the kernel data structure associated with the shared memory segment identified by shmid into the shmid_ds structure pointed to by buf. - |
-
| - | -Return a shmid_ds data structure. When SHM_STAT is specified, shmid does not identify a shared memory segment. Instead, it indicates the index to the kernel's internal array that maintains information about all shared memory segments. - |
-
| - | -Write the values of some fields in the shmid_ds data structure pointed to by buf to the kernel data structure associated with the specified shared memory segment, updating also its shm_ctimemember. The following fields can be modified: shm_perm.uid, shm_perm.gid, and shm_perm.mode. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Return information about system-wide shared memory limits and parameters in the structure pointed to by buf. The returned structure is of the shminfo type, and a cast is required. - |
-
| - | -Return a shm_info structure that contains information about system resources consumed by the specified shared memory segment. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -IPC_STAT or SHM_STAT is specified in cmb, but the mode field in shm_perm does not allow any read operation on the shared memory segment identified by shmid. - |
-
| - | -SHM_STAT or IPC_STAT is specified in cmd, but the address pointed to by buf is not accessible. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -The value of shmid or cmd is invalid. When SHM_STAT is specified in cmd, the value is considered invalid if the index specified by shmid refers to an unused array slot. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -IPC_SET or IPC_RMID is attempted, but the effective user ID of the calling process is not that of the creator or the owner, and the process is not privileged. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| shmaddr | -Indicates the pointer to the address of the shared memory segment to detach. The value of this parameter should be the pointer previously returned by shmat(). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -No shared memory segment is attached to shmaddr, or shmaddr is not aligned. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key of the shared memory segment. | -
| size | -Indicates the size of the shared memory segment to create. The actual size is rounded up to a multiple of PAGE_SIZE. | -
| shmflg | -Indicates the attribute of the shared memory segment, which is the bitwise OR combination of one or more of the following flags: | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Create a new shared memory segment. If this flag is not specified, this function will find the segment with the specified key and check to see whether the user has permission to access the segment. - |
-
| - | -Used together with IPC_CREAT to ensure that this function is called to create a shared memory segment. The calling fails if the segment already exists. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -The current process does not have the permission to obtain the specified shared memory segment. - |
-
| - | -IPC_EXCL and IPC_CREAT are specified, but the shared memory segment associated with key already exists. - |
-
| - | -The size specified for the shared memory segment to create is less than the value of shmmin in shminfo or greater than the value of shmmax. The shared memory segment associated with key already exists, but the value of size is greater than the size of the segment. - |
-
| - | -No segment exists for the given key, and IPC_CREAT is not specified. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Allocating a segment of the requested size would cause the system to exceed the system-wide limit on shared memory (shmall in shminfo). - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
macAddr [WLAN_MAC_ADDR_LEN] - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
aucSsid [OAL_IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN] - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
aucArry [MAC80211_SSIDS_AUC_SIZE] - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
addr [ETH_ADDR_LEN] - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
mac [WLAN_MAC_ADDR_LEN] - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
deviceType [DEVICE_TYPE_SIZE] - |
-- | -
metaData [METADATA_SIZE] - |
-MetaData * - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Declares functions in the CameraDeviceCallback class to response to device changes. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OHOS::Media::CameraDeviceCallback::CameraDeviceCallback ()=default - |
-
- A constructor used to create a CameraDeviceCallback instance. - |
-
OHOS::Media::CameraDeviceCallback::~CameraDeviceCallback ()=default - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the CameraDeviceCallback instance. - |
-
OHOS::Media::CameraDeviceCallback::OnCameraStatus (std::string cameraId, int32_t status) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| cameraId | -Indicates the camera ID. | -
| status | -Indicates the camera state. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Provides the AudioCapturer class to implement operations related to audio capture. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OHOS::Audio::Timestamp::Timebase : int32_t { OHOS::Audio::Timestamp::Timebase::MONOTONIC = 0, OHOS::Audio::Timestamp::Timebase::BOOTTIME = 1 } - |
-Enumerates the time base of this Timestamp. Different timing methods are supported. - |
-
OHOS::Audio::State : uint32_t { OHOS::Audio::PREPPARED, OHOS::Audio::RECORDING, OHOS::Audio::STOPPED, OHOS::Audio::RELEASED } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OHOS::Audio::AudioCapturer::GetMinFrameCount (int32_t sampleRate, int32_t channelCount, AudioCodecFormat audioFormat, size_t &frameCount) - |
-
- Obtains the minimum number of frames required in a specified condition, in bytes per sample. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the number of frames required in the current condition, in bytes per sample. - |
-
OHOS::Audio::AudioCapturer::SetCapturerInfo (const AudioCapturerInfo info) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Audio::AudioCapturer::GetCapturerInfo (AudioCapturerInfo &info) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::Audio::AudioCapturer::Read (uint8_t *buffer, size_t userSize, bool isBlockingRead) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::Audio::AudioCapturer::GetAudioTime (Timestamp ×tamp, Timestamp::Timebase base) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- Releases a local AudioCapturer object. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| PREPPARED | -- | -
| RECORDING | -- | -
| STOPPED | -- | -
| RELEASED | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| MONOTONIC | -Monotonically increasing time, excluding the system sleep time - |
-
| BOOTTIME | -Monotonically increasing time, including the system sleep time - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| timestamp | -Indicates a Timestamp instance reference provided by the caller. | -
| base | -Indicates the time base, which can be Timestamp.Timebase.BOOTTIME or Timestamp.Timebase.MONOTONIC. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| info | -Indicates information about audio capture parameters. For details, see AudioCapturerInfo. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sampleRate | -Indicates the audio sampling rate, in Hz. | -
| channelCount | -Indicates the number of audio recording channels. | -
| audioFormat | -Indicates the audio data format. | -
| frameCount | -Indicates the minimum number of frames, in bytes per sample. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| buffer | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer into which the audio data is to be written. | -
| userSize | -Indicates the size of the buffer into which the audio data is to be written, in bytes. userSize >= frameCount * channelCount * BytesPerSample must evaluate to true. You can call GetFrameCount to obtain the frameCount value. | -
| isBlockingRead | -Specifies whether data reading will be blocked. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| info | -Indicates information about audio capture parameters to set. For details, see AudioCapturerInfo. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Declares functions in the Camera class to implement camera operations. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Provides functions in the Camera class to implement camera operations. operations. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OHOS::Media::Camera::~Camera ()=default - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Camera instance. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::Media::Camera::GetCameraConfig () const - |
-virtual const CameraConfig * -Obtains the camera configuration. You can use the obtained CameraConfig object to configure the camera. - |
-
OHOS::Media::Camera::GetFrameConfig (int32_t type) - |
-virtual FrameConfig * - - |
-
OHOS::Media::Camera::Configure (CameraConfig &config) - |
-
- Configures the camera using the CameraConfig object. - |
-
OHOS::Media::Camera::TriggerLoopingCapture (FrameConfig &frameConfig) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::Media::Camera::TriggerSingleCapture (FrameConfig &frameConfig) - |
-
- Starts single-frame capture. The frame parameters are set through the FrameConfig object, and the captured image data is stored in the surface of the FrameConfig object. - |
-
| - | -
- Releases the Camera object and associated resources. - |
-
OHOS::Media::Camera::Camera ()=default - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Camera instance. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| config | -Indicates the pointer to the CameraConfig object. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| type | -Indicates the type of the frame configuration. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fc | -Indicates the frame configuration. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fc | -Indicates the frame configuration. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Declares functions of the CameraAbility class. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a CameraAbility instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the CameraAbility instance. - |
-
OHOS::Media::CameraAbility::GetSupportedSizes (int format) const - |
-
- Obtains the supported image sizes for a specified image format. - |
-
OHOS::Media::CameraAbility::SetParameterRange (uint32_t key, std::list< T > rangeList) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::CameraAbility::GetParameterRange (uint32_t key) const - |
-template<typename T > std::list< T > -Obtains the parameter value range based on a specified parameter key. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the parameter key. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| format | -Indicates the image format, which can be YUV, H.265, or H.264. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the parameter key. | -
| rangeList | -Indicates the list of parameter value ranges. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the CameraAbility instance. - |
-
| - | -static CameraConfig * -Creates the CameraConfig instance of this singleton class to configure and read the required parameters. - |
-
OHOS::Media::CameraConfig::SetFrameStateCallback (FrameStateCallback *callback, EventHandler *handler) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -virtual FrameStateCallback * -Obtains a FrameStateCallback object. - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a CameraConfig instance. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| callback | -Indicates the frame state callback. | -
| handler | -Indicates the event handler. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Declares functions in the CameraDeviceCallback class to response to device changes. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OHOS::Media::CameraDeviceCallback::CameraDeviceCallback ()=default - |
-
- A constructor used to create a CameraDeviceCallback instance. - |
-
OHOS::Media::CameraDeviceCallback::~CameraDeviceCallback ()=default - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the CameraDeviceCallback instance. - |
-
OHOS::Media::CameraDeviceCallback::OnCameraStatus (std::string cameraId, int32_t status) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| cameraId | -Indicates the camera ID. | -
| status | -Indicates the camera state. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Provides functions in the CameraKit class. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the CameraKit instance. - |
-
| - | -static CameraKit * -Obtains a single instance of the CameraKit. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::Media::CameraKit::GetCameraAbility (std::string cameraId) - |
-const CameraAbility * -Obtains the camera capability, including the resolutions and frame rates. - |
-
OHOS::Media::CameraKit::RegisterCameraDeviceCallback (CameraDeviceCallback &callback, EventHandler &handler) - |
-
- Registers a camera callback for camera status changes and an event callback to respond to a triggered event. - |
-
OHOS::Media::CameraKit::UnregisterCameraDeviceCallback (CameraDeviceCallback &callback) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::CameraKit::CreateCamera (const std::string &cameraId, CameraStateCallback &callback, EventHandler &handler) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| cameraId | -Indicates the camera ID. | -
| callback | -Indicates the camera callback. | -
| handler | -Indicates the event callback to register. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| cameraId | -Indicates the camera ID. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| callback | -Indicates the camera callback to register. | -
| handler | -Indicates the event callback to register. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| callback | -Indicates the camera callback to unregister. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OHOS::Media::CameraStateCallback::CameraStateCallback ()=default - |
-
- A constructor used to create a CameraStateCallback instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the CameraStateCallback instance. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::Media::CameraStateCallback::OnCreateFailed (const std::string cameraId, int32_t errorCode) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::Media::CameraStateCallback::OnConfigureFailed (const std::string cameraId, int32_t errorCode) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -camera Indicates the Camera object. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the Camera object. | -
| errorCode | -Indicates the error code. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the Camera object. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| cameraId | -Indicates the camera ID. | -
| errorCode | -Indicates the error code. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the Camera object. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OHOS::Media::FrameConfig::FrameConfig ()=delete - |
-
- A constructor used to create a FrameConfig instance. - |
-
OHOS::Media::FrameConfig::FrameConfig (int32_t type) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a FrameConfig instance based on the configuration mode. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the FrameConfig instance. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -std::list< Surface * > - - |
-
OHOS::Media::FrameConfig::AddSurface (Surface &surface) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::FrameConfig::RemoveSurface (Surface &surface) - |
-
- Removes a surface (an object of shared memory). You can call this function to release the surface when your application does not need to obtain data. - |
-
OHOS::Media::FrameConfig::SetParameter (uint32_t key, const T value) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::FrameConfig::GetParameter (uint32_t key, T &value) - |
-
- Obtains the value of a common parameter based on its key. For details, see CAMERA_FUC_KEY. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| surface | -Indicates the surface to add. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| type | -Indicates the frame configuration mode, which can be FRAME_CONFIG_PREVIEW, <b>FRAME_CONFIG_RECORD, or FRAME_CONFIG_CAPTURE. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the common parameter key. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| surface | -Indicates the surface to remove. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the common parameter key to set. | -
| value | -Indicates the common parameter value to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Provides functions to listen for frame states and response to the state changes. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OHOS::Media::FrameStateCallback::FrameStateCallback ()=default - |
-
- A constructor used to create a FrameStateCallback instance. - |
-
OHOS::Media::FrameStateCallback::~FrameStateCallback ()=default - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the FrameStateCallback instance. - |
-
OHOS::Media::FrameStateCallback::OnFrameFinished (Camera &camera, FrameConfig &frameConfig, FrameResult &frameResult) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::FrameStateCallback::OnFrameError (Camera &camera, FrameConfig &frameConfig, int32_t errorCode, FrameResult &frameResult) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| camera | -Indicates the camera. | -
| frameConfig | -Indicates the frame configuration. | -
| errorCode | -Indicates the error code. | -
| frameResult | -Indicates the capture results. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| camera | -Indicates the camera. | -
| frameConfig | -Indicates the frame configuration. | -
| frameResult | -Indicates the capture results. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Saves and sets media metadata, such as the media playback duration. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Provides functions to obtain the address of a buffer memory and write the filled buffers into the playback queue. You need to implement the StreamCallback functions in a player object. - |
-
| - | -Provides functions related to the stream source for upper-layer applications. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OHOS::Media::FormatData::GetType () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::FormatData::SetValue (int32_t val) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::FormatData::SetValue (int64_t val) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::FormatData::SetValue (float val) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::FormatData::SetValue (double val) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::FormatData::SetValue (const std::string &val) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::FormatData::GetInt32Value (int32_t &val) const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::FormatData::GetInt64Value (int64_t &val) const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::FormatData::GetFloatValue (float &val) const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::FormatData::GetDoubleValue (double &val) const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::FormatData::GetStringValue (std::string &val) const - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Default constructor of the Format instance. - |
-
OHOS::Media::Format::PutIntValue (const std::string &key, int32_t value) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Format::PutLongValue (const std::string &key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Format::PutFloatValue (const std::string &key, float value) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Format::PutDoubleValue (const std::string &key, double value) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Format::PutStringValue (const std::string &key, const std::string &value) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Format::GetIntValue (const std::string &key, int32_t &value) const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Format::GetLongValue (const std::string &key, int64_t &value) const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Format::GetFloatValue (const std::string &key, float &value) const - |
-
- Obtains the metadata value of the single-precision floating-point type. - |
-
OHOS::Media::Format::GetDoubleValue (const std::string &key, double &value) const - |
-
- Obtains the metadata value of the double-precision floating-point type. - |
-
OHOS::Media::Format::GetStringValue (const std::string &key, std::string &value) const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Format::GetFormatMap () const - |
-const std::map< std::string, FormatData * > & - - |
-
OHOS::Media::Format::CopyFrom (const Format &format) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::ErrCodeOffset (unsigned int subsystem, unsigned int module=0) - |
-
- Generates a start error code with a unique identifier based on specified subsystem and module bit numbers. - |
-
OHOS::Media::StreamCallback::GetBuffer (size_t index)=0 - |
-
- Obtains the virtual address of a buffer memory block based on its index. - |
-
OHOS::Media::StreamCallback::QueueBuffer (size_t index, size_t offset, size_t size, int64_t timestampUs, uint32_t flags)=0 - |
-
- Writes the filled buffer memory block into the player memory. - |
-
OHOS::Media::StreamCallback::SetParameters (const Format ¶ms)=0 - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::StreamSource::OnBufferAvailable (size_t index, size_t offset, size_t size)=0 - |
-
- Notifies your application of the information about the buffer memory block that can be filled with data. - |
-
OHOS::Media::StreamSource::SetStreamCallback (const std::shared_ptr< StreamCallback > &callback)=0 - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Source::Source (const std::string &uri) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Source instance based on a specified URI. - |
-
OHOS::Media::Source::Source (const std::shared_ptr< StreamSource > &stream, const Format &formats) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Source instance based on the stream source and format information. - |
-
OHOS::Media::Source::GetSourceType () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Source::GetSourceUri () const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Source::GetSourceStream () const - |
-const std::shared_ptr< StreamSource > & - - |
-
| - | -const Format & - - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| BIT_WIDTH_8 | -- | -
| BIT_WIDTH_16 | -- | -
| BIT_WIDTH_24 | -- | -
| BIT_WIDTH_BUTT | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| FORMAT_TYPE_NONE | -- | -
| FORMAT_TYPE_INT32 | -- | -
| FORMAT_TYPE_INT64 | -- | -
| FORMAT_TYPE_FLOAT | -- | -
| FORMAT_TYPE_DOUBLE | -- | -
| FORMAT_TYPE_STRING | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| SOURCE_TYPE_URI | -- | -
| SOURCE_TYPE_FD | -- | -
| SOURCE_TYPE_STREAM | -Stream data, such as Advanced Audio Coding (AAC) stream data - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| VIDEO_DEFAULT | -- | -
| H264 | -- | -
| HEVC | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| format | -Indicates the format. For details, see Format. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| subsystem | -Indicates the subsystem bit number. | -
| module | -Indicates the module bit number. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| index | -Indicates the index of the buffer memory block. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the metadata key. | -
| value | -Indicates the metadata value to obtain, which is a double-precision floating-point number. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| val | -Indicates the double-precision floating-point number to obtain. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the metadata key. | -
| value | -Indicates the metadata value to obtain, which is a single-precision floating-point number. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| val | -Indicates the single-precision floating-point number to obtain. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| val | -Indicates the 32-bit integer to obtain. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| val | -Indicates the long integer to obtain. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the metadata key. | -
| value | -Indicates the metadata value to obtain, which is a 32-bit integer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the metadata key. | -
| value | -Indicates the metadata value to obtain, which is a 64-bit long integer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the metadata key. | -
| value | -Indicates the metadata value to obtain, which is a string. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| val | -Indicates the string to obtain. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| index | -Indicates the index of the buffer memory block. | -
| offset | -Indicates the start offset into which the data will be written. | -
| size | -Indicates the size of data that the buffer memory block can store. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the metadata key. | -
| value | -Indicates the metadata value, which is a double-precision floating-point number. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the metadata key. | -
| value | -Indicates the metadata value, which is a single-precision floating-point number. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the metadata key. | -
| value | -Indicates the metadata value, which is a 32-bit integer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the metadata key. | -
| value | -Indicates the metadata value, which is a 64-bit integer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the metadata key. | -
| value | -Indicates the metadata value, which is a string. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| index | -Indicates the index of the buffer memory block. | -
| offset | -Indicates the start offset into which the buffer memory block will be written. | -
| size | -Indicates the size of the data filled in the buffer memory block. | -
| timestampUs | -Indicates the timestamp of the frame filled in the buffer memory block. As data in AAC streams can be filled not on a frame basis, set this parameter to 0 for AAC streams. | -
| flags | -Indicates the type of the current buffer memory block. For details, see BufferFlags. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| params | -Indicates the parameters for additional stream information. For details, see Format. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| callback | -Indicates the StreamCallback function to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| val | -Indicates the string to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| val | -Indicates the double-precision floating-point number to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| val | -Indicates the single-precision floating-point number to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| val | -Indicates the 32-bit integer to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| val | -Indicates the 64-bit long integer to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| stream | -Indicates the media source stream. For details, see StreamSource. | -
| formats | -Indicates stream data information, which is subject to the stream type. For example, the key is CODEC_MIME, and the value is MIME_AUDIO_AAC. For details, see Format. This parameter can be null if no information needs to be passed. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| uri | -Indicates the media source URI, which can be a network URI or local file path. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Declares the Player class, which is used to implement player-related operations. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OHOS::Media::PlayerSeekMode : int32_t { OHOS::Media::PLAYER_SEEK_PREVIOUS_SYNC = 0, OHOS::Media::PLAYER_SEEK_NEXT_SYNC, OHOS::Media::PLAYER_SEEK_CLOSEST_SYNC, OHOS::Media::PLAYER_SEEK_CLOSEST, OHOS::Media::PLAYER_SEEK_FRAME_INDEX } - |
-Enumerates player seek modes. You can move the current playback position of the media to a given time position using the specified mode. - |
-
OHOS::Media::PlayerStates : uint32_t { OHOS::Media::PLAYER_STATE_ERROR = 0, OHOS::Media::PLAYER_IDLE = 1 << 0, OHOS::Media::PLAYER_INITIALIZED = 1 << 1, OHOS::Media::PLAYER_PREPARING = 1 << 2, OHOS::Media::PLAYER_PREPARED = 1 << 3, OHOS::Media::PLAYER_STARTED = 1 << 4, OHOS::Media::PLAYER_PAUSED = 1 << 5, OHOS::Media::PLAYER_STOPPED = 1 << 6, OHOS::Media::PLAYER_PLAYBACK_COMPLETE = 1 << 7 } - |
-- | -
OHOS::Media::PlayerCallback::PlayerInfoType : int32_t { OHOS::Media::PlayerCallback::PLAYER_INFO_RENDER_START = 0 } - |
-- |
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::Media::PlayerCallback::OnError (int32_t errorType, int32_t errorCode)=0 - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::PlayerCallback::OnInfo (int type, int extra)=0 - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::PlayerCallback::OnVideoSizeChanged (int width, int height)=0 - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::Media::Player::SetSource (const Source &source) - |
-
- Sets the playback source for the player. The corresponding source can be the file descriptor (FD) of the local file, local file URI, network URI, or media stream. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::Media::Player::Rewind (int64_t mSeconds, int32_t mode) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Player::SetVolume (float leftVolume, float rightVolume) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Player::SetVideoSurface (Surface *surface) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Player::EnableSingleLooping (bool loop) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::Media::Player::GetCurrentTime (int64_t &time) const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Player::GetDuration (int64_t &duration) const - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Player::GetVideoWidth (int32_t &videoWidth) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Player::GetVideoHeight (int32_t &videoHeight) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::Media::Player::SetPlayerCallback (const std::shared_ptr< PlayerCallback > &cb) - |
-
- Registers a listener to receive events and exception notifications from the player. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| PLAYER_INFO_RENDER_START | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| loop | -Specifies whether to enable loop playback. The value true means to enable loop playback, and false means to disable loop playback. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| time | -Indicates the playback position. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| duration | -Indicates the total duration of media files. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| videoHeight | -Indicates the video height. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| videoWidth | -Indicates the video width. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| errorType | -Indicates the error type. For details, see PlayerErrorType. | -
| errorCode | -Indicates the error code. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| type | -Indicates the information type. For details, see PlayerInfoType. | -
| extra | -Indicates the information code. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| width | -Indicates the video width. | -
| height | -Indicates the video height. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| mSeconds | -Indicates the target playback position, accurate to second. | -
| mode | -Indicates the player seek mode. For details, see PlayerSeekMode. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| cb | -Indicates the listener to register. For details, see PlayerCallback. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| source | -Indicates the playback source. Currently, only local file URIs and media streams are supported. For details, see Source. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| surface | -Indicates the surface to set. For details, see Surface. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| leftVolume | -Indicates the target volume of the left audio channel to set, ranging from 0 to 300. | -
| rightVolume | -Indicates the target volume of the right audio channel to set, ranging from 0 to 300. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Provides listeners for recording errors and information events. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OHOS::Media::RecorderCallback::OnError (int32_t errorType, int32_t errorCode)=0 - |
-
- Called when an error occurs during recording. This callback is used to report recording errors. - |
-
OHOS::Media::RecorderCallback::OnInfo (int32_t type, int32_t extra)=0 - |
-
- Called when an information event occurs during recording. This callback is used to report recording information. - |
-
OHOS::Media::Recorder::SetVideoSource (VideoSourceType source, int32_t &sourceId) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Recorder::SetVideoEncoder (int32_t sourceId, VideoCodecFormat encoder) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Recorder::SetVideoSize (int32_t sourceId, int32_t width, int32_t height) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Recorder::SetVideoFrameRate (int32_t sourceId, int32_t frameRate) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Recorder::SetVideoEncodingBitRate (int32_t sourceId, int32_t rate) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Recorder::SetCaptureRate (int32_t sourceId, double fps) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Recorder::GetSurface (int32_t sourceId) - |
-std::shared_ptr< OHOS::Surface > - - |
-
OHOS::Media::Recorder::SetAudioSource (AudioSourceType source, int32_t &sourceId) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Recorder::SetAudioEncoder (int32_t sourceId, AudioCodecFormat encoder) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Recorder::SetAudioSampleRate (int32_t sourceId, int32_t rate) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Recorder::SetAudioChannels (int32_t sourceId, int32_t num) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Recorder::SetAudioEncodingBitRate (int32_t sourceId, int32_t bitRate) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Recorder::SetMaxDuration (int32_t duration) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Recorder::SetOutputFormat (OutputFormatType format) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Recorder::SetOutputPath (const string &path) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Recorder::SetOutputFile (int32_t fd) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Recorder::SetNextOutputFile (int32_t fd) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Recorder::SetMaxFileSize (int64_t size) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Recorder::SetRecorderCallback (const std::shared_ptr< RecorderCallback > &callback) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::Media::Recorder::Stop (bool block) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::Media::Recorder::SetFileSplitDuration (FileSplitType type, int64_t timestamp, uint32_t duration) - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Media::Recorder::SetParameter (int32_t sourceId, const Format &format) - |
-
- Sets an extended parameter for recording, for example, RCORDER_PRE_CACHE_DURATION. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| IMAGE | -Image data source - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| FILE_SPLIT_POST | -- | -
| FILE_SPLIT_PRE | -- | -
| FILE_SPLIT_NORMAL | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| FORMAT_DEFAULT | -- | -
| FORMAT_MPEG_4 | -- | -
| FORMAT_TS | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| RECORDER_ERROR_UNKNOWN | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| VIDEO_SOURCE_SURFACE_YUV | -YUV video data provided through Surface - |
-
| VIDEO_SOURCE_SURFACE_RGB | -RGB video data provided through Surface - |
-
| VIDEO_SOURCE_SURFACE_ES | -Raw encoded data provided through Surface - |
-
| VIDEO_SOURCE_BUTT | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sourceId | -Indicates the video source ID, which can be obtained from SetVideoSource. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| errorType | -Indicates the error type. For details, see RecorderErrorType. | -
| errorCode | -Indicates the error code. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| type | -Indicates the information type. For details, see RecorderInfoType. | -
| extra | -Indicates other information, for example, the start time position of a recording file. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sourceId | -Indicates the audio source ID, which can be obtained from SetAudioSource. | -
| num | -Indicates the number of audio channels to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sourceId | -Indicates the audio source ID, which can be obtained from SetAudioSource. | -
| encoder | -Indicates the audio encoder to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sourceId | -Indicates the audio source ID, which can be obtained from SetAudioSource. | -
| bitRate | -Indicates the audio encoding bit rate, in bit/s. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sourceId | -Indicates the audio source ID, which can be obtained from SetAudioSource. | -
| rate | -Indicates the sampling rate of the audio per second. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| source | -Indicates the audio source type. For details, see AudioSourceType. | -
| sourceId | -Indicates the audio source ID. The value -1 indicates an invalid ID and the setting fails. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sourceId | -Indicates the video source ID, which can be obtained from SetVideoSource. | -
| fps | -Indicates the rate at which frames are captured per second. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| duration | -Indicates the maximum recording duration to set. If the value is 0 or a negative number, a failure message is returned. The default duration is 60s. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the FD of the next output file. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the FD of the file. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| format | -Indicates the output file format. For details, see OutputFormatType. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the output file path. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sourceId | -Indicates the data source ID. The value -1 indicates all sources. | -
| format | -Indicates the string key and value. For details, see Format and RCORDER_PRE_CACHE_DURATION. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| callback | -Indicates the recording listener to register. For details, see RecorderCallback. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sourceId | -Indicates the video source ID, which can be obtained from SetVideoSource. | -
| encoder | -Indicates the video encoder to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sourceId | -Indicates the video source ID, which can be obtained from SetVideoSource. | -
| rate | -Indicates the encoding bit rate to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sourceId | -Indicates the video source ID, which can be obtained from SetVideoSource. | -
| frameRate | -Indicates the frame rate to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sourceId | -Indicates the video source ID, which can be obtained from SetVideoSource. | -
| width | -Indicates the video width to set. | -
| height | -Indicates the video height to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| source | -Indicates the video source type. For details, see VideoSourceType. | -
| sourceId | -Indicates the video source ID. The value -1 indicates an invalid ID and the setting fails. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
AF_INET PF_INET - |
-- | -
AF_INET6 PF_INET6 - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Defines the message type that more data is to be transferred. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
htonl (uint32_t n) - |
-
- Converts an integer from the host byte order to the network byte order. - |
-
htons (uint16_t n) - |
-
- Converts a 16-bit integer from the host byte order to the network byte order. - |
-
ntohl (uint32_t n) - |
-
- Converts an integer from the network byte order to the host byte order. - |
-
ntohs (uint16_t n) - |
-
- Converts a 16-bit integer from the network byte order to the host byte order. - |
-
inet_addr (const char *p) - |
-
- Converts a string from the IPv4 numbers-and-dots notation to the binary data in network byte order. - |
-
inet_network (const char *p) - |
-
- Converts a string from the IPv4 numbers-and-dots notation to the binary data in host byte order. - |
-
| - | -
- Converts a network address to a string in dotted-decimal format. - |
-
inet_pton (int af, const char *__restrict s, void *__restrict a0) - |
-
- Converts a string to a network address in the specified address family. - |
-
inet_ntop (int af, const void *restrict a0, char *restrict s, socklen_t l) - |
-
- Converts a network address in the specified address family to a string. - |
-
| - | -
- Converts an IP address from the string format to the 32-bit binary format in network byte order. - |
-
inet_makeaddr (in_addr_t n, in_addr_t h) - |
-struct in_addr -Converts the network number and host address to the network address. - |
-
inet_lnaof (struct in_addr in) - |
-
- Converts an IP address into a host ID in host byte order without network bits. - |
-
inet_netof (struct in_addr in) - |
-
- Extracts the network number from the in_addr structure and converts it to the host byte order. - |
-
freeifaddrs (struct ifaddrs *ifp) - |
-
- Frees the network interface information obtained by getifaddrs. - |
-
if_freenameindex (struct if_nameindex *idx) - |
-
- Frees the network adapter information obtained by if_nameindex. - |
-
setprotoent (int stayopen) - |
-
- Opens a connection to the database and sets the next entry to the first entry. - |
-
getprotoent (void) - |
-struct protoent * - - |
-
getprotobyname (const char *name) - |
-struct protoent * - - |
-
getprotobynumber (int num) - |
-struct protoent * -Retrieves the information about a protocol with the specified number. - |
-
herror (const char *msg) - |
-- - | -
hstrerror (int ecode) - |
-
- Retrieves error information associated with the specified error number. - |
-
ether_ntoa (const struct ether_addr *p_a) - |
-
- Converts binary data in network byte order into a standard 48-bit Ethernet host address in the colon hexadecimal notation. - |
-
ether_aton (const char *x) - |
-struct ether_addr * -Converts a standard 48-bit Ethernet host address in the colon hexadecimal notation into binary data in network byte order. - |
-
ether_ntoa_r (const struct ether_addr *p_a, char *x) - |
-
- Converts binary data in network byte order into a standard 48-bit Ethernet host address in the colon hexadecimal notation. This function is reentrant. - |
-
ether_aton_r (const char *x, struct ether_addr *p_a) - |
-struct ether_addr * -Converts a standard 48-bit Ethernet host address in the colon hexadecimal notation into binary data in network byte order. This function is reentrant. - |
-
dn_comp (const char *src, unsigned char *dst, int space, unsigned char **dnptrs, unsigned char **lastdnptr) - |
-- - | -
dn_expand (const unsigned char *base, const unsigned char *end, const unsigned char *src, char *dest, int space) - |
-- - | -
socket (int domain, int type, int protocol) - |
-- - | -
shutdown (int sockfd, int how) - |
-- - | -
bind (int sockfd, const struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t addrlen) - |
-- - | -
connect (int sockfd, const struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t addrlen) - |
-- - | -
listen (int sockfd, int backlog) - |
-- - | -
accept (int sockfd, struct sockaddr *__restrict addr, socklen_t *__restrict addrlen) - |
-- - | -
getsockname (int fd, struct sockaddr *restrict addr, socklen_t *restrict len) - |
-- - | -
getpeername (int fd, struct sockaddr *restrict addr, socklen_t *restrict len) - |
-- - | -
send (int fd, const void *buf, size_t len, int flags) - |
-- - | -
recv (int fd, void *buf, size_t len, int flags) - |
-- - | -
sendto (int fd, const void *buf, size_t len, int flags, const struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t alen) - |
-- - | -
recvfrom (int fd, void *__restrict buf, size_t len, int flags, struct sockaddr *__restrict addr, socklen_t *__restrict alen) - |
-- - | -
sendmsg (int fd, const struct msghdr *msg, int flags) - |
-- - | -
recvmsg (int fd, struct msghdr *msg, int flags) - |
-- - | -
getsockopt (int fd, int level, int optname, void *__restrict optval, socklen_t *__restrict optlen) - |
-- - | -
setsockopt (int fd, int level, int optname, const void *optval, socklen_t optlen) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -The socket requiring for the connection is not of the NETCONN_TCP type. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sockfd | -Indicates the socket descriptor. | -
| addr | -Indicates the address to be bound to the socket. | -
| addrlen | -Indicates the length of the address structure pointed to by addr. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sockfd | -Indicates the socket descriptor. | -
| addr | -Indicates the pointer to the address to be connected. | -
| addrlen | -Indicates the length of the address structure pointed to by addr. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Incorrect connection type obtained based on the socket descriptor - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the pointer to the host address to be converted. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the pointer to the host address to be converted. | -
| p_a | -Indicates the pointer to the temporary buffer during conversion. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| p_a | -Indicates the pointer to the binary data to be converted. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| p_a | -Indicates the pointer to the binary data to be converted. | -
| x | -Indicates the pointer to the temporary buffer during conversion. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ifp | -Indicates the pointer to the network interface information to be freed. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the socket descriptor. | -
| addr | -Indicates the pointer to the address to be retrieved. | -
| len | -Indicates the pointer to the length of the address pointed to by addr. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| name | -Indicates the pointer to the protocol name. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| num | -Indicates the protocol number. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the socket descriptor. | -
| addr | -Indicates the pointer to the address to be retrieved. | -
| len | -Indicates the pointer to the length of the address pointed to by addr. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the socket descriptor. | -
| level | -Indicates the protocol level at which the option resides. Only SOL_SOCKET is supported. | -
| optname | -Indicates the socket options to be retrieved, which has the following values:
|
-
| optval | -Indicates the pointer to the option data. | -
| optlen | -Indicates the pointer to the size of the buffer pointed to by optval. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| msg | -Indicates the pointer to the string to be printed together with the error information. This parameter can be null. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ecode | -Indicates the error number. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| n | -Indicates the integer in host byte order. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| n | -Indicates the integer in host byte order. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| idx | -Indicates the pointer to the network adapter to be freed. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| p | -Indicates the pointer to the string to be converted. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s0 | -Indicates the pointer to the IP address to be converted. | -
| dest | -Indicates the pointer to the structure for conversion. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| in | -Indicates the network address structure. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| n | -Indicates the network number. | -
| h | -Indicates the host address. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| in | -Indicates the network address structure. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| p | -Indicates the pointer to the string to be converted. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| in | -Indicates the network address to be converted. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sockfd | -Indicates the socket descriptor. | -
| backlog | -Indicates the maximum length of the queue to accept incoming connection requests. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Incorrect connection type obtained based on the socket descriptor - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| n | -Indicates the integer in network byte order. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| n | -Indicates the integer in network byte order. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Incorrect connection type obtained based on the socket descriptor - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Incorrect connection type obtained based on the socket descriptor - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Incorrect connection type obtained based on the socket descriptor - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Incorrect connection type obtained based on the socket descriptor - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| stayopen | -Reserved for interface compatibility (not used currently). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the socket descriptor. | -
| level | -Indicates the protocol level at which the option resides. Only SOL_SOCKET is supported. | -
| optname | -Indicates the socket options to set, which has the following values:
|
-
| optval | -Indicates the pointer to the option data. | -
| optlen | -Indicates the size of the buffer pointed to by optval. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sockfd | -Indicates the socket descriptor. | -
| how | -Indicates how to shut down the socket. You can disable either receptions by SHUT_RD or transmissions by SHUT_WR, or both by SHUT_RDWR. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Incorrect connection type obtained based on the socket descriptor - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| domain | -Indicates the socket family. | -
| type | -Indicates the socket type. | -
| protocol | -Indicates the socket protocol. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -struct DListHead - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -struct DListHead - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
name [IFNAMSIZ] - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -struct WirelessDev * - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -struct NetDeviceInterFace * - |
-
| - | -struct NetDevice * - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
setMacAddr )(struct NetDevice *netDev, void *addr) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
setNetIfStatus )(struct NetDevice *netDev, NetIfStatus status) - |
-- | -
selectQueue )(struct NetDevice *netDev, struct NetBuf *netBuff) - |
-- | -
netifNotify )(struct NetDevice *netDev, NetDevNotify *notify) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
specialEtherTypeProcess )(const struct NetDevice *netDev, struct NetBuf *buff) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- Called when this ability is started. You must override this function if you want to perform some initialization operations during ability startup. - |
-
OnInactive () - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OnBackground () - |
-- - | -
OnStop () - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Called when this Service ability is connected for the first time. - |
-
OnDisconnect (const Want &want) - |
-
- Called when all abilities connected to this Service ability are disconnected. - |
-
SetMainRoute (const std::string &entry) - |
-- - | -
SetUIContent (RootView *rootView) - |
-
- Sets the UI layout for this ability. You can call GetWindowRootView() to create a layout and add controls. - |
-
MsgHandle (uint32_t funcId, IpcIo *request, IpcIo *reply) - |
-
- Handles a message sent by the client to this Service ability. - |
-
Dump (const std::string &extra) - |
-- - | -
StartAbility (const Want &want) - |
-- - | -
StopAbility (const Want &want) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Destroys this Ability. - |
-
ConnectAbility (const Want &want, const IAbilityConnection &conn, void *data) - |
-
- Connects to a Service ability based on the specified Want information. - |
-
DisconnectAbility (const IAbilityConnection &conn) - |
-
- Disconnects from a Service ability. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
StartAbility (const Want &want) - |
-- - | -
StopAbility (const Want &want) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Destroys this Ability. - |
-
ConnectAbility (const Want &want, const IAbilityConnection &conn, void *data) - |
-
- Connects to a Service ability based on the specified Want information. - |
-
DisconnectAbility (const IAbilityConnection &conn) - |
-
- Disconnects from a Service ability. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Run () - |
-- - | -
PostTask (const Task &task) - |
-- - | -
PostQuit () - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -static AbilityEventHandler * - - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- Called when this ability slice is started. You must override this function if you want to perform some initialization operations during ability slice startup. - |
-
OnInactive () - |
-
- Called when this ability slice enters the STATE_INACTIVE state. - |
-
| - | -
- Called when this ability slice enters the STATE_ACTIVE state. - |
-
OnBackground () - |
-
- Called when this ability slice enters the STATE_BACKGROUND state. - |
-
OnStop () - |
-- - | -
Present (AbilitySlice &abilitySlice, const Want &want) - |
-
- Presents another ability slice, which can be an ability slice that is not started or an existing ability slice in the host ability. - |
-
Terminate () - |
-- - | -
SetUIContent (RootView *rootView) - |
-
- Sets the UI layout for the host ability of this ability slice. - |
-
StartAbility (const Want &want) - |
-- - | -
StopAbility (const Want &want) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Destroys this Ability. - |
-
ConnectAbility (const Want &want, const IAbilityConnection &conn, void *data) - |
-
- Connects to a Service ability based on the specified Want information. - |
-
DisconnectAbility (const IAbilityConnection &conn) - |
-
- Disconnects from a Service ability. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A constructor used to create an AbstractAdapter instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the AbstractAdapter instance. - |
-
GetCount ()=0 - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual UIView * -Obtains a UIView instance to convert adapter data into another UIView instance. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Animator () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an Animator instance. - |
-
Animator (AnimatorCallback *callback, UIView *view, uint32_t time, bool repeat) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an Animator instance. - |
-
~Animator () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Animator instance. - |
-
Start () - |
-- - | -
Stop () - |
-- - | -
Pause () - |
-- - | -
Resume () - |
-- - | -
GetState () const - |
-- - | -
SetState (uint8_t state) - |
-- - | -
GetTime () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetRunTime () const - |
-- - | -
SetRunTime (uint32_t runTime) - |
-- - | -
IsRepeat () const - |
-- - | -
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- Called when each frame starts. This is a pure virtual function, which needs your inheritance and implementation. - |
-
| - | -
- Called when an animator stops. This is a pure virtual function, which needs your inheritance and implementation. - |
-
| - | -
- A default destructor used to delete an AnimatorCallback instance. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Init () override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Adds the Animator instance to the AnimatorManager linked list for management, so that the Run function of the Animator class is called once for each frame. - |
-
| - | -
- Removes the Animator instance from the AnimatorManager linked list. - |
-
Callback () override - |
-- - | -
Task () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Task instance. - |
-
Task (uint32_t period) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Task instance with the specified running period. - |
-
~Task () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Task instance. - |
-
SetPeriod (uint32_t period) - |
-- - | -
SetLastRun (uint32_t lastRun) - |
-- - | -
GetPeriod () const - |
-- - | -
GetLastRun () const - |
-- - | -
TaskExecute () - |
-- - | -
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetInstance () - |
-static AnimatorManager * -Obtains the AnimatorManager instance. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- Obtains the number of frames required in the current condition, in bytes per sample. - |
-
SetCapturerInfo (const AudioCapturerInfo info) - |
-- - | -
GetCapturerInfo (AudioCapturerInfo &info) - |
-- - | -
Start () - |
-- - | -
Read (uint8_t *buffer, size_t userSize, bool isBlockingRead) - |
-- - | -
GetStatus () - |
-- - | -
GetAudioTime (Timestamp ×tamp, Timestamp::Timebase base) - |
-- - | -
Stop () - |
-- - | -
Release () - |
-
- Releases a local AudioCapturer object. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetMinFrameCount (int32_t sampleRate, int32_t channelCount, AudioCodecFormat audioFormat, size_t &frameCount) - |
-
- Obtains the minimum number of frames required in a specified condition, in bytes per sample. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
sampleRate = 0 - |
-- | -
channelCount = 0 - |
-- | -
bitRate = 0 - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Timebase : int32_t { Timebase::MONOTONIC = 0, Timebase::BOOTTIME = 1 } - |
-Enumerates the time base of this Timestamp. Different timing methods are supported. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
CancelEvent (const Point &pos) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a CancelEvent instance. - |
-
~CancelEvent () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the CancelEvent instance. - |
-
Event () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an Event instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to create an Event instance. - |
-
~Event () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Event instance. - |
-
GetCurrentPos () const - |
-const Point & - - |
-
GetTimeStamp () const - |
-- - | -
SetTimeStamp (const TimeType &timeStamp) - |
-- - | -
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
ClickEvent (const Point &pos) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a ClickEvent instance. - |
-
~ClickEvent () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the ClickEvent instance. - |
-
Event () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an Event instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to create an Event instance. - |
-
~Event () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Event instance. - |
-
GetCurrentPos () const - |
-const Point & - - |
-
GetTimeStamp () const - |
-- - | -
SetTimeStamp (const TimeType &timeStamp) - |
-- - | -
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetMixColor (ColorType c1, ColorType c2, uint8_t mix) - |
-static ColorType -Mixes two colors (color 1 and color 2) based on a specified opacity. - |
-
GetColorFromRGB (uint8_t r8, uint8_t g8, uint8_t b8) - |
-static ColorType - - |
-
GetColorFromRGBA (uint8_t r8, uint8_t g8, uint8_t b8, uint8_t alpha) - |
-static ColorType - - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- Converts color data with the 16-bit color depth into the RGBA8888 format. - |
-
| - | -
- Converts color data from the RGBA8888 format into the RGB565 format. - |
-
White () - |
-static ColorType - - |
-
Silver () - |
-static ColorType - - |
-
Gray () - |
-static ColorType - - |
-
Black () - |
-static ColorType - - |
-
Red () - |
-static ColorType - - |
-
Maroon () - |
-static ColorType - - |
-
Yellow () - |
-static ColorType - - |
-
Olive () - |
-static ColorType - - |
-
Lime () - |
-static ColorType - - |
-
Green () - |
-static ColorType - - |
-
Cyan () - |
-static ColorType - - |
-
Aqua () - |
-static ColorType - - |
-
Teal () - |
-static ColorType - - |
-
Blue () - |
-static ColorType - - |
-
Navy () - |
-static ColorType - - |
-
Magenta () - |
-static ColorType - - |
-
Purple () - |
-static ColorType - - |
-
Orange () - |
-static ColorType - - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
DragEvent (const Point &newPos, const Point &lastPos, const Point &totalLen) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a DragEvent instance. - |
-
~DragEvent () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the DragEvent instance. - |
-
GetLastPoint () const - |
-const Point & -Obtains the coordinates of the last position in the drag event. - |
-
GetStartPoint () const - |
-const Point & - - |
-
SetPreLastPoint (const Point &preLastPos) - |
-
- Sets the coordinates of the stay position before the last position in the drag event. - |
-
GetPreLastPoint () const - |
-const Point & -Obtains the coordinates of the stay position before the last position in the drag event. - |
-
GetDragDirection () const - |
-- - | -
GetDeltaX () const - |
-
- Obtains the difference between the current position and the last position of the view in the x-axis. - |
-
GetDeltaY () const - |
-
- Obtains the difference between the current position and the last position of the view in the y-axis. - |
-
Event () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an Event instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to create an Event instance. - |
-
~Event () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Event instance. - |
-
GetCurrentPos () const - |
-const Point & - - |
-
GetTimeStamp () const - |
-- - | -
SetTimeStamp (const TimeType &timeStamp) - |
-- - | -
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
SetBackOvershoot (double overshoot) - |
-
- Sets the parameter s in the equation (s+1)*t^3 - s*t^2 for a back easing. - |
-
BackEaseIn (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
BackEaseOut (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
BackEaseInOut (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
CircEaseIn (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
CircEaseOut (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
CircEaseInOut (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
CubicEaseIn (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
CubicEaseOut (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
CubicEaseInOut (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
LinearEaseNone (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
QuadEaseIn (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
QuadEaseOut (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
QuadEaseInOut (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
QuintEaseIn (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
QuintEaseOut (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
QuintEaseInOut (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
SineEaseIn (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
SineEaseOut (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
SineEaseInOut (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Event () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an Event instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to create an Event instance. - |
-
~Event () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Event instance. - |
-
GetCurrentPos () const - |
-const Point & - - |
-
GetTimeStamp () const - |
-- - | -
SetTimeStamp (const TimeType &timeStamp) - |
-- - | -
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
FlexLayout () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a FlexLayout instance. - |
-
~FlexLayout () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the FlexLayout instance. - |
-
SetMajorAxisAlign (const AlignType &align) - |
-
- Sets the alignment mode of the primary axis (the axis where the layout direction is located). The child views in the layout are placed in this mode in the direction of the primary axis. - |
-
SetSecondaryAxisAlign (const AlignType &align) - |
-
- Sets the alignment mode of the secondary axis (the axis perpendicular to the set layout direction). - |
-
SetFlexWrap (uint8_t wrap) - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool needInvalidate=false) override - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
Layout () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a Layout instance. - |
-
~Layout () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Layout instance. - |
-
SetLayoutDirection (const DirectionType &direction) - |
-- - | -
UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
~UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
RemoveAll () - |
-- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) override - |
-
- Obtains the target child view that is visible and can respond to touch events based on given coordinates. - |
-
MoveChildByOffset (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetChildrenHead () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
GetChildrenTail () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetDisallowIntercept (bool flag) - |
-
- Sets whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
GetChildById (const char *id) const override - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetAutoSize (bool state) - |
-
- Sets whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
| - | -
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetAllChildRelativeRect () const - |
-Obtains the rectangle area of a new view group after being adaptive to the size of all child views. - |
-
| - | -Performs operations needed after a child view is added or removed. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the first child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the last child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Specifies whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
| - | -Specifies whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GridLayout () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a GridLayout instance. - |
-
~GridLayout () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the GridLayout instance. - |
-
SetRows (const uint16_t &rows) - |
-- - | -
SetCols (const uint16_t &cols) - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool needInvalidate=false) override - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
Layout () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a Layout instance. - |
-
~Layout () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Layout instance. - |
-
SetLayoutDirection (const DirectionType &direction) - |
-- - | -
UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
~UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
RemoveAll () - |
-- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) override - |
-
- Obtains the target child view that is visible and can respond to touch events based on given coordinates. - |
-
MoveChildByOffset (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetChildrenHead () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
GetChildrenTail () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetDisallowIntercept (bool flag) - |
-
- Sets whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
GetChildById (const char *id) const override - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetAutoSize (bool state) - |
-
- Sets whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
| - | -
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetAllChildRelativeRect () const - |
-Obtains the rectangle area of a new view group after being adaptive to the size of all child views. - |
-
| - | -Performs operations needed after a child view is added or removed. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the first child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the last child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Specifies whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
| - | -Specifies whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OnBufferAvailable ()=0 - |
-
- Called to notify a consumer that a buffer is available for consumption. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Image () - |
-
- A constructor used to create an Image instance. You can use this constructor when a component requires a map. - |
-
~Image () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Image instance. - |
-
GetImageInfo () const - |
-const ImageInfo * - - |
-
GetPath () const - |
-- - | -
GetHeader (ImageHeader &header) const - |
-
- Obtains the basic image information, including the image format, width, and height. - |
-
GetSrcType () const - |
-- - | -
SetSrc (const char *src) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
colorMode: 8 - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Provides the entries for initializing and starting services and features. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
CORE_INIT(func) LAYER_INITCALL_DEF(func, core, "core") - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a core phase by the priority 2. - |
-
CORE_INIT_PRI(func, priority) LAYER_INITCALL(func, core, "core", priority) - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a core phase by the specified priority. - |
-
SYS_SERVICE_INIT(func) LAYER_INITCALL_DEF(func, sys_service, "sys.service") - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a core system service by the priority 2. - |
-
SYS_SERVICE_INIT_PRI(func, priority) LAYER_INITCALL(func, sys_service, "sys.service", priority) - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a core system service by the specified priority. - |
-
SYS_FEATURE_INIT(func) LAYER_INITCALL_DEF(func, sys_feature, "sys.feature") - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a core system feature by the priority 2. - |
-
SYS_FEATURE_INIT_PRI(func, priority) LAYER_INITCALL(func, sys_feature, "sys.feature", priority) - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a core system feature by the specified priority. - |
-
SYS_RUN(func) LAYER_INITCALL_DEF(func, run, "run") - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a system running phase by the priority 2. - |
-
SYS_RUN_PRI(func, priority) LAYER_INITCALL(func, run, "run", priority) - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a system running phase by the specified priority. - |
-
SYSEX_SERVICE_INIT(func) LAYER_INITCALL_DEF(func, app_service, "app.service") - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a system service by the priority 2. - |
-
SYSEX_SERVICE_INIT_PRI(func, priority) LAYER_INITCALL(func, app_service, "app.service", priority) - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a system service by the specified priority. - |
-
SYSEX_FEATURE_INIT(func) LAYER_INITCALL_DEF(func, app_feature, "app.feature") - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a system feature by the priority 2. - |
-
SYSEX_FEATURE_INIT_PRI(func, priority) LAYER_INITCALL(func, app_feature, "app.feature", priority) - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting a system feature by the specified priority. - |
-
APP_SERVICE_INIT(func) LAYER_INITCALL_DEF(func, app_service, "app.service") - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting an application-layer service by the priority 2. - |
-
APP_SERVICE_INIT_PRI(func, priority) LAYER_INITCALL(func, app_service, "app.service", priority) - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting an application-layer service by the specified priority. - |
-
APP_FEATURE_INIT(func) LAYER_INITCALL_DEF(func, app_feature, "app.feature") - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting an application-layer feature by the priority 2. - |
-
APP_FEATURE_INIT_PRI(func, priority) LAYER_INITCALL(func, app_feature, "app.feature", priority) - |
-Identifies the entry for initializing and starting an application-layer feature by the specified priority. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting an application-layer feature. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting an application-layer feature. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| priority | -Indicates the calling priority when starting the application-layer feature. The value range is [0, 5), and the calling sequence is 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting an application-layer service. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting an application-layer service. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| priority | -Indicates the calling priority when starting the application-layer service phase. The value range is [0,5), and the calling sequence is 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting a core phase. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting a core phase. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| priority | -Indicates the calling priority when starting the core phase. The value range is [0,5), and the calling sequence is 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting a core system service. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting a core system feature. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| priority | -Indicates the calling priority when starting the core system feature phase. The value range is [0, 5), and the calling sequence is 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting a system running phase. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting a system running phase. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| priority | -Indicates the calling priority when starting the system startup phase. The value range is [0, 5), and the calling sequence is 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting a core system service. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting a core system service. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| priority | -Indicates the calling priority when starting the core system service in the startup phase. The value range is [0,5), and the calling sequence is 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting a system feature. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting a system feature. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| priority | -Indicates the calling priority when starting the system feature phase. The value range is [0,5), and the calling sequence is 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting a system service. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the entry function for initializing and starting a system service. The type is void (*)(void). | -
| priority | -Indicates the calling priority when starting the system service phase. The value range is [0,5), and the calling sequence is 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetBezierInterpolation (int16_t t, int16_t u0, int16_t u1, int16_t u2, int16_t u3) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
KeyEvent (uint16_t keyId, uint16_t state) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a KeyEvent instance. - |
-
~KeyEvent () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the KeyEvent instance. - |
-
GetKeyId () const - |
-- - | -
GetState () const - |
-- - | -
Event () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an Event instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to create an Event instance. - |
-
~Event () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Event instance. - |
-
GetCurrentPos () const - |
-const Point & - - |
-
GetTimeStamp () const - |
-- - | -
SetTimeStamp (const TimeType &timeStamp) - |
-- - | -
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Layout () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a Layout instance. - |
-
~Layout () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Layout instance. - |
-
SetLayoutDirection (const DirectionType &direction) - |
-- - | -
UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
~UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
RemoveAll () - |
-- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) override - |
-
- Obtains the target child view that is visible and can respond to touch events based on given coordinates. - |
-
MoveChildByOffset (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetChildrenHead () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
GetChildrenTail () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetDisallowIntercept (bool flag) - |
-
- Sets whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
GetChildById (const char *id) const override - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetAutoSize (bool state) - |
-
- Sets whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
| - | -
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetAllChildRelativeRect () const - |
-Obtains the rectangle area of a new view group after being adaptive to the size of all child views. - |
-
| - | -Performs operations needed after a child view is added or removed. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the first child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the last child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Specifies whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
| - | -Specifies whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Line () - |
-
- The default constructor used to create a Line instance. - |
-
Line (const Vector2< int16_t > &a, const Vector2< int16_t > &b) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Line instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a Line instance. - |
-
~Line () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Line instance. - |
-
operator[] (uint8_t index) - |
-Vector2< int16_t > & -Obtains the start or end point of the line based on the value of index. - |
-
operator[] (uint8_t index) const - |
-const Vector2< int16_t > -Obtains the start or end point of the line based on the value of index. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
List () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a List instance. The initial size is 0. - |
-
~List () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the List instance. - |
-
Front () const - |
-- - | -
Back () const - |
-- - | -
PushBack (T data) - |
-- - | -
PushFront (T data) - |
-- - | -
PopBack () - |
-- - | -
PopFront () - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Inserts data before a specified node, which follows the inserted data node. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
Clear () - |
-- - | -
Head () const - |
-ListNode< T > * - - |
-
Tail () const - |
-ListNode< T > * - - |
-
Begin () const - |
-ListNode< T > * - - |
-
End () const - |
-const ListNode< T > * - - |
-
| - | -ListNode< T > * -Obtains the address of the node following the specified node. - |
-
IsEmpty () const - |
-- - | -
Size () const - |
-- - | -
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a ListScrollListener instance with the default state SCROLL_STATE_STOP. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the ListScrollListener instance. - |
-
OnScrollStart (int16_t index, UIView *view) - |
-- - | -
OnScrollEnd (int16_t index, UIView *view) - |
-- - | -
OnItemSelected (int16_t index, UIView *view) - |
-
- Called when a new child view is selected at the preset position as this list scrolls. For details about how to set the position, see SetSelectPosition. - |
-
GetScrollState () const - |
-- - | -
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
LongPressEvent (const Point &pos, const TimeType &timeStamp) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a LongPressEvent instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the LongPressEvent instance. - |
-
Event () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an Event instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to create an Event instance. - |
-
~Event () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Event instance. - |
-
GetCurrentPos () const - |
-const Point & - - |
-
GetTimeStamp () const - |
-- - | -
SetTimeStamp (const TimeType &timeStamp) - |
-- - | -
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Matrix3 () - |
-
- Defines a Matrix3 instance and initializes the 3 x 3 matrix data. - |
-
Matrix3 (T m00, T m01, T m02, T m10, T m11, T m12, T m20, T m21, T m22) - |
-
- Defines a Matrix3 instance and initializes the 3 x 3 matrix data. - |
-
~Matrix3 () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Matrix3 instance. - |
-
GetData () const - |
-- - | -
Determinant () const - |
-- - | -
Inverse () const - |
-- - | -
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -static Matrix3 -Obtains a rotation matrix. After a matrix is rotated, its data is shifted leftwards by 15 bits. Therefore, the result data needs to be shifted rightwards by 15 bits. - |
-
Scale (const Vector2< T > &scale, const Vector2< T > &fixed) - |
-static Matrix3 -Obtains the scaling matrix. After a matrix is scaled, its data is shifted leftwards by 8 bits. Therefore, the result data needs to be shifted rightwards by 8 bits. - |
-
| - | -static Matrix3< T > - - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
~Camera ()=default - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Camera instance. - |
-
GetCameraId () - |
-- - | -
GetCameraConfig () const - |
-virtual const CameraConfig * -Obtains the camera configuration. You can use the obtained CameraConfig object to configure the camera. - |
-
GetFrameConfig (int32_t type) - |
-virtual FrameConfig * - - |
-
Configure (CameraConfig &config) - |
-
- Configures the camera using the CameraConfig object. - |
-
TriggerLoopingCapture (FrameConfig &frameConfig) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
TriggerSingleCapture (FrameConfig &frameConfig) - |
-
- Starts single-frame capture. The frame parameters are set through the FrameConfig object, and the captured image data is stored in the surface of the FrameConfig object. - |
-
Release () - |
-
- Releases the Camera object and associated resources. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Camera ()=default - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Camera instance. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a CameraAbility instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the CameraAbility instance. - |
-
GetSupportedSizes (int format) const - |
-
- Obtains the supported image sizes for a specified image format. - |
-
SetParameterRange (uint32_t key, std::list< T > rangeList) - |
-- - | -
GetParameterRange (uint32_t key) const - |
-template<typename T > std::list< T > -Obtains the parameter value range based on a specified parameter key. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the CameraAbility instance. - |
-
SetFrameStateCallback (FrameStateCallback *callback, EventHandler *handler) - |
-- - | -
GetEventHandler () const - |
-- - | -
GetFrameStateCb () const - |
-virtual FrameStateCallback * -Obtains a FrameStateCallback object. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -static CameraConfig * -Creates the CameraConfig instance of this singleton class to configure and read the required parameters. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
CameraConfig () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a CameraConfig instance. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
CameraDeviceCallback ()=default - |
-
- A constructor used to create a CameraDeviceCallback instance. - |
-
~CameraDeviceCallback ()=default - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the CameraDeviceCallback instance. - |
-
OnCameraStatus (std::string cameraId, int32_t status) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
~CameraKit () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the CameraKit instance. - |
-
GetCameraIds () - |
-- - | -
GetCameraAbility (std::string cameraId) - |
-const CameraAbility * -Obtains the camera capability, including the resolutions and frame rates. - |
-
RegisterCameraDeviceCallback (CameraDeviceCallback &callback, EventHandler &handler) - |
-
- Registers a camera callback for camera status changes and an event callback to respond to a triggered event. - |
-
UnregisterCameraDeviceCallback (CameraDeviceCallback &callback) - |
-- - | -
CreateCamera (const std::string &cameraId, CameraStateCallback &callback, EventHandler &handler) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetInstance () - |
-static CameraKit * -Obtains a single instance of the CameraKit. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
CameraStateCallback ()=default - |
-
- A constructor used to create a CameraStateCallback instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the CameraStateCallback instance. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OnCreateFailed (const std::string cameraId, int32_t errorCode) - |
-- - | -
OnReleased (Camera &c) - |
-- - | -
OnConfigured (Camera &c) - |
-- - | -
OnConfigureFailed (const std::string cameraId, int32_t errorCode) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Format () - |
-
- Default constructor of the Format instance. - |
-
PutIntValue (const std::string &key, int32_t value) - |
-- - | -
PutLongValue (const std::string &key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
PutFloatValue (const std::string &key, float value) - |
-- - | -
PutDoubleValue (const std::string &key, double value) - |
-- - | -
PutStringValue (const std::string &key, const std::string &value) - |
-- - | -
GetIntValue (const std::string &key, int32_t &value) const - |
-- - | -
GetLongValue (const std::string &key, int64_t &value) const - |
-- - | -
GetFloatValue (const std::string &key, float &value) const - |
-
- Obtains the metadata value of the single-precision floating-point type. - |
-
GetDoubleValue (const std::string &key, double &value) const - |
-
- Obtains the metadata value of the double-precision floating-point type. - |
-
GetStringValue (const std::string &key, std::string &value) const - |
-- - | -
GetFormatMap () const - |
-const std::map< std::string, FormatData * > & - - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetType () const - |
-- - | -
SetValue (int32_t val) - |
-- - | -
SetValue (int64_t val) - |
-- - | -
SetValue (float val) - |
-- - | -
SetValue (double val) - |
-- - | -
SetValue (const std::string &val) - |
-- - | -
GetInt32Value (int32_t &val) const - |
-- - | -
GetInt64Value (int64_t &val) const - |
-- - | -
GetFloatValue (float &val) const - |
-- - | -
GetDoubleValue (double &val) const - |
-- - | -
GetStringValue (std::string &val) const - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
FrameConfig ()=delete - |
-
- A constructor used to create a FrameConfig instance. - |
-
FrameConfig (int32_t type) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a FrameConfig instance based on the configuration mode. - |
-
~FrameConfig () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the FrameConfig instance. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
GetSurfaces () - |
-std::list< Surface * > - - |
-
AddSurface (Surface &surface) - |
-- - | -
RemoveSurface (Surface &surface) - |
-
- Removes a surface (an object of shared memory). You can call this function to release the surface when your application does not need to obtain data. - |
-
SetParameter (uint32_t key, const T value) - |
-- - | -
GetParameter (uint32_t key, T &value) - |
-
- Obtains the value of a common parameter based on its key. For details, see CAMERA_FUC_KEY. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
FrameStateCallback ()=default - |
-
- A constructor used to create a FrameStateCallback instance. - |
-
~FrameStateCallback ()=default - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the FrameStateCallback instance. - |
-
OnFrameFinished (Camera &camera, FrameConfig &frameConfig, FrameResult &frameResult) - |
-- - | -
OnFrameError (Camera &camera, FrameConfig &frameConfig, int32_t errorCode, FrameResult &frameResult) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- Sets the playback source for the player. The corresponding source can be the file descriptor (FD) of the local file, local file URI, network URI, or media stream. - |
-
Prepare () - |
-- - | -
Play () - |
-- - | -
IsPlaying () - |
-- - | -
Pause () - |
-- - | -
Stop () - |
-- - | -
Rewind (int64_t mSeconds, int32_t mode) - |
-- - | -
SetVolume (float leftVolume, float rightVolume) - |
-- - | -
SetVideoSurface (Surface *surface) - |
-- - | -
EnableSingleLooping (bool loop) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetCurrentTime (int64_t &time) const - |
-- - | -
GetDuration (int64_t &duration) const - |
-- - | -
GetVideoWidth (int32_t &videoWidth) - |
-- - | -
GetVideoHeight (int32_t &videoHeight) - |
-- - | -
Reset () - |
-- - | -
Release () - |
-- - | -
SetPlayerCallback (const std::shared_ptr< PlayerCallback > &cb) - |
-
- Registers a listener to receive events and exception notifications from the player. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
PlayerInfoType : int32_t { PLAYER_INFO_RENDER_START = 0 } - |
-- |
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OnPlaybackComplete ()=0 - |
-- - | -
OnError (int32_t errorType, int32_t errorCode)=0 - |
-- - | -
OnInfo (int type, int extra)=0 - |
-- - | -
OnVideoSizeChanged (int width, int height)=0 - |
-- - | -
OnRewindToComplete ()=0 - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
SetVideoSource (VideoSourceType source, int32_t &sourceId) - |
-- - | -
SetVideoEncoder (int32_t sourceId, VideoCodecFormat encoder) - |
-- - | -
SetVideoSize (int32_t sourceId, int32_t width, int32_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetVideoFrameRate (int32_t sourceId, int32_t frameRate) - |
-- - | -
SetVideoEncodingBitRate (int32_t sourceId, int32_t rate) - |
-- - | -
SetCaptureRate (int32_t sourceId, double fps) - |
-- - | -
GetSurface (int32_t sourceId) - |
-std::shared_ptr< OHOS::Surface > - - |
-
SetAudioSource (AudioSourceType source, int32_t &sourceId) - |
-- - | -
SetAudioEncoder (int32_t sourceId, AudioCodecFormat encoder) - |
-- - | -
SetAudioSampleRate (int32_t sourceId, int32_t rate) - |
-- - | -
SetAudioChannels (int32_t sourceId, int32_t num) - |
-- - | -
SetAudioEncodingBitRate (int32_t sourceId, int32_t bitRate) - |
-- - | -
SetMaxDuration (int32_t duration) - |
-- - | -
SetOutputFormat (OutputFormatType format) - |
-- - | -
SetOutputPath (const string &path) - |
-- - | -
SetOutputFile (int32_t fd) - |
-- - | -
SetNextOutputFile (int32_t fd) - |
-- - | -
SetMaxFileSize (int64_t size) - |
-- - | -
SetRecorderCallback (const std::shared_ptr< RecorderCallback > &callback) - |
-- - | -
Prepare () - |
-- - | -
Start () - |
-- - | -
Pause () - |
-- - | -
Resume () - |
-- - | -
Stop (bool block) - |
-- - | -
Reset () - |
-- - | -
Release () - |
-- - | -
SetFileSplitDuration (FileSplitType type, int64_t timestamp, uint32_t duration) - |
-- - | -
SetParameter (int32_t sourceId, const Format &format) - |
-
- Sets an extended parameter for recording, for example, RCORDER_PRE_CACHE_DURATION. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
RecorderInfoType : int32_t { RECORDER_INFO_MAX_DURATION_APPROACHING = 0, RECORDER_INFO_MAX_FILESIZE_APPROACHING, RECORDER_INFO_MAX_DURATION_REACHED, RECORDER_INFO_MAX_FILESIZE_REACHED, RECORDER_INFO_NEXT_OUTPUT_FILE_STARTED, RECORDER_INFO_FILE_SPLIT_FINISHED, RECORDER_INFO_FILE_START_TIME_MS } - |
-- | -
RecorderErrorType : int32_t { RECORDER_ERROR_UNKNOWN = 0 } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OnError (int32_t errorType, int32_t errorCode)=0 - |
-
- Called when an error occurs during recording. This callback is used to report recording errors. - |
-
OnInfo (int32_t type, int32_t extra)=0 - |
-
- Called when an information event occurs during recording. This callback is used to report recording information. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Source (const std::string &uri) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Source instance based on a specified URI. - |
-
Source (const std::shared_ptr< StreamSource > &stream, const Format &formats) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Source instance based on the stream source and format information. - |
-
GetSourceType () const - |
-- - | -
GetSourceUri () const - |
-- - | -
GetSourceStream () const - |
-const std::shared_ptr< StreamSource > & - - |
-
GetSourceStreamFormat () const - |
-const Format & - - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
BufferFlags : uint32_t { STREAM_FLAG_SYNCFRAME = 1, STREAM_FLAG_CODECCONFIG = 2, STREAM_FLAG_EOS = 4, STREAM_FLAG_PARTIAL_FRAME = 8, STREAM_FLAG_ENDOFFRAME = 16, STREAM_FLAG_MUXER_DATA = 32 } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- Obtains the virtual address of a buffer memory block based on its index. - |
-
QueueBuffer (size_t index, size_t offset, size_t size, int64_t timestampUs, uint32_t flags)=0 - |
-
- Writes the filled buffer memory block into the player memory. - |
-
SetParameters (const Format ¶ms)=0 - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OnBufferAvailable (size_t index, size_t offset, size_t size)=0 - |
-
- Notifies your application of the information about the buffer memory block that can be filled with data. - |
-
SetStreamCallback (const std::shared_ptr< StreamCallback > &callback)=0 - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
PaintStyle { STROKE_STYLE = 1, FILL_STYLE, STROKE_FILL_STYLE } - |
-Enumerates paint styles of a closed graph. The styles are invalid for non-closed graphs. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Paint () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Paint instance. - |
-
~Paint () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Paint instance. - |
-
SetStyle (PaintStyle style) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle () const - |
-- - | -
SetStrokeWidth (uint16_t width) - |
-- - | -
GetStrokeWidth () const - |
-- - | -
SetStrokeColor (ColorType color) - |
-- - | -
GetStrokeColor () const - |
-- - | -
SetFillColor (ColorType color) - |
-- - | -
GetFillColor () const - |
-- - | -
SetOpacity (uint8_t opacity) - |
-- - | -
GetOpacity () const - |
-- - | -
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Polygon () - |
-
- The default constructor used to create a Polygon instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to construct a Polygon instance based on a rectangle. - |
-
Polygon (const Vector2< int16_t > *vertexes, const uint8_t vertexNum) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Polygon instance based on the vertex coordinates and the number of coordinates. - |
-
~Polygon () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Polygon instance. - |
-
MakeAABB () const - |
-
- Obtains the minimum rectangle that can contain the polygon. All vertices of the polygon are inside this rectangle. - |
-
GetVertexNum () const - |
-- - | -
SetVertexNum (uint8_t vertexNum) - |
-- - | -
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
MAX_VERTEX_NUM = 8 - |
-- |
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
PressEvent (const Point &pos) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a PressEvent instance. - |
-
~PressEvent () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the PressEvent instance. - |
-
Event () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an Event instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to create an Event instance. - |
-
~Event () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Event instance. - |
-
GetCurrentPos () const - |
-const Point & - - |
-
GetTimeStamp () const - |
-- - | -
SetTimeStamp (const TimeType &timeStamp) - |
-- - | -
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Rect () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Rect instance. - |
-
~Rect () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Rect instance. - |
-
Rect (int16_t left, int16_t top, int16_t right, int16_t bottom) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Rect instance based on the coordinates of the four boundaries. - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a Rect instance by copying another rectangle. - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a Rect instance by copying another rectangle. - |
-
SetRect (int16_t left, int16_t top, int16_t right, int16_t bottom) - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () const - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () const - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
GetLeft () const - |
-- - | -
GetTop () const - |
-- - | -
GetRight () const - |
-- - | -
GetBottom () const - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-
- Changes the left boundary coordinate of the rectangle without changing the rectangle width. - |
-
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-
- Changes the top boundary coordinate of the rectangle without changing the rectangle height. - |
-
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-
- Changes the coordinates of the left and top boundaries of the rectangle without changing the rectangle width and height. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-
- Changes the width of the rectangle without changing the coordinate of the left boundary. - |
-
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-
- Changes the height of the rectangle without changing the coordinate of the top boundary. - |
-
SetLeft (int16_t left) - |
-- - | -
SetTop (int16_t top) - |
-- - | -
SetRight (int16_t right) - |
-- - | -
SetBottom (int16_t bottom) - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
GetSize () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- Obtains the minimum rectangle that contains another two rectangles. - |
-
IsContains (const Vector2< int16_t > &point) const - |
-- - | -
IsContains (const Point &point) const - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Checks whether the rectangle is adjacent to another rectangle horizontally or vertically. - |
-
IsIntersect (const Rect &other) const - |
-
- Checks whether the rectangle intersects with another rectangle. - |
-
IsContains (const Rect &other) const - |
-- - | -
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
ReleaseEvent (const Point &pos) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a ReleaseEvent instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the ReleaseEvent instance. - |
-
Event () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an Event instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to create an Event instance. - |
-
~Event () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Event instance. - |
-
GetCurrentPos () const - |
-const Point & - - |
-
GetTimeStamp () const - |
-- - | -
SetTimeStamp (const TimeType &timeStamp) - |
-- - | -
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OnVirtualDeviceEvent (UIView &view, VirtualDeviceEvent event)=0 - |
-- - | -
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Listens for the input events triggered by a virtual device other than human touching or physical pressing. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OnKeyEvent (const KeyEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnKeyActListener (OnKeyActListener *onKeyActListener) - |
-
- Sets the listener that contains a callback to be invoked upon a physical key event. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OnVirtualDeviceEvent (const VirtualDeviceEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnVirtualDeviceEventListener (OnVirtualDeviceEventListener *onVirtualDeviceEventListener) - |
-
- Sets a listener for monitoring the input events of a virtual device. - |
-
| - | -
- Clears the listener for monitoring the input events of a virtual device. - |
-
UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
~UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
RemoveAll () - |
-- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) override - |
-
- Obtains the target child view that is visible and can respond to touch events based on given coordinates. - |
-
MoveChildByOffset (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetChildrenHead () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
GetChildrenTail () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetDisallowIntercept (bool flag) - |
-
- Sets whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
GetChildById (const char *id) const override - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetAutoSize (bool state) - |
-
- Sets whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
| - | -
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetInstance () - |
-static RootView * -Obtains a singleton RootView instance. - |
-
FindSubView (const UIView &parentView, const UIView *subView) - |
-
- Checks whether the target view is one of the child views of the specified parent view. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetAllChildRelativeRect () const - |
-Obtains the rectangle area of a new view group after being adaptive to the size of all child views. - |
-
| - | -Performs operations needed after a child view is added or removed. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the first child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the last child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Specifies whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
| - | -Specifies whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetInstance () - |
-static Screen & -Obtains a singleton Screen instance. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Style () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Style instance. - |
-
~Style () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Style instance. - |
-
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
StyleDefault () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a StyleDefault instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the StyleDefault instance. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -static Style & - - |
-
| - | -static Style & - - |
-
| - | -static Style & - - |
-
| - | -static Style & - - |
-
| - | -static Style & - - |
-
| - | -static Style & - - |
-
| - | -static Style & - - |
-
| - | -static Style & - - |
-
| - | -static Style & - - |
-
| - | -static Style & - - |
-
| - | -static Style & - - |
-
| - | -static Style & - - |
-
| - | -static Style & - - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
~Surface () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Surface instance. - |
-
SetQueueSize (uint8_t queueSize)=0 - |
-
- Sets the number of buffers that can be allocated to the surface. The default value is 1. The value range is [1, 10]. - |
-
GetQueueSize ()=0 - |
-
- Obtains the number of surface buffers that can be allocated to the surface. The default value is 1. The value range is [1, 10]. - |
-
SetWidthAndHeight (uint32_t width, uint32_t height)=0 - |
-
- Sets the width and height of the surface for calculating its stride and size. The default value range of width and height is (0,7680]. - |
-
GetWidth ()=0 - |
-- - | -
GetHeight ()=0 - |
-- - | -
SetFormat (uint32_t format)=0 - |
-
- Sets the pixel format of the surface. For details, see ImageFormat. The default pixel format is IMAGE_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB565. - |
-
GetFormat ()=0 - |
-
- Obtains the pixel format of the surface. For details, see ImageFormat. The default pixel format is IMAGE_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB565. - |
-
SetStrideAlignment (uint32_t strideAlignment)=0 - |
-- - | -
GetStrideAlignment ()=0 - |
-
- Obtains the number of bytes for stride alignment. By default, 4-byte aligned is used. - |
-
GetStride ()=0 - |
-- - | -
SetSize (uint32_t size)=0 - |
-- - | -
GetSize ()=0 - |
-- - | -
SetUsage (uint32_t usage)=0 - |
-
- Sets the usage scenario of the buffer. Physically contiguous memory and virtual memory (by default) are supported. By default, virtual memory is allocated. - |
-
GetUsage ()=0 - |
-
- Obtains the usage scenario of the buffer. Physically contiguous memory and virtual memory are supported. - |
-
SetUserData (const std::string &key, const std::string &value)=0 - |
-
- Sets surface user data, which is stored in the format of <key, value>. - |
-
GetUserData (const std::string &key)=0 - |
-- - | -
RequestBuffer (uint8_t wait=0)=0 - |
-virtual SurfaceBuffer * - - |
-
FlushBuffer (SurfaceBuffer *buffer)=0 - |
-- - | -
AcquireBuffer ()=0 - |
-virtual SurfaceBuffer * - - |
-
ReleaseBuffer (SurfaceBuffer *buffer)=0 - |
-- - | -
CancelBuffer (SurfaceBuffer *buffer)=0 - |
-- - | -
RegisterConsumerListener (IBufferConsumerListener &listener)=0 - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -static Surface * -A constructor used to create a Surface object for consumers to use. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetVirAddr () const =0 - |
-
- Obtains the virtual address of shared memory for producers and consumers. - |
-
GetPhyAddr () const =0 - |
-- - | -
GetSize () const =0 - |
-- - | -
SetSize (uint32_t size)=0 - |
-- - | -
SetInt32 (uint32_t key, int32_t value)=0 - |
-- - | -
GetInt32 (uint32_t key, int32_t &value)=0 - |
-- - | -
SetInt64 (uint32_t key, int64_t value)=0 - |
-- - | -
GetInt64 (uint32_t key, int64_t &value)=0 - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A constructor used to create an OnFPSChangedListener instance with the default sampling type FPS_CT_FIXED_TIME. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the OnFPSChangedListener instance. - |
-
OnFPSChanged (float newFPS)=0 - |
-- - | -
GetFPSCalculateType () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
FPSCalculateType { FPS_CT_FIXED_TIME, FPS_CT_AVERAGE_SAMPLING, FPS_CT_PRECISE_SAMPLING } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetFPS () - |
-- - | -
RegisterFPSChangedListener (OnFPSChangedListener *onFPSChangedListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Task () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Task instance. - |
-
Task (uint32_t period) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Task instance with the specified running period. - |
-
~Task () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Task instance. - |
-
SetPeriod (uint32_t period) - |
-- - | -
SetLastRun (uint32_t lastRun) - |
-- - | -
GetPeriod () const - |
-- - | -
GetLastRun () const - |
-- - | -
TaskExecute () - |
-- - | -
Callback ()=0 - |
-- - | -
Init () - |
-- - | -
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Text () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Text instance. - |
-
~Text () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Text instance. - |
-
SetText (const char *text) - |
-- - | -
GetText () const - |
-- - | -
SetFont (const char *name, uint8_t size) - |
-- - | -
SetFontId (uint8_t fontId) - |
-- - | -
GetFontId () const - |
-- - | -
SetDirect (UITextLanguageDirect direct) - |
-- - | -
GetDirect () const - |
-- - | -
SetAlign (UITextLanguageAlignment horizontalAlign, UITextLanguageAlignment verticalAlign=TEXT_ALIGNMENT_TOP) - |
-- - | -
GetHorAlign () const - |
-- - | -
GetVerAlign () const - |
-- - | -
SetTextRotation (LabelRotateDegree angle) - |
-- - | -
GetTextRotation () const - |
-- - | -
GetTextRotateDegree () const - |
-- - | -
GetTextSize () const - |
-- - | -
SetExpandWidth (bool expand) - |
-- - | -
IsExpandWidth () const - |
-- - | -
SetExpandHeight (bool expand) - |
-- - | -
IsExpandHeight () const - |
-- - | -
GetEllipsisIndex (const Rect &textRect, const Style &style) - |
-
- Obtains the index of the character from where text will be replaced by ellipses based on the text rectangle and style. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
TEXT_ELLIPSIS_END_INV = 0xFFFF - |
-- |
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
TextAdapter () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UILabel instance. - |
-
~TextAdapter () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UILabel instance. - |
-
| - | -UIView * -Obtains a UILabel instance to convert adapter data into another UILabel instance. - |
-
| - | -
- Sets the UILabel adapter data, which is a string linked list. - |
-
SetData (int16_t start, int16_t end) - |
-
- Sets continuously increasing data. For example, if you need to set data 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, use this function to set start to 0 and end to 4. - |
-
SetFontId (uint8_t fontId) - |
-- - | -
GetFontId () const - |
-- - | -
SetFont (const char *name, uint8_t size) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle () - |
-Style & -Obtains the UILabel adapter style. - |
-
GetCount () override - |
-
- Obtains the data size of the UILabel adapter. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-
- Sets the width of UILabel constructed by the adapter. - |
-
SetDirect (UITextLanguageDirect direct) - |
-
- Sets the direction of the UILabel constructed by the adapter. - |
-
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-
- Sets the height of the UILabel constructed by the adapter. - |
-
SetLineBreakMode (const uint8_t lineBreakMode) - |
-
- Sets the LineBreakMode attribute of UILabel constructed by the adapter. For details about the values of LineBreakMode, see LINE_BREAK_ADAPT, LINE_BREAK_WRAP, LINE_BREAK_ELLIPSIS, and LINE_BREAK_MARQUEE. - |
-
SetOnClickListener (UIView::OnClickListener *clickListener) - |
-
- Sets the callback function to be invoked upon a click event. - |
-
SetTextFormatter (TextFormatter *formatter) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create an AbstractAdapter instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the AbstractAdapter instance. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Format (int16_t value, char *outText, uint16_t textLen) - |
-
- Converts the input integer into a character string for output. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Theme () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Theme instance. - |
-
~Theme () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Theme instance. - |
-
GetMainStyle () - |
-Style & - - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -Style & - - |
-
| - | -Style & - - |
-
| - | -Style & - - |
-
| - | -Style & - - |
-
| - | -Style & - - |
-
| - | -Style & - - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
SetCurrent (Theme *theme) - |
-- - | -
GetCurrent () - |
-Theme * - - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetInstance () - |
-static ThemeManager & -Obtains the singleton instance of the ThemeManager class. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
TransformMap () - |
-
- The default constructor used to create a TransformMap instance. - |
-
TransformMap (const Rect &rect) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a TransformMap instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the TransformMap instance. - |
-
GetClockWise () const - |
-
- Checks whether the vertex coordinates of a polygon are clockwise. - |
-
SetPolygon (const Polygon &polygon) - |
-- - | -
GetPolygon () const - |
-- - | -
GetPivot () const - |
-- - | -
IsInvalid () const - |
-
- Checks whether the TransformMap instance is invalid. When the vertices are all 0, the TransformMap is invalid. - |
-
GetBoxRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the minimum rectangle that can contain a polygon. All vertices of the polygon are inside this rectangle. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
Scale (const Vector2< float > scale, const Vector2< int16_t > &pivot) - |
-- - | -
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A default constructor used to create a UIAbstractClock instance. - |
-
UIAbstractClock (uint8_t hour, uint8_t minute, uint8_t second) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UIAbstractClock instance with time elements (hour, minute and second). - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIAbstractClock instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
SetTime24Hour (uint8_t hour, uint8_t minute, uint8_t second) - |
-- - | -
SetTime12Hour (uint8_t hour, uint8_t minute, uint8_t second, bool am) - |
-- - | -
GetCurrentHour () const - |
-- - | -
GetCurrentMinute () const - |
-- - | -
GetCurrentSecond () const - |
-- - | -
IncOneSecond () - |
-- - | -
UpdateClock (bool clockInit) - |
-- - | -
SetWorkMode (WorkMode newMode) - |
-- - | -
GetWorkMode () const - |
-virtual WorkMode - - |
-
UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
~UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
RemoveAll () - |
-- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) override - |
-
- Obtains the target child view that is visible and can respond to touch events based on given coordinates. - |
-
MoveChildByOffset (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetChildrenHead () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
GetChildrenTail () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetDisallowIntercept (bool flag) - |
-
- Sets whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
GetChildById (const char *id) const override - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetAutoSize (bool state) - |
-
- Sets whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
| - | -
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
ONE_MINUTE_IN_SECOND = 60 - |
-- | -
ONE_HOUR_IN_MINUTE = 60 - |
-- | -
ONE_DAY_IN_HOUR = 24 - |
-- | -
HALF_DAY_IN_HOUR = 12 - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetAllChildRelativeRect () const - |
-Obtains the rectangle area of a new view group after being adaptive to the size of all child views. - |
-
| - | -Performs operations needed after a child view is added or removed. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIAbstractProgress instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIAbstractProgress instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
EnableBackground (bool enable) - |
-- - | -
SetValue (int16_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetValue () const - |
-- - | -
SetRange (int16_t rangeMax, int16_t rangeMin) - |
-- - | -
GetRangeMin () const - |
-- - | -
GetRangeMax () const - |
-- - | -
SetImage (const char *foregroundImage, const char *backgroundImage=nullptr) - |
-- - | -
SetImage (const ImageInfo *foregroundImage, const ImageInfo *backgroundImage=nullptr) - |
-- - | -
SetStep (uint16_t step) - |
-- - | -
GetStep () const - |
-- - | -
SetBackgroundStyle (const Style &style) - |
-- - | -
SetBackgroundStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetBackgroundStyle () const - |
-const Style & - - |
-
GetBackgroundStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-
- Obtains the value of a background style of this progress bar. - |
-
SetForegroundStyle (const Style &style) - |
-- - | -
SetForegroundStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetForegroundStyle () const - |
-const Style & - - |
-
GetForegroundStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-
- Obtains the value of a foreground style of this progress bar. - |
-
SetCapType (CapType cap) - |
-
- Sets the type of caps on the background and foreground of the progress bar. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
| - | -
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetChildById (const char *id) const - |
-virtual UIView * - - |
-
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIAbstractScroll instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIAbstractScroll instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
GetDirection () const - |
-- - | -
SetScrollBlankSize (uint16_t size) - |
-- - | -
SetMaxScrollDistance (uint16_t distance) - |
-
- Sets the maximum scroll distance after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
SetReboundSize (uint16_t size) - |
-
- Sets the rebound size, which is the distance a knob moves after being released when it reaches the end of a scrollbar. - |
-
GetMaxScrollDistance () const - |
-
- Obtains the maximum scroll distance after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
SetDragFunc (EasingFunc func) - |
-
- Sets the easing function that specifies a scroll animation after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
SetThrowDrag (bool throwDrag) - |
-
- Sets whether to continue scrolling after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
MoveChildByOffset (int16_t offsetX, int16_t offsetY) override - |
-- - | -
SetDragACCLevel (uint16_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetDragACCLevel () const - |
-- - | -
SetSwipeACCLevel (uint16_t value) - |
-
- Sets the compensation distance after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
GetSwipeACCLevel () const - |
-
- Obtains the compensation distance after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
~UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
RemoveAll () - |
-- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) override - |
-
- Obtains the target child view that is visible and can respond to touch events based on given coordinates. - |
-
GetChildrenHead () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
GetChildrenTail () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetDisallowIntercept (bool flag) - |
-
- Sets whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
GetChildById (const char *id) const override - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetAutoSize (bool state) - |
-
- Sets whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
| - | -
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetAllChildRelativeRect () const - |
-Obtains the rectangle area of a new view group after being adaptive to the size of all child views. - |
-
| - | -Performs operations needed after a child view is added or removed. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the first child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the last child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Specifies whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
| - | -Specifies whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Hand () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a Hand instance. - |
-
~Hand () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Hand instance. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Defines the basic attributes of the analog clock hands. This is an inner class of UIAbstractClock. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
HandType { HandType::HOUR_HAND, HandType::MINUTE_HAND, HandType::SECOND_HAND } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A default constructor used to create a UIAnalogClock instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIAnalogClock instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
SetHandImage (HandType type, const UIImageView &img, Point position, Point center) - |
-- - | -
SetHandLine (HandType type, Point position, Point center, ColorType color, uint16_t width, uint16_t height, OpacityType opacity) - |
-- - | -
GetHandRotateCenter (HandType type) const - |
-- - | -
GetHandPosition (HandType type) const - |
-- - | -
GetHandInitAngle (HandType type) const - |
-
- Obtains the initial rotation angle of the specified clock hand. - |
-
GetHandCurrentAngle (HandType type) const - |
-
- Obtains the current rotation angle of the specified clock hand. - |
-
SetInitTime24Hour (uint8_t hour, uint8_t minute, uint8_t second) - |
-- - | -
SetInitTime12Hour (uint8_t hour, uint8_t minute, uint8_t second, bool am) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) override - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) override - |
-- - | -
SetWorkMode (WorkMode newMode) override - |
-- - | -
UpdateClock (bool clockInit) override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A default constructor used to create a UIAbstractClock instance. - |
-
UIAbstractClock (uint8_t hour, uint8_t minute, uint8_t second) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UIAbstractClock instance with time elements (hour, minute and second). - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIAbstractClock instance. - |
-
SetTime24Hour (uint8_t hour, uint8_t minute, uint8_t second) - |
-- - | -
SetTime12Hour (uint8_t hour, uint8_t minute, uint8_t second, bool am) - |
-- - | -
GetCurrentHour () const - |
-- - | -
GetCurrentMinute () const - |
-- - | -
GetCurrentSecond () const - |
-- - | -
IncOneSecond () - |
-- - | -
GetWorkMode () const - |
-virtual WorkMode - - |
-
UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
~UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
RemoveAll () - |
-- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) override - |
-
- Obtains the target child view that is visible and can respond to touch events based on given coordinates. - |
-
MoveChildByOffset (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetChildrenHead () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
GetChildrenTail () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetDisallowIntercept (bool flag) - |
-
- Sets whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
GetChildById (const char *id) const override - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetAutoSize (bool state) - |
-
- Sets whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
| - | -
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
ONE_MINUTE_IN_SECOND = 60 - |
-- | -
ONE_HOUR_IN_MINUTE = 60 - |
-- | -
ONE_DAY_IN_HOUR = 24 - |
-- | -
HALF_DAY_IN_HOUR = 12 - |
-- | -
GetAllChildRelativeRect () const - |
-Obtains the rectangle area of a new view group after being adaptive to the size of all child views. - |
-
| - | -Performs operations needed after a child view is added or removed. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the first child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the last child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Specifies whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
| - | -Specifies whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Stores the attribute information about this arc text to draw. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
TextOrientation : uint8_t { TextOrientation::INSIDE, TextOrientation::OUTSIDE } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UIArcLabel () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a UIArcLabel instance. - |
-
~UIArcLabel () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIArcLabel instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () override - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () override - |
-- - | -
SetText (const char *text) - |
-- - | -
GetText () const - |
-- - | -
SetAlign (UITextLanguageAlignment horizontalAlign) - |
-- - | -
GetHorAlign () const - |
-- - | -
GetDirect () - |
-- - | -
SetFontId (uint8_t fontId) - |
-- - | -
GetFontId () const - |
-- - | -
SetFont (const char *name, uint8_t size) - |
-- - | -
SetArcTextCenter (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetArcTextCenter () const - |
-- - | -
SetArcTextRadius (uint16_t radius) - |
-- - | -
GetArcTextRadius () const - |
-- - | -
SetArcTextAngle (int16_t startAngle, int16_t endAngle) - |
-- - | -
GetArcTextStartAngle () const - |
-- - | -
GetArcTextEndAngle () const - |
-- - | -
SetArcTextOrientation (TextOrientation orientation) - |
-- - | -
GetArcTextOrientation () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
| - | -
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetChildById (const char *id) const - |
-virtual UIView * - - |
-
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UIAxis () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UIAxis instance. - |
-
~UIAxis () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIAxis instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
SetDataRange (uint16_t min, uint16_t max)=0 - |
-- - | -
SetMarkNum (uint16_t count)=0 - |
-- - | -
SetLineColor (const ColorType &color) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
TranslateToPixel (int16_t &value)=0 - |
-- - | -
UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
~UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
RemoveAll () - |
-- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) override - |
-
- Obtains the target child view that is visible and can respond to touch events based on given coordinates. - |
-
MoveChildByOffset (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetChildrenHead () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
GetChildrenTail () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetDisallowIntercept (bool flag) - |
-
- Sets whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
GetChildById (const char *id) const override - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetAutoSize (bool state) - |
-
- Sets whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetAllChildRelativeRect () const - |
-Obtains the rectangle area of a new view group after being adaptive to the size of all child views. - |
-
| - | -Performs operations needed after a child view is added or removed. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the first child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the last child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Specifies whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
| - | -Specifies whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Direction : uint8_t { Direction::DIR_LEFT_TO_RIGHT, Direction::DIR_RIGHT_TO_LEFT, Direction::DIR_TOP_TO_BOTTOM, Direction::DIR_BOTTOM_TO_TOP } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIBoxProgress instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIBoxProgress instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
SetWidth (int16_t width) override - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) override - |
-- - | -
SetDirection (const Direction &direction) - |
-- - | -
GetDirection () const - |
-- - | -
SetValidWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
GetValidWidth () const - |
-- - | -
SetValidHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
GetValidHeight () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIAbstractProgress instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIAbstractProgress instance. - |
-
EnableBackground (bool enable) - |
-- - | -
SetValue (int16_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetValue () const - |
-- - | -
SetRange (int16_t rangeMax, int16_t rangeMin) - |
-- - | -
GetRangeMin () const - |
-- - | -
GetRangeMax () const - |
-- - | -
SetImage (const char *foregroundImage, const char *backgroundImage=nullptr) - |
-- - | -
SetImage (const ImageInfo *foregroundImage, const ImageInfo *backgroundImage=nullptr) - |
-- - | -
SetStep (uint16_t step) - |
-- - | -
GetStep () const - |
-- - | -
SetBackgroundStyle (const Style &style) - |
-- - | -
SetBackgroundStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetBackgroundStyle () const - |
-const Style & - - |
-
GetBackgroundStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-
- Obtains the value of a background style of this progress bar. - |
-
SetForegroundStyle (const Style &style) - |
-- - | -
SetForegroundStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetForegroundStyle () const - |
-const Style & - - |
-
GetForegroundStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-
- Obtains the value of a foreground style of this progress bar. - |
-
SetCapType (CapType cap) - |
-
- Sets the type of caps on the background and foreground of the progress bar. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
| - | -
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetChildById (const char *id) const - |
-virtual UIView * - - |
-
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
ButtonImageSrc : uint8_t - |
-- | -
ButtonState : uint8_t - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UIButton () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UIButton instance. - |
-
UIButton (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UIButton instance based on the button ID. - |
-
~UIButton () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIButton instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Do something before draw, this function will be invoked mainly to check if this view need to cover invalidate area so render manager can decide which layer to draw firstly. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
SetImageSrc (const char *defaultImgSrc, const char *triggeredImgSrc) - |
-- - | -
SetImageSrc (const ImageInfo *defaultImgSrc, const ImageInfo *triggeredImgSrc) - |
-- - | -
SetImagePosition (const int16_t x, const int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetImageX () const - |
-- - | -
GetImageY () const - |
-- - | -
GetCurImageSrc () const - |
-const Image * - - |
-
GetWidth () override - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () override - |
-- - | -
SetWidth (int16_t width) override - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) override - |
-- - | -
GetContentRect () override - |
-virtual Rect -Obtains a rectangular area that contains coordinate information. - |
-
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const override - |
-- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) override - |
-- - | -
GetStyleForState (uint8_t key, ButtonState state) const - |
-- - | -
SetStyleForState (uint8_t key, int64_t value, ButtonState state) - |
-- - | -
Disable () - |
-- - | -
Enable () - |
-- - | -
SetStateForStyle (ButtonState state) - |
-
- Sets the state for a button. After the setting, calling SetStyle will change the style of this button, but not its state. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetChildById (const char *id) const - |
-virtual UIView * - - |
-
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UICanvas () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UICanvas instance. - |
-
~UICanvas () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UICanvas instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
Clear () - |
-- - | -
SetStartPosition (const Point &startPoint) - |
-
- Sets the coordinates of the start point for drawing a line. For example, if startPoint is set to {50, 50}, the line is drawn from this set of coordinates on the canvas. - |
-
GetStartPosition () const - |
-const Point & - - |
-
| - | -- - | -
DrawLine (const Point &startPoint, const Point &endPoint, const Paint &paint) - |
-
- Draws a straight line from the coordinates of the start point. - |
-
DrawCurve (const Point &control1, const Point &control2, const Point &endPoint, const Paint &paint) - |
-- - | -
DrawCurve (const Point &startPoint, const Point &control1, const Point &control2, const Point &endPoint, const Paint &paint) - |
-
- Draws a cubic Bezier curve from the start point coordinates. - |
-
DrawRect (const Point &startPoint, int16_t height, int16_t width, const Paint &paint) - |
-- - | -
DrawCircle (const Point ¢er, uint16_t radius, const Paint &paint) - |
-- - | -
DrawSector (const Point ¢er, uint16_t radius, int16_t startAngle, int16_t endAngle, const Paint &paint) - |
-- - | -
DrawArc (const Point ¢er, uint16_t radius, int16_t startAngle, int16_t endAngle, const Paint &paint) - |
-- - | -
DrawImage (const Point &startPoint, const char *image, const Paint &paint) - |
-- - | -
DrawLabel (const Point &startPoint, const char *text, uint16_t maxWidth, const FontStyle &fontStyle, const Paint &paint) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
| - | -
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetChildById (const char *id) const - |
-virtual UIView * - - |
-
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UIChart () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UIChart instance. - |
-
~UIChart () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIChart instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) override - |
-- - | -
SetWidth (int16_t width) override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
AddDataSerial (UIChartDataSerial *dataSerial) - |
-- - | -
DeleteDataSerial (UIChartDataSerial *dataSerial) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
RefreshChart ()=0 - |
-- - | -
GetXAxis () - |
-UIXAxis & - - |
-
GetYAxis () - |
-UIYAxis & - - |
-
EnableReverse (bool enable) - |
-- - | -
UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
~UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
RemoveAll () - |
-- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) override - |
-
- Obtains the target child view that is visible and can respond to touch events based on given coordinates. - |
-
MoveChildByOffset (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetChildrenHead () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
GetChildrenTail () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetDisallowIntercept (bool flag) - |
-
- Sets whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
GetChildById (const char *id) const override - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetAutoSize (bool state) - |
-
- Sets whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetAllChildRelativeRect () const - |
-Obtains the rectangle area of a new view group after being adaptive to the size of all child views. - |
-
| - | -Performs operations needed after a child view is added or removed. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the first child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the last child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Specifies whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
| - | -Specifies whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Defines the style for the top, bottom, and frontmost points in a line chart. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIChartDataSerial instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIChartDataSerial instance. - |
-
SetMaxDataCount (uint16_t maxCount) - |
-
- Sets the maximum number of data points that can be stored in a data set. - |
-
ModifyPoint (uint16_t index, const Point &point) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Obtains the coordinates in the chart for a data point in the data set. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
ClearData () - |
-- - | -
GetDataCount () const - |
-
- Obtains the number of data points available in the data set. - |
-
EnableSmooth (bool smooth) - |
-- - | -
IsSmooth () const - |
-- - | -
EnableGradient (bool enable) - |
-- - | -
IsGradient () const - |
-- - | -
GetPeakIndex () const - |
-- - | -
GetLatestIndex () const - |
-
- Obtains the index of the frontmost point (the latest added or modified data point in a data set). - |
-
GetValleyIndex () const - |
-- - | -
GetPeakData () const - |
-- - | -
GetValleyData () const - |
-- - | -
GetLineColor () const - |
-- - | -
GetFillColor () const - |
-- - | -
SetFillColor (const ColorType &color) - |
-- - | -
SetLineColor (const ColorType &color) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetHideIndex () const - |
-- - | -
GetHideCount () const - |
-- - | -
SetHeadPointStyle (const PointStyle &style) - |
-- - | -
SetTopPointStyle (const PointStyle &style) - |
-- - | -
SetBottomPointStyle (const PointStyle &style) - |
-- - | -
GetHeadPointStyle () const - |
-const PointStyle & - - |
-
GetTopPointStyle () const - |
-const PointStyle & - - |
-
GetBottomPointStyle () const - |
-const PointStyle & - - |
-
EnableHeadPoint (bool enable) - |
-
- Enables the feature of drawing the frontmost point on a polyline. - |
-
EnableTopPoint (bool enable) - |
-
- Enables the feature of drawing the top point of a polyline. If there are multiple top points, only the first one is drawn. - |
-
EnableBottomPoint (bool enable) - |
-
- Enables the feature of drawing the bottom point of a polyline. If there are multiple bottom points, only the first one is drawn. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIChartPillar instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIChartPillar instance. - |
-
RefreshChart () override - |
-- - | -
UIChart () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UIChart instance. - |
-
~UIChart () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIChart instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) override - |
-- - | -
SetWidth (int16_t width) override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
AddDataSerial (UIChartDataSerial *dataSerial) - |
-- - | -
DeleteDataSerial (UIChartDataSerial *dataSerial) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetXAxis () - |
-UIXAxis & - - |
-
GetYAxis () - |
-UIYAxis & - - |
-
EnableReverse (bool enable) - |
-- - | -
UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
~UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
RemoveAll () - |
-- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) override - |
-
- Obtains the target child view that is visible and can respond to touch events based on given coordinates. - |
-
MoveChildByOffset (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetChildrenHead () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
GetChildrenTail () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetDisallowIntercept (bool flag) - |
-
- Sets whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
GetChildById (const char *id) const override - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetAutoSize (bool state) - |
-
- Sets whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetAllChildRelativeRect () const - |
-Obtains the rectangle area of a new view group after being adaptive to the size of all child views. - |
-
| - | -Performs operations needed after a child view is added or removed. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the first child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the last child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Specifies whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
| - | -Specifies whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIChartPolyline instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIChartPolyline instance. - |
-
RefreshChart () override - |
-- - | -
SetGradientOpacity (uint8_t minOpa, uint8_t maxOpa) - |
-- - | -
SetGradientBottom (uint16_t bottom) - |
-
- Sets the distance between the bottom edge of the fill color range and the x-axis. - |
-
UIChart () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UIChart instance. - |
-
~UIChart () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIChart instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) override - |
-- - | -
SetWidth (int16_t width) override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
AddDataSerial (UIChartDataSerial *dataSerial) - |
-- - | -
DeleteDataSerial (UIChartDataSerial *dataSerial) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetXAxis () - |
-UIXAxis & - - |
-
GetYAxis () - |
-UIYAxis & - - |
-
EnableReverse (bool enable) - |
-- - | -
UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
~UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
RemoveAll () - |
-- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) override - |
-
- Obtains the target child view that is visible and can respond to touch events based on given coordinates. - |
-
MoveChildByOffset (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetChildrenHead () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
GetChildrenTail () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetDisallowIntercept (bool flag) - |
-
- Sets whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
GetChildById (const char *id) const override - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetAutoSize (bool state) - |
-
- Sets whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetAllChildRelativeRect () const - |
-Obtains the rectangle area of a new view group after being adaptive to the size of all child views. - |
-
| - | -Performs operations needed after a child view is added or removed. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the first child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the last child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Specifies whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
| - | -Specifies whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OnChange (UICheckBoxState state)=0 - |
-
- Called when the state of this check box is switched. This is a virtual function, which needs your implementation. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the OnChangeListener instance. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UICheckBoxState : uint8_t - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UICheckBox () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UICheckBox instance. - |
-
~UICheckBox () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UICheckBox instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
SetOnChangeListener (OnChangeListener *onStateChangeListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Do something before draw, this function will be invoked mainly to check if this view need to cover invalidate area so render manager can decide which layer to draw firstly. - |
-
| - | -
- Executes the draw action Ondraw invokes the rendering function provided by the underlying layer to draw pictures based on the selected status of the checkbox. - |
-
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) override - |
-
- Executes the click event action OnClickEvent will reverse the selected state of checkbox. Example: If the check box is selected, the checkbox status is changed to Unselected after the click action is taken. - |
-
SetImages (const char *selectedImageSrc, const char *unselectedImageSrc) - |
-- - | -
SetImages (const ImageInfo *selectedImageSrc, const ImageInfo *unselectedImageSrc) - |
-- - | -
GetState () const - |
-- - | -
SetState (UICheckBoxState state) - |
-- - | -
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetChildById (const char *id) const - |
-virtual UIView * - - |
-
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UICircleProgress instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UICircleProgress instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
SetCenterPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-
- Sets the coordinates of the center point for this circular progress bar. - |
-
GetCenterPosition () const - |
-
- Obtains the coordinates of the center point for this circular progress bar. - |
-
SetRadius (uint16_t radius) - |
-- - | -
GetRadius () const - |
-- - | -
SetStartAngle (int16_t startAngle) - |
-- - | -
GetStartAngle () const - |
-- - | -
SetEndAngle (int16_t endAngle) - |
-- - | -
GetEndAngle () const - |
-- - | -
SetProgressImagePosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-
- Sets the coordinates of the foreground image for this progress bar relative to the view. - |
-
SetBackgroundImagePosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-
- Sets the coordinates of the background image for this progress bar relative to the view. - |
-
SetLineColor (ColorType color) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIAbstractProgress instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIAbstractProgress instance. - |
-
EnableBackground (bool enable) - |
-- - | -
SetValue (int16_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetValue () const - |
-- - | -
SetRange (int16_t rangeMax, int16_t rangeMin) - |
-- - | -
GetRangeMin () const - |
-- - | -
GetRangeMax () const - |
-- - | -
SetImage (const char *foregroundImage, const char *backgroundImage=nullptr) - |
-- - | -
SetImage (const ImageInfo *foregroundImage, const ImageInfo *backgroundImage=nullptr) - |
-- - | -
SetStep (uint16_t step) - |
-- - | -
GetStep () const - |
-- - | -
SetBackgroundStyle (const Style &style) - |
-- - | -
SetBackgroundStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetBackgroundStyle () const - |
-const Style & - - |
-
GetBackgroundStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-
- Obtains the value of a background style of this progress bar. - |
-
SetForegroundStyle (const Style &style) - |
-- - | -
SetForegroundStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetForegroundStyle () const - |
-const Style & - - |
-
GetForegroundStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-
- Obtains the value of a foreground style of this progress bar. - |
-
SetCapType (CapType cap) - |
-
- Sets the type of caps on the background and foreground of the progress bar. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetChildById (const char *id) const - |
-virtual UIView * - - |
-
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
DialogButtonType { DialogButtonType::BUTTON1, DialogButtonType::BUTTON2, DialogButtonType::BUTTON3 } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UIDialog () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UIDialog instance. - |
-
~UIDialog () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIDialog instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
SetTitle (const char *title) - |
-- - | -
SetText (const char *text) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Checks whether this label needs to be covered before drawing it. - |
-
SetButton (DialogButtonType buttonType, const char *text, OnClickListener *listener) - |
-- - | -
SetVisible (bool visible) override - |
-- - | -
UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
~UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
RemoveAll () - |
-- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) override - |
-
- Obtains the target child view that is visible and can respond to touch events based on given coordinates. - |
-
MoveChildByOffset (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetChildrenHead () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
GetChildrenTail () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetDisallowIntercept (bool flag) - |
-
- Sets whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
GetChildById (const char *id) const override - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetAutoSize (bool state) - |
-
- Sets whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetAllChildRelativeRect () const - |
-Obtains the rectangle area of a new view group after being adaptive to the size of all child views. - |
-
| - | -Performs operations needed after a child view is added or removed. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the first child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the last child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Specifies whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
| - | -Specifies whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
DisplayMode { DISPLAY_12_HOUR_NO_SECONDS, DISPLAY_24_HOUR_NO_SECONDS, DISPLAY_12_HOUR, DISPLAY_24_HOUR } - |
-- | -
TimeElement { HOUR_ELEMENT, MINUTE_ELEMENT, SECOND_ELEMENT } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A default constructor used to create a UIDigitalClock instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIDigitalClock instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
SetFontId (uint8_t fontId) - |
-- - | -
SetFont (const char *name, uint8_t size) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetDisplayMode () const - |
-- - | -
DisplayLeadingZero (bool displayLeadingZero) - |
-
- Sets whether to add 0 before the hour of this digital clock. - |
-
SetOpacity (uint8_t opacity) - |
-- - | -
GetOpacity () const - |
-- - | -
UpdateClock (bool clockInit) override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A default constructor used to create a UIAbstractClock instance. - |
-
UIAbstractClock (uint8_t hour, uint8_t minute, uint8_t second) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UIAbstractClock instance with time elements (hour, minute and second). - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIAbstractClock instance. - |
-
SetTime24Hour (uint8_t hour, uint8_t minute, uint8_t second) - |
-- - | -
SetTime12Hour (uint8_t hour, uint8_t minute, uint8_t second, bool am) - |
-- - | -
GetCurrentHour () const - |
-- - | -
GetCurrentMinute () const - |
-- - | -
GetCurrentSecond () const - |
-- - | -
IncOneSecond () - |
-- - | -
SetWorkMode (WorkMode newMode) - |
-- - | -
GetWorkMode () const - |
-virtual WorkMode - - |
-
UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
~UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
RemoveAll () - |
-- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) override - |
-
- Obtains the target child view that is visible and can respond to touch events based on given coordinates. - |
-
MoveChildByOffset (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetChildrenHead () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
GetChildrenTail () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetDisallowIntercept (bool flag) - |
-
- Sets whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
GetChildById (const char *id) const override - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetAutoSize (bool state) - |
-
- Sets whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
| - | -
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
ONE_MINUTE_IN_SECOND = 60 - |
-- | -
ONE_HOUR_IN_MINUTE = 60 - |
-- | -
ONE_DAY_IN_HOUR = 24 - |
-- | -
HALF_DAY_IN_HOUR = 12 - |
-- | -
GetAllChildRelativeRect () const - |
-Obtains the rectangle area of a new view group after being adaptive to the size of all child views. - |
-
| - | -Performs operations needed after a child view is added or removed. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the first child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the last child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Specifies whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
| - | -Specifies whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
DumpDomTree (const char *id, const char *path) - |
-
- Exports information about a DOM tree starting from a specified DOM node and saves the information to a specified path. - |
-
DumpDomTree (const char *id) - |
-
- Exports information about a DOM tree starting from a specified DOM node and saves the information to the default path. The default path is DEFAULT_DUMP_DOM_TREE_PATH. - |
-
DumpDomNode (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetInstance () - |
-static UIDumpDomTree * - - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete an AnimatorStopListener instance. - |
-
OnAnimatorStop (UIView &view) - |
-- - | -
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Represents a listener that contains a callback to be invoked when this animator stops. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIImageAnimatorView instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIImageAnimatorView instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
SetImageAnimatorSrc (const char *imageSrc, uint8_t imageNum, uint16_t timeOfUpdate) - |
-- - | -
SetImageAnimatorSrc (const char *imageSrc, uint8_t imageNum) - |
-- - | -
SetTimeOfUpdate (uint16_t timeOfUpdate) - |
-- - | -
GetTimeOfUpdate () const - |
-- - | -
SetTimeOfPause (uint16_t timeOfPause) - |
-
- Sets the interval between two playbacks of an infinitely repeated animator. - |
-
GetTimeOfPause () const - |
-
- Obtains the interval between two playbacks of an infinitely repeated animator. - |
-
GetImageAnimatorSrc () const - |
-const ImageAnimatorInfo * - - |
-
GetImageAnimatorImageNum () const - |
-- - | -
SetSizeFixed (bool fixed) - |
-- - | -
IsSizeFixed () const - |
-- - | -
SetRepeat (bool repeat) - |
-- - | -
IsRepeat () const - |
-- - | -
SetRepeatTimes (uint32_t times) - |
-- - | -
GetRepeatTimes () const - |
-- - | -
GetState () const - |
-- - | -
SetReverse (bool reverse) - |
-- - | -
IsReverse () const - |
-- - | -
Start () - |
-- - | -
Stop (bool needReset=true) - |
-- - | -
Pause () - |
-- - | -
Resume () - |
-- - | -
SetAnimatorStopListener (AnimatorStopListener *listener) - |
-- - | -
UIImageView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a UIImageView instance. - |
-
~UIImageView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIImageView instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () override - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Checks whether this image view needs to be covered to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
SetSrc (const char *src) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetAutoEnable (bool enable) - |
-
- Sets whether the image view size needs to be adaptive to the image size. - |
-
SetBlurLevel (BlurLevel level) - |
-
- Sets the blur level for this image when it is rotated or scaled. - |
-
GetBlurLevel () const - |
-
- Obtains the blur level of this image when it is rotated or scaled. - |
-
SetTransformAlgorithm (TransformAlgorithm algorithm) - |
-- - | -
GetTransformAlgorithm () const - |
-- - | -
GetPath () const - |
-- - | -
GetImageInfo () const - |
-const ImageInfo * - - |
-
GetSrcType () const - |
-- - | -
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetChildById (const char *id) const - |
-virtual UIView * - - |
-
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
colorFormat_: 4 - |
-- | -
blurLevel_: 2 - |
-Represents the blur level of this image when it is rotated or scaled. - |
-
algorithm_: 1 - |
-Represents the algorithm used for image rotation and scaling. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UIImageView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a UIImageView instance. - |
-
~UIImageView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIImageView instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () override - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Checks whether this image view needs to be covered to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
SetSrc (const char *src) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetAutoEnable (bool enable) - |
-
- Sets whether the image view size needs to be adaptive to the image size. - |
-
SetBlurLevel (BlurLevel level) - |
-
- Sets the blur level for this image when it is rotated or scaled. - |
-
GetBlurLevel () const - |
-
- Obtains the blur level of this image when it is rotated or scaled. - |
-
SetTransformAlgorithm (TransformAlgorithm algorithm) - |
-- - | -
GetTransformAlgorithm () const - |
-- - | -
GetPath () const - |
-- - | -
GetImageInfo () const - |
-const ImageInfo * - - |
-
GetSrcType () const - |
-- - | -
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetChildById (const char *id) const - |
-virtual UIView * - - |
-
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
colorFormat_: 4 - |
-- | -
blurLevel_: 2 - |
-Represents the blur level of this image when it is rotated or scaled. - |
-
algorithm_: 1 - |
-Represents the algorithm used for image rotation and scaling. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
LineBreakMode : uint8_t { LINE_BREAK_ADAPT = 0, LINE_BREAK_STRETCH, LINE_BREAK_WRAP, LINE_BREAK_ELLIPSIS, LINE_BREAK_MARQUEE, LINE_BREAK_CLIP, LINE_BREAK_MAX } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UILabel () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UILabel instance. - |
-
~UILabel () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UILabel instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () override - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Checks whether this label needs to be covered before drawing it. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
SetText (const char *text) - |
-- - | -
GetText () const - |
-- - | -
SetLineBreakMode (const uint8_t lineBreakMode) - |
-- - | -
GetLineBreakMode () const - |
-- - | -
SetTextColor (ColorType color) - |
-- - | -
GetTextColor () const - |
-- - | -
SetAlign (UITextLanguageAlignment horizontalAlign, UITextLanguageAlignment verticalAlign=TEXT_ALIGNMENT_TOP) - |
-- - | -
GetHorAlign () const - |
-- - | -
GetVerAlign () const - |
-- - | -
SetDirect (UITextLanguageDirect direct) - |
-- - | -
GetDirect () const - |
-- - | -
SetFontId (uint8_t fontId) - |
-- - | -
GetFontId () const - |
-- - | -
SetFont (const char *name, uint8_t size) - |
-- - | -
SetRollSpeed (uint16_t speed) - |
-- - | -
GetTextWidth () - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetRollStartPos (int16_t pos) - |
-- - | -
GetRollStartPos () const - |
-- - | -
SetWidth (int16_t width) override - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) override - |
-- - | -
SetTextRotation (LabelRotateDegree angle) - |
-- - | -
GetTextRotation () const - |
-- - | -
GetTextRotateDegree () const - |
-- - | -
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetChildById (const char *id) const - |
-virtual UIView * - - |
-
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UILabelButton instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UILabelButton instance. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
SetText (const char *text) - |
-- - | -
GetText () const - |
-- - | -
SetLablePosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-
- Sets the position for this label relative to the button holding it. - |
-
GetLabelPosition () const - |
-
- Obtains the position of this label relative to the button holding it. - |
-
SetAlign (UITextLanguageAlignment align) - |
-- - | -
GetAlign () const - |
-- - | -
SetDirect (UITextLanguageDirect direct) - |
-- - | -
GetDirect () const - |
-- - | -
SetLabelStyle (Style &labelStyle) - |
-- - | -
SetLabelStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetLabelStyle () const - |
-const Style & - - |
-
GetLabelStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
SetTextColor (ColorType color) - |
-- - | -
SetFont (const char *name, uint8_t size) - |
-- - | -
SetFontId (uint8_t fontId) - |
-- - | -
GetFontId () const - |
-- - | -
UIButton () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UIButton instance. - |
-
UIButton (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UIButton instance based on the button ID. - |
-
~UIButton () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIButton instance. - |
-
| - | -
- Do something before draw, this function will be invoked mainly to check if this view need to cover invalidate area so render manager can decide which layer to draw firstly. - |
-
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
SetImageSrc (const char *defaultImgSrc, const char *triggeredImgSrc) - |
-- - | -
SetImageSrc (const ImageInfo *defaultImgSrc, const ImageInfo *triggeredImgSrc) - |
-- - | -
SetImagePosition (const int16_t x, const int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetImageX () const - |
-- - | -
GetImageY () const - |
-- - | -
GetCurImageSrc () const - |
-const Image * - - |
-
GetWidth () override - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () override - |
-- - | -
SetWidth (int16_t width) override - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) override - |
-- - | -
GetContentRect () override - |
-virtual Rect -Obtains a rectangular area that contains coordinate information. - |
-
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const override - |
-- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) override - |
-- - | -
GetStyleForState (uint8_t key, ButtonState state) const - |
-- - | -
SetStyleForState (uint8_t key, int64_t value, ButtonState state) - |
-- - | -
Disable () - |
-- - | -
Enable () - |
-- - | -
SetStateForStyle (ButtonState state) - |
-
- Sets the state for a button. After the setting, calling SetStyle will change the style of this button, but not its state. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetChildById (const char *id) const - |
-virtual UIView * - - |
-
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
ButtonImageSrc : uint8_t - |
-- | -
ButtonState : uint8_t - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UIList () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UIList instance in the vertical direction. - |
-
UIList (uint8_t direction) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UIList instance in the specified direction. - |
-
~UIList () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIList instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
SetAdapter (AbstractAdapter *adapter) - |
-
- Sets the adapter for this list. The content of this list is initialized when the adapter is set. - |
-
MoveChildByOffset (int16_t x, int16_t y) override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Scrolls to change the index of the first row or column of the current view. - |
-
ScrollBy (int16_t distance) - |
-- - | -
SetStartIndex (uint16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetStartIndex () const - |
-
- Obtains the start index of this list. The default value is 0. - |
-
SetLoopState (bool state) - |
-
- Sets the loop state for this list, in which a loop scroll is possible since the top and bottom of the list are connected together. - |
-
GetLoopState () const - |
-- - | -
SetSelectPosition (uint16_t position) - |
-
- Sets the position where a child view is selected as this list scrolls. - |
-
| - | -UIView * -Obtains the child view being selected at the preset position. - |
-
SetScrollStateListener (ListScrollListener *scrollListener) - |
-
- Sets the listener that contains a callback to be invoked when a child view is selected as this list scrolls. - |
-
RefreshList () - |
-
- Refreshes this list. The number of child views in the current view is fixed and the positions of those reserved child views as this list scrolls remain unchanged. - |
-
EnableAutoAlign (bool state) - |
-
- Sets the automatic alignment state for this list. When a scroll stops, a child view is selected and its position is automatically aligned with the preset position. - |
-
RemoveAll () override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIAbstractScroll instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIAbstractScroll instance. - |
-
GetDirection () const - |
-- - | -
SetScrollBlankSize (uint16_t size) - |
-- - | -
SetMaxScrollDistance (uint16_t distance) - |
-
- Sets the maximum scroll distance after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
SetReboundSize (uint16_t size) - |
-
- Sets the rebound size, which is the distance a knob moves after being released when it reaches the end of a scrollbar. - |
-
GetMaxScrollDistance () const - |
-
- Obtains the maximum scroll distance after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
SetDragFunc (EasingFunc func) - |
-
- Sets the easing function that specifies a scroll animation after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
SetThrowDrag (bool throwDrag) - |
-
- Sets whether to continue scrolling after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
SetDragACCLevel (uint16_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetDragACCLevel () const - |
-- - | -
SetSwipeACCLevel (uint16_t value) - |
-
- Sets the compensation distance after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
GetSwipeACCLevel () const - |
-
- Obtains the compensation distance after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
~UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) override - |
-
- Obtains the target child view that is visible and can respond to touch events based on given coordinates. - |
-
GetChildrenHead () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
GetChildrenTail () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetDisallowIntercept (bool flag) - |
-
- Sets whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
GetChildById (const char *id) const override - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetAutoSize (bool state) - |
-
- Sets whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
| - | -
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetAllChildRelativeRect () const - |
-Obtains the rectangle area of a new view group after being adaptive to the size of all child views. - |
-
| - | -Performs operations needed after a child view is added or removed. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the first child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the last child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Specifies whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
| - | -Specifies whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a SelectedListener instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the SelectedListener instance. - |
-
OnPickerStoped (UIPicker &picker) - |
-
- Called when an item is selected after sliding stops. This function is implemented by applications. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Defines the listener used by a picker. This listener is triggered when an item is selected after sliding stops. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UIPicker () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UIPicker instance. - |
-
~UIPicker () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIPicker instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
SetValues (const char *value[], uint16_t count) - |
-
- Sets dynamic text data in the picker by using a string array. - |
-
SetValues (int16_t start, int16_t end) - |
-
- Sets the numeric data in the picker by using a given numeric range. - |
-
ClearValues () - |
-- - | -
SetFontId (uint8_t backgroundFontId, uint8_t highlightFontId) - |
-
- Sets the font IDs of dynamic text, which is the string array set through SetValues. - |
-
SetBackgroundFont (const char *name, uint8_t size) - |
-- - | -
SetHighlightFont (const char *name, uint8_t size) - |
-- - | -
GetBackgroundFontId () const - |
-- - | -
GetHighlightFontId () const - |
-- - | -
SetTextColor (ColorType backgroundColor, ColorType highlightColor) - |
-- - | -
GetBackgroundTextColor () const - |
-- - | -
GetHighlightTextColor () const - |
-- - | -
SetSelected (uint16_t index) - |
-
- Sets the index of the item currently selected in the picker. - |
-
GetSelected () const - |
-
- Obtains the index of the item currently selected in the picker. - |
-
SetItemHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetWidth (int16_t width) override - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) override - |
-- - | -
SetLoopState (bool state) - |
-- - | -
RegisterSelectedListener (SelectedListener *pickerListener) - |
-- - | -
SetDirect (UITextLanguageDirect direct) - |
-- - | -
SetTextFormatter (TextFormatter *formatter) - |
-- - | -
UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
~UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
RemoveAll () - |
-- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) override - |
-
- Obtains the target child view that is visible and can respond to touch events based on given coordinates. - |
-
MoveChildByOffset (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetChildrenHead () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
GetChildrenTail () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetDisallowIntercept (bool flag) - |
-
- Sets whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
GetChildById (const char *id) const override - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetAutoSize (bool state) - |
-
- Sets whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetAllChildRelativeRect () const - |
-Obtains the rectangle area of a new view group after being adaptive to the size of all child views. - |
-
| - | -Performs operations needed after a child view is added or removed. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the first child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the last child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Specifies whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
| - | -Specifies whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIRadioButton instance. - |
-
UIRadioButton (const char *name) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIRadioButton instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Do something before draw, this function will be invoked mainly to check if this view need to cover invalidate area so render manager can decide which layer to draw firstly. - |
-
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) override - |
-
- Executes the click event action OnClickEvent will reverse the selected state of checkbox. Example: If the check box is selected, the checkbox status is changed to Unselected after the click action is taken. - |
-
SetName (const char *name) - |
-- - | -
GetName () const - |
-- - | -
UICheckBox () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UICheckBox instance. - |
-
~UICheckBox () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UICheckBox instance. - |
-
SetOnChangeListener (OnChangeListener *onStateChangeListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Executes the draw action Ondraw invokes the rendering function provided by the underlying layer to draw pictures based on the selected status of the checkbox. - |
-
SetImages (const char *selectedImageSrc, const char *unselectedImageSrc) - |
-- - | -
SetImages (const ImageInfo *selectedImageSrc, const ImageInfo *unselectedImageSrc) - |
-- - | -
GetState () const - |
-- - | -
SetState (UICheckBoxState state) - |
-- - | -
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetChildById (const char *id) const - |
-virtual UIView * - - |
-
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UICheckBoxState : uint8_t - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIRepeatButton instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIRepeatButton instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
SetInterval (uint16_t interval) - |
-- - | -
GetInterval () const - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
UIButton () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UIButton instance. - |
-
UIButton (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UIButton instance based on the button ID. - |
-
~UIButton () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIButton instance. - |
-
| - | -
- Do something before draw, this function will be invoked mainly to check if this view need to cover invalidate area so render manager can decide which layer to draw firstly. - |
-
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
SetImageSrc (const char *defaultImgSrc, const char *triggeredImgSrc) - |
-- - | -
SetImageSrc (const ImageInfo *defaultImgSrc, const ImageInfo *triggeredImgSrc) - |
-- - | -
SetImagePosition (const int16_t x, const int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetImageX () const - |
-- - | -
GetImageY () const - |
-- - | -
GetCurImageSrc () const - |
-const Image * - - |
-
GetWidth () override - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () override - |
-- - | -
SetWidth (int16_t width) override - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) override - |
-- - | -
GetContentRect () override - |
-virtual Rect -Obtains a rectangular area that contains coordinate information. - |
-
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const override - |
-- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) override - |
-- - | -
GetStyleForState (uint8_t key, ButtonState state) const - |
-- - | -
SetStyleForState (uint8_t key, int64_t value, ButtonState state) - |
-- - | -
Disable () - |
-- - | -
Enable () - |
-- - | -
SetStateForStyle (ButtonState state) - |
-
- Sets the state for a button. After the setting, calling SetStyle will change the style of this button, but not its state. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetChildById (const char *id) const - |
-virtual UIView * - - |
-
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
ButtonImageSrc : uint8_t - |
-- | -
ButtonState : uint8_t - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A constructor used to create an OnScrollListener instance with the default scroll state SCROLL_STATE_STOP. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the OnScrollListener instance. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OnScrollEnd () - |
-- - | -
GetScrollState () const - |
-- - | -
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Represents a listener that contains a callback to be invoked upon scroll state changes. The state can either be SCROLL_STATE_STOP or SCROLL_STATE_MOVE. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UIScrollView () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UIScrollView instance, with both horizontal and vertical scrolls supported. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIScrollView instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) override - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
ScrollBy (int16_t xDistance, int16_t yDistance) - |
-- - | -
SetScrollbarWidth (uint8_t width) - |
-- - | -
SetHorizontalScrollState (bool state) - |
-- - | -
GetHorizontalScrollState () const - |
-- - | -
SetVerticalScrollState (bool state) - |
-- - | -
GetVerticalScrollState () const - |
-- - | -
SetXScrollBarVisible (bool state) - |
-- - | -
SetYScrollBarVisible (bool state) - |
-- - | -
RegisterScrollListener (OnScrollListener *scrollListener) - |
-
- Registers a listener that contains a callback to be invoked upon scroll state changes. - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIAbstractScroll instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIAbstractScroll instance. - |
-
GetDirection () const - |
-- - | -
SetScrollBlankSize (uint16_t size) - |
-- - | -
SetMaxScrollDistance (uint16_t distance) - |
-
- Sets the maximum scroll distance after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
SetReboundSize (uint16_t size) - |
-
- Sets the rebound size, which is the distance a knob moves after being released when it reaches the end of a scrollbar. - |
-
GetMaxScrollDistance () const - |
-
- Obtains the maximum scroll distance after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
SetDragFunc (EasingFunc func) - |
-
- Sets the easing function that specifies a scroll animation after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
SetThrowDrag (bool throwDrag) - |
-
- Sets whether to continue scrolling after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
MoveChildByOffset (int16_t offsetX, int16_t offsetY) override - |
-- - | -
SetDragACCLevel (uint16_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetDragACCLevel () const - |
-- - | -
SetSwipeACCLevel (uint16_t value) - |
-
- Sets the compensation distance after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
GetSwipeACCLevel () const - |
-
- Obtains the compensation distance after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
~UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
RemoveAll () - |
-- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) override - |
-
- Obtains the target child view that is visible and can respond to touch events based on given coordinates. - |
-
GetChildrenHead () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
GetChildrenTail () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetDisallowIntercept (bool flag) - |
-
- Sets whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
GetChildById (const char *id) const override - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetAutoSize (bool state) - |
-
- Sets whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
| - | -
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetAllChildRelativeRect () const - |
-Obtains the rectangle area of a new view group after being adaptive to the size of all child views. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the first child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the last child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Specifies whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
| - | -Specifies whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UISliderEventListener instance. - |
-
OnChange (int16_t value) - |
-
- Called when the slider is dragged or clicked. This is a virtual function, which needs your implementation. - |
-
OnRelease (int16_t value) - |
-
- Called when the slider is released. This is a virtual function, which needs your implementation. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UISlider () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UISlider instance. - |
-
~UISlider () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UISlider instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
SetKnobWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
GetKnobWidth () - |
-- - | -
SetImage (const ImageInfo *backgroundImage, const ImageInfo *foregroundImage, const ImageInfo *knobImage) - |
-
- Sets the images as pixel maps for this slider, including the background, foreground, and knob images. - |
-
SetImage (const char *backgroundImage, const char *foregroundImage, const char *knobImage) - |
-
- Sets the images for this slider, including the background, foreground, and knob images. - |
-
SetSliderColor (const ColorType backgroundColor, const ColorType foregroundColor, const ColorType knobColor) - |
-
- Sets the colors for this slider, including the background, foreground, and knob colors. - |
-
SetSliderRadius (int16_t backgroundRadius, int16_t foregroundRadius, int16_t knobRadius) - |
-
- Sets the corner radiuses for this slider, including the background, foreground, and knob corner radiuses. - |
-
SetKnobStyle (const Style &style) - |
-- - | -
SetKnobStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetKnobStyle () const - |
-const Style & - - |
-
GetKnobStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
SetSliderEventListener (UISliderEventListener *listener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIBoxProgress instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIBoxProgress instance. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) override - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) override - |
-- - | -
SetDirection (const Direction &direction) - |
-- - | -
GetDirection () const - |
-- - | -
SetValidWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
GetValidWidth () const - |
-- - | -
SetValidHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
GetValidHeight () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIAbstractProgress instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIAbstractProgress instance. - |
-
EnableBackground (bool enable) - |
-- - | -
SetValue (int16_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetValue () const - |
-- - | -
SetRange (int16_t rangeMax, int16_t rangeMin) - |
-- - | -
GetRangeMin () const - |
-- - | -
GetRangeMax () const - |
-- - | -
SetImage (const char *foregroundImage, const char *backgroundImage=nullptr) - |
-- - | -
SetImage (const ImageInfo *foregroundImage, const ImageInfo *backgroundImage=nullptr) - |
-- - | -
SetStep (uint16_t step) - |
-- - | -
GetStep () const - |
-- - | -
SetBackgroundStyle (const Style &style) - |
-- - | -
SetBackgroundStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetBackgroundStyle () const - |
-const Style & - - |
-
GetBackgroundStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-
- Obtains the value of a background style of this progress bar. - |
-
SetForegroundStyle (const Style &style) - |
-- - | -
SetForegroundStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetForegroundStyle () const - |
-const Style & - - |
-
GetForegroundStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-
- Obtains the value of a foreground style of this progress bar. - |
-
SetCapType (CapType cap) - |
-
- Sets the type of caps on the background and foreground of the progress bar. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetChildById (const char *id) const - |
-virtual UIView * - - |
-
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Direction : uint8_t { Direction::DIR_LEFT_TO_RIGHT, Direction::DIR_RIGHT_TO_LEFT, Direction::DIR_TOP_TO_BOTTOM, Direction::DIR_BOTTOM_TO_TOP } - |
-- | -
Public Member Function Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
UISnapShot () - |
-- A default constructor used to create a UISnapShot instance. - |
-
~UISnapShot () - |
-virtual -A destructor used to delete the UISnapShot instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-UIViewType -Obtains the view type. - |
-
Freeze (bool saveAsImage=false) - |
-void -Freezes the screen and takes a snapshot. - |
-
UnFreeze () - |
-void -Unfreezes the screen and cancels a snapshot. - |
-
| - | -void -Draws a screenshot. - |
-
UIViewGroup () - |
-- A default constructor used to create a UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
~UIViewGroup () - |
-virtual -A destructor used to delete the UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-UIViewType -Obtains the view type. - |
-
| - | -virtual void -Adds a child view. - |
-
| - | -virtual void -Inserts a new child view behind the current one. - |
-
| - | -virtual void -Removes a child view. - |
-
RemoveAll () - |
-virtual void -Removes all child views. - |
-
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) override - |
-virtual void -Obtains the target child view that is visible and can respond to touch events based on given coordinates. - |
-
MoveChildByOffset (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-virtual void -Moves all child views. - |
-
GetChildrenHead () const - |
-UIView * -Obtains the first child view in this view group. - |
-
GetChildrenTail () const - |
-UIView * -Obtains the last child view in this view group. - |
-
SetDisallowIntercept (bool flag) - |
-void -Sets whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
GetChildById (const char *id) const override - |
-UIView * -Obtains the target child view with a specified ID. - |
-
SetAutoSize (bool state) - |
-void -Sets whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
UIView () - |
-- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-virtual -A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
| - | -virtual bool -Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-virtual void -Called after a view is drawn. - |
-
ReMeasure () - |
-virtual void -Remeasures the view size. - |
-
Invalidate () - |
-void -Refreshes the invalidated area of the view. - |
-
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-void -Refreshes a view in a specified invalidated area. - |
-
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-virtual bool -Called when the view is long pressed. - |
-
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-virtual bool -Called when the view starts to drag. - |
-
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-virtual bool -Called when the view is being dragged. - |
-
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-virtual bool -Called when the view stops dragging. - |
-
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-virtual void -Called when the view is clicked. - |
-
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-virtual void -Called when the view is pressed. - |
-
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-virtual void -Called when the view is released. - |
-
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-virtual void -Called when a click event on the view is canceled. - |
-
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-void -Sets a drag event listener for the view. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the drag event listener for the view. - |
-
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-void -Sets a click event listener for the view. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the click event listener for the view. - |
-
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-void -Sets a long-press event listener for the view. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the long-press event listener for the view. - |
-
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-void -Sets a touch event listener for the view. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the touch event listener for the view. - |
-
| - | -void -Sets the parent view for the view. - |
-
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * -Obtains the parent view of the view. - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-void -Sets the next sibling view for the view. - |
-
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * -Obtains the next sibling view of the view. - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-virtual void -Sets whether the view is visible. - |
-
IsVisible () const - |
-bool -Checks whether the view is visible. - |
-
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-void -Sets whether the view is touchable. - |
-
IsTouchable () const - |
-bool -Checks whether the view is touchable. - |
-
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-void -Sets whether the view is draggable. - |
-
IsDraggable () const - |
-bool -Checks whether the view is draggable. - |
-
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-void -Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-bool -Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the visible absolute rectangle area of the view. - |
-
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. - |
-
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-void -Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-virtual void -Sets the width for the view. - |
-
GetWidth () - |
-virtual int16_t -Obtains the width for the view. - |
-
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-virtual void -Sets the height for the view. - |
-
GetHeight () - |
-virtual int16_t -Obtains the height for the view. - |
-
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-virtual void -Adjusts the size of the view. - |
-
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-virtual void -Sets the x-coordinate for the view. - |
-
GetX () const - |
-int16_t -Obtains the x-coordinate for the view. - |
-
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-virtual void -Sets the y-coordinate for the view. - |
-
GetY () const - |
-int16_t -Obtains the y-coordinate for the view. - |
-
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-virtual void -Sets the position for the view. - |
-
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-virtual void -Adjusts the position and size of the view. - |
-
IsViewGroup () const - |
-bool -Checks whether the view is a container view. - |
-
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-void -Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-void -Sets the affine transformation matrix. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains an affine transformation matrix. - |
-
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-void -Sets the view ID. - |
-
GetViewId () const - |
-const char * -Obtains the view ID. - |
-
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-void -Sets the view index. - |
-
GetViewIndex () const - |
-int16_t -Obtains the view index. - |
-
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-virtual void -Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view in the center of the parent view. - |
-
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the left of the parent view. - |
-
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the right of the parent view. - |
-
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the top of the parent view. - |
-
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the bottom of the parent view. - |
-
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Aligns the view with the left of a sibling view. - |
-
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Aligns the view with the right of a sibling view. - |
-
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Aligns the view with the top of a sibling view. - |
-
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Aligns the view with the bottom of a sibling view. - |
-
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the left of a sibling view. - |
-
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the right of a sibling view. - |
-
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the above of a sibling view. - |
-
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the below of a sibling view. - |
-
SetStyle (Style &style) - |
-virtual void -Sets the view style. - |
-
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-virtual void -Sets a style. - |
-
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-virtual int64_t -Obtains the value of a style. - |
-
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
Static Public Member Function Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
| - | -static bool -Saves the screenshot in a file. - |
-
Static Protected Member Function Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
SetSnapshotView (UISnapShot *toBeSnapshotted) - |
-static void -Sets the view to be snapshotted. - |
-
| - | -static UISnapShot * -Obtains the snapshotted view. - |
-
Friend Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
| - | -Represents a friend of the UISnapShot class. - |
-
Additional Inherited Member Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
GetAllChildRelativeRect () const - |
-Obtains the rectangle area of a new view group after being adaptive to the size of all child views. - |
-
| - | -Performs operations needed after a child view is added or removed. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the first child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the last child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -Represents the number of child views. - |
-
| - | -Specifies the sliding state of this view group. - |
-
| - | -Specifies whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
| - | -Specifies whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UISurfaceView instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UISurfaceView instance. - |
-
GetSurface () const - |
-Surface * -Obtains the surface, which should be used together with the camera and video modules. - |
-
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) override - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) override - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) override - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) override - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) override - |
-- - | -
SetWidth (int16_t width) override - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) override - |
-- - | -
SetVisible (bool visible) override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Called before this view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so that the drawing process is optimized. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetChildById (const char *id) const - |
-virtual UIView * - - |
-
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
GetViewType () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UISwipeView (uint8_t direction=HORIZONTAL) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UISwipeView instance. - |
-
~UISwipeView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UISwipeView instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
SetDirection (uint8_t direction) - |
-- - | -
GetDirection () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetCurrentPage (uint16_t index, bool needAnimator=false) - |
-- - | -
GetCurrentPage () const - |
-- - | -
GetCurrentView () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetBlankSize (uint16_t size) - |
-
- Sets a blank size, as defined in DEFAULT_BLANK_SIZE. - |
-
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) override - |
-- - | -
SetAnimatorTime (uint16_t time) - |
-
- Sets the time for the page being animated. The page will go beyond the blank during this time. - |
-
SetLoopState (bool loop) - |
-- - | -
GetViewByIndex (uint16_t index) const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
| - | -- - | -
SetOnSwipeListener (OnSwipeListener *onSwipeListener) - |
-
- Sets the listener that contains a callback to be invoked upon a swipe event. - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIAbstractScroll instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIAbstractScroll instance. - |
-
GetDirection () const - |
-- - | -
SetScrollBlankSize (uint16_t size) - |
-- - | -
SetMaxScrollDistance (uint16_t distance) - |
-
- Sets the maximum scroll distance after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
SetReboundSize (uint16_t size) - |
-
- Sets the rebound size, which is the distance a knob moves after being released when it reaches the end of a scrollbar. - |
-
GetMaxScrollDistance () const - |
-
- Obtains the maximum scroll distance after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
SetDragFunc (EasingFunc func) - |
-
- Sets the easing function that specifies a scroll animation after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
SetThrowDrag (bool throwDrag) - |
-
- Sets whether to continue scrolling after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
SetDragACCLevel (uint16_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetDragACCLevel () const - |
-- - | -
SetSwipeACCLevel (uint16_t value) - |
-
- Sets the compensation distance after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
GetSwipeACCLevel () const - |
-
- Obtains the compensation distance after a finger lifts the screen. - |
-
UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
~UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
RemoveAll () - |
-- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) override - |
-
- Obtains the target child view that is visible and can respond to touch events based on given coordinates. - |
-
GetChildrenHead () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
GetChildrenTail () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetDisallowIntercept (bool flag) - |
-
- Sets whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
GetChildById (const char *id) const override - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetAutoSize (bool state) - |
-
- Sets whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
| - | -
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
HORIZONTAL = 0 - |
-- | -
VERTICAL = 1 - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
MoveChildByOffset (int16_t xOffset, int16_t yOffset) override - |
-- - | -
GetAllChildRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangle area of a new view group after being adaptive to the size of all child views. - |
-
| - | -
- Performs operations needed after a child view is added or removed. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
ANIMATOR_TIME = 12 - |
-- | -
STOP_DISTANCE = 5 - |
-Indicates the maximum distance of an invalid dragging. Dragging is not triggered if the distance is less than this value. - |
-
DEFAULT_BLANK_SIZE = 30 - |
-Indicates the maximum distance between the first and the last tab when the current view is not in a cycle swipe mode. The page can be rebound after the setting. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete an AnimatorStopListener instance. - |
-
OnAnimatorStop (UIView &view)=0 - |
-
- Called when this animator stops. This is a pure virtual function, which needs your inheritance and implementation. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Represents a listener that contains a callback to be invoked when this animator stops. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UITextureMapper instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UITextureMapper instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
Start () - |
-- - | -
SetRotateStart (int16_t start) - |
-- - | -
SetRotateEnd (int16_t end) - |
-- - | -
SetScaleStart (float start) - |
-- - | -
SetScaleEnd (float end) - |
-- - | -
SetDurationTime (uint16_t durationTime) - |
-- - | -
SetDelayTime (uint16_t delayTime) - |
-- - | -
SetEasingFunc (EasingFunc easingFunc) - |
-- - | -
Cancel () - |
-- - | -
Reset () - |
-- - | -
SetPivot (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-
- Sets the coordinates of the rotation and scaling pivots for this image. - |
-
SetAnimatorStopListener (AnimatorStopListener *listener) - |
-- - | -
UIImageView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a UIImageView instance. - |
-
~UIImageView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIImageView instance. - |
-
GetWidth () override - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () override - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Checks whether this image view needs to be covered to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
SetSrc (const char *src) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetAutoEnable (bool enable) - |
-
- Sets whether the image view size needs to be adaptive to the image size. - |
-
SetBlurLevel (BlurLevel level) - |
-
- Sets the blur level for this image when it is rotated or scaled. - |
-
GetBlurLevel () const - |
-
- Obtains the blur level of this image when it is rotated or scaled. - |
-
SetTransformAlgorithm (TransformAlgorithm algorithm) - |
-- - | -
GetTransformAlgorithm () const - |
-- - | -
GetPath () const - |
-- - | -
GetImageInfo () const - |
-const ImageInfo * - - |
-
GetSrcType () const - |
-- - | -
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetChildById (const char *id) const - |
-virtual UIView * - - |
-
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
colorFormat_: 4 - |
-- | -
blurLevel_: 2 - |
-Represents the blur level of this image when it is rotated or scaled. - |
-
algorithm_: 1 - |
-Represents the algorithm used for image rotation and scaling. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a SelectedListener instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the SelectedListener instance. - |
-
OnTimePickerStoped (UITimePicker &picker) - |
-
- Called when an item is selected after sliding stops. This function is implemented by applications. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Defines the listener used by the time picker. This listener is triggered when an item is selected after sliding stops. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UITimePicker () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UITimePicker instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UITimePicker instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
SetSelected (const char *value) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetSelectHour () const - |
-- - | -
GetSelectMinute () const - |
-- - | -
GetSelectSecond () const - |
-- - | -
SetItemHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
EnableSecond (bool state) - |
-- - | -
SetTextStyle (uint8_t backgroundFontId, uint8_t highlightFontId, ColorType backgroundColor, ColorType highlightColor) - |
-
- Sets the text format in the time picker, including the font ID and color. - |
-
SetTextColor (ColorType backgroundColor, ColorType highlightColor) - |
-- - | -
SetBackgroundFont (const char *name, uint8_t size) - |
-- - | -
SetHighlightFont (const char *name, uint8_t size) - |
-- - | -
SetWidth (int16_t width) override - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) override - |
-- - | -
RegisterSelectedListener (SelectedListener *timePickerListener) - |
-- - | -
UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
~UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
RemoveAll () - |
-- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) override - |
-
- Obtains the target child view that is visible and can respond to touch events based on given coordinates. - |
-
MoveChildByOffset (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetChildrenHead () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
GetChildrenTail () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetDisallowIntercept (bool flag) - |
-
- Sets whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
GetChildById (const char *id) const override - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetAutoSize (bool state) - |
-
- Sets whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
| - | -
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetAllChildRelativeRect () const - |
-Obtains the rectangle area of a new view group after being adaptive to the size of all child views. - |
-
| - | -Performs operations needed after a child view is added or removed. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the first child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the last child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Specifies whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
| - | -Specifies whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- A constructor used to create a UIToggleButton instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the UIToggleButton instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
SetState (bool state) - |
-- - | -
GetState () const - |
-- - | -
UICheckBox () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UICheckBox instance. - |
-
~UICheckBox () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UICheckBox instance. - |
-
SetOnChangeListener (OnChangeListener *onStateChangeListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Do something before draw, this function will be invoked mainly to check if this view need to cover invalidate area so render manager can decide which layer to draw firstly. - |
-
| - | -
- Executes the draw action Ondraw invokes the rendering function provided by the underlying layer to draw pictures based on the selected status of the checkbox. - |
-
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) override - |
-
- Executes the click event action OnClickEvent will reverse the selected state of checkbox. Example: If the check box is selected, the checkbox status is changed to Unselected after the click action is taken. - |
-
SetImages (const char *selectedImageSrc, const char *unselectedImageSrc) - |
-- - | -
SetImages (const ImageInfo *selectedImageSrc, const ImageInfo *unselectedImageSrc) - |
-- - | -
GetState () const - |
-- - | -
SetState (UICheckBoxState state) - |
-- - | -
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetChildById (const char *id) const - |
-virtual UIView * - - |
-
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UICheckBoxState : uint8_t - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OnClick (UIView &view, const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the OnClickListener instance. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OnDragStart (UIView &view, const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the OnDragListener instance. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OnLongPress (UIView &view, const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the OnLongPressListener instance. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OnPress (UIView &view, const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnRelease (UIView &view, const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancel (UIView &view, const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the OnTouchListener instance. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
| - | -
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetChildById (const char *id) const - |
-virtual UIView * - - |
-
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
GetViewType () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
~UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
RemoveAll () - |
-- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) override - |
-
- Obtains the target child view that is visible and can respond to touch events based on given coordinates. - |
-
MoveChildByOffset (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetChildrenHead () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
GetChildrenTail () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetDisallowIntercept (bool flag) - |
-
- Sets whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
GetChildById (const char *id) const override - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetAutoSize (bool state) - |
-
- Sets whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
| - | -
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetAllChildRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangle area of a new view group after being adaptive to the size of all child views. - |
-
| - | -
- Performs operations needed after a child view is added or removed. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UIXAxis () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UIXAxis instance. - |
-
~UIXAxis () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIXAxis instance. - |
-
TranslateToPixel (int16_t &value) override - |
-- - | -
SetDataRange (uint16_t min, uint16_t max) override - |
-- - | -
SetMarkNum (uint16_t count) override - |
-- - | -
UIAxis () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UIAxis instance. - |
-
~UIAxis () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIAxis instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
SetLineColor (const ColorType &color) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
~UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
RemoveAll () - |
-- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) override - |
-
- Obtains the target child view that is visible and can respond to touch events based on given coordinates. - |
-
MoveChildByOffset (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetChildrenHead () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
GetChildrenTail () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetDisallowIntercept (bool flag) - |
-
- Sets whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
GetChildById (const char *id) const override - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetAutoSize (bool state) - |
-
- Sets whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetAllChildRelativeRect () const - |
-Obtains the rectangle area of a new view group after being adaptive to the size of all child views. - |
-
| - | -Performs operations needed after a child view is added or removed. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the first child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the last child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Specifies whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
| - | -Specifies whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UIYAxis () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UIYAxis instance. - |
-
~UIYAxis () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIYAxis instance. - |
-
TranslateToPixel (int16_t &value) override - |
-- - | -
SetDataRange (uint16_t min, uint16_t max) override - |
-- - | -
SetMarkNum (uint16_t count) override - |
-- - | -
UIAxis () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a UIAxis instance. - |
-
~UIAxis () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIAxis instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
SetLineColor (const ColorType &color) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create a UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
~UIViewGroup () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
RemoveAll () - |
-- - | -
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) override - |
-
- Obtains the target child view that is visible and can respond to touch events based on given coordinates. - |
-
MoveChildByOffset (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetChildrenHead () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
GetChildrenTail () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetDisallowIntercept (bool flag) - |
-
- Sets whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
GetChildById (const char *id) const override - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetAutoSize (bool state) - |
-
- Sets whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
UIView () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-
- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
ReMeasure () - |
-- - | -
Invalidate () - |
-- - | -
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-- - | -
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-- - | -
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-- - | -
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * - - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-- - | -
IsVisible () const - |
-- - | -
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-- - | -
IsTouchable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-- - | -
IsDraggable () const - |
-- - | -
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-
- Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-
- Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-- - | -
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-
- Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-- - | -
GetWidth () - |
-- - | -
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
GetHeight () - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-- - | -
GetX () const - |
-- - | -
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
GetY () const - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-- - | -
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-- - | -
IsViewGroup () const - |
-- - | -
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-
- Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-- - | -
GetViewId () const - |
-- - | -
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-- - | -
GetViewIndex () const - |
-- - | -
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-
- Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-
- Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-- - | -
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-- - | -
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetAllChildRelativeRect () const - |
-Obtains the rectangle area of a new view group after being adaptive to the size of all child views. - |
-
| - | -Performs operations needed after a child view is added or removed. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the first child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the last child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Specifies whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
| - | -Specifies whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Vector2 () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Vector2 instance. - |
-
Vector2 (T x, T y) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Vector2 instance based on the X and Y coordinates. - |
-
~Vector2 () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Vector2 instance. - |
-
| - | -
- Calculates the scalar product of the two-dimensional vector and another two-dimensional vector. - |
-
| - | -
- Calculates the cross product of the two-dimensional vector and another two-dimensional vector. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Vector3 () - |
-
- A constructor used to create a Vector3 instance. - |
-
Vector3 (T x, T y, T z) - |
-
- Defines a Vector3 instance and initializes the values of x, y, and z. - |
-
~Vector3 () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Vector3 instance. - |
-
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
VirtualDeviceEvent (uint16_t type, uint16_t value) - |
-
- A constructor used to create a VirtualDeviceEvent instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the VirtualDeviceEvent instance. - |
-
GetType () const - |
-- - | -
GetState () const - |
-- - | -
Event () - |
-
- A default constructor used to create an Event instance. - |
-
| - | -
- A constructor used to create an Event instance. - |
-
~Event () - |
-
- A destructor used to delete the Event instance. - |
-
GetCurrentPos () const - |
-const Point & - - |
-
GetTimeStamp () const - |
-- - | -
SetTimeStamp (const TimeType &timeStamp) - |
-- - | -
operator new (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
operator delete (void *p) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
BindRootView (RootView *rootView)=0 - |
-
- Binds the RootView to this window. - |
-
UnbindRootView ()=0 - |
-
- Unbinds the RootView from this window. - |
-
GetRootView ()=0 - |
-virtual RootView * -Obtains the RootView bound to this window. - |
-
GetRect ()=0 - |
-virtual Rect -Obtains the rectangle information (position, width, and height) of this window. - |
-
Show ()=0 - |
-- - | -
Hide ()=0 - |
-- - | -
MoveTo (int16_t x, int16_t y)=0 - |
-- - | -
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height)=0 - |
-- - | -
RaiseToTop ()=0 - |
-- - | -
LowerToBottom ()=0 - |
-- - | -
GetWindowId ()=0 - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
CreateWindow (const WindowConfig &config) - |
-static Window * -Creates a Window instance. - |
-
DestoryWindow (Window *window) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
Data Structure Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
| - | -Declares ability-related functions, including ability lifecycle callbacks and functions for connecting to or disconnecting from AAs. - |
-
| - | -Provides functions for starting and stopping an ability. - |
-
| - | -Declares functions for performing operations during inter-thread communication, including running and quitting the event loop of the current thread and posting tasks to an asynchronous thread. - |
-
| - | -Declares functions for registering the class names of Ability and AbilitySlice with the ability management framework. - |
-
| - | -Provides ability slice-related functions, including ability slice lifecycle callbacks and functions for connecting to or disconnecting from ability slices. - |
-
| - | -Defines the base class for adapters. You can derive AbstractAdapter based on actual requirements and use the GetView() and GetCount() functions to implement adapters of different data types. For details, see TextAdapter. - |
-
| - | -Represents an animator. - |
-
| - | -Represents the animator callback. - |
-
| - | -Represents the animator manager. - |
-
| - | -struct BinHeader for font refer to ui_font.h - |
-
| - | -Stores styles of a button in its different states. - |
-
| - | -Defines a cancel event, which usually occurs when the target view changes due to user sliding. For example, this event is triggered if you, after pressing a button, does not release the button but slides. - |
-
| - | -Defines a click event, which indicates that a finger is pressed on the screen and then lifted within 1 second. - |
-
| - | -Converts colors in different formats and defines common colors. - |
-
| - | -Defines the color attribute when the color depth is 16. - |
-
| - | -Defines the color attribute when the color depth is 24. - |
-
| - | -Defines the color attribute when the color depth is 32. - |
-
| - | -Defines a drag event, which indicates a certain movement (more than 10 pixels) after a view is pressed. - |
-
| - | -Defines functions for specifying the velocity of an animation. - |
-
| - | -Defines the base class of a user input event and provides functions to record information such as the event position and timestamp. - |
-
| - | -Defines a flexible layout container. You can perform simple adaptive layout on child views that the container holds, for example, to evenly arrange all child views in the same row or column. - |
-
| - | -struct FontHeader refer to ui_font.h - |
-
| - | -struct GlyphHeader for font, font tool using, not for bin file refer to ui_font.h - |
-
| - | -struct GlyphNode for font refer to ui_font.h - |
-
| - | -Defines a grid layout container. You can perform simple grid layout on child views that the container holds. - |
-
| - | -Defines the consumer listener used to notify consumers when the surface status is updated. - |
-
| - | -Represents basic image attributes, including the image type and path. - |
-
| - | -Provides information about the images. - |
-
| - | -Defines image head node information. - |
-
| - | -Defines image information. - |
-
| - | -Calculates the Bezier interpolation. - |
-
| - | -struct KernNode for kerning of font refer to ui_font.h - |
-
| - | -Defines a key event, which indicates that a physical button is pressed or released. - |
-
| - | -struct LangBinHeader for font refer to ui_font.h - |
-
| - | -struct LangFontBinHeader for font refer to ui_font.h - |
-
| - | -struct LangTexsTableHeader for font refer to ui_font.h - |
-
| - | -struct LangTexsUtf8Param for font refer to ui_font.h - |
-
| - | -Defines the base class of the layout, which indicates the basic data types and operations that may be used in the layout. - |
-
| - | -Defines a line, which consists of the start and end points. - |
-
| - | -Defines a linked list template class, which implements the data structure of bidirectional linked list and provides basic functions such as adding, deleting, inserting, clearing, popping up, and obtaining the size of the linked list. - |
-
| - | -Stores linked list data and contains pointers to the previous node and the next node. - |
-
| - | -Represents a listener that contains a callback to be invoked when the scroll state changes or when a new child view is selected at the preset position as this list scrolls. The scroll state can be SCROLL_STATE_STOP or SCROLL_STATE_MOVE. - |
-
| - | -Defines a long-press event, which indicates that the finger is not raised or moved within 1 second after a view is pressed. - |
-
| - | -Defines a 3 x 3 matrix. - |
-
| - | -Defines the basic styles of graphs drawn on canvases. - |
-
| - | -Defines a point. - |
-
| - | -Defines a polygon, including vertex coordinates and the maximum number of vertices (defined by MAX_VERTEX_NUM). - |
-
| - | -Defines a touch event, which indicates that the touchscreen or mouse is pressed. - |
-
| - | -struct of raw event - |
-
| - | -Defines a rectangle, including the position data of the four boundaries of the rectangle, and provides functions for rectangle inclusion, intersection, and aggregation. - |
-
| - | -Defines a release event, which indicates that the touchscreen or mouse is released. - |
-
| - | -Defines the functions related to a root view which contains its child views and represents the root node in a tree structure. - |
-
| - | -Define some default style for UIView. - |
-
| - | -Defines the consumer listener used to notify consumers when the surface status is updated. - |
-
| - | -Provides functions such as setting the virtual address, size, and additional attributes of shared memory. - |
-
| - | -Obtains the system information. Currently, the FPS information can be obtained. To enable the FPS feature, enable the ENABLE_FPS_SUPPORT macro. - |
-
| - | -Represents the base class of Text, providing the text attribute setting and text drawing capabilities for components that require font display. - |
-
| - | -Defines a text adapter, which implements UILabel instance construction and supports text data and continuous integer data. - |
-
| - | -Defines a text formatter. You can inherit this class and implement the Format() function. - |
-
| - | -Declares the singleton class used to manage the current screen theme of an application. - |
-
| - | -Transforms a rectangle, including rotation and scaling. - |
-
| - | -struct TtfHeader for header of ttftab.bin refer to ui_font.h - |
-
| - | -An abstract class that contains functions for converting units of time (hour, minute, and second), setting and obtaining the time. - |
-
| - | -Represents the abstract base class which provides functions related to the progress bar. - |
-
| - | -Defines the attributes of a scroll, including the scroll direction, blank size of a scroll view, velocity and effects of a scroll animation. - |
-
| - | -Provides the functions related to an analog clock. - |
-
| - | -Defines functions related to an arc label. - |
-
| - | -Represents the coordinate axis base class, which defines the basic attributes of coordinate axis, sets whether a coordinate axis is visible, and sets the number of scales on a coordinate axis. This class is used in UIChart. - |
-
| - | -Represents a linear progress bar. - |
-
| - | -Represents a button. - |
-
| - | -Defines a canvas, which is used to draw multiple types of 2D graphs. - |
-
| - | -Defines the chart class and provides functions such as adding and deleting data sets to display a chart. - |
-
| - | -Defines a data set and provides functions such as adding and deleting data points. - |
-
| - | -Provides special functions for implementing a bar chart. - |
-
| - | -Provides special functions for implementing a polyline. - |
-
| - | -Represents a check box. - |
-
| - | -Represents a circular progress bar. - |
-
| - | -Represents a dialog box. - |
-
| - | -Displays time digitally. - |
-
| - | -Provides functions for exporting information about a specified DOM node or information about the DOM tree starting from a specified DOM node. - |
-
| - | -Represents an image animator. - |
-
| - | -Defines the functions related to an image view. - |
-
| - | -Defines the functions for presenting a label in a specified area, setting the style and background color of a label, and setting the display mode of a long label text. - |
-
| - | -Provides the functions related to a label button. - |
-
| - | -Represents a scrollable list which is used with the adapter AbstractAdapter to implement scrolling, inertial scrolling, automatic alignment, and invoking of a callback when a child view is selected at the preset position as this list scrolls. - |
-
| - | -Defines a picker. Multiple texts or numbers can be put into a sliding list for selection. The selected text or numbers are highlighted. - |
-
| - | -Represents a radio button. - |
-
| - | -Represents a repeat button. - |
-
| - | -Supports horizontal or vertical scroll of child views. This class is inherited from UIAbstractScroll. - |
-
| - | -Represents a slider. - |
-
| - | -Represents the UISnapShot class. - |
-
| - | -Represents a swipe view. - |
-
| - | -Rotates and scales images. - |
-
| - | -Defines the time picker. The time is in the format of "hour:minute" or "hour:minute:second". The selected time is highlighted. - |
-
| - | -Represents a toggle button. - |
-
| - | -Defines the base class of a view, providing basic view attributes and operations. All views are derived from this class. - |
-
| - | -Represents a view group that consists of its child views. - |
-
| - | -Defines the unique attributes and functions for the x-axis. This class is used in UIChart. - |
-
| - | -Defines the unique attributes and functions for the y-axis. This class is used in UIChart. - |
-
| - | -Defines the two-dimensional vector, and provides basic mathematical operations such as vector assignment, scalar product, cross product, addition, and subtraction. - |
-
| - | -Defines the 3-dimensional vector, and provides basic operators such as [] and ==. - |
-
| - | -Defines a virtual device event, which is used to receive a customized input event and call back the listening function registered. - |
-
| - | -Provides a drawing canvas for the RootView, which represents the root node of a view tree. - |
-
| - | -Sets the attributes for this window. - |
-
Typedef Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
EasingFunc) (int16_t startPos, int16_t endPos, uint16_t curTime, uint16_t durationTime) - |
-typedef int16_t(* -Calculates the value for the current time of an animation. - |
-
Function Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
GetTextLangFontsTable (uint8_t langFontId) - |
-UITextLanguageFontParam * -Get the Text Lang Fonts Table. - |
-
| - | -uint8_t -Get the Total Lang Id. - |
-
| - | -uint8_t -Get the Total Font Id. - |
-
| - | -uint16_t -Get the Total Text Id. - |
-
| - | -LangTextParam * -Get the Lang Text default param table. - |
-
Intersect (const Line &a, const Line &b, Vector2< int16_t > &out) - |
-bool -Checks whether line segment a and line segment b intersect, and returns the intersection point (if available). - |
-
IsIntersect (const Line &a, const Line &b) - |
-bool -Chekcs whether line segment a and line segment b intersect. - |
-
| - | -void -Clips a polygon by using a line segment. - |
-
SuthHodgClip (const Rect &clipRect, const Polygon &polygon) - |
-
- Implements Sutherland-Hodgman, an algorithm used for clipping polygons. - |
-
Clip (const Line &line, const Polygon &poly, Vector2< int16_t > *pOut, uint8_t *pNum) - |
-void -Clips a polygon by using a line segment and obtains the intersections. - |
-
ImageCacheMalloc (ImageInfo &info) - |
-void * -Applies for the image cache memory. You can customize the memory area when loading image resources. - |
-
ImageCacheFree (ImageInfo &info) - |
-void -Releases the image cache memory. - |
-
UIMalloc (uint32_t size) - |
-void * -Applies for memory for the graphics module. You can implement this function to override the malloc and new functions. - |
-
UIFree (void *buffer) - |
-void -Releases memory for the graphics module. You can implement this function to override the free and delete functions. - |
-
Rotate (const Vector2< int16_t > &point, int16_t angle, const Vector2< int16_t > &pivot, Vector2< int16_t > &out) - |
-void -Rotates a point around the pivot by a certain angle. - |
-
Rotate (const Line &origLine, int16_t angle, const Vector2< int16_t > &pivot, Line &out) - |
-void -Rotates a line around the pivot by a certain angle. - |
-
Rotate (const Rect &origRect, int16_t angle, const Vector2< int16_t > &pivot, Polygon &out) - |
-void -Rotates a rectangle around the pivot by a certain angle. - |
-
GetVersion () - |
-std::string -Obtains the version number of the graphics module. - |
-
GetLibDsc () - |
-std::string -Obtains the library description of the graphics module. - |
-
Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
| uint8_t | -langFontId [in] the font id | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
OSAL_WRITEB(value, address) writeb(value, address) - |
-- | -
OSAL_WRITEW(value, address) writew(value, address) - |
-- | -
OSAL_WRITEL(value, address) writel(value, address) - |
-- | -
OSAL_READB(address) readb(address) - |
-- | -
OSAL_READW(address) readw(address) - |
-- | -
OSAL_READL(address) readl(address) - |
-- | -
OSAL_DECLARE_MUTEX (mutex) struct OsalMutex mutex - |
-- | -
OSAL_DECLARE_SEMAPHORE (sem) struct OsalSem sem - |
-- | -
OSAL_DECLARE_SPINLOCK (spinlock) OsalSpinlock spinlock - |
-- | -
OSAL_DECLARE_THREAD (thread) struct OsalThread thread - |
-- | -
OSAL_DECLARE_TIMER (timer) OsalTimer timer - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OSAL_IRQ_TRIGGER_MODE { OSAL_IRQF_TRIGGER_NONE = 0, OSAL_IRQF_TRIGGER_RISING = 1, OSAL_IRQF_TRIGGER_FALLING = 2, OSAL_IRQF_TRIGGER_HIGH = 4, OSAL_IRQF_TRIGGER_LOW = 8 } - |
-- | -
OSAL_THREAD_PRIORITY { OSAL_THREAD_PRI_LOW, OSAL_THREAD_PRI_DEFAULT, OSAL_THREAD_PRI_HIGH, OSAL_THREAD_PRI_HIGHEST } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
OsalAtomicRead (const OsalAtomic *v) - |
-- - | -
OsalAtomicSet (OsalAtomic *v, int32_t counter) - |
-- - | -
OsalAtomicInc (OsalAtomic *v) - |
-- - | -
OsalAtomicDec (OsalAtomic *v) - |
-- - | -
OsalTestBit (unsigned long nr, const volatile unsigned long *addr) - |
-- - | -
OsalTestSetBit (unsigned long nr, volatile unsigned long *addr) - |
-
- Sets the value of a specified bit of the variable and returns the bit value before the setting. - |
-
OsalTestClearBit (unsigned long nr, volatile unsigned long *addr) - |
-
- Clears the value of a specified bit of the variable and returns the bit value before clearing. - |
-
OsalClearBit (unsigned long nr, volatile unsigned long *addr) - |
-- - | -
OsalFileOpen (OsalFile *file, const char *path, int flags, uint32_t rights) - |
-- - | -
OsalFileWrite (OsalFile *file, const void *string, uint32_t length) - |
-- - | -
OsalFileClose (OsalFile *file) - |
-- - | -
OsalFileRead (OsalFile *file, void *buf, uint32_t length) - |
-- - | -
OsalFileLseek (OsalFile *file, off_t offset, int32_t whence) - |
-- - | -
OsalRequestFirmware (struct OsalFirmware *fw, const char *fwName, void *device) - |
-
- Requests a firmware file based on its name and device information. - |
-
OsalSeekFirmware (struct OsalFirmware *fw, uint32_t offset) - |
-- - | -
OsalReadFirmware (struct OsalFirmware *fw, struct OsalFwBlock *block) - |
-- - | -
OsalReleaseFirmware (struct OsalFirmware *fw) - |
-- | -
OsalIoRemap (unsigned long phys_addr, unsigned long size) - |
-- - | -
OsalIoUnmap (void *addr) - |
-
- Unmaps an I/O virtual address associated with the physical address. - |
-
OsalRegisterIrq (uint32_t irqId, uint32_t config, OsalIRQHandle handle, const char *name, void *dev) - |
-- - | -
OsalUnregisterIrq (uint32_t irqId) - |
-- - | -
OsalEnableIrq (uint32_t irqId) - |
-- - | -
OsalDisableIrq (uint32_t irqId) - |
-- - | -
OsalMemAlloc (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
OsalMemCalloc (size_t size) - |
-
- Allocates memory of a specified size, and clears the allocated memory. - |
-
OsalMemAllocAlign (size_t alignment, size_t size) - |
-
- Allocates memory of a specified size, and aligns the memory address on a given boundary. - |
-
OsalMemFree (void *mem) - |
-- - | -
OsalMutexInit (struct OsalMutex *mutex) - |
-- - | -
OsalMutexDestroy (struct OsalMutex *mutex) - |
-- - | -
OsalMutexLock (struct OsalMutex *mutex) - |
-- - | -
OsalMutexTimedLock (struct OsalMutex *mutex, uint32_t ms) - |
-- - | -
OsalMutexUnlock (struct OsalMutex *mutex) - |
-- - | -
OsalSemInit (struct OsalSem *sem, uint32_t value) - |
-- - | -
OsalSemWait (struct OsalSem *sem, uint32_t ms) - |
-- - | -
OsalSemPost (struct OsalSem *sem) - |
-- - | -
OsalSemDestroy (struct OsalSem *sem) - |
-- - | -
OsalSpinInit (OsalSpinlock *spinlock) - |
-- - | -
OsalSpinDestroy (OsalSpinlock *spinlock) - |
-- - | -
OsalSpinLock (OsalSpinlock *spinlock) - |
-- - | -
OsalSpinUnlock (OsalSpinlock *spinlock) - |
-- - | -
OsalSpinLockIrq (OsalSpinlock *spinlock) - |
-- - | -
OsalSpinUnlockIrq (OsalSpinlock *spinlock) - |
-- - | -
OsalSpinLockIrqSave (OsalSpinlock *spinlock, uint32_t *flags) - |
-- - | -
OsalSpinUnlockIrqRestore (OsalSpinlock *spinlock, uint32_t *flags) - |
-
- Releases a spinlock, enables the IRQ, and restores the saved IRQ status. - |
-
OsalThreadCreate (struct OsalThread *thread, OsalThreadEntry threadEntry, void *entryPara) - |
-- - | -
OsalThreadStart (struct OsalThread *thread, const struct OsalThreadParam *param) - |
-- - | -
OsalThreadDestroy (struct OsalThread *thread) - |
-- - | -
OsalThreadSuspend (struct OsalThread *thread) - |
-- - | -
OsalThreadResume (struct OsalThread *thread) - |
-- - | -
OsalSleep (uint32_t sec) - |
-- - | -
OsalMSleep (uint32_t ms) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OsalDiffTime (const OsalTimespec *start, const OsalTimespec *end, OsalTimespec *diff) - |
-- - | -
OsalGetSysTimeMs (void) - |
-- - | -
OsalMDelay (uint32_t ms) - |
-- - | -
OsalUDelay (uint32_t us) - |
-- - | -
OsalTimerCreate (OsalTimer *timer, uint32_t interval, OsalTimerFunc func, uintptr_t arg) - |
-- - | -
OsalTimerDelete (OsalTimer *timer) - |
-- - | -
OsalTimerStartOnce (OsalTimer *timer) - |
-- - | -
OsalTimerStartLoop (OsalTimer *timer) - |
-- - | -
OsalTimerSetTimeout (OsalTimer *timer, uint32_t interval) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| address | -Indicates the address to read. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| address | -Indicates the address to read. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| address | -Indicates the address to read. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| value | -Indicates the data to write. | -
| address | -Indicates the address to write. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| value | -Indicates the data to write. | -
| address | -Indicates the address to write. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| value | -Indicates the data to write. | -
| address | -Indicates the address to write. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| OSAL_IRQF_TRIGGER_NONE | -- | -
| OSAL_IRQF_TRIGGER_RISING | -- | -
| OSAL_IRQF_TRIGGER_FALLING | -- | -
| OSAL_IRQF_TRIGGER_HIGH | -- | -
| OSAL_IRQF_TRIGGER_LOW | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| OSAL_THREAD_PRI_LOW | -- | -
| OSAL_THREAD_PRI_DEFAULT | -- | -
| OSAL_THREAD_PRI_HIGH | -- | -
| OSAL_THREAD_PRI_HIGHEST | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| v | -Indicates the pointer to the atomic OsalAtomic. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| v | -Indicates the pointer to the atomic OsalAtomic. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| v | -Indicates the pointer to the atomic OsalAtomic. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| v | -Indicates the pointer to the atomic OsalAtomic. | -
| counter | -Indicates the counter to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| nr | -Indicates the bit of the variable. The value ranges from 0 to 31. | -
| addr | -Indicates the pointer to the variable. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| start | -Indicates the pointer to the start time OsalTimespec. | -
| end | -Indicates the pointer to the end time OsalTimespec. | -
| diff | -Indicates the pointer to the time difference OsalTimespec. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| irqId | -Indicates the IRQ ID. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| irqId | -Indicates the IRQ ID. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| file | -Indicates the pointer to the file type OsalFile. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| file | -Indicates the pointer to the file type OsalFile. | -
| offset | -Indicates the offset to set. | -
| whence | -Indicates the position from which the offset is to set. For details, see OSAL_SEEK_SET. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| file | -Indicates the pointer to the file type OsalFile. | -
| path | -Indicates the pointer to the name of the file to open. | -
| flags | -Indicates the mode of opening the file. For details, see OSAL_O_RD_ONLY. | -
| rights | -Indicates the permissions required for opening the file. For details, see OSAL_S_IREAD. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| file | -Indicates the pointer to the file type OsalFile. | -
| buf | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer for storing the content to read. | -
| length | -Indicates the length of the content to read. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
HDF_FAILURE HDF_STATUS - |
-- | -
HDF_ERR_INVALID_PARAM HDF_STATUS - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| file | -Indicates the pointer to the file type OsalFile. | -
| string | -Indicates the pointer to the content to write. | -
| length | -Indicates the length of the content to write. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
HDF_FAILURE HDF_STATUS - |
-- | -
HDF_ERR_INVALID_PARAM HDF_STATUS - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| time | -Indicates the pointer to the time structure OsalTimespec. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| phys_addr | -Indicates the I/O physical address. | -
| size | -Indicates the size of the physical address to remap. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| addr | -Indicates the pointer to the virtual address to unmap. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ms | -Indicates the delay time, in milliseconds. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| size | -Indicates the size of memory to allocate. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| alignment | -Indicates the memory boundary alignment. The value must be a power of 2. | -
| size | -Indicates the size of memory to allocate. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| size | -Indicates the size of memory to allocate. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| mem | -Indicates the pointer to the memory to release. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ms | -Indicates the sleep time, in milliseconds. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| mutex | -Indicates the pointer to the mutex OsalMutex. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| mutex | -Indicates the pointer to the mutex OsalMutex. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Failed to invoke the system function to initialize the mutex. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| mutex | -Indicates the pointer to the mutex OsalMutex. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| mutex | -Indicates the pointer to the mutex OsalMutex. | -
| ms | -Indicates the timeout duration, in milliseconds. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| mutex | -Indicates the pointer to the mutex OsalMutex. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fw | -Indicates the pointer to the firmware file OsalFirmware. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| irqId | -Indicates the IRQ ID. | -
| config | -Indicates the interrupt trigger mode. For details, see OSAL_IRQ_TRIGGER_MODE. | -
| handle | -Indicates the interrupt processing function. | -
| name | -Indicates the pointer to the device name for registering an IRQ. | -
| dev | -Indicates the pointer to the parameter passed to the interrupt processing function. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | fw Firmware parameter, see detail in OsalFirmware block Firmware data block, see detail in hdf_FWBlock | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fw | -Indicates the pointer to the firmware file OsalFirmware, which cannot be empty. | -
| fwName | -Indicates the pointer to the firmware file name, which cannot be empty. | -
| device | -Indicates the pointer to the information about the device that requests the firmware file. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fw | -Indicates the pointer to the firmware file OsalFirmware. | -
| block | -Indicates the pointer to the firmware block to read. For details, see OsalFwBlock. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sem | -Indicates the pointer to the semaphore OsalSem. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Failed to invoke the system function to destroy the semaphore. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sem | -Indicates the pointer to the semaphore OsalSem. | -
| value | -Indicates the initial value of the semaphore. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Failed to invoke the system function to initialize the semaphore. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sem | -Indicates the pointer to the semaphore OsalSem. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Failed to invoke the system function to release the semaphore. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sem | -Indicates the pointer to the semaphore OsalSem. | -
| ms | -Indicates the timeout interval. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Failed to invoke the system function to wait for the semaphore. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sec | -Indicates the sleep time, in seconds. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| spinlock | -Indicates the pointer to the spinlock OsalSpinlock. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Failed to invoke the system function to destroy the spinlock. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| spinlock | -Indicates the pointer to the spinlock OsalSpinlock. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Failed to invoke the system function to initialize the spinlock. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| spinlock | -Indicates the pointer to the spinlock OsalSpinlock. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Failed to invoke the system function to obtain the spinlock. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| spinlock | -Indicates the pointer to the spinlock OsalSpinlock. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Failed to invoke the system function to obtain the spinlock. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| spinlock | -Indicates the pointer to the spinlock OsalSpinlock. | -
| flags | -Indicates the pointer to the status of the IRQ register. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Failed to invoke the system function to obtain the spinlock. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| spinlock | -Indicates the pointer to the spinlock OsalSpinlock. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Failed to invoke the system function to release the spinlock. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| spinlock | -Indicates the pointer to the spinlock OsalSpinlock. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Failed to invoke the system function to release the spinlock. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| spinlock | -Indicates the pointer to the spinlock OsalSpinlock. | -
| flags | -Indicates the pointer to the value used to restore the IRQ register. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Failed to invoke the system function to release the spinlock. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| nr | -Indicates the bit of the variable. The value ranges from 0 to 31. | -
| addr | -Indicates the pointer to the variable. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| nr | -Indicates the bit of the variable. The value ranges from 0 to 31. | -
| addr | -Indicates the pointer to the variable. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| nr | -Indicates the bit of the variable. The value ranges from 0 to 31. | -
| addr | -Indicates the pointer to the variable. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| thread | -Indicates the pointer to the thread OsalThread. | -
| threadEntry | -Indicates the thread callback function OsalThreadEntry. | -
| entryPara | -Indicates the pointer to the parameter passed to the thread callback function. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| thread | -Indicates the pointer to the thread OsalThread. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| thread | -Indicates the pointer to the thread OsalThread. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| thread | -Indicates the pointer to the thread OsalThread. | -
| param | -Indicates the pointer to the parameter used to start a thread. For details, see OsalThreadParam. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| thread | -Indicates the pointer to the thread OsalThread. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| timer | -Indicates the pointer to the timer OsalTimer. | -
| interval | -Indicates the timer interval. | -
| func | -Indicates the timer execution function OsalTimerFunc. | -
| arg | -Indicates the argument passed to the timer execution function. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| timer | -Indicates the pointer to the timer OsalTimer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| timer | -Indicates the pointer to the timer OsalTimer. | -
| interval | -Indicates the timer interval, in milliseconds. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| timer | -Indicates the pointer to the timer OsalTimer. | -
| interval | -Indicates the timer interval, in milliseconds. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| timer | -Indicates the pointer to the timer OsalTimer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| us | -Indicates the delay time, in microseconds. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| irqId | -Indicates the IRQ ID. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
File Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
| - | -Defines the functions for system upgrades. - |
-
Function Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
HotaSetPackageType (unsigned int flag) - |
-int -Sets the switch for using the default upgrade package format. - |
-
HotaGetUpdateIndex (unsigned int *index) - |
-int -Obtains the index of the A/B partition to be upgraded. - |
-
HotaInit (ErrorCallBackFunc errorCallback, StatusCallBackFunc statusCallback) - |
-int -Initializes the OTA module. - |
-
HotaWrite (unsigned char *buffer, unsigned int offset, unsigned int buffSize) - |
-int -Writes specified data into flash memory. - |
-
HotaRead (unsigned int offset, unsigned int bufLen, unsigned char *buf) - |
-int -Reads the data that has been written into flash memory. - |
-
HotaCancel (void) - |
-int -Cancels an upgrade. - |
-
HotaSetBootSettings (void) - |
-int -Sets the system state to be upgrading after data has been written into flash memory by HotaWrite. - |
-
HotaRestart (void) - |
-int -Restarts the system after an upgrade. - |
-
Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
| index | -Indicates the index of a partition. The value 1 means partition A, and 2 means partition B. | -
Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
| errorCallback | -Indicates the callback invoked when an error occurs during the upgrade. This parameter can be null. | -
| statusCallback | -Indicates the callback invoked when the upgrade status changes. This parameter can be null. | -
Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
| offset | -Indicates the offset from where to start reading data. | -
| bufLen | -Indicates the length of the data to be read. | -
| buf | -Indicates the buffer to store the data that has been read. | -
Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
| flag | -Specifies whether to use the default system upgrade package format. The value 1 (default value) means to use it, and 0 means not to use it. | -
Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
| buffer | -Indicates the data to be written into flash memory. | -
| offset | -Indicates the offset from where to start writing data. | -
| buffSize | -Indicates the size of the data to be written. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
CheckPermission (int uid, const char *permissionName) - |
-
- Checks whether the caller (generally a third-party application) has a specified permission of a system service API. - |
-
CheckSelfPermission (const char *permissionName) - |
-
- Checks whether the caller (generally a third-party application) has a specified permission of a system service API. - |
-
QueryPermission (const char *identifier, PermissionSaved **permissions, int *permNum) - |
-
- Queries all permissions requested by the application and checks whether these permissions are granted. - |
-
GrantPermission (const char *identifier, const char *permName) - |
-- - | -
RevokePermission (const char *identifier, const char *permName) - |
-- - | -
GrantRuntimePermission (int uid, const char *permissionName) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| uid | -Indicates the process uid of the caller. The range is [0, INT_MAX]. | -
| permissionName | -Indicates the pointer to the permission name. For details, see the developer documentation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| permissionName | -Indicates the pointer to the permission name. For details, see the developer documentation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| identifier | -Indicates the pointer to the application bundle name. | -
| permName | -Indicates the pointer to the permission name. For details, see the developer documentation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| uid | -Indicates the user ID of the application. The range is [0, INT_MAX]. | -
| permissionName | -Indicates the pointer to the permission name. For details, see the developer documentation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| identifier | -Indicates the pointer to the application bundle name. | -
| permissions | -Indicates the double pointer to the array of permissions. You need to pass the PermissionSaved pointer and release it after finishing using it. | -
| permNum | -Indicates the pointer to the number of permissions in the array, which is an integer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| identifier | -Indicates the pointer to the application bundle name. | -
| permName | -Indicates the pointer to the permission name. For details, see the developer documentation. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the capability of ignoring discretionary access control (DAC) restrictions on files. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the capability of ignoring DAC restrictions on file read and search. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the capability of ignoring the restrictions on the matching between the user ID of the file owner and process ID. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the capability of ignoring the restrictions on sending signals to processes that do not belong to themselves. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the capability of changing the group ID of a process. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the capability of changing the user ID of a process. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the capability of transferring capabilities to other processes and deleting capabilities. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the capability of network broadcasting or multicasting. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the capability of executing network management tasks. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the capability of executing system management tasks. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the capability of changing the file ownership. This macro is used by ohos_capset. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the capability of ignoring DAC restrictions on file execution. This macro is used by ohos_capset. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the capability of ignoring DAC restrictions on file write. This macro is used by ohos_capset. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the capability of ignoring DAC restrictions on file read and search. This macro is used by ohos_capset. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the capability of ignoring the restrictions on the matching between the user ID of the file owner and process ID. This macro is used by ohos_capset. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the capability of ignoring the restrictions on sending signals to processes that do not belong to themselves. This macro is used by ohos_capset. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the capability of changing the group ID of a process. This macro is used by ohos_capset. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the capability of changing the user ID of a process. This macro is used by ohos_capset. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the capability of binding a port. This macro is used by ohos_capset. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the capability of network broadcasting or multicasting. This macro is used by ohos_capset. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the capability of executing network management tasks. This macro is used by ohos_capset. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the capability of using raw sockets. This macro is used by ohos_capset. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the capability of mounting the file system. This macro is used by ohos_capset. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the capability of formatting the file system. This macro is used by ohos_capset. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the capability of setting the scheduling priority. This macro is used by ohos_capset. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the capability of setting the date. This macro is used by ohos_capset. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the capability of setting the clock. This macro is used by ohos_capset. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the capability of setting the capabilities. This macro is used by ohos_capset. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the capability of rebooting system. This macro is used by ohos_capset. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the capability of calling shell. This macro is used by ohos_capset. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -typedef struct __user_cap_header_struct * - - |
-
| - | -typedef struct __user_cap_data_struct * - - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
pthread_create (pthread_t *thread, const pthread_attr_t *attr, void *(*start_routine)(void *), void *arg) - |
-- - | -
pthread_detach (pthread_t thread) - |
-- - | -
pthread_exit (void *retval) - |
-- - | -
pthread_join (pthread_t thread, void **retval) - |
-- - | -
pthread_self (void) - |
-- - | -
pthread_equal (pthread_t t1, pthread_t t2) - |
-- - | -
pthread_setcancelstate (int state, int *oldstate) - |
-- - | -
pthread_setcanceltype (int type, int *oldtype) - |
-- - | -
pthread_testcancel (void) - |
-- - | -
pthread_cancel (pthread_t thread) - |
-- - | -
pthread_kill (pthread_t thread, int sig) - |
-- - | -
pthread_getschedparam (pthread_t thread, int *policy, struct sched_param *param) - |
-- - | -
pthread_setschedparam (pthread_t thread, int policy, const struct sched_param *param) - |
-- - | -
pthread_setschedprio (pthread_t thread, int prio) - |
-- - | -
pthread_once (pthread_once_t *once_control, void(*init_routine)(void)) - |
-- - | -
pthread_mutex_init (pthread_mutex_t *__restrict m, const pthread_mutexattr_t *__restrict a) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
pthread_mutex_timedlock (pthread_mutex_t *__restrict m, const struct timespec *__restrict at) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
pthread_cond_init (pthread_cond_t *__restrict c, const pthread_condattr_t *__restrict a) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
pthread_cond_wait (pthread_cond_t *__restrict c, pthread_mutex_t *__restrict m) - |
-
- Blocks the calling thread to wait for the condition set by pthread_con_signal(). - |
-
pthread_cond_timedwait (pthread_cond_t *__restrict c, pthread_mutex_t *__restrict m, const struct timespec *__restrict ts) - |
-
- Blocks the calling thread to wait for the condition set by pthread_con_signal() for a period of time specified by ts. - |
-
| - | -
- Unblocks all threads that are currently blocked on the condition variable cond. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
pthread_rwlock_init (pthread_rwlock_t *__restrict rw, const pthread_rwlockattr_t *__restrict a) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
pthread_rwlock_timedrdlock (pthread_rwlock_t *__restrict rw, const struct timespec *__restrict at) - |
-
- Blocks the calling thread to lock a read-write lock for reading. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
pthread_rwlock_timedwrlock (pthread_rwlock_t *__restrict rw, const struct timespec *__restrict at) - |
-
- Blocks the calling thread to lock a read-write lock for writing. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
pthread_spin_init (pthread_spinlock_t *s, int shared) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
pthread_barrier_init (pthread_barrier_t *__restrict b, const pthread_barrierattr_t *__restrict a, unsigned count) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
pthread_key_create (pthread_key_t *key, void(*destructor)(void *)) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
pthread_setspecific (pthread_key_t key, const void *value) - |
-- - | -
pthread_attr_init (pthread_attr_t *attr) - |
-- - | -
pthread_attr_destroy (pthread_attr_t *attr) - |
-- - | -
pthread_attr_getguardsize (const pthread_attr_t *attr, size_t *guardsize) - |
-- - | -
pthread_attr_setguardsize (pthread_attr_t *attr, size_t guardsize) - |
-- - | -
pthread_attr_getstacksize (const pthread_attr_t *attr, size_t *stacksize) - |
-- - | -
pthread_attr_setstacksize (pthread_attr_t *attr, size_t stacksize) - |
-- - | -
pthread_attr_getdetachstate (const pthread_attr_t *attr, int *detachstate) - |
-- - | -
pthread_attr_setdetachstate (pthread_attr_t *attr, int detachstate) - |
-- - | -
pthread_attr_getstack (const pthread_attr_t *attr, void **stackaddr, size_t *stacksize) - |
-- - | -
pthread_attr_setstack (pthread_attr_t *attr, void *stackaddr, size_t stacksize) - |
-- - | -
pthread_attr_getscope (const pthread_attr_t *attr, int *scope) - |
-
- Obtains contention scope attributes of a thread attribute object. - |
-
pthread_attr_setscope (pthread_attr_t *attr, int scope) - |
-
- Sets contention scope attributes for a thread attribute object. - |
-
pthread_attr_getschedpolicy (const pthread_attr_t *attr, int *schedpolicy) - |
-
- Obtains scheduling policy attributes of a thread attribute object. - |
-
pthread_attr_setschedpolicy (pthread_attr_t *attr, int schedpolicy) - |
-
- Sets scheduling policy attributes for a thread attribute object. - |
-
pthread_attr_getschedparam (const pthread_attr_t *attr, struct sched_param *param) - |
-
- Obtains scheduling parameter attributes of a thread attribute object. - |
-
pthread_attr_setschedparam (pthread_attr_t *attr, const struct sched_param *param) - |
-
- Sets scheduling parameter attributes for a thread attribute object. - |
-
pthread_attr_getinheritsched (const pthread_attr_t *attr, int *inheritsched) - |
-
- Obtains inherit scheduler attributes of a thread attribute object. - |
-
pthread_attr_setinheritsched (pthread_attr_t *attr, int inheritsched) - |
-
- Sets inherit scheduler attributes for a thread attribute object. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
pthread_mutexattr_gettype (const pthread_mutexattr_t *__restrict attr, int *__restrict type) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
pthread_mutexattr_settype (pthread_mutexattr_t *attr, int type) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
pthread_condattr_setclock (pthread_condattr_t *a, clockid_t clk) - |
-- - | -
pthread_condattr_getclock (const pthread_condattr_t *__restrict a, clockid_t *__restrict clk) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
pthread_atfork (void(*prepare)(void), void(*parent)(void), void(*child)(void)) - |
-
- Registers a fork handler to be called before and after fork(). - |
-
pthread_cleanup_push (void(*routine)(void *), void *arg) - |
-
- Pushes the routine to the top of the clean-up handler stack. - |
-
pthread_cleanup_pop (int execute) - |
-
- Removes the routine at the top of the clean-up handler stack. - |
-
pthread_getattr_np (pthread_t thread, pthread_attr_t *attr) - |
-- - | -
pthread_setname_np (pthread_t pthread, const char *name) - |
-- - | -
pthread_getaffinity_np (pthread_t td, size_t size, cpu_set_t *set) - |
-- - | -
pthread_setaffinity_np (pthread_t td, size_t size, const cpu_set_t *set) - |
-- - | -
sched_get_priority_max (int policy) - |
-
- Obtains the maximum static priority that can be used for a process. - |
-
sched_get_priority_min (int policy) - |
-
- Obtains the minimum static priority that can be used for a process. - |
-
sched_getparam (pid_t pid, struct sched_param *param) - |
-- - | -
sched_getscheduler (pid_t pid) - |
-- - | -
sched_rr_get_interval (pid_t pid, struct timespec *interval) - |
-- - | -
sched_setparam (pid_t pid, const struct sched_param *param) - |
-
- Sets scheduling parameters related to a scheduling policy for a process. - |
-
sched_setscheduler (pid_t pid, int policy, const struct sched_param *param) - |
-- - | -
sched_yield (void) - |
-- - | -
capget (cap_user_header_t hdr_ptr, cap_user_data_t data_ptr) - |
-
- Obtains the capability information of a specified process based on the input parameters (compatible with the Linux API format). - |
-
capset (cap_user_header_t hdr_ptr, const cap_user_data_t data_ptr) - |
-
- Sets the capability information for a specified process based on the input parameters (compatible with the Linux API format). - |
-
ohos_capget (pid_t pid, unsigned int *caps) - |
-
- Obtains the capability information of the specified process process based on the input parameters. - |
-
ohos_capset (unsigned int caps) - |
-
- Sets the capability information of the current process based on the input parameters. - |
-
getpriority (int which, id_t who) - |
-- - | -
setpriority (int which, id_t who, int value) - |
-- - | -
wait (int *status) - |
-
- Waits for any child process to end and reclaims its resources. - |
-
| - | -
- Waits for a specified child process to end and reclaims its resources. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| hdr_ptr | -Indicates the data structure required for this function call, including the API version and the target PID. | -
| data_ptr | -Indicates the buffer space for storing the process capabilities. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| which | -Indicates a specified value, which can be: - | -
| who | -Indicates the specified ID. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| pid | -Indicates the specified process. | -
| caps | -Indicates the pointer to the memory address for storing the obtained capability information of a specified process. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| prepare | -Indicates the pointer to the fork handler to be called before fork(). | -
| parent | -Indicates the pointer to the fork handler to be called after fork() in the parent process. | -
| child | -Indicates the pointer to the fork handler to be called after fork() in the child process. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the thread attribute object to destroy. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the target thread attribute object. | -
| detachstate | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained detach state. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the target thread attribute object. | -
| guardsize | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained guard size. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the target thread attribute object. | -
| inheritsched | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained inherit scheduler attributes. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the target thread attribute object. | -
| param | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained scheduling parameter attributes. Only the thread priority is supported. The priority ranges from 0 (highest priority) to 31 (lowest priority). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the target thread attribute object. | -
| scope | -Indicates the pointer to the start address of the buffer that stores the target thread attribute object. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the target thread attribute object. | -
| stackaddr | -Indicates the double pointer to the start address of the buffer that stores the obtained stack attributes. | -
| stacksize | -Indicates the pointer to the size of the buffer that stores the obtained stack attributes. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the target thread attribute object. | -
| stacksize | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained stack size. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the thread attribute object that is successfully initialized. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the target thread attribute object. | -
| detachstate | -Indicates the detach state to set. Available values are as follows: | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the target thread attribute object. | -
| guardsize | -Indicates the guard size to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the target thread attribute object. | -
| inheritsched | -Indicates the inherit scheduler attributes to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the target thread attribute object. | -
| param | -Indicates the pointer to the scheduling parameter attributes to set. Only the thread priority is supported. The priority ranges from 0 (highest priority) to 31 (lowest priority). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the target thread attribute object. | -
| schedpolicy | -Indicates the scheduling policy attributes to set. Only SCHED_FIFO and SCHED_RR are supported. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the thread attribute object. | -
| stackaddr | -Indicates the pointer to the start address of the buffer that stores the stack attributes to set. | -
| stacksize | -Indicates the size of the buffer that stores the stack attributes to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the target thread attribute object. | -
| stacksize | -Indicates the stack size. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| b | -Indicates the pointer to the barrier to destroy. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| b | -Indicates the pointer to the barrier to initialize. | -
| a | -Indicates the pointer to the barrier attribute object. If this parameter is set to NULL, the default barrier attributes are used. | -
| count | -Indicates the number of threads that must call pthread_barrier_wait() before any of them successfully returns from the call. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -The value of count is greater than the maximum number of threads to block. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| b | -Indicates the pointer to the barrier to be used for synchronization. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| a | -Indicates the pointer to the barrier attribute object to destroy. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| a | -Indicates the pointer to the barrier attribute object to initialize. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| thread | -Indicates the thread to receive the cancellation request. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| execute | -Specifies whether the routine at the top of the clean-up handler stack should be executed. If this parameter is set to a non-zero value, the routine at the top of the clean-up handler stack must be popped and executed. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| routine | -Indicates the pointer to the routine used to complete the clean-up. | -
| arg | -Indicates the parameter to be passed to the routine. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the pointer to the condition variable to broadcast. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the pointer to the condition variable to destroy. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the pointer to the condition variable to signal. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the pointer to the condition variable to wait for. | -
| m | -Indicates the pointer to the mutex associated with the condition variable. | -
| ts | -Indicates the pointer to the absolute system time when the calling thread stops blocking. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the pointer to the condition variable to wait for. | -
| m | -Indicates the pointer to the mutex associated with the condition variable. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| a | -Indicates the pointer to the variable that contains the condition variable attributes. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| a | -Indicates the pointer to the variable that contains the condition variable attributes. | -
| clk | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained clock ID. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| a | -Indicates the pointer to the variable that contains the condition variable attributes. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| a | -Indicates the pointer to the variable that contains the condition variable attributes. | -
| clk | -Indicates the ID of the clock to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Insufficient resource, or the maximum number of threads allowed by the system reached. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| thread | -Indicates the ID of the user-level thread to detach. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| t1 | -Indicates the first thread. | -
| t2 | -Indicates the second thread. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| retval | -Indicates the pointer to the return value after the thread is terminated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| td | -Indicates the thread whose affinity is to be obtained. | -
| size | -The size of the cpu_set_t struct. | -
| set | -The pointer to the cpu_set_t struct recording the getting affinity. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -The size is not equal to the cpu_set_t or the td is invalid. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| thread | -Indicates the thread that has been created. | -
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the attribute values that describe the running thread. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -No permission to obtain the specified scheduling policy and parameters. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key bound to the thread data. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| thread | -Indicates the target thread. | -
| retval | -Indicates the double pointer to the exit or cancellation status of the target thread. This parameter can be NULL. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -The thread is not joinable, or the target thread is the calling thread. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the pointer to the key to set for the thread data. | -
| destructor | -Indicates the pointer to the function to be bound to the key. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -The system lacks the necessary resources to create another thread-specific key, or the number of keys exceeds the limit specified by PTHREAD_KEYS_MAX for each process. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the pointer to the key to delete for the thread data. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| thread | -Indicates the thread to receive the signal. | -
| sig | -Indicates the signal to send. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| m | -Indicates the pointer to the mutex to destroy. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| m | -Indicates the pointer to the mutex to lock. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| m | -Indicates the pointer to the mutex to lock. | -
| at | -Indicates the pointer to the maximum duration that the calling thread waits for the mutex. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -The maximum number of recursive locks for the mutex has been exceeded. - |
-
| - | -The mutex cannot be acquired within the specified period of time. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| m | -Indicates the pointer to the mutex to lock. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -The maximum number of recursive locks for the mutex has been exceeded. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| m | -Indicates the pointer to the mutex to unlock. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the target mutex attribute object. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the mutex attribute object. | -
| type | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained mutex type attribute. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the target mutex attribute object. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the mutex attribute object. | -
| type | -Indicates the type of the mutex. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| rw | -Indicates the pointer to the read-write lock to destroy. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| rw | -Indicates the pointer to the target read-write lock. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| rw | -Indicates the pointer to the read-write lock to lock. | -
| at | -Indicates the maximum duration that the calling thread waits for the read-write lock. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -The read-write lock cannot be acquired within the specified period of time. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| rw | -Indicates the pointer to the read-write lock to lock. | -
| at | -Indicates the pointer to the maximum duration that the calling thread waits for the read-write lock. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -The read-write lock cannot be acquired within the specified period of time. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| rw | -Indicates the pointer to the target read-write lock. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| rw | -Indicates the pointer to the read-write lock to lock. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| rw | -Indicates the pointer to the read-write lock to unlock. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| rw | -Indicates the pointer to the read-write lock to lock. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the read-write lock attribute object to destroy. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| attr | -Indicates the pointer to the read-write lock attribute object to initialize. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| td | -Indicates the thread whose affinity is to be changed. | -
| size | -The size of the cpu_set_t struct. | -
| set | -The pointer to the cpu_set_t struct recording the setting affinity. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -The size is not equal to the cpu_set_t or the td is invalid. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| state | -Indicates the cancelability state to set. Available values are as follows: | -
| oldstate | -Indicates the pointer to the previous cancelability state before the setting. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| type | -Indicates the cancelability type to set. Available values are as follows: | -
| oldtype | -Indicates the pointer to the previous cancelability type before the setting. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -The thread is canceled immediately upon receiving a cancellation request. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| thread | -Indicates the thread whose name is to be changed. | -
| name | -Indicates the pointer to the thread name to set. The value contains a maximum of 16 characters, including the terminating null byte ('\0'). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -No permission to set the specified scheduling policy and parameters. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| thread | -Indicates the target thread. | -
| priority | -Indicates the static scheduling priority to set. The value ranges from 0 (highest priority) to 31 (lowest priority). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -No permission to set the specified scheduling policy and parameters. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key bound to the thread data. | -
| value | -Indicates the pointer to the thread data to be bound to the key. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the spin lock to destroy. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the spin lock to initialize. | -
| shared | -Indicates thread process-shared synchronization, which is not supported. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the spin lock to lock. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the spin lock to lock. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the spin lock to unlock. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| policy | -Indicates the scheduling policy. The value can be SCHED_FIFO or SCHED_RR, but not SCHED_OTHER, SCHED_BATCH, SCHED_IDLE, or SCHED_DEADLINE. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Invalid parameter. The value of policy is not a defined scheduling policy. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| policy | -Indicates the scheduling policy. The value can be SCHED_FIFO or SCHED_RR, but not SCHED_OTHER, SCHED_BATCH, SCHED_IDLE, or SCHED_DEADLINE. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Invalid parameter. The value of policy is not a defined scheduling policy. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| pid | -Indicates the ID of the process for which the scheduling policy is to be obtained. If this parameter is set to 0, the scheduling policy of the calling process is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -An error occurred when copying information to the user space. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| which | -Indicates a specified value, which can be: - | -
| who | -Indicates the specified ID. | -
| value | -Indicates the target priority to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| status | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained status information. If this parameter is not NULL, the status information is stored in the int value that it points to. You can use the following macros defined in private.h to check the integer (the macro uses the integer as a parameter instead of the pointer that points to it):
|
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -The child process does not exist, or the specified process group does not exist. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| pid | -Indicates the ID of the child process to wait for.
|
-
| status | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained status information. If this parameter is not NULL, the status information is stored in the int value that it points to. You can use the following macros defined in private.h to check the integer (the macro uses the integer as a parameter instead of the pointer that points to it):
|
-
| options | -Provides some options to control the behavior of this function. If you do not want to use these options, set this parameter to 0. WNOHANG: If the child process specified by pid is not ended, this function returns 0 immediately instead of blocking the calling process. If the child process is ended, the process ID of the child process is returned. WUNTRACED, WEXITED, WSTOPPED, WCONTINUED, and WNOWAIT are not supported. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -The child process does not exist, or the specified process group does not exist. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GetParameter (const char *key, const char *def, char *value, unsigned int len) - |
-- - | -
SetParameter (const char *key, const char *value) - |
-- - | -
GetProductType (void) - |
-- - | -
GetManufacture (void) - |
-- - | -
GetBrand (void) - |
-- - | -
GetMarketName (void) - |
-- - | -
GetProductSeries (void) - |
-- - | -
GetProductModel (void) - |
-- - | -
GetSoftwareModel (void) - |
-- - | -
GetHardwareModel (void) - |
-- - | -
GetHardwareProfile (void) - |
-- - | -
GetSerial (void) - |
-- - | -
GetOsName (void) - |
-- - | -
GetDisplayVersion (void) - |
-- - | -
GetBootloaderVersion (void) - |
-- - | -
GetSecurityPatchTag (void) - |
-- - | -
GetAbiList (void) - |
-
- Obtains the list of application binary interfaces (ABIs) supported on this device. - |
-
GetSdkApiLevel (void) - |
-
- Obtains the SDK API level that matches the current system software. - |
-
GetFirstApiLevel (void) - |
-- - | -
GetIncrementalVersion (void) - |
-- - | -
GetVersionId (void) - |
-- - | -
GetBuildType (void) - |
-- - | -
GetBuildUser (void) - |
-- - | -
GetBuildHost (void) - |
-- - | -
GetBuildTime (void) - |
-- - | -
GetBuildRootHash (void) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key for the system parameter to query. The value can contain lowercase letters, digits, underscores (_), and dots (.). Its length cannot exceed 32 bytes (including the end-of-text character in the string). | -
| def | -Indicates the default value to return when no query result is found. This parameter is specified by the caller. | -
| value | -Indicates the data buffer that stores the query result. This parameter is applied for and released by the caller and can be used as an output parameter. | -
| len | -Indicates the length of the data in the buffer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key for the parameter to set or update. The value can contain lowercase letters, digits, underscores (_), and dots (.). Its length cannot exceed 32 bytes (including the end-of-text character in the string). | -
| value | -Indicates the system parameter value. Its length cannot exceed 128 bytes (including the end-of-text character in the string). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | - | -
| - | int32_t s32Value - |
-
| - | uint32_t u32Value - |
-
| - | int64_t s64Value - |
-
| - | uint64_t u64Value - |
-
| - | float fValue - |
-
| - | double dValue - |
-
| - | const void * pValue - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -enum IsGranted - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Declares variables and data structures used by the permission management module. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Defines the permission, including the name, description, and whether the permission is granted. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
PERM_DESC_LEN 128 - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| NOT_GRANTED | -- | -
| GRANTED | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
variable [0] - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Publish )(IUnknown *iUnknown, const Topic *topic, uint8 *data, int16 len) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
RtcAlarmCallback) (enum RtcAlarmIndex) - |
-
- Defines a callback that will be invoked when an alarm is generated at the specified time. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
RtcAlarmIndex { RTC_ALARM_INDEX_A = 0, RTC_ALARM_INDEX_B = 1 } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
RtcOpen (void) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
RtcReadTime (DevHandle handle, struct RtcTime *time) - |
-- - | -
RtcWriteTime (DevHandle handle, const struct RtcTime *time) - |
-- - | -
RtcReadAlarm (DevHandle handle, enum RtcAlarmIndex alarmIndex, struct RtcTime *time) - |
-- - | -
RtcWriteAlarm (DevHandle handle, enum RtcAlarmIndex alarmIndex, const struct RtcTime *time) - |
-- - | -
RtcRegisterAlarmCallback (DevHandle handle, enum RtcAlarmIndex alarmIndex, RtcAlarmCallback cb) - |
-
- Registers RtcAlarmCallback that will be invoked when an alarm is generated at the specified time. - |
-
RtcAlarmInterruptEnable (DevHandle handle, enum RtcAlarmIndex alarmIndex, uint8_t enable) - |
-- - | -
RtcGetFreq (DevHandle handle, uint32_t *freq) - |
-- - | -
RtcSetFreq (DevHandle handle, uint32_t freq) - |
-
- Sets the frequency of the external crystal oscillator connected to the RTC driver. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
RtcReadReg (DevHandle handle, uint8_t usrDefIndex, uint8_t *value) - |
-
- Reads the configuration of a custom RTC register based on the register index. - |
-
RtcWriteReg (DevHandle handle, uint8_t usrDefIndex, uint8_t value) - |
-
- Writes the configuration of a custom RTC register based on the register index. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| RTC_ALARM_INDEX_A | -- | -
| RTC_ALARM_INDEX_B | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the RTC device handle, which is obtained via RtcGetHandle. | -
| alarmIndex | -Indicates the RTC alarm index. For details, see RtcAlarmIndex. | -
| enable | -Specifies whether to enable RTC alarm interrupts. The value 1 means to enable alarm interrupts and value 0 means to disable alarm interrupts. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the RTC device handle to release, which is created via RtcGetHandle. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the RTC device handle, which is obtained via RtcGetHandle. | -
| freq | -Indicates the pointer to the frequency of the external crystal oscillator, in Hz. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the RTC device handle, which is obtained via RtcGetHandle. | -
| alarmIndex | -Indicates the RTC alarm index. For details, see RtcAlarmIndex. | -
| time | -Indicates the pointer to the RTC alarm time information. For details, see RtcTime. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the RTC device handle, which is obtained via RtcGetHandle. | -
| time | -Indicates the pointer to the time information read from the RTC driver. For details, see RtcTime. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the RTC device handle, which is obtained via RtcGetHandle. | -
| alarmIndex | -Indicates the RTC alarm index. For details, see RtcAlarmIndex. | -
| cb | -Indicates the callback to register. For details, see RtcAlarmCallback. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the RTC device handle, which is obtained via RtcGetHandle. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the RTC device handle, which is obtained via RtcGetHandle. | -
| freq | -Indicates the frequency to set for the external crystal oscillator, in Hz. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the RTC device handle, which is obtained via RtcGetHandle. | -
| alarmIndex | -Indicates the RTC alarm index. For details, see RtcAlarmIndex. | -
| tm | -Indicates the pointer to the RTC alarm time information. For details, see RtcTime. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the RTC device handle, which is obtained via RtcGetHandle. | -
| time | -Indicates the pointer to the time information to write. For details, see RtcTime. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
currentAp [6] - |
-- | -
variable [0] - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
variable [0] - |
-- | -
Variable Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
| - | -int32_t - |
-
| - | -int32_t - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Provides basic APIs for remote service registration and discovery. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Defines the end of the default initialization for the server proxy class. - |
-
SERVER_PROXY_VER 0x80 - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Defines the beginning of the default initialization for the server proxy class. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
INotify) (IOwner owner, int code, IpcIo *reply) - |
-- - | -
Creator) (const char *service, const char *feature, uint32 size) - |
-- - | -
Destroyer) (const char *service, const char *feature, void *iproxy) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
SAMGR_GetRemoteIdentity (const char *service, const char *feature) - |
-
- Obtains the IPC address of a remote service and feature based on the service name and feature name. - |
-
SAMGR_RegisterFactory (const char *service, const char *feature, Creator creator, Destroyer destroyer) - |
-
- Registers the factory method of the client proxy object with the Samgr. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| service | -Indicates the pointer to the name of the service to which the function belongs. | -
| feature | -Indicates the pointer to the name of the feature to which the function belongs. | -
| size | -Indicates the size of the head to be added when a client proxy is created. The required memory capacity is the head size plus the object size. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| service | -Indicates the pointer to the name of the remote service. | -
| feature | -Indicates the pointer to the name of the remote feature. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
Data Structure Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
| - | -Represents the listener for monitoring physical key events. - |
-
| - | -Listens for the input events triggered by a virtual device other than human touching or physical pressing. - |
-
Public Member Function Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
GetViewType () const override - |
-UIViewType -Obtains the view type. - |
-
OnKeyEvent (const KeyEvent &event) - |
-virtual void -Executes a physical key event. - |
-
SetOnKeyActListener (OnKeyActListener *onKeyActListener) - |
-void -Sets the listener that contains a callback to be invoked upon a physical key event. - |
-
| - | -void -Clears the listener for monitoring physical key events. - |
-
OnVirtualDeviceEvent (const VirtualDeviceEvent &event) - |
-virtual void -Executes an input event triggered by a virtual device. - |
-
SetOnVirtualDeviceEventListener (OnVirtualDeviceEventListener *onVirtualDeviceEventListener) - |
-void -Sets a listener for monitoring the input events of a virtual device. - |
-
| - | -void -Clears the listener for monitoring the input events of a virtual device. - |
-
UIViewGroup () - |
-- A default constructor used to create a UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
~UIViewGroup () - |
-virtual -A destructor used to delete the UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-UIViewType -Obtains the view type. - |
-
| - | -virtual void -Adds a child view. - |
-
| - | -virtual void -Inserts a new child view behind the current one. - |
-
| - | -virtual void -Removes a child view. - |
-
RemoveAll () - |
-virtual void -Removes all child views. - |
-
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) override - |
-virtual void -Obtains the target child view that is visible and can respond to touch events based on given coordinates. - |
-
MoveChildByOffset (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-virtual void -Moves all child views. - |
-
GetChildrenHead () const - |
-UIView * -Obtains the first child view in this view group. - |
-
GetChildrenTail () const - |
-UIView * -Obtains the last child view in this view group. - |
-
SetDisallowIntercept (bool flag) - |
-void -Sets whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
GetChildById (const char *id) const override - |
-UIView * -Obtains the target child view with a specified ID. - |
-
SetAutoSize (bool state) - |
-void -Sets whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
UIView () - |
-- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-virtual -A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
| - | -virtual bool -Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
| - | -virtual void -Called when a view is drawn. - |
-
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-virtual void -Called after a view is drawn. - |
-
ReMeasure () - |
-virtual void -Remeasures the view size. - |
-
Invalidate () - |
-void -Refreshes the invalidated area of the view. - |
-
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-void -Refreshes a view in a specified invalidated area. - |
-
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-virtual bool -Called when the view is long pressed. - |
-
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-virtual bool -Called when the view starts to drag. - |
-
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-virtual bool -Called when the view is being dragged. - |
-
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-virtual bool -Called when the view stops dragging. - |
-
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-virtual void -Called when the view is clicked. - |
-
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-virtual void -Called when the view is pressed. - |
-
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-virtual void -Called when the view is released. - |
-
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-virtual void -Called when a click event on the view is canceled. - |
-
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-void -Sets a drag event listener for the view. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the drag event listener for the view. - |
-
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-void -Sets a click event listener for the view. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the click event listener for the view. - |
-
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-void -Sets a long-press event listener for the view. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the long-press event listener for the view. - |
-
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-void -Sets a touch event listener for the view. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the touch event listener for the view. - |
-
| - | -void -Sets the parent view for the view. - |
-
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * -Obtains the parent view of the view. - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-void -Sets the next sibling view for the view. - |
-
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * -Obtains the next sibling view of the view. - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-virtual void -Sets whether the view is visible. - |
-
IsVisible () const - |
-bool -Checks whether the view is visible. - |
-
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-void -Sets whether the view is touchable. - |
-
IsTouchable () const - |
-bool -Checks whether the view is touchable. - |
-
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-void -Sets whether the view is draggable. - |
-
IsDraggable () const - |
-bool -Checks whether the view is draggable. - |
-
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-void -Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-bool -Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the visible absolute rectangle area of the view. - |
-
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. - |
-
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-void -Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-virtual void -Sets the width for the view. - |
-
GetWidth () - |
-virtual int16_t -Obtains the width for the view. - |
-
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-virtual void -Sets the height for the view. - |
-
GetHeight () - |
-virtual int16_t -Obtains the height for the view. - |
-
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-virtual void -Adjusts the size of the view. - |
-
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-virtual void -Sets the x-coordinate for the view. - |
-
GetX () const - |
-int16_t -Obtains the x-coordinate for the view. - |
-
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-virtual void -Sets the y-coordinate for the view. - |
-
GetY () const - |
-int16_t -Obtains the y-coordinate for the view. - |
-
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-virtual void -Sets the position for the view. - |
-
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-virtual void -Adjusts the position and size of the view. - |
-
IsViewGroup () const - |
-bool -Checks whether the view is a container view. - |
-
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-void -Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-void -Sets the affine transformation matrix. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains an affine transformation matrix. - |
-
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-void -Sets the view ID. - |
-
GetViewId () const - |
-const char * -Obtains the view ID. - |
-
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-void -Sets the view index. - |
-
GetViewIndex () const - |
-int16_t -Obtains the view index. - |
-
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-virtual void -Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view in the center of the parent view. - |
-
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the left of the parent view. - |
-
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the right of the parent view. - |
-
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the top of the parent view. - |
-
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the bottom of the parent view. - |
-
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Aligns the view with the left of a sibling view. - |
-
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Aligns the view with the right of a sibling view. - |
-
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Aligns the view with the top of a sibling view. - |
-
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Aligns the view with the bottom of a sibling view. - |
-
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the left of a sibling view. - |
-
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the right of a sibling view. - |
-
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the above of a sibling view. - |
-
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the below of a sibling view. - |
-
SetStyle (Style &style) - |
-virtual void -Sets the view style. - |
-
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-virtual void -Sets a style. - |
-
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-virtual int64_t -Obtains the value of a style. - |
-
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
Static Public Member Function Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
GetInstance () - |
-static RootView * -Obtains a singleton RootView instance. - |
-
FindSubView (const UIView &parentView, const UIView *subView) - |
-static bool -Checks whether the target view is one of the child views of the specified parent view. - |
-
Additional Inherited Member Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
GetAllChildRelativeRect () const - |
-Obtains the rectangle area of a new view group after being adaptive to the size of all child views. - |
-
| - | -Performs operations needed after a child view is added or removed. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the first child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the last child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -Represents the number of child views. - |
-
| - | -Specifies the sliding state of this view group. - |
-
| - | -Specifies whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
| - | -Specifies whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
SdioIrqHandler(void *) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
SdioOpen (int16_t busNum) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SdioReadBytes (DevHandle handle, uint8_t *data, uint32_t addr, uint32_t size, uint32_t timeOut) - |
-
- Incrementally reads a given length of data from the specified SDIO address. - |
-
SdioWriteBytes (DevHandle handle, uint8_t *data, uint32_t addr, uint32_t size, uint32_t timeOut) - |
-
- Incrementally writes a given length of data into the specified SDIO address. - |
-
SdioReadBytesFromFixedAddr (DevHandle handle, uint8_t *data, uint32_t addr, uint32_t size, uint32_t timeOut) - |
-- - | -
SdioWriteBytesToFixedAddr (DevHandle handle, uint8_t *data, uint32_t addr, uint32_t size, uint32_t timeOut) - |
-- - | -
SdioReadBytesFromFunc0 (DevHandle handle, uint8_t *data, uint32_t addr, uint32_t size, uint32_t timeOut) - |
-
- Reads a given length of data from the address space of SDIO function 0. - |
-
SdioWriteBytesToFunc0 (DevHandle handle, uint8_t *data, uint32_t addr, uint32_t size, uint32_t timeOut) - |
-
- Writes a given length of data into the address space of SDIO function 0. - |
-
SdioSetBlockSize (DevHandle handle, uint32_t blockSize) - |
-- - | -
SdioGetCommonInfo (DevHandle handle, SdioCommonInfo *info, SdioCommonInfoType infoType) - |
-- - | -
SdioSetCommonInfo (DevHandle handle, SdioCommonInfo *info, SdioCommonInfoType infoType) - |
-- - | -
SdioFlushData (DevHandle handle) - |
-- - | -
SdioClaimHost (DevHandle handle) - |
-- - | -
SdioReleaseHost (DevHandle handle) - |
-- - | -
SdioEnableFunc (DevHandle handle) - |
-
- Enables the SDIO device so that its register can be accessed. - |
-
SdioDisableFunc (DevHandle handle) - |
-- - | -
SdioClaimIrq (DevHandle handle, SdioIrqHandler *irqHandler) - |
-- - | -
SdioReleaseIrq (DevHandle handle) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| data | -Indicates the private data passed to this IRQ (The data is specified when the IRQ is registered). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| SDIO_FUNC_INFO | -- | -
| SDIO_OTHER_INFO | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the device handle of the SDIO controller obtained by SdioOpen. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the device handle of the SDIO controller obtained by SdioOpen. | -
| irqHandler | -Indicates the pointer to the SDIO IRQ function. For details, see SdioIrqHandler. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the device handle of the SDIO controller. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the device handle of the SDIO controller obtained by SdioOpen. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the device handle of the SDIO controller obtained by SdioOpen. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the device handle of the SDIO controller obtained by SdioOpen. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the device handle of the SDIO controller obtained by SdioOpen. | -
| info | -Indicates the pointer to the common information to be obtained. For details, see SdioCommonInfo. | -
| infoType | -Indicates the type of the common information to be obtained. For details, see SdioCommonInfoType. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| busNum | -Indicates the bus number. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the device handle of the SDIO controller obtained by SdioOpen. | -
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the data to read. | -
| addr | -Indicates the start address of the data to read. | -
| size | -Indicates the length of the data to read. | -
| timeOut | -Indicates the timeout duration for reading data, in milliseconds. If the value is 0,the default value is used. The default value varies according to the application. Generally, the default value is 1 second. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the device handle of the SDIO controller obtained by SdioOpen. | -
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the data to read. | -
| addr | -Indicates the fixed address of the data to read. | -
| size | -Indicates the length of the data to read. | -
| timeOut | -Indicates the timeout duration for reading data, in milliseconds. If the value is 0, the default value is used. The default value varies according to the application. Generally, the default value is 1 second. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the device handle of the SDIO controller obtained by SdioOpen. | -
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the data to read. | -
| addr | -Indicates the start address of the data to read. | -
| size | -Indicates the length of the data to read. | -
| timeOut | -Indicates the timeout duration for reading data, in milliseconds. If the value is 0, the default value is used. The default value varies according to the application. Generally, the default value is 1 second. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the device handle of the SDIO controller obtained by SdioOpen. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the device handle of the SDIO controller obtained by SdioOpen. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the device handle of the SDIO controller obtained by SdioOpen. | -
| blockSize | -Indicates the block size to be set. If the value is 0, the default value is used. The value ranges from 1 to 2048 bytes. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the device handle of the SDIO controller obtained by SdioOpen. | -
| info | -Indicates the pointer to the common information to be set. For details, see SdioCommonInfo. | -
| infoType | -Indicates the type of the common information to be set. For details, see SdioCommonInfoType. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the device handle of the SDIO controller obtained by SdioOpen. | -
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the data to write. | -
| addr | -Indicates the start address of the data to write. | -
| size | -Indicates the length of the data to write. | -
| timeOut | -Indicates the timeout duration for writing data, in milliseconds. If the value is 0, the default value is used. The default value varies according to the application. Generally, the default value is 1 second. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the device handle of the SDIO controller obtained by SdioOpen. | -
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the data to write. | -
| addr | -Indicates the fixed address of the data to write. | -
| size | -Indicates the length of the data to write. | -
| timeOut | -Indicates the timeout duration for writing data, in milliseconds. If the value is 0, the default value is used. The default value varies according to the application. Generally, the default value is 1 second. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the device handle of the SDIO controller obtained by SdioOpen. | -
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the data to write. | -
| addr | -Indicates the start address of the data to write. | -
| size | -Indicates the length of the data to write. | -
| timeOut | -Indicates the timeout duration for writing data, in milliseconds. If the value is 0, the default value is used. The default value varies according to the application. Generally, the default value is 1 second. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Defines standard SPI-specific interfaces for driver development. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Defines the general SPI device descriptor, which can be used as the unique identifier of an SPI device. When operating an SPI device, you need to specify a descriptor of the SpiDevInfo type, and obtain the handle of the SPI device by calling SpiOpen. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
SPI_CLK_PHASE (1 << 0) - |
-Indicates the SPI clock phase. The value 0 indicates that data will be sampled on the first clock edge, and 1 indicates that data will be sampled on the second clock edge. - |
-
SPI_CLK_POLARITY (1 << 1) - |
-Indicates the SPI clock polarity. The value 0 indicates a low-level clock signal in the idle state, and 1 indicates a high-level clock signal in the idle state. - |
-
SPI_MODE_3WIRE (1 << 2) - |
-Indicates that a single data line is used for both input and output. - |
-
SPI_MODE_LOOP (1 << 3) - |
-- | -
SPI_MODE_LSBFE (1 << 4) - |
-Indicates the SPI data transfer order. The value 0 indicates that data is transferred from the most significant bit (MSB) to the least significant bit (LSB), and 1 indicates the opposite. - |
-
SPI_MODE_NOCS (1 << 5) - |
-Indicates that there is only one SPI device, and no chip select (CS) is required. - |
-
SPI_MODE_CS_HIGH (1 << 6) - |
-Indicates that the CS level is high when an SPI device is selected. - |
-
SPI_MODE_READY (1 << 7) - |
-Indicates that the SPI device is set to low for pausing data transfer. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
SpiTransferMode { SPI_INTERRUPT_TRANSFER = 0, SPI_POLLING_TRANSFER, SPI_DMA_TRANSFER } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
SpiOpen (const struct SpiDevInfo *info) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
SpiTransfer (DevHandle handle, struct SpiMsg *msgs, uint32_t count) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| SPI_INTERRUPT_TRANSFER | -- | -
| SPI_POLLING_TRANSFER | -- | -
| SPI_DMA_TRANSFER | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the SPI device handle obtained via SpiOpen. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the SPI device handle obtained via SpiOpen. | -
| cfg | -Indicates the pointer to the configuration parameters. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| info | -Indicates the pointer to the SPI device information. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the SPI device handle obtained via SpiOpen. | -
| buf | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer for receiving the data. | -
| len | -Indicates the length of the data to read. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the SPI device handle obtained via SpiOpen. | -
| cfg | -Indicates the pointer to the configuration parameters. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the SPI device handle obtained via SpiOpen. | -
| msgs | -Indicates the pointer to the data to transfer. | -
| count | -Indicates the length of the message structure array. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the SPI device handle obtained via SpiOpen. | -
| buf | -Indicates the pointer to the data to write. | -
| len | -Indicates the length of the data to write. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Provides common objects and functions for Samgr and external modules. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Provides the base class and default implementation for external functions of system capabilities. - |
-
| - | -Provides message communication APIs that help you to implement asynchronous functions of IUnknown. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Defines the simplified vector class, which is extended by four elements. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Defines the IUnknown class. - |
-
| - | -Defines the IUnknown implementation class. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
GET_OFFSIZE(T, member) (long)((char *)&(((T *)(0))->member)) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
DEFAULT_VERSION 0x20 - |
-Defines the default IUnknown version. You can customize the version. - |
-
| - | -Defines the macro for inheriting the IUnknown interface. - |
-
| - | -Defines the macro for inheriting the classes that implement the IUnknown interface. - |
-
| - | -Defines the default marco for initializing the IUnknown interface. - |
-
IUNKNOWN_ENTRY_BEGIN(version) - |
-Defines the macro for initializing the classes that implement the IUnknown interface. - |
-
| - | -IUnknown Defines the end macro for initializing the IUnknown implementation object. - |
-
GET_IUNKNOWN(T) (IUnknown *)(&((T).iUnknown)) - |
-Obtains the pointer of the IUnknown interface object from the subclass object T (generic macro) of the IUnknown implementation class. - |
-
| - | -Starts a bootstrap service, which is used by samgr and implemented by system service developers. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the macro used to inherit the members from the service class. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -typedef struct SimpleVector -Defines the simplified vector class, which is extended by four elements. - |
-
| - | -typedef struct IUnknownEntry -Defines the IUnknown implementation class. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -typedef enum BootMessage -Enumerates the IDs of the message to be processed for starting the bootstrap service. - |
-
| - | -typedef struct SamgrLite - - |
-
| - | -typedef enum TaskType - - |
-
| - | -typedef enum SpecifyTag - - |
-
| - | -typedef enum TaskPriority - - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
BootMessage { BOOT_SYS_COMPLETED, BOOT_APP_COMPLETED, BOOT_REG_SERVICE, BOOTSTRAP_BUTT } - |
-Enumerates the IDs of the message to be processed for starting the bootstrap service. - |
-
TaskType { SHARED_TASK = 0, SINGLE_TASK = 1, SPECIFIED_TASK = 2, NO_TASK = 0xFF } - |
-- | -
SpecifyTag { LEVEL_HIGH = 0, LEVEL_MIDDLE = 1, LEVEL_LOW = 2, LEVEL_CUSTOM_BEGIN } - |
-- | -
TaskPriority { PRI_LOW = 9, PRI_BELOW_NORMAL = 16, PRI_NORMAL = 24, PRI_ABOVE_NORMAL = 32, PRI_BUTT = 39 } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
VECTOR_Make (VECTOR_Key key, VECTOR_Compare compare) - |
-- - | -
VECTOR_Clear (Vector *vector) - |
-- - | -
VECTOR_Add (Vector *vector, void *element) - |
-- - | -
VECTOR_Size (Vector *vector) - |
-
- Obtains the number of elements in the vector, including elements that have been set to NULL. - |
-
VECTOR_Num (Vector *vector) - |
-
- Obtains the number of valid elements in the vector, excluding elements that have been set to NULL. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
VECTOR_Swap (Vector *vector, int16 index, void *element) - |
-
- Swaps the element at a specified position in a vector with another element. - |
-
VECTOR_Find (Vector *vector, const void *element) - |
-- - | -
VECTOR_FindByKey (Vector *vector, const void *key) - |
-- - | -
IUNKNOWN_AddRef (IUnknown *iUnknown) - |
-
- Increments the reference count in this IUnknown interface. - |
-
IUNKNOWN_QueryInterface (IUnknown *iUnknown, int ver, void **target) - |
-
- Queries the IUnknown interfaces of a specified version (downcasting). - |
-
IUNKNOWN_Release (IUnknown *iUnknown) - |
-
- Releases a reference to an IUnknown interface that is no longer used. - |
-
SAMGR_SendRequest (const Identity *identity, const Request *request, Handler handler) - |
-
- Sends a request to a service or feature of a specified identity. - |
-
SAMGR_SendSharedRequest (const Identity *identity, const Request *request, uint32 *token, Handler handler) - |
-
- Sends a request to multiple services or features to save memory. - |
-
SAMGR_SendSharedDirectRequest (const Identity *id, const Request *req, const Response *resp, uint32 **ref, Handler handler) - |
-
- Sends a request and response of a caller to the feature thread. The handler is directly called to process the request and response without using the message processing functions. (Customized function for the broadcast service) - |
-
SAMGR_SendResponse (const Request *request, const Response *response) - |
-- - | -
SAMGR_SendResponseByIdentity (const Identity *id, const Request *request, const Response *response) - |
-
- Sends a response to a specified service or feature after processing the original request. (Customized function for bootstrap) - |
-
SAMGR_GetInstance (void) - |
-- - | -
SAMGR_Bootstrap (void) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| Indicates | -the T type. | -
| member | -Indicates the name of the T member variable. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| LEVEL_HIGH | -- | -
| LEVEL_MIDDLE | -- | -
| LEVEL_LOW | -- | -
| LEVEL_CUSTOM_BEGIN | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| PRI_LOW | -- | -
| PRI_BELOW_NORMAL | -- | -
| PRI_NORMAL | -- | -
| PRI_ABOVE_NORMAL | -Higher than the normal priority: [32, 39). The communication service is available. - |
-
| PRI_BUTT | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| SHARED_TASK | -- | -
| SINGLE_TASK | -- | -
| SPECIFIED_TASK | -- | -
| NO_TASK | -No task for the service. Generally, this situation does not occur. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| iUnknown | -Indicates the pointer to the IUnknown interface. | -
| version | -Indicates the version of the IUnknown interface object to be converted. | -
| target | -Indicates the IUnknown subclass type required by the caller. This is an output parameter. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| iUnknown | -Indicates the pointer to the IUnknown interface object. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| request | -Indicates the pointer to the original request. | -
| response | -Indicates the pointer to the response content. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| id | -Indicates the pointer to the ID of a service or feature. The response is sent to the thread of the service or feature for processing. | -
| request | -Indicates the pointer to the original request. | -
| response | -Indicates the pointer to the response content. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| vector | -Indicates the this pointer to the vector. | -
| element | -Indicates the element to add. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| vector | -Indicates the this pointer to the vector. | -
| index | -Indicates the subscript to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| vector | -Indicates the pointer to the vector to clear. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| vector | -Indicates the this pointer to the vector. | -
| element | -Indicates the element to be checked. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| vector | -Indicates the this pointer to the vector. | -
| key | -Indicates the pointer to the key value of the element to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| vector | -Indicates the this pointer to the vector. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| vector | -Indicates the this pointer to the vector. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| vector | -Indicates the this pointer to the vector. | -
| index | -Indicates the position of the element to be swapped. | -
| element | -Indicates the pointer to the new element. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
RegisterService )(Service *service) - |
-- - | -
UnregisterService )(const char *name) - |
-Service *(* - - |
-
RegisterFeature )(const char *serviceName, Feature *feature) - |
-- - | -
UnregisterFeature )(const char *serviceName, const char *featureName) - |
-Feature *(* - - |
-
RegisterDefaultFeatureApi )(const char *service, IUnknown *publicApi) - |
-- - | -
UnregisterDefaultFeatureApi )(const char *service) - |
-IUnknown *(* - - |
-
RegisterFeatureApi )(const char *service, const char *feature, IUnknown *publicApi) - |
-- - | -
UnregisterFeatureApi )(const char *service, const char *feature) - |
-IUnknown *(* - - |
-
GetDefaultFeatureApi )(const char *service) - |
-IUnknown *(* - - |
-
GetFeatureApi )(const char *serviceName, const char *feature) - |
-IUnknown *(* - - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| service | -Indicates the name of the service to which the default feature belongs. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| service | -Indicates the name of the service to which the feature belongs. | -
| feature | -Indicates the name of the feature whose API will be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| service | -Indicates the name of the service whose default feature's API will be registered. | -
| publicApi | -Indicates the API to be registered. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| feature | -Indicates the feature to be registered. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| service | -Indicates the name of the service whose API will be registered. | -
| feature | -Indicates the name of the feature whose API will be registered. | -
| publicApi | -Indicates the API to be registered. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| service | -Indicates the service to be registered. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| service | -Indicates the name of the service whose default feature's API will be unregistered. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| serviceName | -Indicates the name of the service whose feature will be unregistered. | -
| featureName | -Indicates the name of the feature to be unregistered. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| service | -Indicates the name of the service whose API will be unregistered. | -
| feature | -Indicates the name of the feature whose API will be unregistered. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| name | -Indicates the name of the service to be unregistered. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
arry [2] - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -struct Ieee80211Mgmt * - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
Initialize )(Service *service, Identity identity) - |
-- - | -
MessageHandle )(Service *service, Request *request) - |
-- - | -
GetTaskConfig )(Service *service) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| service | -Indicates the pointer to the service. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| service | -Indicates the pointer to the service. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| service | -Indicates the pointer to the service. | -
| identity | -Indicates the ID allocated by the system to the service. For details, see Identity. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| service | -Indicates the pointer to the service. | -
| request | -Indicates the pointer to the request data. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -typedef struct PublishInfo -Defines service provisioning information sent to a discovering device. - |
-
| - | -typedef enum DeviceTypeEnum - - |
-
| - | -typedef struct IPublishCallback -Defines the callbacks for successful and failed service publishing. - |
-
| - | -typedef struct CommonDeviceInfo - - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
ExchanageMedium { AUTO = 0, BLE = 1, COAP = 2, USB = 3 } - |
-Enumerates media, such as Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, and USB, used for publishing services. - |
-
ExchangeFre { LOW = 0, MID = 1, HIGH = 2, SUPER_HIGH = 3 } - |
-Enumerates frequencies for publishing services. This enumeration is involved only in Bluetooth and is not supported currently. - |
-
DiscoverMode { DISCOVER_MODE_PASSIVE = 0x55, DISCOVER_MODE_ACTIVE = 0xAA } - |
-Enumerates the modes in which services are published. The publishing service supports the passive mode. Lite devices support the passive mode only. - |
-
PublishFailReason { PUBLISH_FAIL_REASON_NOT_SUPPORT_MEDIUM = 1, PUBLISH_FAIL_REASON_PARAMETER_INVALID = 2, PUBLISH_FAIL_REASON_UNKNOWN = 0xFF } - |
-- | -
DataBitMap { HICALL_CAPABILITY_BITMAP = 0, PROFILE_CAPABILITY_BITMAP = 1, HOMEVISIONPIC_CAPABILITY_BITMAP = 2, CASTPLUS_CAPABILITY_BITMAP, AA_CAPABILITY_BITMAP, DVKIT_CAPABILITY_BITMAP, DDMP_CAPABILITY_BITMAP } - |
-- | -
DeviceTypeEnum { UNKOWN = 0x00, PHONE = 0x0E, PAD = 0x11, TV = 0x9C, PC = 0x0C, AUDIO = 0x0A, CAR = 0x83, L0 = 0xF1, L1 = 0xF2 } - |
-- | -
CommonDeviceKey { COMM_DEVICE_KEY_DEVID = 0, COMM_DEVICE_KEY_DEVTYPE = 1, COMM_DEVICE_KEY_DEVNAME = 2, COMM_DEVICE_KEY_MAX } - |
-Enumerates device information, such as its ID, type, and name. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
PublishService (const char *moduleName, const struct PublishInfo *info, const struct IPublishCallback *cb) - |
-- - | -
UnPublishService (const char *moduleName, int publishId) - |
-- - | -
SetCommonDeviceInfo (const struct CommonDeviceInfo *devInfo, unsigned int num) - |
-
- Sets common device information, such as its ID, type, and name. - |
-
CreateSessionServer (const char *mouduleName, const char *sessionName, struct ISessionListener *listener) - |
-
- Creates a session server based on a module name and session name. - |
-
RemoveSessionServer (const char *mouduleName, const char *sessionName) - |
-
- Removes a session server based on a module name and session name. - |
-
SendBytes (int sessionId, const void *data, unsigned int len) - |
-- - | -
GetMySessionName (int sessionId, char *sessionName, unsigned int len) - |
-
- Obtains the session name registered by the local device based on the session ID. - |
-
GetPeerSessionName (int sessionId, char *sessionName, unsigned int len) - |
-
- Obtains the session name registered by the peer device based on the session ID. - |
-
GetPeerDeviceId (int sessionId, char *devId, unsigned int len) - |
-- - | -
CloseSession (int sessionId) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| COMM_DEVICE_KEY_DEVID | -- | -
| COMM_DEVICE_KEY_DEVTYPE | -- | -
| COMM_DEVICE_KEY_DEVNAME | -- | -
| COMM_DEVICE_KEY_MAX | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| UNKOWN | -- | -
| PHONE | -- | -
| PAD | -- | -
| TV | -- | -
| PC | -- | -
| AUDIO | -- | -
| CAR | -- | -
| L0 | -- | -
| L1 | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| DISCOVER_MODE_PASSIVE | -- | -
| DISCOVER_MODE_ACTIVE | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| AUTO | -- | -
| BLE | -- | -
| COAP | -- | -
| USB | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| LOW | -- | -
| MID | -- | -
| HIGH | -- | -
| SUPER_HIGH | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| PUBLISH_FAIL_REASON_NOT_SUPPORT_MEDIUM | -- | -
| PUBLISH_FAIL_REASON_PARAMETER_INVALID | -- | -
| PUBLISH_FAIL_REASON_UNKNOWN | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sessionId | -Indicates the session ID. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| moduleName | -Indicates the pointer to the module name, which can be used to check whether the session server is in this module. The value cannot be empty and can contain a maximum of 64 characters. | -
| sessionName | -Indicates the pointer to the session name, which is the unique ID of the session server. The value cannot be empty and can contain a maximum of 64 characters. | -
| listener | -Indicates the pointer to the session callback structure, which cannot be empty. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sessionId | -Indicates the session ID. | -
| sessionName | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer for storing the session name. | -
| len | -Indicates the length of the buffer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sessionId | -Indicates the session ID. | -
| devId | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer for storing the device ID. | -
| len | -Indicates the length of the buffer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sessionId | -Indicates the session ID. | -
| sessionName | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer for storing the session name. | -
| len | -Indicates the length of the buffer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| moduleName | -Indicates the pointer to the module name of the upper-layer service. The value contains a maximum of 63 bytes. | -
| info | -Indicates the pointer to the service to publish. For details, see PublishInfo. | -
| cb | -Indicates the pointer to the callback for service publishing. For details, see IPublishCallback. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| moduleName | -Indicates the pointer to the name of the registered module, which can be used to check whether the session server is in this module. The value cannot be empty and can contain a maximum of 64 characters. | -
| sessionName | -Indicates the pointer to the session name. The value cannot be empty and can contain a maximum of 64 characters. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| devInfo | -Indicates the pointer to the device information array. | -
| 2 | -num Indicates the number of elements in the device information array. If the value is inconsistent with the length of the device information array, the program breaks down. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sessionId | -Indicates the session ID. | -
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the data received. | -
| dataLen | -Indicates the length of the data received. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sessionId | -Indicates the session ID. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sessionId | -Indicates the session ID. | -
Public Member Function Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
Source (const std::string &uri) - |
-- A constructor used to create a Source instance based on a specified URI. - |
-
Source (const std::string &uri, const std::map< std::string, std::string > &header) - |
-- A constructor used to create a Source instance based on a specified URI and header. - |
-
Source (const std::shared_ptr< StreamSource > &stream, const Format &formats) - |
-- A constructor used to create a Source instance based on the stream source and format information. - |
-
GetSourceType () const - |
-
- Obtains the source type. - |
-
GetSourceUri () const - |
-const std::string & -Obtains the media source URI. - |
-
GetSourceHeader () const - |
-const std::map< std::string, std::string > & -Obtains the HTTP header for the media source. - |
-
GetSourceStream () const - |
-const std::shared_ptr< StreamSource > & -Obtains information about the media source stream. - |
-
GetSourceStreamFormat () const - |
-const Format & -Obtains the media source stream format. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -struct RateInfo - |
-
| - | -struct RateInfo - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -struct StaBssParameters - |
-
| - | -struct StaFlagUpdate - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- - | -
Subscribe )(IUnknown *iUnknown, const Topic *topic, Consumer *consumer) - |
-- - | -
ModifyConsumer )(IUnknown *iUnknown, const Topic *topic, Consumer *old, Consumer *current) - |
-Consumer *(* - - |
-
Unsubscribe )(IUnknown *iUnknown, const Topic *topic, const Consumer *consumer) - |
-Consumer *(* - - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| iUnknown | -Indicates external interface of the pub/sub feature. | -
| topic | -Indicates the topic to be subscribed to. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| iUnknown | -Indicates the pointer to the external interface of the pub/sub feature. | -
| topic | -Indicates the pointer to the topic whose consumer will be modified. | -
| old | -Indicates the pointer to the original consumer of the topic. | -
| current | -Indicates the pointer to the new consumer of the topic. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| iUnknown | -Indicates external interface of the pub/sub feature. | -
| topic | -Indicates the topic to be subscribed to. | -
| consumer | -Indicates the consumer who subscribes to the topic. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| iUnknown | -Indicates external interface of the pub/sub feature. This parameter is used to obtain subscription relationships. | -
| topic | -Indicates the pointer to the topic to unsubscribe from. | -
| consumer | -Indicates the pointer to the consumer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -struct HdfDeviceObject * - |
-
OnServiceConnected )(struct HdfDeviceObject *deviceObject, const struct HdfObject *service) - |
-
- Called by the HDF when the subscribed-to driver service is loaded. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| deviceObject | -Indicates the pointer to the variable of the HdfDeviceObject type. This variable is generated by the HDF and passed to the driver. | -
| service | -Indicates the pointer to the service object. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -
- Called to notify a consumer that a buffer is available for consumption. - |
-
| - | -static Surface * -A constructor used to create a Surface object for consumers to use. - |
-
| - | -
- A destructor used to delete the Surface instance. - |
-
OHOS::Surface::SetQueueSize (uint8_t queueSize)=0 - |
-
- Sets the number of buffers that can be allocated to the surface. The default value is 1. The value range is [1, 10]. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the number of surface buffers that can be allocated to the surface. The default value is 1. The value range is [1, 10]. - |
-
OHOS::Surface::SetWidthAndHeight (uint32_t width, uint32_t height)=0 - |
-
- Sets the width and height of the surface for calculating its stride and size. The default value range of width and height is (0,7680]. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::Surface::SetFormat (uint32_t format)=0 - |
-
- Sets the pixel format of the surface. For details, see ImageFormat. The default pixel format is IMAGE_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB565. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the pixel format of the surface. For details, see ImageFormat. The default pixel format is IMAGE_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB565. - |
-
OHOS::Surface::SetStrideAlignment (uint32_t strideAlignment)=0 - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Obtains the number of bytes for stride alignment. By default, 4-byte aligned is used. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::Surface::SetSize (uint32_t size)=0 - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::Surface::SetUsage (uint32_t usage)=0 - |
-
- Sets the usage scenario of the buffer. Physically contiguous memory and virtual memory (by default) are supported. By default, virtual memory is allocated. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the usage scenario of the buffer. Physically contiguous memory and virtual memory are supported. - |
-
OHOS::Surface::SetUserData (const std::string &key, const std::string &value)=0 - |
-
- Sets surface user data, which is stored in the format of <key, value>. - |
-
OHOS::Surface::GetUserData (const std::string &key)=0 - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Surface::RequestBuffer (uint8_t wait=0)=0 - |
-virtual SurfaceBuffer * - - |
-
OHOS::Surface::FlushBuffer (SurfaceBuffer *buffer)=0 - |
-- - | -
| - | -virtual SurfaceBuffer * - - |
-
OHOS::Surface::ReleaseBuffer (SurfaceBuffer *buffer)=0 - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Surface::CancelBuffer (SurfaceBuffer *buffer)=0 - |
-- - | -
OHOS::Surface::RegisterConsumerListener (IBufferConsumerListener &listener)=0 - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
OHOS::SurfaceBuffer::GetVirAddr () const =0 - |
-
- Obtains the virtual address of shared memory for producers and consumers. - |
-
OHOS::SurfaceBuffer::GetPhyAddr () const =0 - |
-- - | -
OHOS::SurfaceBuffer::GetSize () const =0 - |
-- - | -
OHOS::SurfaceBuffer::SetSize (uint32_t size)=0 - |
-- - | -
OHOS::SurfaceBuffer::SetInt32 (uint32_t key, int32_t value)=0 - |
-- - | -
OHOS::SurfaceBuffer::GetInt32 (uint32_t key, int32_t &value)=0 - |
-- - | -
OHOS::SurfaceBuffer::SetInt64 (uint32_t key, int64_t value)=0 - |
-- - | -
OHOS::SurfaceBuffer::GetInt64 (uint32_t key, int64_t &value)=0 - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| SurfaceBuffer | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer to be released by producers. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| SurfaceBuffer | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer flushed by producers. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key of a key-value pair for which the value is to be obtained. | -
| value | -Indicates the value of the key-value pair obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key of a key-value pair for which the value is to be obtained. | -
| value | -Indicates the value of the key-value pair obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key of a key-value pair for which the value is to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| IBufferConsumerListener | -Indicates the listener to register. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| SurfaceBuffer | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer released. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| format | -Indicates the pixel format to be set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key of a key-value pair to set. | -
| value | -Indicates the value of the key-value pair to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key of a key-value pair to set. | -
| value | -Indicates the value of the key-value pair to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| queueSize | -Indicates the number of buffers to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| size | -Indicates the size of shared memory to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| size | -Indicates the size of the shared memory. The value range is (0,58982400]. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| strideAlignment | -Indicates the number of bytes for stride alignment. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| usage | -Indicates the usage scenario of the buffer. For details, see BUFFER_CONSUMER_USAGE. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the key of a key-value pair to store. | -
| value | -Indicates the value of the key-value pair to store. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| width | -Indicates the surface width, in pixels. | -
| height | -Indicates the surface height, in pixels. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Provides structures and functions related to the system time. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
gettimeofday (struct timeval *__restrict value, void *__restrict ovalue) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
setitimer (int w, const struct itimerval *__restrict value, struct itimerval *__restrict ovalue) - |
-- - | -
settimeofday (const struct timeval *tv, const struct timezone *tz) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| w | -Indicates the timer type. Only ITIMER_REAL is supported. | -
| old | -Indicates the pointer to the timer value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| value | -Indicates the pointer to the timeval structure that contains the time. | -
| ovalue | -This parameter is used for compatibility only. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| w | -Indicates the timer type. Currently, only ITIMER_REAL is supported. | -
| value | -Indicates the pointer to the timer value to set. | -
| ovalue | -Indicates the pointer to the original timer value before the current setting, which can be NULL. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| tv | -Indicates the pointer to the time to set. | -
| tz | -Indicates the pointer to the time zone to set. This parameter is not used yet. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Provides structures and functions related to the system time. - |
-
| - | -Provides structures and functions related to the curren time. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
gettimeofday (struct timeval *__restrict value, void *__restrict ovalue) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
setitimer (int w, const struct itimerval *__restrict value, struct itimerval *__restrict ovalue) - |
-- - | -
settimeofday (const struct timeval *tv, const struct timezone *tz) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- Converts the broken-down time in the tm structure into seconds. - |
-
strftime (char *restrict s, size_t n, const char *restrict f, const struct tm *restrict tm) - |
-
- Converts the broken-down time in the tm structure to a string in the required format. - |
-
| - | -struct tm * -Converts the number of seconds to the UTC time in the tm structure. - |
-
| - | -struct tm * -Converts the number of seconds to the local time in the tm structure. - |
-
| - | -
- Converts the broken-down time in the tm structure into a string. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
strftime_l (char *__restrict s, size_t n, const char *__restrict f, const struct tm *__restrict tm, locale_t loc) - |
-
- Converts the broken-down time in the tm structure to a string in a specified programming language and format. - |
-
gmtime_r (const time_t *__restrict t, struct tm *__restrict tm) - |
-struct tm * -Converts the number of seconds to the UTC time in the tm structure. (This function is reentrant.) - |
-
localtime_r (const time_t *__restrict t, struct tm *__restrict tm) - |
-struct tm * -Converts the number of seconds to the local time in the tm structure. (This function is reentrant.) - |
-
asctime_r (const struct tm *__restrict tm, char *__restrict buf) - |
-
- Converts the broken-down time in the tm structure into a string. (This function is reentrant.) - |
-
| - | -
- Converts the date and time into a string. (This function is reentrant.) - |
-
nanosleep (const struct timespec *tspec1, struct timespec *tspec2) - |
-- - | -
clock_getres (clockid_t id, struct timespec *tspec) - |
-- - | -
clock_gettime (clockid_t id, struct timespec *tspec) - |
-- - | -
clock_settime (clockid_t id, const struct timespec *tspec) - |
-- - | -
clock_nanosleep (clockid_t id, int flag, const struct timespec *tspec1, struct timespec *tspec2) - |
-
- Pauses the current thread until a specified time of a clock arrives. - |
-
timer_create (clockid_t id, struct sigevent *__restrict evp, timer_t *__restrict t) - |
-- - | -
timer_delete (timer_t t) - |
-- - | -
timer_settime (timer_t t, int flags, const struct itimerspec *__restrict val, struct itimerspec *__restrict old) - |
-- - | -
timer_gettime (timer_t t, struct itimerspec *tspec) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- Converts a time string to the broken-down time in the tm structure. - |
-
getdate (const char *buf) - |
-struct tm * -Converts a time string to the broken-down time in the tm structure. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- Converts the broken-down time in the tm structure to the number of seconds. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the broken-down time in the tm structure. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the broken-down time in the tm structure. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the clock ID, which can be CLOCK_REALTIME, CLOCK_REALTIME_COARSE, CLOCK_MONOTONIC, CLOCK_MONOTONIC_COARSE or CLOCK_MONOTONIC_RAW. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the clock ID, which can be CLOCK_REALTIME, CLOCK_REALTIME_COARSE, CLOCK_MONOTONIC, CLOCK_MONOTONIC_COARSE, or CLOCK_MONOTONIC_RAW. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the clock ID. Only CLOCK_REALTIME is supported. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the minimum duration that the current thread is paused. Currently, the unit of precision is tick, and the discrepancy is fewer than 2 ticks. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the clock ID. Only CLOCK_REALTIME is supported. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the number of milliseconds. timezone and dstflag are set to 0. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the time string. The format is specified by the file defined by the environment variable DATEMSK. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the timer type. Only ITIMER_REAL is supported. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the timeval structure that contains the time. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the tm structure. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the tm structure. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the broken-down time in the tm structure. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the minimum duration that the current thread is paused. Currently, the unit of precision is tick, and the discrepancy is fewer than 2 ticks. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the timer type. Currently, only ITIMER_REAL is supported. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the original timer value before the current setting, which can be NULL. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the time zone to set. This parameter is not used yet. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the broken-down time in the tm structure. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the broken-down time in the tm structure. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the required programming language. Currently, only C programming language is supported. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the string that contains only time data. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the tm structure. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the number of seconds. You can also pass NULL to use the return value. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the broken-down time in the tm structure to convert. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -Indicates the clock ID. Only CLOCK_REALTIME is supported. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the asynchronous notification signal and action, which can be NULL. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -The value of evp is not NULL and sigev_notify is not SIGEV_SIGNAL. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
Public Member Function Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
TextAdapter () - |
-- A constructor used to create a UILabel instance. - |
-
~TextAdapter () - |
-virtual -A destructor used to delete the UILabel instance. - |
-
| - | -UIView * -Obtains a UILabel instance to convert adapter data into another UILabel instance. - |
-
| - | -void -Sets the UILabel adapter data, which is a string linked list. - |
-
SetData (int16_t start, int16_t end) - |
-void -Sets continuously increasing data. For example, if you need to set data 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, use this function to set start to 0 and end to 4. - |
-
SetFontId (uint8_t fontId) - |
-void -Sets font ID. - |
-
GetFontId () const - |
-uint8_t -Obtains font ID. - |
-
SetFont (const char *name, uint8_t size) - |
-void -Sets the font. - |
-
GetStyle () - |
-Style & -Obtains the UILabel adapter style. - |
-
GetCount () override - |
-virtual uint16_t -Obtains the data size of the UILabel adapter. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) - |
-void -Sets the width of UILabel constructed by the adapter. - |
-
SetDirect (UITextLanguageDirect direct) - |
-void -Sets the direction of the UILabel constructed by the adapter. - |
-
SetHeight (int16_t height) - |
-void -Sets the height of the UILabel constructed by the adapter. - |
-
SetLineBreakMode (const uint8_t lineBreakMode) - |
-void -Sets the LineBreakMode attribute of UILabel constructed by the adapter. For details about the values of LineBreakMode, see LINE_BREAK_ADAPT, LINE_BREAK_WRAP, LINE_BREAK_ELLIPSIS, and LINE_BREAK_MARQUEE. - |
-
SetOnClickListener (UIView::OnClickListener *clickListener) - |
-void -Sets the callback function to be invoked upon a click event. - |
-
SetTextFormatter (TextFormatter *formatter) - |
-void -Sets the text formatter. - |
-
| - | -- A constructor used to create an AbstractAdapter instance. - |
-
| - | -virtual -A destructor used to delete the AbstractAdapter instance. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | - | -
| - | - | -
| - | - | -
| - | - | -
| - | -
- Defines detailed information about different types of stream sources. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UartTransMode { UART_MODE_RD_BLOCK = 0, UART_MODE_RD_NONBLOCK, UART_MODE_DMA_RX_EN, UART_MODE_DMA_RX_DIS, UART_MODE_DMA_TX_EN, UART_MODE_DMA_TX_DIS } - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
UartOpen (uint32_t port) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
UartGetBaud (DevHandle handle, uint32_t *baudRate) - |
-- - | -
UartSetBaud (DevHandle handle, uint32_t baudRate) - |
-- - | -
UartGetAttribute (DevHandle handle, struct UartAttribute *attribute) - |
-- - | -
UartSetAttribute (DevHandle handle, struct UartAttribute *attribute) - |
-- - | -
UartSetTransMode (DevHandle handle, enum UartTransMode mode) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| UART_MODE_RD_BLOCK | -- | -
| UART_MODE_RD_NONBLOCK | -- | -
| UART_MODE_DMA_RX_EN | -- | -
| UART_MODE_DMA_RX_DIS | -- | -
| UART_MODE_DMA_TX_EN | -- | -
| UART_MODE_DMA_TX_DIS | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the UART device handle, which is obtained via UartOpen. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the UART device handle, which is obtained via UartOpen. | -
| attribute | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained UART attribute. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the UART device handle, which is obtained via UartOpen. | -
| baudRate | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained baud rate. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| port | -Indicates the UART port. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the UART device handle, which is obtained via UartOpen. | -
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer for receiving the data. | -
| size | -Indicates the size of the data to read. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the UART device handle, which is obtained via UartOpen. | -
| attribute | -Indicates the pointer to the UART attribute to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the UART device handle, which is obtained via UartOpen. | -
| baudRate | -Indicates the baud rate to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the UART device handle, which is obtained via UartOpen. | -
| mode | -Indicates a transmission mode enumerated in {@linkUartTransMode}. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| handle | -Indicates the pointer to the UART device handle, which is obtained via UartOpen. | -
| data | -Indicates the pointer to the data to write. | -
| size | -Indicates the size of the data to write. | -
Public Member Function Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
UIChart () - |
-- A constructor used to create a UIChart instance. - |
-
~UIChart () - |
-virtual -A destructor used to delete the UIChart instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-UIViewType -Obtains the view type. - |
-
SetHeight (int16_t height) override - |
-void -Sets the height for this component. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) override - |
-void -Sets the width for this component. - |
-
| - | -bool -Called before a view is drawn. This function is used to check whether the parent view of this view needs to be redrawn so as to optimize the drawing process. - |
-
| - | -void -Called when a view is drawn. - |
-
AddDataSerial (UIChartDataSerial *dataSerial) - |
-virtual bool -Adds a data set. - |
-
DeleteDataSerial (UIChartDataSerial *dataSerial) - |
-virtual bool -Deletes a data set. - |
-
| - | -virtual void -Clears all data sets. - |
-
RefreshChart ()=0 - |
-virtual void -Refreshes a chart and redraws the dirty region. - |
-
GetXAxis () - |
-UIXAxis & -Obtains the x-axis instance. - |
-
GetYAxis () - |
-UIYAxis & -Obtains the y-axis instance. - |
-
EnableReverse (bool enable) - |
-void -Enables chart reverse. - |
-
UIViewGroup () - |
-- A default constructor used to create a UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
~UIViewGroup () - |
-virtual -A destructor used to delete the UIViewGroup instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-UIViewType -Obtains the view type. - |
-
| - | -virtual void -Adds a child view. - |
-
| - | -virtual void -Inserts a new child view behind the current one. - |
-
| - | -virtual void -Removes a child view. - |
-
RemoveAll () - |
-virtual void -Removes all child views. - |
-
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) override - |
-virtual void -Obtains the target child view that is visible and can respond to touch events based on given coordinates. - |
-
MoveChildByOffset (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-virtual void -Moves all child views. - |
-
GetChildrenHead () const - |
-UIView * -Obtains the first child view in this view group. - |
-
GetChildrenTail () const - |
-UIView * -Obtains the last child view in this view group. - |
-
SetDisallowIntercept (bool flag) - |
-void -Sets whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
GetChildById (const char *id) const override - |
-UIView * -Obtains the target child view with a specified ID. - |
-
SetAutoSize (bool state) - |
-void -Sets whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
UIView () - |
-- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-virtual -A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-virtual void -Called after a view is drawn. - |
-
ReMeasure () - |
-virtual void -Remeasures the view size. - |
-
Invalidate () - |
-void -Refreshes the invalidated area of the view. - |
-
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-void -Refreshes a view in a specified invalidated area. - |
-
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-virtual bool -Called when the view is long pressed. - |
-
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-virtual bool -Called when the view starts to drag. - |
-
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-virtual bool -Called when the view is being dragged. - |
-
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-virtual bool -Called when the view stops dragging. - |
-
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-virtual void -Called when the view is clicked. - |
-
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-virtual void -Called when the view is pressed. - |
-
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-virtual void -Called when the view is released. - |
-
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-virtual void -Called when a click event on the view is canceled. - |
-
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-void -Sets a drag event listener for the view. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the drag event listener for the view. - |
-
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-void -Sets a click event listener for the view. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the click event listener for the view. - |
-
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-void -Sets a long-press event listener for the view. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the long-press event listener for the view. - |
-
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-void -Sets a touch event listener for the view. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the touch event listener for the view. - |
-
| - | -void -Sets the parent view for the view. - |
-
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * -Obtains the parent view of the view. - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-void -Sets the next sibling view for the view. - |
-
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * -Obtains the next sibling view of the view. - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-virtual void -Sets whether the view is visible. - |
-
IsVisible () const - |
-bool -Checks whether the view is visible. - |
-
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-void -Sets whether the view is touchable. - |
-
IsTouchable () const - |
-bool -Checks whether the view is touchable. - |
-
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-void -Sets whether the view is draggable. - |
-
IsDraggable () const - |
-bool -Checks whether the view is draggable. - |
-
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-void -Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-bool -Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the visible absolute rectangle area of the view. - |
-
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. - |
-
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-void -Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
GetWidth () - |
-virtual int16_t -Obtains the width for the view. - |
-
GetHeight () - |
-virtual int16_t -Obtains the height for the view. - |
-
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-virtual void -Adjusts the size of the view. - |
-
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-virtual void -Sets the x-coordinate for the view. - |
-
GetX () const - |
-int16_t -Obtains the x-coordinate for the view. - |
-
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-virtual void -Sets the y-coordinate for the view. - |
-
GetY () const - |
-int16_t -Obtains the y-coordinate for the view. - |
-
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-virtual void -Sets the position for the view. - |
-
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-virtual void -Adjusts the position and size of the view. - |
-
IsViewGroup () const - |
-bool -Checks whether the view is a container view. - |
-
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-void -Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-void -Sets the affine transformation matrix. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains an affine transformation matrix. - |
-
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-void -Sets the view ID. - |
-
GetViewId () const - |
-const char * -Obtains the view ID. - |
-
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-void -Sets the view index. - |
-
GetViewIndex () const - |
-int16_t -Obtains the view index. - |
-
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-virtual void -Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view in the center of the parent view. - |
-
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the left of the parent view. - |
-
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the right of the parent view. - |
-
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the top of the parent view. - |
-
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the bottom of the parent view. - |
-
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Aligns the view with the left of a sibling view. - |
-
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Aligns the view with the right of a sibling view. - |
-
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Aligns the view with the top of a sibling view. - |
-
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Aligns the view with the bottom of a sibling view. - |
-
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the left of a sibling view. - |
-
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the right of a sibling view. - |
-
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the above of a sibling view. - |
-
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the below of a sibling view. - |
-
SetStyle (Style &style) - |
-virtual void -Sets the view style. - |
-
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-virtual void -Sets a style. - |
-
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-virtual int64_t -Obtains the value of a style. - |
-
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
Additional Inherited Member Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
GetAllChildRelativeRect () const - |
-Obtains the rectangle area of a new view group after being adaptive to the size of all child views. - |
-
| - | -Performs operations needed after a child view is added or removed. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the first child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -Indicates the pointer to the last child view of this view group. - |
-
| - | -Represents the number of child views. - |
-
| - | -Specifies the sliding state of this view group. - |
-
| - | -Specifies whether this view group is intercepted upon touch events. - |
-
| - | -Specifies whether the size of this view group is adaptive to that of all child views. - |
-
Public Type Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
LineBreakMode : uint8_t { LINE_BREAK_ADAPT = 0, LINE_BREAK_STRETCH, LINE_BREAK_WRAP, LINE_BREAK_ELLIPSIS, LINE_BREAK_MARQUEE, LINE_BREAK_CLIP, LINE_BREAK_MAX } - |
-Enumerates the display modes of a long text. - |
-
Public Member Function Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
UILabel () - |
-- A constructor used to create a UILabel instance. - |
-
~UILabel () - |
-virtual -A destructor used to delete the UILabel instance. - |
-
GetViewType () const override - |
-UIViewType -Obtains the view type. - |
-
GetWidth () override - |
-int16_t -Obtains the width of this label. - |
-
GetHeight () override - |
-int16_t -Obtains the height of this label. - |
-
| - | -bool -Checks whether this label needs to be covered before drawing it. - |
-
| - | -void -Draws this label. - |
-
SetText (const char *text) - |
-void -Sets the text content for this label. - |
-
GetText () const - |
-const char * -Obtains the text of this label. - |
-
SetLineBreakMode (const uint8_t lineBreakMode) - |
-void -Sets the line break mode for this text. - |
-
GetLineBreakMode () const - |
-uint8_t -Obtains the line break mode of this text. - |
-
SetTextColor (ColorType color) - |
-void -Sets the color for this text. - |
-
GetTextColor () const - |
-
- Obtains the color of this text. - |
-
SetAlign (UITextLanguageAlignment horizontalAlign, UITextLanguageAlignment verticalAlign=TEXT_ALIGNMENT_TOP) - |
-void -Sets the alignment mode for this text. - |
-
GetHorAlign () const - |
-
- Obtains the horizontal alignment mode. - |
-
GetVerAlign () const - |
-
- Obtains the vertical alignment mode. - |
-
SetDirect (UITextLanguageDirect direct) - |
-void -Sets the direction for this text. - |
-
GetDirect () const - |
-
- Obtains the direction of this text. - |
-
SetFontId (uint8_t fontId) - |
-void -Sets the font ID for this label. - |
-
GetFontId () const - |
-uint8_t -Obtains the font ID composed of font name and size. - |
-
SetFont (const char *name, uint8_t size) - |
-void -Sets the font for this label. - |
-
SetRollSpeed (uint16_t speed) - |
-void -Sets the scroll speed for this text. - |
-
GetTextWidth () - |
-uint16_t -Obtains the width of this text. - |
-
| - | -uint16_t -Obtains the height of this text. - |
-
SetRollStartPos (int16_t pos) - |
-void -Sets the position where this text starts to roll. - |
-
GetRollStartPos () const - |
-int16_t -Obtains the position where this text starts to roll. - |
-
SetWidth (int16_t width) override - |
-void -Sets the width for this label. - |
-
SetHeight (int16_t height) override - |
-void -Sets the height for this label. - |
-
SetTextRotation (LabelRotateDegree angle) - |
-void -Sets the clockwise rotation angle for this text. - |
-
GetTextRotation () const - |
-LabelRotateDegree -Obtains the clockwise rotation degree of this text. - |
-
GetTextRotateDegree () const - |
-uint16_t -Obtains the number of text rotation degrees. - |
-
UIView () - |
-- A default constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
UIView (const char *id) - |
-- A constructor used to create an UIView instance. - |
-
~UIView () - |
-virtual -A destructor used to delete the UIView instance. - |
-
OnPostDraw (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-virtual void -Called after a view is drawn. - |
-
Invalidate () - |
-void -Refreshes the invalidated area of the view. - |
-
InvalidateRect (const Rect &invalidatedArea) - |
-void -Refreshes a view in a specified invalidated area. - |
-
OnLongPressEvent (const LongPressEvent &event) - |
-virtual bool -Called when the view is long pressed. - |
-
OnDragStartEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-virtual bool -Called when the view starts to drag. - |
-
OnDragEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-virtual bool -Called when the view is being dragged. - |
-
OnDragEndEvent (const DragEvent &event) - |
-virtual bool -Called when the view stops dragging. - |
-
OnClickEvent (const ClickEvent &event) - |
-virtual void -Called when the view is clicked. - |
-
OnPressEvent (const PressEvent &event) - |
-virtual void -Called when the view is pressed. - |
-
OnReleaseEvent (const ReleaseEvent &event) - |
-virtual void -Called when the view is released. - |
-
OnCancelEvent (const CancelEvent &event) - |
-virtual void -Called when a click event on the view is canceled. - |
-
SetOnDragListener (OnDragListener *onDragListener) - |
-void -Sets a drag event listener for the view. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the drag event listener for the view. - |
-
SetOnClickListener (OnClickListener *onClickListener) - |
-void -Sets a click event listener for the view. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the click event listener for the view. - |
-
SetOnLongPressListener (OnLongPressListener *onLongPressListener) - |
-void -Sets a long-press event listener for the view. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the long-press event listener for the view. - |
-
SetOnTouchListener (OnTouchListener *onTouchListener) - |
-void -Sets a touch event listener for the view. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the touch event listener for the view. - |
-
GetTargetView (const Point &point, UIView **last) - |
-virtual void -Obtains the top-level view based on specified coordinates. - |
-
| - | -void -Sets the parent view for the view. - |
-
GetParent () const - |
-UIView * -Obtains the parent view of the view. - |
-
SetNextSibling (UIView *sibling) - |
-void -Sets the next sibling view for the view. - |
-
GetNextSibling () const - |
-UIView * -Obtains the next sibling view of the view. - |
-
SetVisible (bool visible) - |
-virtual void -Sets whether the view is visible. - |
-
IsVisible () const - |
-bool -Checks whether the view is visible. - |
-
SetTouchable (bool touch) - |
-void -Sets whether the view is touchable. - |
-
IsTouchable () const - |
-bool -Checks whether the view is touchable. - |
-
SetDraggable (bool draggable) - |
-void -Sets whether the view is draggable. - |
-
IsDraggable () const - |
-bool -Checks whether the view is draggable. - |
-
SetDragParentInstead (bool dragParentInstead) - |
-void -Sets whether to transfer the drag event to the parent view for processing when the view is being dragged. - |
-
IsDragParentInstead () const - |
-bool -Obtains whether the view transfers a drag event to the parent view for processing. - |
-
GetRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. When the view has deformation such as rotation, the rectangle area is the intersection set of the absolute rectangle area and deformation matrix. - |
-
GetVisibleRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the visible absolute rectangle area of the view. - |
-
GetMaskedRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the valid absolute rectangle area of the view. The valid area refers to the area where the view can be displayed. Generally, the valid area is the same as the visible view area, but they may be different in the grid layout. - |
-
GetOrigRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the absolute rectangle area of the view. - |
-
| - | -virtual Rect -Obtains the content of the absolute rectangle area of the view. This area excludes padding. - |
-
GetRelativeRect () const - |
-
- Obtains the rectangular area of the view relative to the parent view, that is, the rectangular area relative to the coordinates of the parent view. - |
-
ResizeVisibleArea (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-void -Adjusts the size of the visible area. This operation may affect the final display size. - |
-
Resize (int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-virtual void -Adjusts the size of the view. - |
-
SetX (int16_t x) - |
-virtual void -Sets the x-coordinate for the view. - |
-
GetX () const - |
-int16_t -Obtains the x-coordinate for the view. - |
-
SetY (int16_t y) - |
-virtual void -Sets the y-coordinate for the view. - |
-
GetY () const - |
-int16_t -Obtains the y-coordinate for the view. - |
-
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y) - |
-virtual void -Sets the position for the view. - |
-
SetPosition (int16_t x, int16_t y, int16_t width, int16_t height) - |
-virtual void -Adjusts the position and size of the view. - |
-
IsViewGroup () const - |
-bool -Checks whether the view is a container view. - |
-
SetIntercept (bool isIntercept) - |
-void -Sets whether to intercept the drag event. If intercepted, the view does not transfer the drag event to the parent view after local processing. - |
-
SetTransformMap (const TransformMap &transMap) - |
-void -Sets the affine transformation matrix. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains an affine transformation matrix. - |
-
GetChildById (const char *id) const - |
-virtual UIView * -Obtains the child view of a specified ID. - |
-
SetViewId (const char *id) - |
-void -Sets the view ID. - |
-
GetViewId () const - |
-const char * -Obtains the view ID. - |
-
SetViewIndex (int16_t index) - |
-void -Sets the view index. - |
-
GetViewIndex () const - |
-int16_t -Obtains the view index. - |
-
LayoutChildren (bool neeInvalidate=false) - |
-virtual void -Lays out all child views according to the preset arrangement mode. - |
-
LayoutCenterOfParent (int16_t xOffSet=0, int16_t yOffset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view in the center of the parent view. - |
-
LayoutLeftOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the left of the parent view. - |
-
LayoutRightOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the right of the parent view. - |
-
LayoutTopOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the top of the parent view. - |
-
LayoutBottomOfParent (int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the bottom of the parent view. - |
-
AlignLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Aligns the view with the left of a sibling view. - |
-
AlignRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Aligns the view with the right of a sibling view. - |
-
AlignTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Aligns the view with the top of a sibling view. - |
-
AlignBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Aligns the view with the bottom of a sibling view. - |
-
AlignHorCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the x-axis. - |
-
AlignVerCenterToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Aligns the view with the center of a sibling view in the y-axis. - |
-
LayoutLeftToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the left of a sibling view. - |
-
LayoutRightToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the right of a sibling view. - |
-
LayoutTopToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the above of a sibling view. - |
-
LayoutBottomToSibling (const char *id, int16_t offset=0) - |
-void -Lays out the view on the below of a sibling view. - |
-
SetStyle (Style &style) - |
-virtual void -Sets the view style. - |
-
SetStyle (uint8_t key, int64_t value) - |
-virtual void -Sets a style. - |
-
GetStyle (uint8_t key) const - |
-virtual int64_t -Obtains the value of a style. - |
-
GetStyleConst () const - |
-const Style & -Obtains the view style. This function applies to scenarios where the style does not need to be modified, which saves memory. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Creates a queue from the doubly linked list for insque and remque. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Too many opened files in system (the maximum number exceeded) - |
-
| - | -Too many opened files in a process (the maximum number exceeded) - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -The pipe file is incorrect or the read end of the pipe is closed during the write operation. - |
-
| - | -Domain error. The value of at least one input parameter is out of the parameter range. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
EWOULDBLOCK EAGAIN - |
-Operation would block (the same value as EAGAIN) - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
EDEADLOCK EDEADLK - |
-Resource deadlock (the same value as EDEADLK) - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
ENOTSUP EOPNOTSUPP - |
-Operation not supported on socket. The value is the same as that of EOPNOTSUPP. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
_tolower(a) ((a)|0x20) - |
-- | -
_toupper(a) ((a)&0x5f) - |
-- | -
isascii(a) (0 ? isascii(a) : (unsigned)(a) < 128) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -No severity level is set, equivalent to MM_NULLSEV. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -If this flag is set, a slash (/) in string can be matched by a slash (/) in pattern, but not by an asterisk (*), or a question mark (?), or a bracket expression ([]) containing a slash. - |
-
| - | -If this flag is set, the backslash () is treated as an ordinary character, instead of an escape character. - |
-
| - | -If this flag is set, a leading period (.) in string can be exactly matched by the period (.) in pattern. A period is considered to be leading if it is the first character in string, or if both FNM_PATHNAME is set and the period immediately follows a slash. - |
-
| - | -If this flag is set, a trailing sequence of characters starting with a slash (/) is ignored in string. For example, if this flag is set, either foo* or foobar as a pattern would match the string foobar/frobozz. - |
-
| - | -If this flag is set, the pattern is matched case-insensitively. - |
-
FNM_FILE_NAME FNM_PATHNAME - |
-The definition is similar to that of FNM_PATHNAME. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
LONG_MIN (-LONG_MAX-1) - |
-- | -
LONG_MAX __LONG_MAX - |
-- | -
ULONG_MAX (2UL*LONG_MAX+1) - |
-- | -
LLONG_MIN (-LLONG_MAX-1) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
ULLONG_MAX (2ULL*LLONG_MAX+1) - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
SSIZE_MAX LONG_MAX - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
PAGE_SIZE PAGESIZE - |
-- | -
va_start(v, l) __builtin_va_start(v,l) - |
-Defines the start position of the variable-length argument list. - |
-
va_end(v) __builtin_va_end(v) - |
-- | -
va_arg(v, l) __builtin_va_arg(v,l) - |
-Obtains the next argument in the variable-length argument list. - |
-
va_copy(d, s) __builtin_va_copy(d,s) - |
-Copies the previously initialized variable argument list s to d. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Relocation starts from the position of the currently accessed file. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -typedef struct entry - - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
crypt (const char *key, const char *setting) - |
-- - | -
isalnum (int c) - |
-
- Checks whether a parameter is an alphabetic character or a decimal digit. - |
-
isalpha (int c) - |
-- - | -
isblank (int c) - |
-
- Checks whether a parameter is a blank character (space or tap). - |
-
iscntrl (int c) - |
-
- Checks whether a parameter is a control character. A control character is invisible and does not occupy a printing position on a display. - |
-
isdigit (int c) - |
-- - | -
isgraph (int c) - |
-
- Checks whether a parameter is any printable character except the space character. - |
-
islower (int c) - |
-- - | -
isprint (int c) - |
-
- Checks whether a parameter is a printable character (including space). - |
-
ispunct (int c) - |
-
- Checks whether a parameter is a punctuation or special character. - |
-
isspace (int c) - |
-- - | -
isupper (int c) - |
-- - | -
isxdigit (int c) - |
-- - | -
tolower (int c) - |
-
- Converts an uppercase letter specified by c to its lowercase equivalent. - |
-
toupper (int c) - |
-
- Converts a lowercase letter specified by c to its uppercase equivalent. - |
-
isalnum_l (int c, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Checks whether a parameter is an alphabetic character or digit for the specified locale. - |
-
isalpha_l (int c, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Checks whether a parameter is an alphabetic character for the specified locale. - |
-
isblank_l (int c, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Checks whether a parameter is a blank character (including spaces and tabs) for the specified locale. - |
-
iscntrl_l (int c, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Checks whether a parameter is a control character for the specified locale. - |
-
isdigit_l (int c, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Checks whether a parameter is a decimal digit for the specified locale. - |
-
isgraph_l (int c, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Checks whether a parameter is any printable character except the space character for the specified locale. - |
-
islower_l (int c, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Checks whether a parameter is a character of lowercase letters for the specified locale. - |
-
isprint_l (int c, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Checks whether a parameter is a printable character (including space) for the specified locale. A printable character is visible and occupies a printing position on a display. - |
-
ispunct_l (int c, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Checks whether a parameter is a punctuation or special character for the specified locale. - |
-
isspace_l (int c, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Checks whether a parameter is a blank character for the specified locale. - |
-
isupper_l (int c, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Checks whether a parameter is a character of uppercase letters for the specified locale. - |
-
isxdigit_l (int c, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Checks whether a parameter is a hexadecimal digit for the specified locale. - |
-
tolower_l (int c, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Converts an upper letter specified by c to its lowercase equivalent for the specified locale. - |
-
toupper_l (int c, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Converts a lowercase letter specified by c to its uppercase equivalent for the specified locale. - |
-
toascii (int c) - |
-- - | -
fmtmsg (long classification, const char *label, int severity, const char *text, const char *action, const char *tag) - |
-- - | -
fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags) - |
-- - | -
getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *optstring, const struct option *longopts, int *longindex) - |
-- - | -
getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *optstring, const struct option *longopts, int *longindex) - |
-- - | -
imaxabs (intmax_t j) - |
-
- Calculates the absolute value of an input parameter of the integer type. - |
-
imaxdiv (intmax_t numerator, intmax_t denominator) - |
-
- Calculates the quotient and remainder after the division operation is performed on an integer. - |
-
strtoimax (const char *str, char **endptr, int base) - |
-- - | -
strtoumax (const char *str, char **endptr, int base) - |
-- - | -
wcstoimax (const wchar_t *str, wchar_t **endptr, int base) - |
-- - | -
wcstoumax (const wchar_t *str, wchar_t **endptr, int base) - |
-- - | -
regcomp (regex_t *preg, const char *regex, int cflags) - |
-
- Compiles a specified regular expression into a string of a specific format. - |
-
regexec (const regex_t *preg, const char *string, size_t nmatch, regmatch_t pmatch[], int eflags) - |
-- - | -
regfree (regex_t *preg) - |
-- - | -
regerror (int errcode, const regex_t *preg, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size) - |
-- - | -
hcreate (size_t nel) - |
-- - | -
hdestroy (void) - |
-- - | -
| - | -ENTRY * - - |
-
hcreate_r (size_t nel, struct hsearch_data *htab) - |
-
- Creates a hash table based on the number of entries and its description. - |
-
hdestroy_r (struct hsearch_data *htab) - |
-- - | -
hsearch_r (ENTRY item, ACTION action, ENTRY **retval, struct hsearch_data *htab) - |
-- - | -
insque (void *element, void *pred) - |
-- - | -
remque (void *elem) - |
-- - | -
lsearch (const void *key, const void *base, size_t *nelp, size_t width, int(*compar)(const void *, const void *)) - |
-
- Performs a linear search for a key in the array and adds a key to the end of the array if the key is not found. - |
-
lfind (const void *key, const void *base, size_t *nelp, size_t width, int(*compar)(const void *, const void *)) - |
-- - | -
tdelete (const void *key, void **rootp, int(*compar)(const void *, const void *)) - |
-- - | -
tfind (const void *key, void *const *rootp, int(*compar)(const void *, const void *)) - |
-- - | -
tsearch (const void *key, void *const *rootp, int(*compar)(const void *, const void *)) - |
-
- Searches for a key in the binary tree and adds a key to the tree if the key is not found. - |
-
twalk (const void *root, void(*action)(const void *nodep, VISIT which, int depth)) - |
-- - | -
tdestroy (void *root, void(*free_node)(void *nodep)) - |
-- - | -
atoi (const char *nptr) - |
-- - | -
atol (const char *nptr) - |
-- - | -
atoll (const char *nptr) - |
-- - | -
atof (const char *nptr) - |
-
- Converts an input string to a double-precision floating-point number. - |
-
strtof (const char *nptr, char **endptr) - |
-- - | -
strtod (const char *nptr, char **endptr) - |
-- - | -
strtold (const char *nptr, char **endptr) - |
-- - | -
strtol (const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base) - |
-
- Converts a string to a long integer according to the given base. - |
-
strtoul (const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base) - |
-
- Converts a string to an unsigned long integer according to the given base. - |
-
strtoll (const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base) - |
-
- Converts a string to a long long integer according to the given base. - |
-
strtoull (const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base) - |
-
- Converts a string to an unsigned long long integer according to the given base. - |
-
rand (void) - |
-- - | -
srand (unsigned int seed) - |
-- - | -
malloc (size_t size) - |
-- - | -
calloc (size_t nmemb, size_t size) - |
-- - | -
realloc (void *ptr, size_t size) - |
-
- Changes the size of the memory block pointed to by ptr to size bytes. - |
-
free (void *ptr) - |
-- - | -
abort (void) - |
-
- Terminates an abnormal process and sends the SIGABRT signal to the caller. - |
-
atexit (void(*func)(void)) - |
-- - | -
exit (int status) - |
-
- Terminates the calling process, clears the used memory space and various data structures in the kernel, and sends the process end status to the parent process. All functions registered with atexit and on_exit are called in the reverse order. - |
-
getenv (const char *name) - |
-- - | -
_Exit (int status) - |
-
- Terminates the calling process, clears the used memory space and various data structures in the kernel, and sends the process end status to the parent process. - |
-
assert (scalar expression) - |
-- - | -
secure_getenv (const char *name) - |
-- - | -
bsearch (const void *key, const void *base, size_t nel, size_t width, int(*compar)(const void *, const void *)) - |
-
- Searches for key using the binary search algorithm from the array element base[0] to base[num-1]. - |
-
qsort (const void *base, size_t nel, size_t width, int(*compar)(const void *, const void *)) - |
-
- Sorts array elements base[0] to base[num-1] based on the comparison rules of compar. - |
-
abs (int i) - |
-- - | -
labs (long i) - |
-- - | -
llabs (long long i) - |
-- - | -
div (int numerator, int denominator) - |
-
- Calculates the quotient and remainder of an integer after division. - |
-
ldiv (long numerator, long denominator) - |
-
- Calculates the quotient and remainder of a long integer after division. - |
-
lldiv (long long numerator, long long denominator) - |
-
- Calculates the quotient and remainder of a long long integer after division. - |
-
mblen (const char *s, size_t n) - |
-- - | -
mbtowc (wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n) - |
-- - | -
wctomb (char *s, wchar_t wc) - |
-
- Converts a wide character to its multi-byte sequence and stores it in a character array. - |
-
mbstowcs (wchar_t *dest, const char *src, size_t n) - |
-- - | -
wcstombs (char *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n) - |
-- - | -
posix_memalign (void **memptr, size_t alignment, size_t size) - |
-
- Allocates memory with the specified size based on the given alignment. - |
-
setenv (const char *name, const char *value, int overwrite) - |
-- - | -
unsetenv (const char *name) - |
-- - | -
mkstemp (char *template) - |
-- - | -
mkostemp (char *template, int flags) - |
-- - | -
mkdtemp (char *template) - |
-- - | -
getsubopt (char **optionp, char *const *tokens, char **valuep) - |
-- - | -
rand_r (unsigned *seedp) - |
-- - | -
realpath (const char *__restrict path, char *__restrict resolved) - |
-- - | -
random (void) - |
-- - | -
srandom (unsigned int seed) - |
-- - | -
initstate (unsigned int seed, char *state, size_t n) - |
-- - | -
setstate (char *state) - |
-- - | -
putenv (char *s) - |
-- - | -
l64a (long value) - |
-- - | -
a64l (const char *str64) - |
-
- Converts between a 32-bit long integer and a little-endian 64-bit ASCII string. - |
-
drand48 (void) - |
-- - | -
erand48 (unsigned short xsubi[3]) - |
-- - | -
lrand48 (void) - |
-
- Generates pseudo-random numbers evenly distributed between [0, 2^31). - |
-
nrand48 (unsigned short xsubi[3]) - |
-
- Generates pseudo-random numbers evenly distributed between [0, 2^31). - |
-
mrand48 (void) - |
-
- Generates pseudo-random numbers evenly distributed between [-2^31, 2^31). - |
-
jrand48 (unsigned short xsubi[3]) - |
-
- Generates pseudo-random numbers evenly distributed between [-2^31, 2^31). - |
-
srand48 (long int seedval) - |
-
- Sets the start seed value for the pseudo-random number generator. - |
-
seed48 (unsigned short[3]) - |
-- - | -
lcong48 (unsigned short param[7]) - |
-
- Sets the seed and related algorithm parameters for the pseudo-random number generator. - |
-
mktemp (char *template) - |
-- - | -
mkstemps (char *template, int suffixlen) - |
-- - | -
mkostemps (char *template, int suffixlen, int flags) - |
-- - | -
valloc (size_t size) - |
-
- Allocates memory with the specified size and aligns the allocated memory by page size. - |
-
ecvt (double number, int ndigits, int *decpt, int *sign) - |
-
- Converts a double-precision floating-point number into a string. - |
-
fcvt (double number, int ndigits, int *decpt, int *sign) - |
-- - | -
gcvt (double x, int n, char *b) - |
-- - | -
memcpy (void *__restrict dest, const void *__restrict src, size_t n) - |
-- - | -
memmove (void *dest, const void *src, size_t n) - |
-- - | -
memset (void *s, int c, size_t n) - |
-- - | -
memcmp (const void *s1, const void *s2, size_t n) - |
-- - | -
memchr (const void *s, int c, size_t n) - |
-- - | -
strcpy (char *dest, const char *src) - |
-- - | -
strncpy (char *dest, const char *src, size_t n) - |
-- - | -
strcat (char *dest, const char *src) - |
-- - | -
strncat (char *dest, const char *src, size_t n) - |
-- - | -
strcmp (const char *s1, const char *s2) - |
-- - | -
strncmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n) - |
-- - | -
strcoll (const char *s1, const char *s2) - |
-
- Compares two strings by character for the program's current locale. - |
-
strcoll_l (const char *s1, const char *s2, locale_t locale) - |
-- - | -
strxfrm (char *dest, const char *src, size_t n) - |
-
- Converts the first n characters of the source string pointed to by src based on the program's current locale specified by LC_COLLATE, and places them in the destination string pointed to by dest. - |
-
strchr (const char *s, int c) - |
-- - | -
strrchr (const char *s, int c) - |
-- - | -
strcspn (const char *s, const char *reject) - |
-
- Obtains the length of the initial segment of a string that contains characters not in reject. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the length of the initial segment of a string that contains characters in accept. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
strstr (const char *haystack, const char *needle) - |
-- - | -
strtok (char *str, const char *delim) - |
-
- Separates a string into a series of tokens separated by a delimiter. - |
-
strlen (const char *s) - |
-- - | -
strerror (int errnum) - |
-
- Obtains an error description string of the specified error code. - |
-
strtok_r (char *str, const char *delim, char **saveptr) - |
-
- Separates a string into a series of tokens separated by a delimiter, with the saveptr parameter specified. - |
-
strerror_l (int errnum, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Obtains an error description string of the specified error code for the specified locale. - |
-
strerror_r (int errnum, char *buf, size_t buflen) - |
-
- Obtains an error description string of the specified error code. - |
-
stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src) - |
-- - | -
stpncpy (char *dest, const char *src, size_t n) - |
-- - | -
strnlen (const char *s, size_t maxlen) - |
-- - | -
strdup (const char *s) - |
-- - | -
strndup (const char *s, size_t n) - |
-- - | -
strsignal (int sig) - |
-- - | -
memccpy (void *__restrict dest, const void *__restrict src, int c, size_t n) - |
-- - | -
strsep (char **stringp, const char *delim) - |
-
- Separates a string into a series of tokens separated by a delimiter. - |
-
strlcat (char *d, const char *s, size_t n) - |
-- - | -
strlcpy (char *d, const char *s, size_t n) - |
-- - | -
strverscmp (const char *s1, const char *s2) - |
-
- Compares strings of two versions (string 1 and string 2) and returns the comparison result. - |
-
strcasestr (const char *haystack, const char *needle) - |
-
- Searches for a needle string in its haystack string and returns a pointer. - |
-
memmem (const void *haystack, size_t haystacklen, const void *needle, size_t needlelen) - |
-- - | -
memrchr (const void *s, int c, size_t n) - |
-- - | -
mempcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t n) - |
-- - | -
bcmp (const void *s1, const void *s2, size_t n) - |
-- - | -
bcopy (const void *src, void *dest, size_t n) - |
-- - | -
bzero (void *s, size_t n) - |
-- - | -
index (const char *s, int c) - |
-
- Searches for the first position of the matched character in a string. - |
-
rindex (const char *s, int c) - |
-
- Searches for the last position of the matched character in a string. - |
-
ffs (int i) - |
-- - | -
ffsl (long int i) - |
-
- Searches for the first bit in a word of the long integer type. - |
-
ffsll (long long int i) - |
-
- Searches for the first bit in a word of the 8-byte long integer type. - |
-
strcasecmp (const char *_l, const char *_r) - |
-
- Compares two strings (string 1 and string 2), regardless of the letter case. - |
-
strncasecmp (const char *_l, const char *_r, size_t n) - |
-
- Compares a specified length of two strings (string 1 and string 2), regardless of the letter case. - |
-
pipe (int pipefd[2]) - |
-- - | -
close (int fd) - |
-- - | -
dup (int oldfd) - |
-- - | -
dup2 (int oldfd, int newfd) - |
-
- Copies the descriptor of the target file to a specified descriptor. - |
-
lseek (int fd, off_t offset, int whence) - |
-- - | -
fsync (int fd) - |
-
- Synchronizes a file associated with a specified file descriptor to the storage device. - |
-
read (int fd, void *buf, size_t size) - |
-
- Reads the file contents and saves them in a specified buffer location. - |
-
write (int fd, const void *buf, size_t size) - |
-- - | -
pread (int fd, void *buf, size_t count, off_t offset) - |
-
- Reads data whose offset is offset and length is count from fd to the buffer. - |
-
pwrite (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count, off_t offset) - |
-
- Writes data from the buffer to fd whose offset is offset and length is count. - |
-
unlink (const char *path) - |
-- - | -
unlinkat (int fd, const char *path, int flag) - |
-- - | -
rmdir (const char *path) - |
-- - | -
truncate (const char *path, off_t length) - |
-
- Truncates a file to a specified size based on the file path. - |
-
ftruncate (int fd, off_t length) - |
-- - | -
access (const char *path, int mode) - |
-- - | -
chdir (const char *path) - |
-
- Switches the current working directory to a specified directory. - |
-
getcwd (char *buf, size_t size) - |
-- - | -
alarm (unsigned int seconds) - |
-
- Arranges a signal to be sent to the current process after the number of seconds specified by seconds. - |
-
sleep (unsigned seconds) - |
-- - | -
pause (void) - |
-- - | -
fork (void) - |
-
- Creates a new process that inherits from the user-mode data of its parent process. - |
-
execve (const char *path, char *const arg[], char *const envp[]) - |
-- - | -
execv (const char *path, char *const arg[]) - |
-- - | -
execle (const char *path, const char *arg,...) - |
-- - | -
execl (const char *path, const char *arg,...) - |
-- - | -
execvp (const char *path, char *const arg[]) - |
-- - | -
execlp (const char *path, const char *arg,...) - |
-- - | -
_exit (int status) - |
-
- Exits the process immediately and closes all opened file descriptors in the process. - |
-
swab (const void *from, void *to, ssize_t n) - |
-- - | -
getpid (void) - |
-- - | -
getppid (void) - |
-- - | -
getpgrp (void) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Obtains the ID of the process group whose process ID is specified by pid. - |
-
| - | -
- Sets the ID of the process group whose process ID is specified by pid. - |
-
getopt (int argc, char *const argv[], const char *optstring) - |
-
- Parses command-line arguments based on the specified option. - |
-
getuid (void) - |
-- - | -
geteuid (void) - |
-- - | -
getgid (void) - |
-- - | -
getegid (void) - |
-
- Obtains the effective group ID (GID) of the calling process. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains a list of supplementary user group IDs specific to the calling process. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
pathconf (const char *path, int name) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Sets the real and effective user IDs of the calling process. - |
-
| - | -
- Sets the real and effective user group IDs of the calling process. - |
-
setpgrp (void) - |
-- - | -
usleep (unsigned useconds) - |
-- - | -
ualarm (unsigned value, unsigned interval) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Sets the supplementary user group list of the calling process. - |
-
| - | -
- Sets the real, effective, and saved user IDs of the calling process. - |
-
| - | -
- Sets the real, effective, and saved group IDs of the calling process. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the real, effective, and saved user IDs of the calling process. - |
-
| - | -
- Obtains the real, effective, and saved user group IDs of the calling process. - |
-
get_current_dir_name (void) - |
-- - | -
sbrk (intptr_t increment) - |
-- - | -
getpagesize (void) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
uname (struct utsname *buf) - |
-- - | -
wcscpy (wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src) - |
-
- Copies the wide characters pointed to by src to the wide character array pointed to by dest, including the terminating null character '\0'. . - |
-
wcsncpy (wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n) - |
-
- Copies the first n wide characters pointed to by src to the wide character array pointed to by dest. - |
-
wcscat (wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src) - |
-
- Appends a copy of the wide characters pointed to by src to the end of the wide character array pointed to by dest and adds a terminating null character '\0'. - |
-
wcsncat (wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n) - |
-
- Appends a copy of the first n wide characters pointed to by src to the end of the wide characters pointed to by dest and adds a terminating null character '\0'. - |
-
wcscmp (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2) - |
-
- Compares each character in the string pointed to by s1 with that in the string pointed to by s2 in ASCII-code order. - |
-
wcsncmp (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, size_t n) - |
-
- Compares the first n characters in the string pointed to by s1 with those in the string pointed to by s2 in ASCII-code order. - |
-
wcscoll (const wchar_t *ws1, const wchar_t *ws2) - |
-
- Compares the wide characters in the string pointed to by ws1 with those in the string pointed to by ws2 based on the specified locale LC_COLLATE. - |
-
wcsxfrm (wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, size_t n) - |
-
- Compares the first n wide characters in the string pointed to by s1 with those in the string pointed to by s2. - |
-
wcschr (const wchar_t *wcs, wchar_t wc) - |
-
- Locates the first occurrence of the wide character pointed to by wc in the wide character string pointed to by wcs. - |
-
wcsrchr (const wchar_t *wcs, wchar_t wc) - |
-
- Locates the last occurrence of the wide character pointed to by wc in the wide character string pointed to by wcs. - |
-
| - | -
- Scans the wide character string pointed to by wcs for any wide characters specified in reject and obtains the number of unmatched characters in wcs. - |
-
| - | -
- Scans the wide character string pointed to by wcs for any wide characters specified in reject and obtains the number matched characters in wcs. - |
-
| - | -
- Scans the wide character string pointed to by wcs for any wide characters specified in accept and obtains the first occurrence of the matched character. - |
-
wcstok (wchar_t *wcs, const wchar_t *delim, wchar_t **ptr) - |
-
- Splits a wide character string pointed to by wcs into tokens using the given delimiter. - |
-
wcslen (const wchar_t *s) - |
-
- Calculates the length of a wide character string pointed to by s. - |
-
wcswcs (const wchar_t *haystack, const wchar_t *needle) - |
-
- Searches the wide character string pointed to by dest for the first occurrence of the wide character string pointed to by src. - |
-
wmemchr (const wchar_t *s, wchar_t c, size_t n) - |
-
- Searches for the first position of the matched wide character within the specified number of characters in a wide character string. - |
-
wmemcmp (const wchar_t *lhs, const wchar_t *rhs, size_t count) - |
-
- Compares the first count characters in the string pointed to by lhs with the first count characters in the string pointed to by rhs. - |
-
wmemcpy (wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t count) - |
-
- Copies count successive characters from the wide character array pointed to by src to the wide character array pointed to by dest. - |
-
wmemmove (wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t count) - |
-
- Copies count successive characters from the wide character array pointed to by src to the wide character array pointed to by dest (with possible array overlapping). - |
-
wmemset (wchar_t *dest, wchar_t ch, size_t count) - |
-
- Fills count characters specified by ch to the wide character array pointed to by dest. - |
-
btowc (int c) - |
-
- Converts a single-byte character c into its wide-character representation. - |
-
wctob (wint_t c) - |
-
- Converts a wide character c into its single-byte representation. - |
-
mbsinit (const mbstate_t *ps) - |
-
- Checks whether the mbstate_t object pointed to by ps is in the initial state. - |
-
wcrtomb (char *s, wchar_t wc, mbstate_t *ps) - |
-
- Converts the wide character specified by wc into a character string and stores the string to the beginning of the character array pointed to by s. - |
-
mbrlen (const char *s, size_t n, mbstate_t *ps) - |
-
- Determines the number of bytes in a character string pointed to by s. - |
-
mbsrtowcs (wchar_t *dest, const char **src, size_t len, mbstate_t *ps) - |
-
- Converts a multi-byte character string with a length of len into a wide character string. - |
-
wcsrtombs (char *dest, const wchar_t **src, size_t len, mbstate_t *ps) - |
-- - | -
wcstof (const wchar_t *str, wchar_t **endptr) - |
-
- Converts a wide character string pointed to by str into a floating-point value and assigns the next character in str after the floating-point value to endptr. - |
-
wcstod (const wchar_t *str, wchar_t **endptr) - |
-
- Converts a wide character string pointed to by str into a double value and assigns the next character in str after the double value to endptr. - |
-
wcstold (const wchar_t *str, wchar_t **endptr) - |
-
- Converts a wide character string pointed to by str into a long double value and assigns the next character in str after the long double value to endptr. - |
-
wcstol (const wchar_t *str, wchar_t **endptr, int base) - |
-
- Converts a wide character string pointed to by str into a long value. - |
-
wcstoul (const wchar_t *str, wchar_t **endptr, int base) - |
-
- Converts a wide character string pointed to by str into an unsigned long value of a specified base. - |
-
wcstoll (const wchar_t *str, wchar_t **endptr, int base) - |
-
- Converts a wide character string pointed to by str into a long long value of a specified base. - |
-
wcstoull (const wchar_t *str, wchar_t **endptr, int base) - |
-
- Converts a wide character string pointed to by str into an unsigned long long value of a specified base. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
wprintf (const wchar_t *format,...) - |
-- - | -
fwprintf (FILE *__restrict fp, const wchar_t *__restrict fmt,...) - |
-- - | -
swprintf (wchar_t *wcs, size_t maxlen, const wchar_t *format,...) - |
-- - | -
vwprintf (const wchar_t *format, va_list args) - |
-
- Prints formatted data from a variable argument list to the standard output (stdout). - |
-
vfwprintf (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, __isoc_va_list args) - |
-
- Prints formatted data from a variable argument list specified by args to a specified file stream. - |
-
vswprintf (wchar_t *wcs, size_t maxlen, const wchar_t *format, __isoc_va_list args) - |
-
- Prints formatted data from a variable argument list specified by args to a specified string. - |
-
wscanf (const wchar_t *format,...) - |
-
- Reads formatted data from the standard input (stdin) and stores it based on the wide string format into the locations pointed to by the variable arguments. - |
-
| - | -
- Reads formatted data from a specified stream and stores it based on the wide string format into the locations pointed to by the variable arguments. - |
-
swscanf (const wchar_t *ws, const wchar_t *format,...) - |
-
- Reads data from a wide character string pointed to by ws and stores it based on the wide string format into the locations pointed to by the variable arguments. - |
-
vwscanf (const wchar_t *format, va_list arg) - |
-
- Reads data from the stdin and stores it based on the wide string format into the locations pointed to by the elements in the variable argument list identified by arg. - |
-
| - | -
- Reads data from a specified file stream and stores it based on the wide string format into the locations pointed to by the elements in the variable argument list identified by arg. - |
-
vswscanf (const wchar_t *ws, const wchar_t *format, va_list arg) - |
-
- Reads data from a string pointed to by ws and stores it based on the wide string format into the locations pointed to by the elements in the variable argument list identified by arg. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- Reads the first wide character from a specified file stream. - |
-
getwchar (void) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -- - | -
putwchar (wchar_t wc) - |
-- - | -
| - | -- - | -
| - | -
- Writes a wide string pointed to by ws to a specified file stream. - |
-
| - | -- - | -
mbrtowc (wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n, mbstate_t *ps) - |
-
- Converts a multi-byte character string with a length of n into a wide character string. - |
-
mbsnrtowcs (wchar_t *dest, const char **src, size_t nwc, size_t len, mbstate_t *ps) - |
-
- Converts a multi-byte character string with a length of n into a wide character string that can hold a total of nwc wide characters. - |
-
wcsnrtombs (char *dest, const wchar_t **src, size_t nwc, size_t len, mbstate_t *ps) - |
-
- Converts nwc wide characters in the string pointed to by src into a character string. - |
-
wcsdup (const wchar_t *s) - |
-
- Copies a specified wide character string to a newly allocated buffer. - |
-
wcsnlen (const wchar_t *s, size_t maxlen) - |
-
- Calculates the length of a wide character string pointed to by s. - |
-
wcpcpy (wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src) - |
-
- Copies the wide characters (including the terminating null character '\0') pointed to by src to the wide character array pointed to by dest. - |
-
wcpncpy (wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n) - |
-
- Copies n wide characters (including the terminating null character '\0') pointed to by src to the wide character array pointed to by dest. - |
-
wcscasecmp (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2) - |
-
- Compares the wide characters in the string pointed to by s1 with those in the string pointed to by s2, with their case differences ignored. - |
-
wcscasecmp_l (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Compares the wide characters in the string pointed to by s1 with those in the string pointed to by s2 based on the specified locale environment, with their case differences ignored. - |
-
wcsncasecmp (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, size_t n) - |
-
- Compares a maximum of n wide characters in the string pointed to by s1 with those in the string pointed to by s2, with their case differences ignored. - |
-
wcsncasecmp_l (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, size_t n, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Compares a maximum of n wide characters in the string pointed to by s1 with those in the string pointed to by s2 based on the specified locale environment, with their case differences ignored. - |
-
wcscoll_l (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Compares wide characters in the string pointed to by s1 with those in the string pointed to by s2 based on the specified locale environment. - |
-
wcsftime (wchar_t *__restrict wcs, size_t n, const wchar_t *__restrict f, const struct tm *__restrict tm) - |
-
- Converts the date and time in the tm structure to a wide character string. - |
-
wcsxfrm_l (wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, size_t n, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Compares the first n wide characters in the string pointed to by s1 with those in the string pointed to by s2 based on the specified locale environment. - |
-
iswalnum (wint_t wc) - |
-- - | -
iswalpha (wint_t wc) - |
-- - | -
iswblank (wint_t wc) - |
-
- Checks whether a wide character is a space or tab character (\t). - |
-
iswcntrl (wint_t wc) - |
-- - | -
iswdigit (wint_t wc) - |
-- - | -
iswgraph (wint_t wc) - |
-- - | -
iswlower (wint_t wc) - |
-- - | -
iswprint (wint_t wc) - |
-- - | -
iswpunct (wint_t wc) - |
-- - | -
iswupper (wint_t wc) - |
-- - | -
iswxdigit (wint_t wc) - |
-- - | -
| - | -
- Checks whether the character specified by wc belongs to the desc class. - |
-
| - | -
- Translates the type of a wide character based on the conversion mapping relationship. - |
-
towlower (wint_t wc) - |
-- - | -
towupper (wint_t wc) - |
-- - | -
wctrans (const char *name) - |
-
- Determines a mapping which can map a wide character to another wide character. - |
-
wctype (const char *name) - |
-
- Checks whether a wide character type exists in the LC_CTYPE locale. - |
-
iswalnum_l (wint_t wc, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Checks whether a wide character is a letter or digit for the specified locale. - |
-
iswalpha_l (wint_t wc, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Checks whether a wide character is alphabetic for the specified locale. - |
-
iswblank_l (wint_t wc, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Checks whether a wide character is a blank or \t character for the specified locale. - |
-
iswcntrl_l (wint_t wc, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Checks whether a wide character is a control character for the specified locale. - |
-
iswdigit_l (wint_t wc, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Checks whether a wide character is a decimal digit for the specified locale. - |
-
iswgraph_l (wint_t wc, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Checks whether a wide character is visible for the specified locale. - |
-
iswlower_l (wint_t wc, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Checks whether a wide character is in lowercase for the specified locale. - |
-
iswprint_l (wint_t wc, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Checks whether a wide character is printable for the specified locale. - |
-
iswpunct_l (wint_t wc, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Checks whether wc is a punctuation wide character for the specified locale. - |
-
iswspace (wint_t wc) - |
-
- Checks whether a wide character belongs to the wide-character class space. - |
-
iswspace_l (wint_t wc, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Checks whether a wide character belongs to the wide-character class space for the specified locale. - |
-
iswupper_l (wint_t wc, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Checks whether a wide character is in uppercase for the specified locale. - |
-
iswxdigit_l (wint_t wc, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Checks whether a wide character is a hexadecimal digit for the specified locale. - |
-
iswctype_l (wint_t wc, wctype_t desc, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Checks whether the character specified by wc belongs to the desc class for the specified locale. - |
-
towlower_l (wint_t wc, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Converts an uppercase wide character to lowercase for the specified locale. - |
-
towupper_l (wint_t wc, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Converts a lowercase wide character to uppercase for the specified locale. - |
-
towctrans_l (wint_t wc, wctype_t desc, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Translates the type of a wide character based on the translation mapping relationship for the specified locale. - |
-
wctrans_l (const char *name, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Determines a mapping which can map a wide character to another wide character. - |
-
wctype_l (const char *name, locale_t locale) - |
-
- Checks whether a wide character type exists for the specified locale. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| a | -Indicates the parameter to convert. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| a | -Indicates the parameter to convert. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| a | -Indicates the parameter to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| v | -Indicates the va_list v initialized by va_start(). Each call to va_arg() modifies v so that the next call returns the next argument. | -
| l | -Indicates the name of the last argument before the variable argument list, that is, the last argument of which the calling function knows the type. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| d | -Indicates the destination variable. | -
| s | -Indicates the source variable. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| v | -Indicates the va_list v initialized by va_start(). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| v | -Indicates the argument to be initialized. | -
| l | -Indicates the name of the last argument before the variable argument list, that is, the last argument of which the calling function knows the type. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| status | -Indicates the status sent to the parent process when the calling process ends. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| status | -Indicates the exit status of the process. The status is returned to the parent process of the current process and can be collected by the wait() series functions. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| str64 | -Indicates the pointer to the character constant. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| i | -Indicates the integer value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the path of the file to be checked. | -
| mode | -Indicates the access permission to be checked. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| seconds | -Indicates an unsigned integer seconds needs to be transferred. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| expression | -Indicates the condition variable. If the value of expression is false, an error message is displayed and the process is terminated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| func | -Indicates the pointer to the termination function to be called. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| nptr | -Indicates the string to be converted. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| nptr | -Indicates the string to be converted. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| nptr | -Indicates the string to be converted. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| nptr | -Indicates the string to be converted. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s1 | -Indicates the pointer to byte sequence 1 for comparison. | -
| s2 | -Indicates the pointer to byte sequence 2 for comparison. | -
| n | -Indicates the number of bytes to be compared. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| src | -Indicates the pointer to the source memory area. | -
| dest | -Indicates the pointer to the destination memory area. | -
| n | -Indicates the number of bytes to be copied. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the pointer to the keyword to be searched. | -
| base | -Indicates the array to be searched. | -
| nel | -Indicates the number of elements in the array to be searched. | -
| width | -Indicates the length of each element, in bytes. | -
| compare | -Indicates the pointer to the comparison subfunction used to define comparison rules. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the character to be converted. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the first token in the byte sequence to be set to zero. | -
| n | -Indicates the number of bytes to be set to zero. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| nmemb | -Indicates the number of memory blocks to be allocated. | -
| size | -Indicates the size of the memory block to be allocated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the target working directory. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -The length of the path name is greater than PATH_MAX. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| pathname | -Indicates the pointer to the file path. | -
| owner | -Indicates the new file owner. | -
| group | -Indicates the new file group. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -The permission bit of the file mode does not allow the requested access, or the search permission is denied on the path prefix directory. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -The length of the path name is greater than NAME_MAX. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -A component of the path prefix is the name of an existing file, which is neither a directory nor a symbolic link of a directory. - |
-
| - | -The operation is not allowed or access is denied because the access is prohibited or the directory is full. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the descriptor of the file to be closed. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the data to be encrypted. | -
| setting | -Indicates the description of the encryption mode. The description consists of the encryption prefix and random characters, which are selected from (., /, 0-9, A-Z, a-z). The details are as follows: | -
| - | -- | -- | -
|---|---|---|
| - | -- | -- | -
| - | -- | -- | -
| - | -- | -- | -
| - | -- | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| numerator | -Indicates the numerator. | -
| denominator | -Indicates the denominator. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| oldfd | -Indicates the file descriptor to be copied. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Failed to allocate file descriptors because too many files are opened. - |
-
| - | -The index node cannot be found based on the path name associated with oldfd. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| oldfd | -Indicates the file descriptor to be copied. | -
| newfd | -Indicates the new file descriptor for copying. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Failed to allocate file descriptors because too many files are opened. - |
-
| - | -The index node cannot be found based on the path name associated with oldfd. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| number | -Indicates the double-precision floating-point number to be converted. | -
| ndigits | -Indicates the number of valid digits to be stored. | -
| decpt | -Indicates the decimal point position. | -
| sign | -Indicates the symbol of the number to be converted. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| xsubi | -Indicates the array of the initialized value of Xi. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the full path of the ELF file. | -
| arg | -Indicates the list of parameters required by the program, ending with a null pointer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the name or path name of the program file to be executed. | -
| arg | -Indicates the list of parameters required by the program, ending with a null pointer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the full path of the ELF file. | -
| arg | -Indicates the list of program parameters maintained by the pointer to the array. The last element of the array must be a null pointer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the full path of the ELF file. | -
| arg | -Indicates the list of program parameters maintained by the pointer to the array. The last element of the array must be a null pointer. | -
| envp | -Indicates the pointer to the string for storing new environment variables. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the name or path name of the program file to be executed. | -
| arg | -Indicates the list of parameters required by the program, ending with a null pointer. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| status | -Indicates the status sent to the parent process when the calling process ends. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| i | -Indicates the long integer to be searched. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| i | -Indicates the long integer to be searched. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| i | -Indicates the 8-byte long integer to be searched. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ws | -Indicates the pointer to the wide character array that stores the characters to read. | -
| n | -Indicates the number of characters to read. | -
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| classification | -Indicates four types of information, including the output device, error source, problem detector, and problem severity. This parameter is of the long integer type. | -
| label | -Indicates the pointer to the message source. This parameter consists of two fields separated by a colon (:). The first field is up to 10 characters, the second is up to 14 characters. | -
| severity | -Indicates the severity level of an error message. For details, see MM_HALT, MM_ERROR, MM_WARNING, MM_INFO, and MM_NOOSEV. | -
| text | -Indicates the condition of the error. | -
| action | -Describes possible steps to recover from the error. | -
| tag | -Indicates the referenced online documents where more information can be found. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -MM_PRINT, MM_CONSOLE or both - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| pattern | -Indicates the pointer to the pattern to match. | -
| string | -Indicates the pointer to the string to match against pattern. | -
| flags | -Indicates a combination of flag bits that specify the matching rule. For details, see FNM_NOESCAPE, FNM_PATHNAME, FNM_PERIOD, FNM_LEADING_DIR, FNM_CASEFOLD, and FNM_FILE_NAME. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character to write. | -
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ws | -Indicates the pointer to the wide string to write. | -
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ptr | -Indicates the pointer to the memory space to be released. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the descriptor of the file to be synchronized. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the file descriptor. | -
| length | -Indicates the length of the file to be truncated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Failed to obtain the file structure corresponding to the file specified by path, or the file access is rejected. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fp | -Indicates the pointer to the stream to print data. | -
| fmt | -Indicates the pointer to the output format of the data. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream. | -
| format | -Indicates the pointer to the string that may contain the format specifiers. | -
| ... | -Indicates the variable arguments storing the input data. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| x | -Indicates the floating-point number to convert. | -
| n | -Indicates the number of decimal places. | -
| b | -Indicates the pointer to the output conversion result. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| buf | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer of the array for storing the absolute path name of the current working directory. | -
| size | -Indicates the size of the array to which the buffer points. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| name | -Indicates the pointer to the name of the environment variable whose value needs to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Only characters that indicate different options are available. - |
-abc indicates that the file has three options -a, -b, and -c. - |
-
| - | -b indicates that -b must be followed by an argument in the executable file that contains the getopt() function. - |
-
| - | -b indicates that -b can be followed by or without the corresponding argument in the executable file that contains the getopt() function. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Only characters that indicate different options are available. - |
-abc indicates that the file has three options -a, -b, and -c. - |
-
| - | -b indicates that -b must be followed by an argument in the executable file that contains the getopt() function. - |
-
| - | -b indicates that -b can be followed by or without the corresponding argument in the executable file that contains the getopt() function. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
Only characters that indicate different options are available. - |
-abc indicates that the file has three options -a, -b, and -c. - |
-
| - | -b indicates that -b must be followed by an argument in the executable file that contains the getopt() function. - |
-
| - | -b indicates that -b can be followed by or without the corresponding argument in the executable file that contains the getopt() function. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| pid | -Indicates the process ID. If the value is 0, the process group ID of the current process is obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| rgid | -Indicates the pointer to the real user group ID. | -
| egid | -Indicates the pointer to the effective user group ID. | -
| sgid | -Indicates the pointer to the saved user group ID. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ruid | -Indicates the pointer to the real user ID. | -
| euid | -Indicates the pointer to the effective user ID. | -
| suid | -Indicates the pointer to the saved user ID. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| optionp | -Indicates the command word option. | -
| tokens | -Indicates the pointer to the queried token. | -
| valuep | -Indicates the suboption of the command word value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| nel | -Indicates the maximum number of entries allowed in the hash table. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| nel | -Indicates the maximum number of entries allowed in the hash table. | -
| htab | -Indicates the hash table. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| htab | -Indicates the hash table. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| j | -Indicates the input parameter. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| numerator | -Indicates the numerator. | -
| denominator | -Indicates the denominator. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the string to be searched. | -
| c | -Indicates the character to be matched. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| seed | -Indicates the seed for initialization, which specifies the start point of the random number sequence and provides the information for restarting at the same point. | -
| Indicates | -the state array used to generate random numbers. | -
| n | -Indicates the length of the state array. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| element | -Indicates the element to be added to the queue. | -
| pred | -After the position of prev to add the element. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to check. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to check. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to check. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to check. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to check. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to check. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to check. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to check. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to check. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to check. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to check. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| desc | -Indicates the wide character class. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| desc | -Indicates the wide character class. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to check. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| xsubi[3] | -Indicates the array of the initialized value of Xi. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| value | -Indicates the long integer to be converted. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| i | -Indicates the long integer to be converted. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| param[7] | -Indicates the parameters of the random number generator. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| numerator | -Indicates the numerator. | -
| denominator | -Indicates the denominator. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the pointer to the key to be searched. | -
| base | -Indicates the pointer to the array buffer. | -
| nelp | -Indicates the pointer to the linear search length. | -
| width | -Indicates the pointer to the array buffer width. | -
| compar | -Indicates the pointer to the function to match. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| i | -Indicates the long long integer to be converted. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| numerator | -Indicates the numerator. | -
| denominator | -Indicates the denominator. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| key | -Indicates the pointer to the key to be searched. | -
| base | -Indicates the pointer to the array buffer. | -
| nelp | -Indicates the pointer to the linear search length. | -
| width | -Indicates the pointer to the array buffer width. | -
| compar | -Indicates the pointer to the function to match. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| size | -Indicates the size of the memory block to be allocated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to a string constant. | -
| n | -Indicates the number of bytes to be checked. The value cannot be greater than MB_CUR_MAX. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ps | -Indicates the pointer to the mbstate_t object to check. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dest | -Indicates the pointer to the destination memory area. | -
| src | -Indicates the pointer to the source memory area. | -
| c | -Indicates the character for stopping copying. | -
| n | -Indicates the size of the string to be copied, in bytes. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the start of the bytes to be searched. | -
| c | -Indicates the character to be searched for. | -
| n | -Indicates the length of the memory area to be searched. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s1 | -Indicates the pointer to memory area 1 for comparison. | -
| s2 | -Indicates the pointer to memory area 2 for comparison. | -
| n | -Indicates the size of the memory area to be compared, in bytes. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dest | -Indicates the pointer to the destination memory area. | -
| src | -Indicates the pointer to the source memory area. | -
| n | -Indicates the size of the string to be copied, in bytes. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| haystack | -Indicates the pointer to the start position of the memory area to be searched. | -
| haystacklen | -Indicates the length (in bytes) of the memory area to be searched. | -
| needle | -Indicates the pointer to the start position of the needle string to be searched for. | -
| needlelen | -Indicates the length (in bytes) of the needle string to be searched for. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dest | -Indicates the pointer to the destination memory area. | -
| src | -Indicates the pointer to the source memory area. | -
| n | -Indicates the size of the string to be copied, in bytes. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dest | -Indicates the pointer to the destination memory area. | -
| src | -Indicates the pointer to the source memory area. | -
| n | -Indicates the size of the string to be copied, in bytes. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the start of the bytes to be searched. | -
| c | -Indicates the character to be searched for. | -
| n | -Indicates the length of the memory area to be searched. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the memory area to hold the character. | -
| c | -Indicates the character to be copied. | -
| n | -Indicates the size of the memory area. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| template | -Indicates the name of the directory to be created. The last six characters must be XXXXXX. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -For details, see mkdir. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| template | -Indicates the name of the file to be created. The last six characters must be XXXXXX. | -
| flags | -Indicates the flag for creating a file. For details, see open. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -For details, see open(). - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| template | -Indicates the name of the file to be created. | -
| suffixlen | -Indicates the length of the placeholder suffix XXXXXX. | -
| flags | -Indicates the flag for creating a file. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -The template length is less than (6 + suffixlen), or the last six characters of template are not XXXXXX. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -For details, see open(). - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| template | -Indicates the name of the file to be created. The last six characters must be XXXXXX. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -For details, see open(). - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| template | -Indicates the name of the file to be created. | -
| suffixlen | -Indicates the length of the placeholder suffix XXXXXX. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -The template length is less than (6 + suffixlen), or the last six characters of template are not XXXXXX. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -For details, see open(). - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| template | -Indicates the name of the file to be created. The last six characters are XXXXXX. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| xsubi[3] | -Indicates the array of the initialized value of Xi. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the file path. | -
| name | -Indicates the name of the configuration value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -The value of name does not match any existing configuration option. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Failed to create an anonymous pipe because the number of anonymous pipes has reached the upper limit. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| memptr | -Indicates the double pointer to the allocated memory block. | -
| alignment | -Indicates the alignment size of the allocated memory block. | -
| size | -Indicates the size of the memory block to be allocated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -The value of alignment is not a power of 2, or is not a multiple of sizeof(void *). - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the file descriptor to read. | -
| buf | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer for storing data. | -
| count | -Indicates the length of the data to read. | -
| offset | -Indicates the offset of the file descriptor to read. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the content of the environment variable to configure. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character to write. | -
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character to write. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the file descriptor to write. | -
| buf | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer to which data is written. | -
| count | -Indicates the size of the data to write. | -
| offset | -Indicates the offset of the file to write. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| base | -Indicates the array to be sorted. | -
| nel | -Indicates the number of elements in the array to be searched. | -
| width | -Indicates the length of each element, in bytes. | -
| compare | -Indicates the pointer to the comparison subfunction used to define comparison rules. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| seedp | -Indicates the random number seed. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the descriptor of the file to read. | -
| buf | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer for storing the data read. | -
| size | -Indicates the length of the content to read. If the length exceeds that of the buffer, memory corruption may occur. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ptr | -Indicates the pointer to the memory block to be adjusted. | -
| size | -Indicates the new size of the memory block. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the name of the absolute path to be obtained. | -
| resolved | -Indicates the pointer to the obtained absolute path. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| preg | -Indicates the pointer to the compiled regular expression. | -
| regex | -Indicates the pointer to the regular expression to compile. | -
| cflags | -Indicates the regular expression matching flag. Available values are as follows: | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Use of repetition operators is invalid. For example, * is used as the first character. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| errcode | -Indicates the error code returned by regcomp and regexec. | -
| preg | -Indicates the pointer to the regular expression compiled using regcomp. This parameter value can be NULL. | -
| errbuf | -Indicates the pointer to the memory for storing the string of the error information. | -
| errbuf_size | -Indicates the length of the errbuf parameter. If the length of the string of the error information is greater than the value of this parameter, this function automatically truncates the extra string, but still returns the complete string length. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| preg | -Indicates the pointer to the regular expression compiled using regcomp. | -
| string | -Indicates the pointer to the target string. | -
| nmatch | -Indicates the array length of the regmatch_t structure. | -
| pmatch | -Indicates the array of the regmatch_t structure. It stores the position information of the matched string. | -
| eflags | -Indicates the matching flag. Available values are as follows: | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -The circumflex character (^) will not match the beginning of a string. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| preg | -Indicates the pointer to the regular expression compiled using regcomp. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| element | -Indicates the element to be removed from the queue. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the string to be searched. | -
| c | -Indicates the character to be matched. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the name of the directory to be deleted. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -The length of the path name is greater than PATH_MAX. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -The path is a mount point, or it is neither a directory nor a file. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| increment | -Indicates the size of the memory space to obtain. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| name | -Indicates the pointer to the name of the environment variable whose value needs to be obtained. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| seed16v | -Indicates the 48-bit seed. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| egid | -Indicates the effective user group ID to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -The name is NULL, or its length is zero, or contains an "=" character. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| euid | -Indicates the effective user ID to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| gid | -Indicates the user group ID to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| pid | -Indicates the process ID. If the value is 0, the process group ID of the current process is obtained. | -
| pgid | -Indicates the process group ID. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -The child process has performed exec, and the parent process does not have the operation permission. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| state | -Indicates the pointer to the state list. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| uid | -Indicates the user ID to set. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| seconds | -Indicates the sleeping seconds. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| seed | -Indicates the seed for generating a pseudo-random number. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| seedval | -Indicates the 48-bit start seed value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| seed | -Indicates the seed for generating a pseudo-random number. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dest | -Indicates the pointer to the destination string. | -
| src | -Indicates the pointer to the source string. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dest | -Indicates the pointer to the destination string. | -
| src | -Indicates the pointer to the source string. | -
| n | -Indicates the number of characters to be copied. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| _l | -Indicates the pointer to string 1 for comparison. | -
| _r | -Indicates the pointer to string 2 for comparison. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| haystack | -Indicates the pointer to the haystack string. | -
| needle | -Indicates the pointer to the needle string. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dest | -Indicates the pointer to the destination string. | -
| src | -Indicates the pointer to the source string. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the string to be searched. | -
| c | -Indicates the character to be searched for. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s1 | -Indicates the pointer to string 1 for comparison. | -
| s2 | -Indicates the pointer to string 2 for comparison. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s1 | -Indicates the pointer to string 1 for comparison. | -
| s2 | -Indicates the pointer to string 2 for comparison. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s1 | -Indicates the pointer to string 1 for comparison. | -
| s2 | -Indicates the pointer to string 2 for comparison. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dest | -Indicates the pointer to the destination string. | -
| src | -Indicates the pointer to the source string. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the string to be retrieved. | -
| reject | -Indicates the pointer to the string containing all unmatched characters. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the string to be copied. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| errnum | -Indicates the error code. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| errnum | -Indicates the error code. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -The buffer is insufficient to contain the error description string. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| errnum | -Indicates the error code. | -
| buf | -Indicates the pointer to the buffer for storing the error description string. | -
| buflen | -Indicates the length of the buf parameter. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -The buffer is insufficient to contain the error description string. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| d | -Indicates the pointer to the destination string. | -
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the source string. | -
| n | -Indicates the number of characters to be copied from the source string. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| d | -Indicates the pointer to the destination string. | -
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the source string. | -
| n | -Indicates the number of characters to be copied from the source string. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the string. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| _l | -Indicates the pointer to string 1 for comparison. | -
| _r | -Indicates the pointer to string 2 for comparison. | -
| n | -Indicates the string length to be compared. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dest | -Indicates the pointer to the destination string. | -
| src | -Indicates the pointer to the source string. | -
| n | -Indicates the number of bytes to be appended. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s1 | -Indicates the pointer to string 1 for comparison. | -
| s2 | -Indicates the pointer to string 2 for comparison. | -
| n | -Indicates the number of characters for comparison. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dest | -Indicates the pointer to the destination string. | -
| src | -Indicates the pointer to the source string. | -
| n | -Indicates the number of characters to be copied from the source string. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the string to be copied. | -
| n | -Indicates the total number of characters to be copied. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the string. | -
| maxlen | -Indicates the maximum length of the string. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the string to be searched. | -
| accept | -Indicates the pointer to the string containing all matched characters. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the string to be searched. | -
| c | -Indicates the character to be searched for. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| stringp | -Indicates the pointer to the first token of the source string. | -
| delim | -Indicates the pointer to the string representing the delimiter. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| sig | -Indicates the signal number to be parsed. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the string to be retrieved. | -
| accept | -Indicates the pointer to the string containing all matched characters. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| haystack | -Indicates the pointer to the haystack string. | -
| needle | -Indicates the pointer to the needle string. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| nptr | -Indicates the input string. | -
| endptr | -Indicates the double pointer to the first unrecognized character. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| nptr | -Indicates the input string. | -
| endptr | -Indicates the double pointer to the first unrecognized character. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| nptr | -Indicates the input string. | -
| endptr | -Indicates the first character that is unrecognized. | -
| base | -Indicates the number system. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| nptr | -Indicates the input string. | -
| endptr | -Indicates the double pointer to the first unrecognized character. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| nptr | -Indicates the input string. | -
| endptr | -Indicates the first character that is unrecognized. | -
| base | -Indicates the number system. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| nptr | -Indicates the input string. | -
| endptr | -Indicates the first character that is unrecognized. | -
| base | -Indicates the number system. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| nptr | -Indicates the input string. | -
| endptr | -Indicates the first character that is unrecognized. | -
| base | -Indicates the number system. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s1 | -Indicates the pointer to string 1 for comparison. | -
| s2 | -Indicates the pointer to string 2 for comparison. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
The values for the first n characters of string 1 and string 2 are the same. - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dest | -Indicates the pointer to the destination string. | -
| src | -Indicates the pointer to the source string. | -
| n | -Indicates the maximum string space. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| from | -source array. | -
| to | -destination array. | -
| n | -number of bytes. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wcs | -Indicates the pointer to the destination string. | -
| maxlen | -Indicates the maximum length of the destination string. | -
| format | -Indicates the pointer to the format string that contains the formatted data. | -
| .... | -Indicates the variable arguments written to the formatted data. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ws | -Indicates the pointer to the wide character string to read. | -
| format | -Indicates the pointer to the format string that contains the formatted data. | -
| .... | -Indicates the variable arguments specifying the data to store. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| root | -Indicates the pointer to the root node of the binary tree to be released. | -
| free_node | -Indicates the callback function each time when a node is released. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to convert. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to convert. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to convert. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to convert. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the parameter to convert. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| desc | -Indicates the mapping relationship, which can be obtained from wctrans(). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| desc | -Indicates the mapping relationship, which can be obtained from wctrans_l(). | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wc | -Indicates the wide character. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the path of the file to be truncated. | -
| length | -Indicates the length of the file to be truncated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -Failed to open the file because the length of path is greater than PATH_MAX. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Failed to obtain the file structure corresponding to the file descriptor when opening the file. - |
-
| - | -Failed to open the file because the maximum number of files that can be opened has been reached. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -Failed to obtain the file structure corresponding to the file specified by path, or the file access is rejected. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| value | -Indicates the number of microseconds to be set for the timer. The precision unit is tick, and the deviation is ±1 tick. | -
| interval | -Indicates the interval for triggering the timer. The precision unit is tick, and the deviation is ±1 tick. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| buf | -Indicates the pointer to the utsname structure, which stores the obtained system information. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ch | -Indicates the character to push back. | -
| stream | -Indicates the pointer to the file object that identifies a stream. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the path of the file to be deleted. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -The length of the path name is greater than NAME_MAX. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -The path is a pseudo file used as a directory, or the directory is not empty. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -The search permission on the path prefix component is denied, or the write permission of the directory in the path is denied. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the descriptor of the directory where the file to be deleted is located. Currently, this parameter can only be set to AT_FDCWD. | -
| path | -Indicates the path of the file to be deleted. This parameter must be set to an absolute path. | -
| flag | -Indicates the operation flag. The value can only be 0 (deleting a file) or AT_REMOVEDIR (deleting a directory, equivalent to rmdir). If this parameter is set to other values, the function will fail. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -The length of the path name is greater than NAME_MAX. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -The path is a pseudo file used as a directory, or the directory is not empty. - |
-
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -The search permission on the path prefix component is denied, or the write permission of the directory in the path is denied. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| name | -Indicates the name of environment variable to be deleted. if overwrite is zero, then the value of name remains unchanged. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| useconds | -Indicates the sleeping time in microseconds. The precision unit is tick, and the deviation is less than 2 ticks. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| size | -Indicates the size of the memory block to be allocated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| format | -Indicates the pointer to the string that may contain the format specifiers. | -
| args | -Indicates a value identifying a variable argument list initialized by using va_start. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| format | -Indicates the pointer to the string that may contain the format specifiers. | -
| arg | -Indicates a value identifying a variable argument list initialized by using va_start. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dest | -Indicates the pointer to the wide character array to copy the wide characters to. | -
| src | -Indicates the pointer to the wide characters to copy. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dest | -Indicates the pointer to the array to accommodate the copied wide characters. | -
| src | -Indicates the pointer to the wide character string to be copied. | -
| n | -Indicates the maximum number of wide characters to be copied. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s1 | -Indicates the pointer to wide character string 1 for comparison. | -
| s2 | -Indicates the pointer to wide character string 2 for comparison. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s1 | -Indicates the pointer to wide character string 1 for comparison. | -
| s2 | -Indicates the pointer to wide character string 2 for comparison. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dest | -Indicates the pointer to the array to accommodate the concatenated wide characters. | -
| src | -Indicates the pointer to the wide characters to be concatenated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wcs | -Indicates the pointer to the wide character string to match the specified wide character. | -
| wc | -Indicates the wide character to be located. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s1 | -Indicates the pointer to string 1 for comparison. | -
| s2 | -Indicates the pointer to string 2 for comparison. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| ws1 | -Indicates the pointer to string 1 for comparison. | -
| ws2 | -Indicates the pointer to string 2 for comparison. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s1 | -Indicates the pointer to wide character string 1 for comparison. | -
| s2 | -Indicates the pointer to wide character string 2 for comparison. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wcs | -Indicates the pointer to the wide character string to be scanned. | -
| accept | -Indicates the pointer to the wide characters to be matched with the string. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the wide character string to copy. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the wide character string to be calculated. This parameter cannot be NULL. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s1 | -Indicates the pointer to wide character string 1 for comparison. | -
| s2 | -Indicates the pointer to wide character string 2 for comparison. | -
| n | -Indicates the maximum number of wide characters to be compared. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s1 | -Indicates the pointer to wide character string 1 for comparison. | -
| s2 | -Indicates the pointer to wide character string 2 for comparison. | -
| n | -Indicates the maximum number of wide characters to be compared. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dest | -Indicates the pointer to the array to accommodate the concatenated wide characters. | -
| src | -Indicates the pointer to the wide characters to be concatenated. | -
| n | -Indicates the maximum number of wide characters to be concatenated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s1 | -Indicates the pointer to string 1 for comparison. | -
| s2 | -Indicates the pointer to string 2 for comparison. | -
| n | -Indicates the maximum number of characters to be compared. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dest | -Indicates the pointer to the array to accommodate the copied wide characters. | -
| src | -Indicates the pointer to the wide characters to be copied. | -
| n | -Indicates the maximum number of wide characters to be copied. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the wide character string whose length is to be calculated. | -
| maxlen | -Indicates the maximum length of the string whose length is to be calculated. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wcs | -Indicates the pointer to the wide character string to be scanned. | -
| accept | -Indicates the pointer to the wide characters to be matched with the string. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wcs | -Indicates the pointer to the wide character string to match the specified wide character. | -
| wc | -Indicates the wide character to be located. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| wcs | -Indicates the pointer to the wide character string to be scanned. | -
| accept | -Indicates the pointer to the wide characters to be matched with the string. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| str | -Indicates the pointer to the wide character string to be converted. | -
| endptr | -Indicates the double pointer to the next character in str after the double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| str | -Indicates the pointer to the wide character string to be converted. | -
| endptr | -Indicates the double pointer to the next character in str after the floating-point value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| str | -Indicates the pointer to the wide character string to be converted. | -
| endptr | -Indicates the double pointer to the next character in str after the long double value. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| haystack | -Indicates the pointer to the wide character string to be searched. | -
| needle | -Indicates the pointer to the wide character string to match. | -
| haystack | -Indicates the pointer to the wide character string to be searched. | -
| needle | -Indicates the pointer to the wide character to be matched. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s1 | -Indicates the pointer to wide character string 1 for comparison. | -
| s2 | -Indicates the pointer to wide character string 2 for comparison. | -
| n | -Indicates the maximum number of wide characters to be compared. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s1 | -Indicates the pointer to wide character string 1 for comparison. | -
| s2 | -Indicates the pointer to wide character string 2 for comparison. | -
| n | -Indicates the maximum number of wide characters to be compared. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| c | -Indicates the wide character to be converted. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to an array that can store multi-byte characters. | -
| wc | -Indicates the wide character to be converted. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -A non-zero value if the code has shift state or 0 if the code is stateless. - |
-
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| name | -Indicates the mapping name. The value can only be tolower (converting an uppercase wide character to lowercase) or toupper (converting a lowercase wide character to uppercase). | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| name | -Indicates the pointer to the wide character type. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| name | -Indicates the pointer to the wide character type. | -
| locale | -Indicates the locale. This parameter is ignored currently. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| s | -Indicates the pointer to the wide character string to be searched. | -
| c | -Indicates the wide character to be matched. | -
| n | -Indicates the number of characters to be searched in the wide character string. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| lhs | -Indicates the pointer to string 1 for comparison. | -
| rhs | -Indicates the pointer to string 2 for comparison. | -
| count | -Indicates the number of characters to compare. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dest | -Indicates the pointer to the wide character array to copy characters to. | -
| src | -Indicates the pointer to the wide character array to copy characters from. | -
| count | -Indicates the number of wide characters to copy. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dest | -Indicates the pointer to the wide character array to copy characters to. | -
| src | -Indicates the pointer to the wide character array to copy characters from. | -
| count | -Indicates the number of wide characters to copy. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| dest | -Indicates the pointer to the wide character array to fill characters to. | -
| ch | -Indicates the wide characters to be filled. | -
| count | -Indicates the number of wide characters to be filled. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| format | -Indicates the pointer to the string that may contain the format specifiers. | -
| ... | -Indicates the variable arguments specifying the data to print. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the descriptor of the file into which content is to be written. | -
| buf | -Indicates the pointer to the content to be written to the file. | -
| size | -Indicates the length of the written data in the unit of bytes. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| format | -Indicates the pointer to the string that may contain the format specifiers. | -
| ... | -Indicates the variable arguments specifying the data to read. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
dataBits: 4 - |
-- | -
parity: 4 - |
-- | -
stopBits: 4 - |
-- | -
rts: 1 - |
-- | -
cts: 1 - |
-- | -
fifoRxEn: 1 - |
-- | -
fifoTxEn: 1 - |
-- | -
reserved: 16 - |
-- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -Indicates the number of data items that can be stored in the KV store cache. - |
-
MAX_KV_SUM 50 - |
-Indicates the number of data items that can be stored for each application. - |
-
File Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
| - | -Performs operations on a file, including to open, close, write, read, and delete a file. - |
-
Macro Name and Value - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
| - | -Defines the offset position used by UtilsFileSeek in a file to start offsetting from the file header. - |
-
| - | -Defines the offset position used by UtilsFileSeek in a file to start offsetting from the current read and write position. - |
-
| - | -Defines the offset position used by UtilsFileSeek in a file to start offsetting from the end of the file. - |
-
| - | -Defines a flag used byUtilsFileOpen to open a file in read-only mode. - |
-
| - | -Defines a flag used by UtilsFileOpen to open a file in write-only mode. - |
-
| - | -Defines a flag used by UtilsFileOpen to open a file in read-and-write mode. - |
-
| - | -Defines a flag used by UtilsFileOpen to create a file when the file to open does not exist. - |
-
O_EXCL_FS 0200 - |
-Defines a flag used by UtilsFileOpen to check whether the file to open exists when O_CREAT_FS is already set. - |
-
| - | -Defines a flag used by UtilsFileOpen to clear the file content if the file exists and can be opened in write mode. - |
-
| - | -Defines a flag used by UtilsFileOpen to start reading or writing from the end of a file. - |
-
Function Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
UtilsFileOpen (const char *path, int oflag, int mode) - |
-int -Opens or creates a file. - |
-
UtilsFileClose (int fd) - |
-int -Closes a file with the specified file descriptor. - |
-
UtilsFileRead (int fd, char *buf, unsigned int len) - |
-int -Reads a specified length of data from a file with the specified file descriptor and writes the data into the buffer. - |
-
UtilsFileWrite (int fd, const char *buf, unsigned int len) - |
-int -Writes a specified length of data into a file with the specified file descriptor. - |
-
UtilsFileDelete (const char *path) - |
-int -Deletes a specified file. - |
-
UtilsFileStat (const char *path, unsigned int *fileSize) - |
-int -Obtains the file size. - |
-
UtilsFileSeek (int fd, int offset, unsigned int whence) - |
-int -Adjusts the read and write position offset in a file. - |
-
UtilsFileCopy (const char *src, const char *dest) - |
-int -Copies the source file to a target file. - |
-
UtilsFileMove (const char *src, const char *dest) - |
-int -Moves the source file into a target file. - |
-
Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the file descriptor of the file to close. | -
Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
| src | -Indicates the source file to copy. | -
| dest | -Indicates the target file. | -
Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the file to delete. | -
Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
| src | -Indicates the source file. | -
| dest | -Indicates the target file. | -
Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the file to open or create. | -
| oflag | -Indicates the mode of opening a file. The following modes are supported. These modes can be used together, with each of them identified by "or". | -
| mode | -Used for function compatibility. This parameter does not take effect in any scenario. | -
oflag - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
O_RDONLY_FS - |
-For details, see O_RDONLY_FS. - |
-
O_WRONLY_FS - |
-For details, see O_WRONLY_FS. - |
-
O_RDWR_FS - |
-For details, see O_RDWR_FS. - |
-
O_CREAT_FS - |
-For details, see O_CREAT_FS. - |
-
O_EXCL_FS - |
-For details, see O_EXCL_FS. - |
-
O_TRUNC_FS - |
-For details, see O_TRUNC_FS. - |
-
O_APPEND_FS - |
-For details, see O_APPEND_FS. - |
-
Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the file descriptor of the file to read. | -
| buf | -Indicates the buffer that stores the read data. This is an output parameter. | -
| len | -Indicates the length of the data to read. | -
Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the file descriptor of the file where the read and write position offset needs adjustment. | -
| offset | -Indicates the offset of the read and write position based on the whence parameter. The value can be negative if the value of whence is SEEK_CUR_FS or SEEK_END_FS. | -
| whence | -Indicates the start position of the offset. The following start positions are supported. | -
whence - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
SEEK_SET_FS - |
-Adjusts the read and write position to the file header. - |
-
^ - |
-Then adds the offset after the read and write position. - |
-
SEEK_CUR_FS - |
-Adds the offset after the current read and write position. - |
-
SEEK_END_FS - |
-Adjusts the read and write position to the end of the file. - |
-
^ - |
-Then adds the offset after the read and write position. - |
-
Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
| path | -Indicates the file name. | -
| fileSize | -Indicates the file size. This is an output parameter. | -
Name - |
-Description - |
-
|---|---|
| fd | -Indicates the file descriptor of the file where to write the data. | -
| buf | -Indicates the data to write. | -
| len | -Indicates the length of the data to write. | -
| - | -- | -
|---|---|
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -
| - | -- | -